EQS

Digital – in the vehicle Vehicle document wallet

Familiarize yourself with Here you can find com-
the contents of the Oper- prehensive information
ator's Manual directly via about operating your
the vehicle's multimedia vehicle and about serv-
system (menu item "Vehi- ices and guarantees in
cle information"). Start printed form.
with the quick guide or
broaden your knowledge
with practical tips.

EQS
É2965847001@ËÍ
2965847001
Operator's Manual

Order no. P296 0058 13 Part no. 296 584 70 01

Edition C-2023
Front passenger air bag warning & WARNING Risk of injury or fatal injuries if Publication details
the front passenger air bag is enabled Internet
If the front passenger air bag is enabled, a Further information about Mercedes-Benz vehi-
child on the front passenger seat may be cles and about Mercedes‑Benz AG can be found
struck by the front passenger air bag in the on the following websites:
event of an accident. https://www.mbusa.com (USA only)
# NEVER use a rearward-facing child https://www.mercedes-benz.ca (Canada only)
restraint system on a seat with an ENA-
BLED FRONT AIR BAG. This can result in Documentation team
©Mercedes‑Benz AG: Not to be reprinted, transla-
the DEATH of or SERIOUS INJURY to the
CHILD. ted or otherwise reproduced, in whole or in part,
without written permission from
Observe the chapter "Children in the vehicle". Mercedes‑Benz AG.
Vehicle manufacturer
Mercedes‑Benz AG
Mercedesstraße 120
70372 Stuttgart
Germany

Air bag warning sticker for USA and Canada

As at 16.03.22
 Welcome to the world of Mercedes-Benz Mercedes-Benz reserves the right to introduce
changes in the following areas:
Before your first drive, please read this Operator's
R Design
Manual carefully and familiarize yourself with your
vehicle. For your own safety and a longer service R Equipment
life of the vehicle, follow the instructions and R Technical features
warning notices in this Operator's Manual. Disre-
garding them may lead to damage to the vehicle The following documents are components of the
or injury to people. vehicle:
Damage to the vehicle resulting from the disre- R Digital operator's manual
gard of the instructions is not covered by the R Printed Operator's Manual
Mercedes-Benz Limited warranty. R Maintenance Booklet
The standard equipment and product description R Supplementary manuals relating to specific
of your vehicle may vary and depends on the fol-
equipment
lowing factors:
R Supplementary documents
R Model
R Order Keep these documents in the vehicle at all times.
R National version
Ensure that all documents are in the vehicle or
passed on in the event of sale or rental.
R Availability
Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC
Your vehicle may therefore differ from that shown Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.
in the descriptions and illustrations in individual
A Mercedes-Benz Group AG Company
cases.
2965847001

2965847001
2 Contents

Service and vehicle operation ........................ 30 Seat belts ..................................................... 60

Symbols .......................................................... 5 Operating safety ............................................ 31 Airbags ......................................................... 61
Notes on mounting the license plate on
At a glance ...................................................... 6 the front license plate holder ......................... 34
Declaration of conformity for vehicle Safely transporting children in the vehicle ...... 62
Cockpit (central display) .................................. 6 Brief overview of most important points ......... 62
Cockpit (MBUX Hyperscreen) .......................... 8 installed radio components ........................... 34
Diagnostics connection ................................. 34 Important safety notes .................................. 63
Indicator and warning lamps (standard) ......... 10 Suitable child restraint systems for the
Indicator and warning lamps (with driver Qualified specialist workshop ........................ 36
Correct use of the vehicle ............................. 36 transport of children ..................................... 68
camera) ........................................................ 14 Securing the child restraint system ................ 69
Overhead control panel ................................. 18 Notes for persons with electronic medical
aids .............................................................. 36 Child-proof locks ........................................... 75
Door operating unit and seat adjustment ....... 20 Occupant presence reminder ........................ 76
Control settings in the rear passenger Problems with your vehicle ............................ 37
compartment ................................................ 22 Reporting safety defects ................................ 37
Emergencies and breakdowns ....................... 24 Limited Warranty ........................................... 38 Opening and closing ...................................... 78
QR code for rescue card ............................... 38 SmartKey ...................................................... 78
Data storage ................................................. 38 Digital Vehicle Key ......................................... 82
Digital Operator's Manual .............................. 26 Copyright ...................................................... 43 Doors ............................................................ 84
Calling up the Digital Operator's Manual ........ 26 Cargo compartment ...................................... 95
Occupant safety ............................................ 44 Side windows .............................................. 100
General notes ............................................... 27 Brief overview of the most important Sliding sunroof ............................................ 104
Protection of the environment ....................... 27 points ........................................................... 44 Anti-theft protection .................................... 107
Mercedes-Benz GenuineParts ........................ 27 Information on the automatic functions of
Operator's Manual ........................................ 28 the restraint system ...................................... 52 Seats and stowing ....................................... 111
Touch-sensitive controls ................................ 29 Purpose and function of the restraint sys- Notes on the correct driver's seat position .. 111
Mercedes me app ......................................... 29 tem ............................................................... 55
 Contents 3

Notes on grab handles ................................ 111 Operating the climate control system .......... 177
Seats .......................................................... 112 MBUX multimedia system ............................ 326
Steering wheel ............................................ 127 Overview and operation ............................... 326
Easy entry and exit feature .......................... 129 Driving and parking ..................................... 190 System settings .......................................... 349
Memory function ......................................... 131 Driving ........................................................ 190 AMG TRACK PACE ....................................... 354
Stowage areas ............................................ 132 DYNAMIC SELECT button ............................ 206 Drive system settings .................................. 359
Cup holder .................................................. 144 Transmission ............................................... 209 Navigation and traffic .................................. 360
Sockets ....................................................... 148 Function of 4MATIC ..................................... 211 Telephone ................................................... 373
Wireless charging of the mobile phone Charging the high-voltage battery ................ 211 Mercedes me Apps ..................................... 376
and connection with the exterior antenna .... 149 Parking ....................................................... 228 Mercedes-Benz emergency call system ....... 383
Installing and removing floor mats ............... 152 Driving and driving safety systems ............... 235 Sound settings ............................................ 386
Trailer hitch ................................................. 313
Vehicle towing instructions .......................... 317
Light and visibility ........................................ 154 Maintenance and care ................................. 387
Exterior lighting ........................................... 154 ASSYST PLUS service interval display .......... 387
Interior lighting ............................................ 164 Driver's display ........................................... 318 Maintenance Management .......................... 388
Windshield wiper and windshield washer Notes on the driver's display ....................... 318 Telediagnosis .............................................. 388
system ........................................................ 166 Notes on the range ..................................... 318 Engine compartment ................................... 389
Mirrors ........................................................ 170 Operating the driver's display ...................... 319 Filling the windshield washer system ........... 391
Area permeable to radio waves on the Driver display menus ................................... 320 Cleaning and care ....................................... 391
windshield ................................................... 173 Head-up Display .......................................... 320
Infrared-reflective windshield function ......... 173 Overview of status displays on the driver's
display ........................................................ 324 Breakdown assistance ................................. 400
Emergency .................................................. 400
Climate control ........................................... 174 Flat tire ....................................................... 401
Overview of climate control systems ............ 174 Battery (vehicle) .......................................... 407
Tow starting or towing away ........................ 409
4 Contents

Electrical fuses ............................................ 416 Vehicle data ................................................ 457

Trailer hitch ................................................. 460
Wheels and tires ......................................... 419
Notes on noise or unusual handling char- Display messages and warning/indicator
acteristics ................................................... 419 lamps .......................................................... 462
Notes on regularly inspecting wheels and Display messages ........................................ 462
tires ............................................................ 419 Warning and indicator lamps ....................... 537
Notes on snow chains ................................. 420
Activating or deactivating snow chain
mode .......................................................... 420 Index .......................................................... 554
Tire pressure ............................................... 421
Loading the vehicle ..................................... 426
Tire labeling ................................................ 430
Definition of terms for tires and loading ....... 435
Changing a wheel ........................................ 437
Emergency spare wheel ............................... 448

Technical data ............................................. 450

Notes on technical data .............................. 450
Vehicle electronics ...................................... 450
Regulatory radio identification and notes ..... 452
Vehicle identification plate, VIN and
engine number overview .............................. 452
Operating fluids ........................................... 454
 Symbols 5

In this Operator's Manual, you will find the follow- # Observe notes on material damage.
ing symbols:
% These symbols indicate useful instructions or
& WARNING Danger due to failure to further information that could be helpful to
observe the warning notices you.
Warning notices draw your attention to haz- # Instruction
ards that may endanger your health or life, or (/ page) Further information on a topic
the health or life of others.
# Observe the warning notices.
Display Display in the central display
4 Highest menu level, which is to be
selected in the multimedia system
+ ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental
damage due to failure to observe environ- 5 Relevant submenus, which are to be
mental notes selected in the multimedia system
* Indicates a cause
Environmental notes include information on
environmentally responsible behavior or envi-
ronmentally responsible disposal.
# Observe environmental notes.

* NOTE Damage to property due to failure

to observe notes on material damage
Notes on material damage inform you of risks
which may lead to your vehicle being dam-
aged.
6 At a glance – Cockpit (central display)

Left-hand-drive vehicles (with central display)

 At a glance – Cockpit (central display) 7

1 ± Increases recuperation → 202 Ü Switches the MBUX multimedia system → 326

→ on/off
q Reduces recuperation 202
a Switches sound on/off → 326
2 Combination switch → 155
ø Adjusts the volume → 326
3 Driver's display → 319
→ 9 £ Hazard warning light system → 156
4 DIRECT SELECT lever 209
→ A Start/stop button → 193
5 Central display 326
→ B Control panel for the MBUX multimedia system → 335
6 Glove box 134
→ C Adjusts the steering wheel → 128
7 Stowage space 134
D ! Electric parking brake → 232
8 Switch panel for:
→ E Diagnostics connection → 34
÷ DYNAMIC SELECT button 207
→ F Light switch → 154
c Active Parking Assist 296
→ G Control panel:
û Calls up the EQ menu 227
Driver's display → 319
\ Quick vehicle access
H Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC → 250
ú Fingerprint sensor → 326
8 At a glance – Cockpit (MBUX Hyperscreen)

Left-hand-drive vehicles (with MBUX Hyperscreen)

 At a glance – Cockpit (MBUX Hyperscreen) 9

1 ± Increases recuperation → 202 û Calls up the EQ menu → 227

q Reduces recuperation → 202 \ Quick vehicle access
2 Combination switch → 155 ú Fingerprint sensor → 326
3 DIRECT SELECT lever → 209 Ü Switches the MBUX multimedia system → 326
4 MBUX Hyperscreen with: on/off
→ a Switches sound on/off → 326
Driver's display 318
→ ø Adjusts the volume → 326
Central display 326
Front passenger display → 326 A Start/stop button → 193
5 Control panel for the MBUX multimedia system → 335 B Adjusts the steering wheel → 128
6 Glove box → 134 C ! Electric parking brake → 232
7 Stowage space → 134 D Diagnostics connection → 34
8 £ Hazard warning light system → 156 E Light switch → 154
9 Switch panel for: F Control panel:
÷ DYNAMIC SELECT button → 207 Driver's display → 319
→ H Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC → 250
c Active Parking Assist 296
10 At a glance – Indicator and warning lamps (standard)

Standard driver's display

 At a glance – Indicator and warning lamps (standard) 11

1 #! Turn signal lights → 155 C _ Reduced power → 541

2 Ú System error → 541 D õ Operational readiness of drive system → 193
3 ä Suspension (red) → 547 E ! Electric parking brake (yellow) → 544
ä Suspension (yellow) → 547 F Electric parking brake (red) → 544
4 # Electrical malfunction → 541 F USA only
5 Ù Power steering (red) → 542 ! Canada only
Ù Power steering (yellow) → 542 G Brakes (red) → 544
Ù Rear axle steering (red) → 542 $ USA only
Ù Rear axle steering (yellow) → 542 J Canada only
6 6 Restraint system → 539 é Recuperative Brake System, USA only → 544
7 ü Seat belt → 539 J Brakes (yellow), Canada only → 544
8 L Distance warning → 547 H R Range
9 ! ABS → 547 I Charge level display
A h Tire pressure monitor → 552 J K High beam → 155
B å ESP® OFF → 547 L Low beam → 154
→ 547 T Standing lights → 154
÷ ESP®
12 At a glance – Indicator and warning lamps (standard)

K R Rear fog light → 155 L H Mercedes-Benz emergency call system → 552

14 At a glance – Indicator and warning lamps (with driver camera)

Driver's display with driver camera

 At a glance – Indicator and warning lamps (with driver camera) 15

1 Ú System error → 541 $ USA only

2 #! Turn signal lights → 155 J Canada only
3 ü Seat belt → 539 é Recuperative Brake System, USA only → 544
4 L Distance warning → 547 J Brakes (yellow), Canada only → 544
5 6 Restraint system → 539 E R Range
6 _ Reduced power → 541 F Charge level display
7 h Tire pressure monitor → 552 G R Rear fog light → 155
8 å ESP® OFF → 547 H K High beam → 155
÷ ESP® → 547 L Low beam → 154
9 ! ABS → 547 T Standing lights → 154
A õ Operational readiness of drive system → 193 I H Mercedes-Benz emergency call system → 552
B ! Electric parking brake (yellow) → 544 J # Electrical malfunction → 541
C Electric parking brake (red) → 544 K Ù Power steering (red) → 542
F USA only Ù Power steering (yellow) → 542
! Canada only Ù Rear axle steering (red) → 542
D Brakes (red) → 544 Ù Rear axle steering (yellow) → 542
16 At a glance – Indicator and warning lamps (with driver camera)

L ä Suspension (red) → 547 ä Suspension (yellow) → 547

18 At a glance – Overhead control panel
 At a glance – Overhead control panel 19

1 Sun visors 8 3 Opens/closes the panorama roof with → 104

2 c Switches the front interior lighting on/off → power tilt/sliding panel
164
3 Opens/closes the panorama roof with → 104
3 u Switches the rear interior lighting on/off → 164
power tilt/sliding panel roller sunblind
4 ; me button → 376 →
9 PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps 49
5 | Switches automatic interior lighting con- → 164 →
A Inside rear-view mirror 171
trol on/off
B Switches the left-hand reading lamp on/off → 164
6 G SOS button → 376
7 Switches the right-hand reading lamp on/off → 164
20 At a glance – Door operating unit and seat adjustment
 At a glance – Door operating unit and seat adjustment 21

1 ß Ü Locks/unlocks the vehicle → 84 A W Opens/closes the rear passenger com- → 100

→ partment right side window
2 Opens the door 84
B S Child safety lock for the rear passenger → 76
3 Adjusts the seats electrically → 112
compartment side windows
4 w Switches the seat heating on/off → 125 C W Opens/closes the rear passenger com- → 100
5 s Switches the seat ventilation on/off → 126 partment left side window
6 V Operates the memory function → 132 D W Opens/closes the left side window → 100
7 q Opens/closes the tailgate → 95 E Adjusts the head restraints → 119
8 Í Operates the outside mirrors → 170 F Seat adjustment using the multimedia system → 123
9 W Opens/closes the right side window → 100
22 At a glance – Control settings in the rear passenger compartment
 At a glance – Control settings in the rear passenger compartment 23

1 Rear climate control operating unit → 176 4 Adjusts the rear seats electrically → 116
2 Electronics compartment in the center console 5 Stowage compartment in the rear armrest
3 w Switches the rear seat heating on/off → 125 6 Charging a mobile phone wirelessly → 151
24 At a glance – Emergencies and breakdowns
 At a glance – Emergencies and breakdowns 25

1 B-pillar with: 6 Operating the high-voltage disconnect device → 190

QR code for accessing the rescue card → 38 7 £ Hazard warning lamps → 156
Information label on tire pressure → 422 8 Socket flap with:
2 Safety vests → 400 QR code for accessing the rescue card → 38
3 ; me button → 376 9 First-aid kit (soft sided) → 401
G SOS button → 376 A Towing away → 409
4 Towing away → 409 B Warning triangle → 400
5 Flat tire → 401 C TIREFIT kit → 403
26 Digital Operator's Manual

Calling up the Digital Operator's Manual You can search for keywords using the Search Some sections in the Digital Operator's Manual,
field in order to quickly find answers to questions such as warning notes, can be expanded and col-
Multimedia system: about the operation of the vehicle. lapsed.
4 © 5 Settings 5 Info
Additional options for calling up the Digital Opera-
5 Operator's Manual
tor's Manual:
5 Open Digital Operator's Manual
Driver's display: call up brief information about
The Digital Operator's Manual describes the func- display messages on the driver's display
tions and operation of the vehicle and the multi-
MBUX Voice Assistant: call up via the voice con-
media system.
trol system
# Select one of the following menu items in the
Global search: call up search results for contents
Digital Operator's Manual:
R Quick start: find the first steps towards
of the Digital Operator's Manual on the home
screen
adjusting your seat (driver's side).
R Tips: find information that prepares you for
For safety reasons, the Digital Operator's Manual
is deactivated while the vehicle is in motion.
certain everyday situations with your vehicle.
R Animations: watch animations about the vehi-
cle functions.
R Messages: find additional information about
the messages on the driver's display. 1 Menu
R Language: select the language for the Digital 2 Search
Operator's Manual. 3 Back
4 Contents section
 General notes 27

Protection of the environment Personal driving style: Mercedes-Benz GenuineParts

# Drive carefully and maintain a suitable
+ ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental + ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental
damage due to operating conditions and distance from the vehicle in front. damage due to not using recycled recon-
personal driving style # Avoid frequent, sudden acceleration and ditioned components
braking.
Operate your vehicle in an environmentally Mercedes‑Benz AG offers recycled recondi-
# Drive in a way that conserves energy.
responsible manner to help protect the envi- tioned components and parts with the same
ronment. Please observe the following recom- Pay attention to the ECO display for an quality as new parts. The same entitlement
mendations on operating conditions and per- economical driving style. from the Limited Warranty is valid as for new
sonal driving style. parts.
Operating conditions: + ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental # Use recycled reconditioned components

# Make sure that the tire pressures are

pollution caused by irresponsible disposal and parts from Mercedes‑Benz AG.
of the high-voltage battery
correct.
# Do not carry any unnecessary weight A high-voltage battery contains materials * NOTE Impairment of the operating effi-
(e.g. roof luggage racks once you no lon- which are harmful to the environment. ciency of the restraint systems from
ger need them). # Dispose of defective high-voltage batter- installing accessory parts or from repairs
# Monitor energy consumption. ies at a qualified specialist workshop. or welding
# Adhere to the service intervals. Air bags and Emergency Tensioning Devices,
Environmental issues and recommendations: as well as control units and sensors for the
A regularly serviced vehicle will contrib- It is recommended that you re-use or recycle
ute to environmental protection. restraint systems, may be installed in the fol-
materials instead of just disposing of them. lowing areas of your vehicle:
# Always have maintenance work carried
The relevant environmental guidelines and regula- R doors
out at a qualified specialist workshop. tions serve to protect the environment and must
be strictly observed.
28 General notes

R door pillars Mercedes-Benz GenuineParts are subject to strict Operator's Manual

quality inspections. Each part has been specially
R sill developed, manufactured or selected for This Operator's Manual and the Digital Operator's
R seats Mercedes-Benz vehicles and adapted to them. Manual in the vehicle describe the following mod-
Therefore, only Mercedes-Benz GenuineParts els and the standard and special equipment for
R cockpit your vehicle:
should be used.
R driver's display R The models and the standard and special
More than 300,000 different Mercedes-Benz Gen-
R center console equipment available at the time of this Opera-
uineParts are available for Mercedes-Benz mod-
R lateral roof frame els. tor's Manual going to press.
R The models and the standard and special
# Do not install accessory parts such as All authorized Mercedes-Benz Centers maintain a
supply of Mercedes-Benz GenuineParts for neces- equipment only available in certain countries.
audio systems in these areas.
sary service and repair work. In addition, strategi- R The models and the standard and special
# Do not carry out repairs or welding.
cally located parts delivery centers provide for equipment, which will only be available at a
# Have accessories retrofitted at a quali- quick and reliable parts service. later date.
fied specialist workshop.
Always specify the vehicle identification number Note that your vehicle may not have all features
You could jeopardize the operating safety of your (VIN) (/ page 452) when ordering Mercedes- described. This is also the case for systems rele-
vehicle if you use parts, tires and wheels as well Benz GenuineParts. vant to safety. Therefore, the equipment on your
as accessories relevant to safety that have not vehicle may differ from that in the descriptions
been approved by Mercedes-Benz. Safety-critical and illustrations.
systems (e.g. the brake system) may malfunction. The original purchase agreement for your vehicle
Use only Mercedes-Benz GenuineParts or parts of contains a list of the equipment in your vehicle at
equal quality. Use only tires, wheels and acces- the time of delivery.
sory parts that have been specifically approved
for your vehicle model.
 General notes 29

Should you have any questions concerning equip- The controls have touch-sensitive user interface R Keep the surfaces free of dust and dirt
ment and operation, please consult an authorized surfaces. The surfaces are controlled by pressing (/ page 397).
Mercedes-Benz Center. or swiping to adjust settings or to trigger func-
tions, for example. Some touch-sensitive control elements have a
% Please bear in mind that all the speed values symbol and integrated indicator lamps. When
stated in this Operator's Manual are approxi- In the area of the touchscreen, you also receive operating, make sure to press on the symbol of
mate and are subject to a certain tolerance. haptic feedback in the form of a pulse or a vibra- the control element.
The Operator's Manual, Supplement, further sup- tion, or the surface structure changes on the
plementary documents and Maintenance Booklet touch-sensitive user interface surface, for exam-
are important documents and should be kept in ple. Mercedes me app
the vehicle. You receive haptic feedback in the following situa- Notes about the on-demand feature
tions, for example:
You can also activate various functions (on-
R When pressing a button on the user interface
Touch-sensitive controls demand feature) subsequently via Mercedes me
surface after purchasing your vehicle.
In addition to conventional switches and buttons, R When scrolling in a list or table
your vehicle is equipped with touch-sensitive con- Information is available at any authorized
trols. R When reaching a new area on the user inter- Mercedes-Benz Service Center.
face surface, e.g. a pop-up window
These are located in the following areas of your
vehicle: When handling touch-sensitive user interface sur- Activating on-demand feature using Mercedes me
R Roof and door control panel faces, observe the following points to avoid prob-
lems operating: Requirements
R Climate control R The vehicle has a wireless connection.
R Do not affix stickers or similar objects on the
R Steering wheel R The vehicle is linked to the Mercedes me user
surfaces
R MBUX multimedia system account.
R Keep the surfaces protected from moisture
and wet conditions
30 General notes

Ordering and activating on-demand feature Service and vehicle operation Maintenance
# Add the desired on-demand feature for the
Vehicle operation outside the USA or Canada Your customer advisor confirms the service in the
vehicle to the shopping basket in the service report.
Mercedes me Store. When you are abroad with your vehicle, observe
# Complete the order.
the following points:
R service points or replacement parts may not Roadside Assistance
The on-demand feature is activated when
operating the vehicle. be available immediately. The Mercedes-Benz Roadside Assistance Program
Some Mercedes-Benz models are available in offers technical help in the case of a breakdown.
Speeding up activation Your calls to the toll-free Roadside Assistance
# Switch the vehicle off and lock it.
Europe through our European Delivery Program.
For more information, please consult an author- Hotline are answered by our agents 24 hours a
# Unlock the vehicle after about two minutes
ized Mercedes-Benz Center, or write to one of the day, 365 days a year.
and switch on the vehicle. following addresses: 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372) (USA)
The on-demand feature has been activated. 1-800-387-0100 (Canada)
For some features, a notification also appears in the USA:
in the vehicle's multimedia system. Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC You can find further information in the Mercedes-
European Delivery Department Benz Roadside Assistance Program brochure
If the activation was not successful, repeat the (USA) or the "Roadside Assistance" section in the
process. One Mercedes-Benz Drive Service and Warranty booklet (Canada). You will
Sandy Springs, GA 30328 find both in the vehicle document wallet.
in Canada:
Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc. Change of address or change of ownership
European Delivery Department In the event of a change of address, please send
98 Vanderhoof Avenue us the "Notification of address change" in the
Service and Guarantee booklet or simply call the
Toronto, Ontario M4G 4C9
 General notes 31

Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center & WARNING Risk of accident or injury due
(USA) on the hotline number to incorrect modifications on electronic
1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372) or Cus- component parts
tomer Service (Canada) on 1-800-387-0100. We
can then reach you in a timely fashion, if neces- Modification of electronic components, their
sary. software or wiring could impair their function
If you sell your Mercedes, please leave all litera- and/or the function of other networked com-
ture in the vehicle so that it is available to the next ponent parts or safety-relevant systems.
owner. If you have purchased a used vehicle, This can endanger the operating safety of the
please send us the "Notice of Purchase of Used vehicle.
Car" in the Service and Guarantee booklet or sim- # Never tamper with the wiring and elec-
ply call the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Operating safety tronic component parts or their soft-
Center (USA) at the hotline number ware.
1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372) or Cus- & WARNING Risk of accident due to mal- # You should have all work on electrical
tomer Service (Canada) at 1-800-387-0100. functions or system failures and electronic components carried out
If you do not have the prescribed service/ at a qualified specialist workshop.
Possible danger due to substances hazardous to maintenance work or any required repairs car-
health ried out, this could result in malfunctions or Observe the "On-board electronics" section in
system failures. "Technical data".
In compliance with Proposition 65 (“Prop65”), the
following detachable label has been added to # Always have the prescribed service and
each vehicle sold in California: maintenance work or any required
repairs carried out in a qualified special-
ist workshop.
32 General notes

* NOTE Impairment of the operating effi- * NOTE Damage to the vehicle caused by # Have the vehicle checked and repaired
ciency of the vehicle or individual compo- driving too fast and by blows to the under- immediately at a qualified specialist
nents due to tampering with the on-board body and chassis parts workshop.
electronics or
The vehicle can be damaged in the following
The vehicle is equipped by the manufacturer cases in particular: # If driving safety is impaired during the
with various safety mechanisms that interact R The underside of the vehicle makes con- rest of the journey, stop immediately
with each other. tact with the ground, e.g. on a high curb or paying attention to the traffic situation
If the system detects tampering with the on- an unpaved road. and notify a qualified specialist work-
board electronics due to an unauthorized shop.
R The vehicle drives too quickly over an
modification of control units and/or their soft- obstacle, e.g. a curb, a speed bump or a
ware/data, this may have the following Electric vehicles have an electric motor. The elec-
pothole. tric motor's energy supply is provided by the high-
effects:
R A heavy object hits the underbody or chas- voltage on-board electrical system.
R Individual vehicle functions are (tempora-
sis components.
rily) no longer operational. & DANGER Risk of death and fire due to
R The overall vehicle is (temporarily) no lon- In these or similar situations, the vehicle body, modified and/or damaged components of
ger operational. the underbody, chassis components, wheels the high-voltage on-board electrical sys-
or tires and parts of the high-voltage battery tem
# Have the vehicle checked immediately at could be damaged even if this is not visible.
a qualified specialist workshop and, if Components that have been damaged in this The vehicle's high-voltage on-board electrical
necessary, reset to factory settings. way can fail unexpectedly or, in the event of system is under high voltage. If you modify
an accident, may not absorb the loads that component parts in the vehicle's high-voltage
arise as intended. on-board electrical system or touch damaged
component parts, you may be electrocuted. In
 General notes 33

addition, modified and/or damaged compo- qualified specialist workshop and

nents may cause a fire. replaced if necessary.
In the event of an accident or impact to the
vehicle underbody, components of the high- The components of the vehicle's high-voltage on-
voltage electrical system may be damaged board electrical system are marked with yellow
although the damage is not visible. warning stickers. The cables of the high-voltage
on-board electrical system are orange.
# Never make any modifications to the
high-voltage on-board electrical system.
# Do not switch on or use the vehicle if its
high-voltage on-board electrical system Example
components have been modified or dam-
aged. Vehicles with electric motors generate signifi-
# Never touch damaged components of cantly less noise when stationary and while driv-
the high-voltage on-board electrical sys- ing than vehicles with internal-combustion
tem. engines.
# After an accident, do not touch any com- Therefore the vehicle may not be heard by other
ponents of the high-voltage on-board road users due to the significantly reduced noise
High-voltage components that can become very when stationary and while driving.
electrical system. hot are marked with an additional warning sticker:
# After an accident, have the vehicle trans- For this reason the vehicle is equipped with a
ported away. sound generator, which serves as an acoustic
vehicle alerting system (AVAS). This protective
# Have the components of the high-voltage
equipment is prescribed by law.
on-board electrical system checked at a
The outside sound produced by the sound genera-
tor (AVAS) can be heard in the passenger com-
34 General notes

partment at low speeds and does not represent a Declaration of conformity for vehicle installed véhicule sont conforme aux CNR d’Innovation,
malfunction. radio components Sciences et Développement économique Canada
applicables aux appareils radio exempts de
licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux con-
Notes on mounting the license plate on the front ditions suivantes : 1) Ces appareils ne doivent pas
license plate holder produire de brouillage; 2) Ces appareils doivent
USA: "Radio based devices of this vehicle comply accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi,
* NOTE Malfunctions and system failures with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is sub- même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en com-
due to incorrect mounting of the license ject to the following two conditions: 1) These devi- promettre le fonctionnement."
plate on the front license plate holder ces may not cause harmful interference, and 2)
If the license plate is incorrectly mounted on These devices must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause Diagnostics connection
the front license plate holder, sensors, cam-
eras or driving and safety systems may mal- undesired operation.Changes or modifications not The diagnostics connection is a technical inter-
function or fail. expressly approved by the party responsible for face in the vehicle. It is used, for example, during
compliance could void the user’s authority to repair and maintenance work or for reading out
Observe the following points when mounting
operate the equipment." vehicle data in a specialist workshop. Diagnostic
the license plate on the front license plate
Canada: "This vehicle contains licence-exempt devices should therefore only be connected in a
holder:
transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Inno- qualified specialist workshop.
# Mount the license plate directly on the
vation, Science and Economic Development Can-
license plate holder without advertising & WARNING Risk of accident due to con-
ada’s licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
media or other holders. necting devices to the diagnostics con-
to the following two conditions: (1) These devices
# Mount the license plate so that it does
may not cause interference. (2) These devices nection
not protrude above or to the side of the must accept any interference, including interfer- If you connect devices to the diagnostics con-
license plate adapter. ence that may cause undesired operation of the nection of the vehicle, the function of vehicle
devices." "Les émetteurs/récepteurs dans cette
 General notes 35

systems and operating safety may be * NOTE Battery discharging from using devi-
impaired. ces connected to the diagnostics connec-
# For safety reasons, we recommend that tion
you use and connect only products Using devices at the diagnostics connection
approved by an authorized Mercedes- drains the battery.
Benz Service Center.
# Check the charge level of the battery.

# If the charge level is low, charge the bat-

& WARNING Risk of accident due to objects
in the driver's footwell tery, e.g. by driving a considerable dis-
tance.
Objects in the driver's footwell may impede
pedal travel or block a depressed pedal.
This jeopardizes the operating and road safety
of the vehicle.
# Stow all objects in the vehicle securely
so that they cannot get into the driver's Connecting and using another device with the
footwell. diagnostics connection can have the following
# Always install the floor mats securely effects:
and as prescribed in order to ensure that R Malfunctions in the vehicle system
there is always sufficient room for the R Permanent damage to vehicle components
pedals.
# Do not use loose floor mats and do not Please refer to the warranty terms and conditions
place floor mats on top of one another. for this matter.
36 General notes

Qualified specialist workshop Observe the following information in particular For this reason, the following can occur in isolated
when driving your vehicle: cases, depending on the aids used:
An authorized Mercedes-Benz Service Center is a
R the safety notes in this Operator's Manual, R Medical aids malfunctioning
qualified specialist workshop. It has the necessary
special skills, tools and qualifications to correctly vehicle-specific supplements and further sup- R Adverse health effects
carry out the work required on your vehicle. This plementary documents
particularly applies to safety-relevant work. R technical data for the vehicle Observe the notes and warnings of the manufac-
turer of the medical aids; if in doubt, contact the
For the following, always have your vehicle R traffic rules and ‑regulations
device manufacturer and/or your doctor. If there
checked at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Service R laws and safety standards pertaining to motor is continuing uncertainty concerning the possibil-
Center: vehicles ity of medical aids malfunctioning, Mercedes-
R Safety-relevant work Benz AG recommends using only few electrical
R Service and maintenance work vehicle systems and/or maintaining a distance
Notes for persons with electronic medical aids from the components.
R Repair work
Mercedes-Benz AG cannot, despite carefully When charging the high-voltage battery, keep a
R Modifications as well as installations and con- developing vehicle systems, completely rule out distance of at least an arm's length between the
versions the interaction of vehicle systems with electronic medical aid and the following components:
R Work on electronic components medical aids such as cardiac pacemakers. R The power supply equipment
Mercedes‑Benz recommends a Mercedes‑Benz In addition, there are components installed in the
This includes charging stations in the form of a
Service Center. vehicle that, regardless of the operating status of
wallbox or a public charging point, for exam-
the vehicle, can generate magnetic fields on a par
ple.
with permanent magnets. These fields can be
found, for example, in the area around the multi- R Vehicle components carrying live voltage
Correct use of the vehicle
media and sound system or also in the area of the This includes the charging cable and the
If you remove any warning stickers, you or others
seats, depending on the vehicle equipment. charging control box, for example.
could fail to recognize certain dangers. Leave
warning stickers in position.
 General notes 37

Only have repairs and maintenance work in the One Mercedes-Benz Drive and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot
area of the following components carried out at a Sandy Springs, GA 30328 become involved in individual problems between
qualified specialist workshop: you, your dealer, or Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC.
In Canada:
R Vehicle components carrying live voltage To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle
Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc. Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
R Transmission antenna
Customer Relations Department 1-800-424-9153) ; go to https://www.safe-
R Multimedia system and sound system
98 Vanderhoof Avenue rcar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 400
If you have any queries or suggestions, consult a Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590,
Toronto, Ontario M4G 4C9
qualified specialist workshop. USA.
You can also obtain other information about motor
Reporting safety defects vehicle safety from https://www.safercar.gov.
Problems with your vehicle
If you should experience a problem with your vehi- USA only: Canada only:
cle, particularly one that you believe may affect its The following text is published as required of man- The following text is published as required of man-
safe operation, we urge you to contact an author- ufacturers under Title 49, Code of U.S. Federal ufacturers under subsection 18.4 (4) of the Motor
ized Mercedes-Benz Center immediately to have Regulations, Part 575 pursuant to the “National Vehicle Safety Regulations.
the problem diagnosed and rectified. If the prob- Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966”. If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which
lem is not resolved to your satisfaction, please If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or
discuss the problem again with an authorized could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Transport
Mercedes-Benz Center or, if necessary, contact death, you should immediately inform the National Canada in addition to notifying Mercedes-Benz
us at one of the following addresses: Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in Canada Inc.
In the USA: addition to notifying Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC. If Transport Canada received similar complaints, it
Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open may open an investigation, and if it finds that a
an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may
Customer Assistance Center exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall order a recall and remedy campaign. However,
38 General notes

Transport Canada cannot become involved in indi- your vehicle as well as on possible vehi- Some control units are required for the safe oper-
vidual problems between you, your dealer, or cle damage. ation of your vehicle, some assist you when driv-
Mercedes-Benz Canada Inc. ing, such as driver assistance systems, while oth-
To contact Transport Canada, you may call the ers enable convenience or infotainment functions.
Defect Investigations and Recalls Division toll-free QR code for rescue card The following provides you with general informa-
in Canada at 1-800-333-0510 or 819-994-3328 QR codes are attached in the socket flap and on tion regarding data processing in the vehicle.
in the Gatineau-Ottawa area or internationally; the opposite side on the B-pillar. In the event of Additional information regarding exactly which
may also go to the following websites for more an accident, rescue services can use the QR code data in your vehicle are collected, saved and
information: to quickly find the appropriate rescue card for transmitted to third parties, and for what purpose,
R English: https://www.tc.gc.ca/recalls your vehicle. The current rescue card contains the can be found in the information directly related to
most important information about your vehicle the functional characteristics in question in their
R French: https://www.tc.gc.ca/rappels
(e.g. the routing of the electric lines) in compact respective operating instructions. This information
form. is also available online and, depending on the
Limited Warranty vehicle equipment, digitally.
Further information can be obtained at https://
www.mercedes-benz.de/qr-code Personal data
* NOTE Damage to the vehicle arising from Every vehicle is identified by a unique vehicle
violation of these operating instructions. identification number. Depending on the country,
Damage to the vehicle can arise from violation Data storage this vehicle identification number can be used by,
of these operating instructions. Data processing in the vehicle for example, governmental authorities to deter-
mine the identity of the owner. There are other
This damage is not covered either by the Electronic control units possibilities to use data collected from the vehicle
Mercedes-Benz implied warranty or by the Electronic control units are installed in your vehi- to identify the owner or driver, such as the license
New‑ or Used-Vehicle Warranty. cle. Control units process data which, for exam- plate number.
# Follow the instructions in these operat- ple, they receive from vehicle sensors, generate
ing instructions on proper operation of themselves or exchange between themselves.
 General notes 39

Therefore, data generated or processed by control This includes the following data, for example: R system reactions in special driving situations,
units may be attributable to a person or, under R vehicle status information such as the speed, such as air bag deployment or the intervention
certain conditions, become attributable to a per- longitudinal acceleration, lateral acceleration, of stability control systems
son. Depending on which vehicle data are availa- number of wheel revolutions or the fastened R information on events leading to vehicle dam-
ble, it may be possible to make inferences about, seat belts display age
for example, your driving behavior, your location,
R ambient conditions, such as temperature, rain R charge level of the high-voltage battery, esti-
your route or your use patterns.
sensor or distance sensor mated range
Legal requirements regarding the disclosure of
data Generally, the use of these data is temporary; In certain cases, it may be required to store data
If legally required to do so, manufacturers are, in they will not be stored beyond the period of oper- that would have otherwise been used only tempo-
individual cases, legally obliged to provide govern- ation and will only be processed within the vehicle rarily. This may be the case if the vehicle has
mental entities, upon request and to the extent itself. Control units often contain data memories detected a malfunction, for example.
required, data stored by the manufacturer. For for vehicle keys, for example. Their use permits If you use services, such as repair services and
example, this may be the case during the investi- the temporary or permanent documentation of maintenance work, stored operational data as
gation of a criminal offense. technical information about the vehicle's operat- well as the vehicle identification number can be
ing state, component loads, maintenance require- read out and used. They can be read out by
Governmental entities are themselves, in individ- ments and technical events or malfunctions.
ual cases and within the applicable legal frame- service network employees, such as workshops
work, authorized to read out data from the vehi- Depending on the vehicle equipment, the follow- and manufacturers or third parties, such as break-
cle. In the case of an accident, information that ing data are stored: down services. The same is true in the case of
can help with an investigation can, therefore, be R operating status of system components, such warranty claims and quality assurance measures.
taken from the air bag control unit, for example. as fill levels, tire pressure or battery status In general, the readout is performed via the legally
R malfunctions or faults in important system prescribed port for the diagnostics connection in
Operational data in the vehicle the vehicle. The operational data that are read out
This is data regarding the operation of the vehicle, components, such as lights or brakes
document technical states of the vehicle or of
which have been processed by control units. individual components and assist in the diagnosis
40 General notes

of malfunctions, compliance with warranty obliga- Depending on the selected equipment, you can ticular, when you use online services in accord-
tions and quality improvement. To that end, these import data into vehicle infotainment functions ance with the settings that you have selected.
data, in particular information about component yourself.
loads, technical events, malfunctions and other Smartphone integration (e.g. Android Auto or
Depending on the vehicle equipment, this Apple CarPlay®)
faults may be transmitted along with the vehicle includes the following data, for example:
identification number to the manufacturer. Fur- If your vehicle is accordingly equipped, you can
R multimedia data, such as music, films or pho- connect your smartphone or another mobile end
thermore, the manufacturer is subject to product
liability. For this reason the manufacturer also tos for playback in an integrated multimedia device to the vehicle. You can then control them
uses operational data from the vehicle, for exam- system by means of the control elements integrated in
ple, for recalls. These data can also be used to R address book data for use in connection with the vehicle. Images and audio from the smart-
examine the customer's warranty and guarantee an integrated hands-free system or an integra- phone can be output via the multimedia system.
claims. ted navigation system Certain information is simultaneously transferred
R entered navigation destinations
to your smartphone. Depending on the type and
Malfunction memories in the vehicle can be reset integration, this includes position data, day/night
by a service outlet or at your request as part of R data about the use of Internet services mode and other general vehicle statuses. For
repair or maintenance work. more information please consult the Operator's
These data for convenience and infotainment
Convenience and infotainment functions functions may be saved locally in the vehicle or Manual of the vehicle/infotainment system.
You can store convenience settings and individual they may be located on a device which you have This integration allows the use of selected smart-
settings in the vehicle and change or reset them connected to the vehicle, such as a smartphone, phone apps, such as navigation or music player
at any time. USB flash drive or MP3 player. If you have entered apps. There is no further interaction between the
Depending on the vehicle equipment, this these data yourself, you can delete them at any smartphone and the vehicle; in particular, vehicle
includes the following settings, for example: time. data is not directly accessible. The type of addi-
R seat and steering wheel positions This data is transmitted from the vehicle to third tional data processing is determined by the pro-
parties only at your request. This applies, in par- vider of the app being used. Which settings you
R suspension and climate control settings can make, if any, depends on the specific app and
R individual settings, such as interior lighting the operating system of your smartphone.
 General notes 41

Online services used, other than for the provision of services, is Data protection rights
done so exclusively on the basis of legal permis-
Wireless network connection sion. This is the case, for example, for a legally Depending on your country or the equipment and
If your vehicle has a wireless network connection, prescribed emergency call system, a contractual range of functions of your vehicle as well as the
it enables data to be exchanged between your agreement or when consent has been given. services you use and the services on offer, you
vehicle and additional systems. The wireless net- are entitled to different data protection rights.
work connection is made possible by the vehicle's You can have services and functions, some of Further information on data protection and your
own transmitter and receiver or by a mobile end which are subject to a fee, activated or deactiva- data protection rights can either be found on the
device that you have brought into the vehicle, for ted. This excludes legally prescribed functions and manufacturer's website or you will receive this
example, a smartphone. Online functions can be services, such as an emergency call system. information as part of the various services and
used via the wireless network connection. This Third-party services service offers. There you will also find the contact
includes online services and applications/apps If you use online services from other providers information for the manufacturer and its data pro-
provided to you by the manufacturer or by other (third parties), these services are the responsibil- tection officers.
providers. ity of the provider in question and subject to that At a workshop, for example, with the support of a
Manufacturer's services provider's data protection conditions and terms of specialist and possibly for a fee, you can have
Regarding the manufacturer's online services, the use. As a general rule, the manufacturer has no data read out which is stored only locally in the
individual functions are described by the manu- influence on the content exchanged. vehicle.
facturer in a suitable place, for example, in the For this reason, when services are provided by
Operator's Manual or on the manufacturer's web- third parties, please ask the service provider in MBUX multimedia system/Mercedes me connect
site, where the relevant data protection informa- question for information about the type, extent
tion is also given. Personal data may be used for and purpose of the collection and use of personal If the vehicle is equipped with the MBUX multime-
the provision of online services. Data is data. dia system or Mercedes me connect, additional
exchanged via a secure connection, such as the data about the vehicle's operation, the use of the
manufacturer's designated IT systems. Any per- vehicle in certain situations, and the location of
sonal data which is collected, processed and the vehicle may be compiled by the MBUX multi-
media system or Mercedes me connect.
42 General notes

For additional information, please refer to the R How fast the vehicle was traveling. Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC ("MBUSA") expressly
"MBUX multimedia system" section and/or the disclaims any and all liability arising from the
Mercedes me connect Terms and Conditions. This data can help provide a better understanding extraction of this information by unauthorized
of the circumstances in which crashes and inju- Mercedes-Benz personnel.
ries occur. NOTE: EDR data is recorded by your
Event Data Recorder vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; MBUSA will not share EDR data with others with-
no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driv- out the consent of the vehicle owner or, if the
USA only: vehicle is leased, without the consent of the les-
ing conditions and no personal data (e.g. name,
This vehicle is equipped with an event data gender, age and accident location) is recorded. see. Exceptions to this representation include
recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to However, other parties, such as law enforcement, responses to subpoenas by law enforcement; by
record, in certain crash or crash-like situations, could combine EDR data with the type of person- federal, state or local government; in connection
such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road ally identifying data routinely acquired during a with or arising out of litigation involving MBUSA or
obstacle, data that will assist in understanding crash investigation. its subsidiaries and affiliates; or, as required by
how a vehicle's systems performed. The EDR is law.
designed to record data related to vehicle dynam- Access to the vehicle and/or the EDR is needed
to read data that is recorded by the EDR, and spe- Warning: the EDR is a component of the Restraint
ics and safety systems for a short period of time, System Module. Tampering with, altering, modify-
typically 30 seconds or less. cial equipment is required. In addition to the vehi-
cle manufacturer, other parties that have the spe- ing or removing the EDR component may result in
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such cial equipment, such as law enforcement, can a malfunction of the Restraint System Module and
data as: read the information by accessing the vehicle or other systems.
R How various systems in your vehicle were the EDR. State laws or regulations regarding EDRs that
operating; EDR data may be used in civil and criminal mat- conflict with federal regulation are pre-empted.
R Whether or not the driver and front passenger ters as a tool in accident reconstruction, accident This means that in the event of such conflict, the
seat belts were buckled/fastened claims and vehicle safety. Since the Crash Data federal regulation governs. As of December 2016,
Retrieval (CDR) tool that is used to extract data 17 states have enacted laws relating to EDRs.
R How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the
accelerator and/or brake pedal; and, from the EDR is commercially available,
 General notes 43

Copyright R Burmester® is a registered trademark of

Burmester Audiosysteme GmbH.
Free and open source software
R Microsoft® and Windows Media® are regis-
Information on licenses for free and open-source tered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
software used in your vehicle can be found on the
data carrier in your vehicle document wallet and R SIRIUS® is a registered trademark of Sirius
with updates on the following website: XM Radio Inc.
https://www.mercedes-benz.com/opensource R HD Radio™ is a registered trademark of iBiq-
uity Digital Corporation.
Registered trademarks
R Gracenote® is a registered trademark of
Gracenote, Inc.
R Bluetooth® is a registered trademark of Blue- R ZAGAT Survey® and related brands are regis-
tooth SIG, Inc. tered trademarks of Zagat Survey, LLC.
R DTS™ is a registered trademark of DTS, Inc.
R Dolby® and MLP™ are registered trademarks
of DOLBY Laboratories.
R ESP® and PRE-SAFE® are registered trade-
marks of Mercedes‑Benz Group AG.
R HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Gen-
tex Corporation.
R iPod® and iTunes® are registered trademarks
of Apple Inc.
44 Occupant safety

Brief overview of the most important points The information is structured as follows: Defining generic terms clearly
R The most important information in brief: in this In this Operator's Manual, the following generic
Basic information
chapter, you are provided with an overview of terms are used:
Make sure that the following prerequisites in par- the relationship between the restraint system R Occupant safety: comprises the components
ticular have been met so that the components of and the correct behavior of all vehicle occu- and system functions which help to minimize,
the restraint system are able to provide the inten- pants. as much as possible, the stresses on and con-
ded level of protection: R Specific information: in further sections of the sequences for vehicle occupants during an
R Sit correctly (/ page 45). chapter "Occupant safety", you can find spe- accident.
R Fasten the seat belt correctly (/ page 46). cific information on the equipment and func- R Restraint system: comprises those compo-
- Function of the seat belt warning lamp tions of the restraint system. nents which, along with the vehicle structure,
ü (/ page 48). R Keyword directory: you can also find certain help prevent vehicle occupants from poten-
subjects in this Operator's Manual using the tially coming into contact with parts of the
- Function of the rear seat belt status dis-
keyword directory. vehicle interior. The seat belts and air bags, for
play (/ page 48).
example, are components of the restraint sys-
R The restraint system warning lamp 6 is not Information on the following subjects, among oth- tem.
lit up after the self-test (/ page 47). ers, are not provided in the chapter "Occupant
R Child restraint system: you can find all infor-
safety":
R The PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps dis- mation on this subject in the chapter "Children
play the correct status of the front passenger R Children in the vehicle (/ page 62)
in the vehicle" (/ page 62).
air bag (/ page 49). R Driving and driving safety systems
(/ page 235) Be diligent
For clear understanding For the components of the restraint system to
The chapter "Occupant safety" includes informa- R Stowage areas (/ page 132)
provide the intended level of protection, it is
tion on equipment, functions and behaviors that essential that the sitting posture is correct and
contribute directly to safety of vehicle occupants. that the seat belt is correctly fastened.
 Occupant safety 45

Note that negligence when adjusting your sitting & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to R Keep your distance from the air bags, espe-
posture and fastening the seat belt may have seri- an incorrect seat position cially the front air bags. Set the driver's seat
ous consequences. Be diligent and make sure that and front passenger seat as far back as possi-
all vehicle occupants are sitting correctly and If you deviate from the correct seat position, ble while making sure the seat belt is fastened
have fastened their seat belts properly before the air bag cannot provide its intended protec- correctly.
starting every journey. tive function. R If persons are sitting on the rear seats, vehicle
Each vehicle occupant must make sure of the occupants should maintain a sufficient dis-
Information on the correct seat position following. tance to the parts of the vehicle interior in
# Put the seat in the correct position. front of them.
The seat position must be correct in order for the
components of the restraint system to provide the # Fasten seat belts correctly. Pregnant R Make sure there are no people, animals or
intended level of protection. women must take particular care to objects between the vehicle occupants and an
ensure that the lap belt never lies across air bag.
The seat position influences both the protection the abdomen.
provided by the seat belt and the additional pro-
R If you are the driver, observe the following
tection provided by the air bag. # Observe the following information. information on the correct position of the driv-
er's seat (/ page 111).
The correct seat position with an almost upright In order for the restraint system to provide the
posture and a correctly fastened seat belt also Hold the steering wheel only by the steering
intended level of protection, observe the following wheel rim. This allows the driver's air bag to
reduce the risk posed by the air bag when it is information:
deployed. fully deploy.
R Before starting your journey, adjust your seat R Assume a nearly upright position, with your
When choosing the seat, take note of the available correctly (/ page 111).
space. When you are sitting with the right posture buttocks as far back as possible in the gap
in a nearly upright position, your head should not When doing so, make sure you are able to fas- between the seat cushion and seat backrest.
touch the roof. ten your seat belt correctly. The shoulder belt This ensures that your back lies as flat and
strap must be routed forward from the seat firmly as possible against the seat backrest.
belt outlet over the center of your shoulder.
46 Occupant safety

R While driving, do not lean forward and do not In addition, an incorrectly fastened seat belt R The shoulder belt strap must be routed
lean against the door or side window. You may can also cause injuries, for example, in the forward from the seat belt outlet over the cen-
otherwise be in the deployment area of the air event of an accident or when braking or ter of your shoulder.
bags. changing direction suddenly. R The shoulder belt strap should neither touch
R Sit with your feet resting on the floor, if possi- # Always ensure that all vehicle occupants your neck nor be routed under your arm or
ble. Your thighs are slightly supported by the have their seat belts fastened correctly behind your back.
seat cushion and are sitting properly. R The lap belt must be routed as low down
Do not put your feet up on the cockpit, for across the hips as possible.
example. Your feet may otherwise be in the & WARNING Risk of injury or death when In addition, push the lap belt down as far as
deployment area of the air bag. additional restraint systems are not used possible across your hips and pull it tight with
R Fasten the seat belt correctly. for persons with a smaller stature the shoulder belt strap. Never route the lap
belt across your abdomen.
Persons under 5 ft (1.50 m ) tall cannot wear
Notes on wearing the seat belt correctly the seat belt correctly without a suitable addi- Pregnant women must also take particular
tional restraint system. care with this.
Always fasten your seat belt correctly before
starting a journey. A seat belt can provide the # Always secure persons under 5 ft R The shoulder belt strap and lap belt must fit
best level of protection only if it is worn correctly. (1.50 m) tall in a suitable restraint sys- snugly across the body once they have been
tem. pulled tight.
& WARNING Risk of injury or death due to R Avoid wearing bulky clothing, e.g. a winter
incorrectly fastened seat belt Each vehicle occupant must observe the following coat.
notes in particular: R Never route the seat belt across sharp, poin-
If the seat belt is not worn correctly, it cannot
R The seat belt must not be twisted. ted, abrasive or fragile objects.
perform its intended protective function.
R Only one person should use each seat belt at
any one time.
 Occupant safety 47

R Never secure objects with a seat belt if the * NOTE Deployment of components of the
seat belt is also being used by one of the vehi- restraint system when the front passenger
cle's occupants. seat is unoccupied and a seat belt is
Also ensure that no objects, e.g. a cushion, buckled
are ever placed between a person and the
seat. When the front passenger seat is unoccupied
and the seat belt tongue of the seat belt is
engaged in the seat belt buckle, components
Fastening and adjusting seat belts of the restraint system may deploy unnecessa-
If the seat belt is pulled quickly or sharply, the rily on the front passenger side, e.g. the Emer-
seat belt retractor locks. The seat belt strap can- gency Tensioning Device.
not be pulled out any further. # Only buckle the seat belts as intended.

Vehicles with illuminated design seat belt buckles:

the illumination on the seat belt buckle does not Function of the restraint system warning lamp
indicate that the seat belt buckle is functioning
correctly. # Always engage seat belt tongue 1 of the seat When the vehicle is switched on, a self-test is per-
formed, during which the restraint system warning
belt in seat belt buckle 2 of the correspond-
lamp 6 lights up. It goes out no later than a
ing seat.
few seconds after the vehicle is started. The com-
# To adjust the seat belt height: press button 3 ponents of the restraint system are then func-
on the seat belt outlet and slide the seat belt tional.
outlet to the desired position.
# To engage the seat belt outlet: release button
3 and ensure that the seat belt outlet
engages.
48 Occupant safety

A malfunction has occurred in the restraint sys- & DANGER Risk of fatal injuries due to mal- The seat belt warning lamp ü lights up for six
tem if: functions of the automatic high-voltage seconds every time the vehicle is started.
R the restraint system warning lamp 6 does emergency shutoff In addition, a warning tone may sound.
not light up when the vehicle is switched on When the driver's and front passengers doors are
In the event of an accident, the high-voltage
R the restraint system warning lamp 6 lights on-board electrical system may not be deacti- closed and the driver and front passenger have
up continuously or repeatedly during a journey vated as intended. fastened their seat belts, the seat belt warning
goes out.
If components of the restraint system have been You may be electrocuted if you touch the dam-
deployed, the restraint system warning lamp 6 aged component parts of the high-voltage on- The seat belt warning will light up during a journey
lights up continuously. board electrical system. if:
# Have the automatic high-voltage emer- R The driver or front passenger is not wearing a
& WARNING Risk of injury due to malfunc- gency shutoff checked and repaired seat belt and the following criteria apply:
tions in the restraint system immediately at a qualified specialist - The vehicle speed exceeds 5 mph
Components in the restraint system may be workshop. (9 km/h) for more than 20 seconds.
activated unintentionally or not deploy as plan- # After an accident, switch off the vehicle - The vehicle speed exceeds 15 mph
ned in an accident. immediately. (25 km/h).
# Have the restraint system checked and R The driver or front passenger unfastens their
repaired immediately at a qualified spe- Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the seat belt while the vehicle is in motion.
cialist workshop. vehicle towed to a qualified specialist workshop.

If the restraint system is malfunctioning, the auto- Function of the rear seat belt status display
Function of the seat belt warning lamp
matic high voltage emergency shutoff may not The rear seat belt status display on the driver's
function. The seat belt warning lamp ü on the driver's display reminds you that all vehicle occupants
display is a reminder that all vehicle occupants must wear their seat belts correctly.
must wear their seat belts correctly.
 Occupant safety 49

In addition, a warning tone may sound. You can determine the status of the rear seat belt Function of the PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator
If a person unfastens a seat belt in the rear by the color of the seat symbol on the driver's dis- lamps (front passenger air bag)
passenger compartment while the vehicle is play as follows:
motion, the rear seat belt status display appears R Gray: the rear seat belt is not fastened.
again. R Green: the seat belt tongue of a rear seat belt
Display on the driver's display is engaged in the seat belt buckle of the dis-
Every time the vehicle is switched on, the rear played seat.
seat belt status display informs you for a certain R Red: the person in the rear seat has unfas-
amount of time which rear seat belt is not fas- tened their seatbelt.
tened.

The PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps display

the status of the front passenger air bag.
If the front passenger seat is occupied or a child
Example: vehicle with three rear seats restraint system is installed on the front
passenger seat, you must make sure both before
and during the journey that the status of the front
passenger air bag is correct for the situation.
50 Occupant safety

& WARNING Risk of potentially fatal injuries The front passenger air bag will not be & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to a
due to objects trapped under the front deployed in the event of an accident. If disabled front passenger airbag
passenger seat PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF is lit, no one may
use the front passenger seat. The front passenger airbag is disabled when
Objects trapped under the front passenger If a rearward-facing child restraint system is the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp
seat may interfere with the function of the installed on the front passenger seat, is lit.
automatic front passenger air bag shutoff or PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF must be lit continu- A person in the front passenger seat could
damage the system. ously. then, for example, come into contact with the
# Do not stow any objects under the front vehicle interior, especially if the person is sit-
R Front passenger air bag activated:
passenger seat. PASSENGER AIR BAG ON lights up for up to ting too close to the cockpit.
# When the front passenger seat is occu- 60 seconds or neither of the PASSENGER AIR If the front passenger seat is occupied, always
pied, ensure that no objects have BAG ON and OFF indicator lamps light up. ensure that:
become trapped beneath the front The front passenger air bag may be deployed R The classification of the person in the front
passenger seat. during an accident. If the front passenger air passenger seat is correct and the front
bag is in this status, no rearward-facing child passenger airbag is enabled or disabled in
Self-test: when the vehicle is switched on, both accordance with the person in the front
restraint system may be installed on the front
the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON and OFF indicator passenger seat.
passenger seat.
lamps light up simultaneously for several seconds.
R The front passenger seat has been moved
After the self-test, you can determine the status of % If you are driving with a child in the vehicle,
observe the information in the chapter "Chil- as far back as possible.
the front passenger air bag as follows:
dren in the vehicle" (/ page 62) R The person is seated correctly.
R Front passenger air bag deactivated:
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF lights up continu- # Both before and during the journey,
ously. ensure that the status of the front
passenger airbag is correct.
 Occupant safety 51

Malfunction of the automatic front passenger air This happens automatically as a result of the clas- Notes on the child restraint system on the front
bag shutoff sification of the person or child restraint system passenger seat
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp and on the front passenger seat.
the restraint system indicator lamp 6 light up You cannot manually deactivate or activate the & WARNING Risk of injury or fatal injuries if
simultaneously. front passenger air bag. the front passenger air bag is enabled
In this case, no one may use the front passenger Also observe the following information: If the front passenger air bag is enabled, a
seat and no child restraint system may be instal- child on the front passenger seat may be
R The status of the front passenger air bag, see
led on the front passenger seat. struck by the front passenger air bag in the
"Function of the PASSENGER AIR BAG indica-
Have the automatic front passenger air bag shut- tor lamps" (/ page 49) event of an accident.
off checked and repaired immediately at a quali- # NEVER use a rearward-facing child
R Notes on using the front passenger seat, see
fied specialist workshop. restraint system on a seat with an ENA-
"Information on the automatic front passenger
Be sure to also observe the following related sub- BLED FRONT AIR BAG. This can result in
air bag shutoff" (/ page 52)
jects: the DEATH of or SERIOUS INJURY to the
R If you are driving with a child in the vehicle, CHILD.
R Child restraint system on the front passenger
observe the chapter "Children in the vehicle"
seat (/ page 66) (/ page 62) Also pay particular attention to the notes on rear-
ward-facing or forward-facing child restraint sys-
Deactivating or activating the front passenger air Information on the child restraint system tems on the front passenger seat (/ page 66).
bag
When installing a child restraint system, observe
The automatic front passenger air bag shutoff can the notes in "Children in the vehicle"
deactivate or activate the front passenger air bag (/ page 62).
and front passenger knee bag according to the
situation.
52 Occupant safety

Notes on pets in the vehicle Information on the automatic functions of the Status of the front passenger air bag in relation to
restraint system the stature of the person:
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due R Front passenger air bag deactivated:
to animals left unsecured or unattended in Function of the automatic front passenger air bag
shutoff PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF lights up continu-
the vehicle ously.
If you leave animals in the vehicle unattended A person on the front passenger seat must The front passenger air bag will not be
or unsecured, they could possibly press but- observe the following information: deployed in the event of an accident. If
tons or switches. R Sit correctly (/ page 45). PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF is lit, no one may
An animal may: R Fasten the seat belt correctly (/ page 46). use the front passenger seat.
R Activate vehicle equipment and become R Front passenger air bag activated:
The automatic front passenger air bag shutoff can
trapped, for example activate or deactivate the front passenger air bag PASSENGER AIR BAG ON lights up for up to
R Switch systems on or off and endanger and front passenger knee bag according to the 60 seconds or neither of the PASSENGER AIR
situation. BAG ON and OFF indicator lamps light up.
other road users
Make sure you observe the following information: The front passenger air bag may be deployed
Unsecured animals may be thrown around in during an accident. Observe the following
the vehicle in the event of an accident or sud- R Status of the front passenger air bag: see information on the correct seat position
den steering and braking maneuvers and "Function of the PASSENGER AIR BAG indica- (/ page 45).
injure vehicle occupants in the process. tor lamps" (/ page 49).
Vehicles with rear seats: a person of smaller
# Never leave animals in the vehicle unat- R When installing a child restraint system on the stature should use a rear seat.
tended. front passenger seat, observe the vehicle-spe-
# Always correctly secure animals while cific information (/ page 66).
driving, e.g. using a suitable animal car-
rier.
 Occupant safety 53

System limits # Only one person should use each seat R Vehicles with memory function: moving the
The front passenger air bag may otherwise be belt at any one time. front passenger seat to a more favorable seat
deactivated by mistake, for example, in the follow- position.
ing situation: Depending on the detected accident situation, the R Vehicles with multicontour seat: increasing the
R The front passenger transfers their weight by window curtain air bag on the front passenger lateral support by inflating the seat side bol-
supporting themselves on a vehicle armrest. side may deploy. The air bag is deployed regard- sters of the seat backrest.
less of whether the front passenger seat is occu- R PRE-SAFE® Sound: provided that the multime-
R The front passenger is sitting in such a way
pied. dia system is switched on, generating a brief
that the load they are applying to the seat
cushion is reduced. noise signal to stimulate the innate protective
Function of PRE-SAFE® (anticipatory occupant mechanism of a person's hearing.
* NOTE Deployment of components of the protection)
restraint system when the front passenger * NOTE Damage caused by objects in the
seat is unoccupied PRE-SAFE® is able to detect certain critical driv- footwell or behind the seat
ing situations and implement pre-emptive meas-
In an accident, the components of the ures to protect the vehicle occupants. The automatic adjustment of the seat position
restraint system may deploy unnecessarily on may result in damage to the seat and/or the
PRE-SAFE® can implement the following meas- object.
the front passenger side if: ures independently of each other:
R There are heavy objects on the front # Stow objects in a suitable place.
R Tightening the seat belts on the driver's seat
passenger seat. and front passenger seat.
R The seat belt tongue is engaged in the seat
R Closing the side windows. Backing up the PRE-SAFE® system measures
belt buckle of the front passenger seat and
the front passenger seat is unoccupied. R Vehicles with sliding sunroof: closing the slid- If an accident did not occur, the pre-emptive
ing sunroof. measures that were taken are reversed.
# Store objects in a suitable place.
You will need to perform certain settings yourself.
54 Occupant safety

# If the seat belt pre-tensioning is not reduced, System limits impact is anticipated. This increases the distance
move the seat backrest back slightly. The system will not initiate any action in the fol- between the door and the vehicle occupant.
The locking mechanism releases. lowing situations: If PRE-SAFE® Impulse Side has been deployed or
R when backing up is faulty, the PRE-SAFE Pulse Side Inoperative
Function of PRE-SAFE® PLUS (anticipatory occu- See Operator's Manual display message appears
or
pant protection plus) (/ page 463).
R when the vehicle is towing a trailer and there
PRE-SAFE® PLUS can detect certain impacts, par- is a risk of a rear impact
ticularly an imminent rear impact, and take pre- Seat belt adjustment function
emptive measures to protect the vehicle occu- The system will not initiate any braking application
in the following situations: Vehicles with PRE-SAFE®: after you have fastened
pants. These measures cannot necessarily pre- the seat belt of the front seat, it may adjust itself
vent an imminent impact. R whilst driving
against your body by pulling at the shoulder until
PRE-SAFE® PLUS can implement the following or somewhat tight. Do not hold the seat belt tightly
measures independently of each other: R when entering or exiting a parking space while while it is adjusting.
R Tightening the seat belts on the driver's seat using Active Parking Assist This function is a reminder that all vehicle occu-
and front passenger seat. pants must wear their seat belts correctly.
R Increasing brake pressure when the vehicle is Function of PRE-SAFE® Impulse Side You can activate and deactivate the seat belt
stationary. This brake application is canceled adjustment function using the multimedia system
automatically when the vehicle pulls away. If an imminent side impact is detected, PRE- (/ page 55).
SAFE® Impulse Side can pre-emptively move the
If an accident did not occur, the pre-emptive front seat vehicle occupant's upper body towards
measures that were taken are reversed. the center of the vehicle. It does this by rapidly
inflating an air cushion in the outer seat side bol-
ster of the seat backrest on the side on which the
 Occupant safety 55

Activating/deactivating seat belt adjustment via R displaying the emergency guide on the central Purpose and function of the restraint system
the multimedia system display
Overview of deployment situations (restraint sys-
Multimedia system: R switching on the interior lighting tem)
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle
Make sure that the following prerequisites in par-
5 Occupant Protection Function of the post-collision brake after an acci- ticular have been met so that the components of
# Activate or deactivate Belt adjustment.
dent the restraint system are able to provide the inten-
Depending on the accident situation, the post-col- ded level of protection:
Overview of the automatic measures after an acci- lision brake can minimise the severity of a further R Sit correctly (/ page 45).
dent collision or even avoid it. R Fasten the seat belt correctly (/ page 46).
If an accident is detected, the post-collision brake - Function of the seat belt warning lamp
Depending on the type and severity of the acci- can initiate automatic braking. When the vehicle
dent, and depending on the vehicle's equipment, (/ page 48).
has come to a standstill, the electric parking
the following measures may be implemented, for brake is automatically applied. - Function of the rear seat belt status dis-
example: play (/ page 48).
The driver can cancel automatic braking by taking
R automatic braking (post-collision brake) R The restraint system warning lamp 6 is not
the following actions:
R activating the hazard warning lamps R Braking more strongly than automatic braking
lit up after the self-test (/ page 47).
R triggering an automatic emergency call R The PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps dis-
R Fully depressing the accelerator pedal with
(/ page 384) force play the correct status of the front passenger
R switching off the drive system and high-volt- air bag (/ page 49).
age on-board electrical system
R unlocking the vehicle doors
R lowering the side windows
56 Occupant safety

Depending on the detected deployment situation, For more information about types of accidents, Depending on the apparent type of accident and
the components of the restraint system can be see "Overview of deployment situations" the detected deployment situation, Emergency
activated or deployed independently of each (/ page 55). Tensioning Devices and/or air bags supplement
other: The activation thresholds for the components of the protection offered by a correctly worn seat
R Emergency Tensioning Device: frontal impact, the restraint system are determined based on the belt.
rear impact, side impact, rollover evaluation of the sensor values measured at vari- When activated, an air bag can provide additional
R Driver's air bag, front passenger air bag: fron- ous points in the vehicle. This process is pre-emp- protection for the respective vehicle occupant.
tal impact tive in nature. The triggering/deployment of the Potential protection provided by each air bag:
components of the restraint system must take
R Knee bag: frontal impact R Knee bag: thigh, knee and lower leg
place in good time at the start of the collision.
R Side impact air bag: side impact R Driver's air bag, front passenger air bag: head
Factors that can be seen and measured only after
R Window curtain air bag: side impact, rollover, a collision has occurred cannot play a decisive and ribcage
frontal impact role in air bag deployment. Nor do they provide an R Window curtain air bag: head
R PRE-SAFE® Impulse Side: side impact indication of air bag deployment. R Side impact air bag: ribcage, also pelvis for
The vehicle may be deformed significantly without front seat occupants
The installation location of an air bag is identified an air bag being deployed. This is the case if only
by the AIRBAG symbol (/ page 61). However, no system available today can com-
parts that are relatively easily deformed are affec- pletely eliminate injuries and fatalities in every
Observe the information on the function of the ted and the rate of vehicle deceleration is not
restraint system (/ page 56). accident situation. In particular, the seat belt and
high. Conversely, an air bag may be deployed air bag generally do not protect against objects
even though the vehicle suffers only minor defor- penetrating the vehicle from the outside. It is also
Information on how the restraint system works mation. If very rigid vehicle parts such as longitu- not possible to completely rule out the risk of
dinal members are hit, this may result in suffi- injury caused by the air bag deploying.
How the restraint system functions depends on ciently high levels of vehicle deceleration.
the severity of the impact detected and the appa- Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the
rent type of accident. vehicle towed to a qualified specialist workshop
 Occupant safety 57

after an accident. Take this into account, particu- Information on the limited protection provided by the shoulder belt is routed across the
larly if an Emergency Tensioning Device is trig- the restraint system center of your shoulder.
gered or an air bag deployed.
Risk due to the incorrect behavior of vehicle occu-
If Emergency Tensioning Devices are triggered or pants Risk due to objects in the vehicle interior
an air bag is deployed, you will hear a bang, and a Every vehicle occupant must make sure of the fol-
small amount of powder may also be released: Every vehicle occupant must make sure of the fol-
lowing in particular: lowing in particular:
R The bang will not generally affect your hearing. R They observe the information on the correct
R They observe the information on the correct
R In general, the powder released is not hazard-
seat position (/ page 45). seat position (/ page 45).
ous to health but may cause short-term R There are no objects between the seat, door
R There are no heavy, sharp-edged or fragile
breathing difficulties to persons suffering from and door pillar (B-pillar).
asthma or other pulmonary conditions. objects in the pockets of their clothing. Store
such objects in a suitable place. R There are no hard objects, e.g. coat hangers,
Provided it is safe to do so, leave the vehicle hanging on the grab handles or coat hooks.
immediately or open the window in order to & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to R There are no heavy, sharp-edged or fragile
prevent breathing difficulties. an incorrect seat position objects in the pockets of their clothing. Store
Air bags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning The seat belt does not offer the intended level such objects in a suitable place.
Devices contain perchlorate material, which may of protection if you have not moved the seat
require special handling or environmental protec- backrest to an almost vertical position. & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to
tion measures. National guidelines regarding blocked seat belt buckle or seat belt
In particular, you could slip beneath the seat- anchorage
waste disposal must be observed. In California,
belt and become injured.
see the https://dtsc.ca.gov/. Using the search Objects next to the front seat that block the
function, you will find information on perchlorate, # Adjust the seat properly before begin-
ning your journey. seat belt buckle or the moving seat belt
for example. anchorage on the front seat impair the func-
# Always ensure that the seat backrest is
tion of the Emergency Tensioning Devices.
in an almost vertical position and that
58 Occupant safety

# Before starting the journey, make sure Risk due to installing accessories pied, ensure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG indica-
that there are no objects around the seat Do not attach accessories such as mobile naviga- tor lamps display the correct status of the front
belt buckle or between the front seat tion devices, mobile phones or cup holders within passenger air bag (/ page 49).
and door. the deployment area of an air bag, e.g. on the
cockpit, on the door, on the side window or on the Risk due to pets in the vehicle interior
side trim.
& WARNING Risk of injury from objects in & WARNING Risk of accident and injury due
the deployment area of an airbag In addition, no connecting cables, tensioning to animals left unsecured or unattended in
straps or retaining straps must be routed or the vehicle
Objects in the deployment area of an airbag attached to the vehicle within the deployment
can hinder or prevent the correct deployment area of an air bag. Always comply with the acces- If you leave animals in the vehicle unattended
of the airbag. sory manufacturer's installation instructions and, or unsecured, they could possibly press but-
The airbag may then deploy in an uncontrolled in particular, the notes on suitable places for tons or switches.
manner and may even cause additional inju- installation. An animal may:
ries to the vehicle occupants by deploying. R Activate vehicle equipment and become
This may be the case in particular if the airbag & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to trapped, for example
is integrated into the seat. unsuitable protective covers
R Switch systems on or off and endanger
# Always stow and secure objects cor- Unsuitable protective covers mean that air other road users
rectly. bags can no longer protect vehicle occupants
# Before commencing your journey, make as they are designed to do. Unsecured animals may be thrown around in
sure that no objects are stowed in the # Use only protective covers approved by
the vehicle in the event of an accident or sud-
deployment area of an airbag. den steering and braking maneuvers and
Mercedes-Benz for the seat in question.
injure vehicle occupants in the process.
The installation location of an air bag is identified An unsuitable protective cover may also impede # Never leave animals in the vehicle unat-
by the AIRBAG symbol (/ page 61). the function of the automatic front passenger air tended.
bag shutoff. If the front passenger seat is occu-
 Occupant safety 59

# Always correctly secure animals while & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to # Make sure that the seat belts are undam-
driving, e.g. using a suitable animal car- damaged or modified seat belts aged, not worn and clean.
rier. # Always have the seat belts checked
Seat belts cannot provide protection in the fol-
lowing situations: immediately after an accident at a quali-
Risk due to modification, damage or wear to the fied specialist workshop.
components of the restraint system R The seat belt is damaged, has been modi-
fied, is extremely dirty, bleached or dyed Use only seat belts that have been approved for
& WARNING Risk of injury or death due to R The seat belt buckle is damaged or your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz.
modifications to the restraint system extremely dirty
Vehicle occupants may no longer be protected R Modifications have been made to the & WARNING Risk of injury due to modifica-
as intended if alterations are made to the Emergency Tensioning Device, seat belt tions to the cover of an airbag
restraint system. anchorage or seat belt retractor If you change the cover of an airbag or attach
# Never alter the parts of the restraint sys- objects, e.g. even stickers, to it, the airbag
Seat belts may sustain non-visible damage in
tem. an accident, e.g. due to glass splinters. may no longer function as intended.
# Never tamper with the wiring or any elec- # Never modify the cover of an airbag.
Modified or damaged seat belts could tear or
tronic component parts or their soft- fail in the event of an accident, for example. # Do not attach any objects to the cover.
ware.
Modified Emergency Tensioning Devices could
accidentally trigger or fail to function as inten- The installation location of an air bag is identified
If it is necessary to modify the vehicle to accom- by the AIRBAG symbol (/ page 61).
modate a person with disabilities, contact an ded.
authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for details. # Never modify the seat belt system, for

USA only: for details, contact our Customer Assis- example the seat belt, seat belt buckle,
tance Center on 1-800-FOR-MERCedes Emergency Tensioning Device, seat belt
(1‑800‑367‑6372). anchorage and seat belt retractor.
60 Occupant safety

& WARNING Risk of injury due to malfunc- # Have a deployed air bag replaced at a ately replaced at a qualified specialist
tioning sensors in the door qualified specialist workshop as soon as workshop.
possible.
The function of the airbags can be impaired
due to modifications or incorrect work per-
formed on the doors or door trim, or if the & WARNING Risk of injury due to deployed Seat belts
doors are damaged. airbag Releasing seat belts
# Never modify the doors or parts of the A deployed airbag no longer offers any protec- # Press the release button in the seat belt
doors. tion. buckle and guide the seat belt back with the
# Always have work on the doors or door # Have the vehicle towed to a qualified seat belt tongue.
trim carried out at a qualified specialist specialist workshop in order to have the
workshop. deployed airbag replaced. * NOTE Damage caused by trapping the
seat belt
Risk due to components of the restraint system Have deployed air bags replaced immediately. If an unused seat belt is not fully retracted, it
which have already been deployed may become trapped in the door or in the seat
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the & WARNING Risk of injury or death from
mechanism.
vehicle towed to a qualified specialist workshop deployed pyrotechnic Emergency Tension-
# Always ensure that an unused seat belt
after an accident. ing Devices
is fully retracted.
Pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devices
& WARNING Risk of burns from hot air bag
that have been deployed are no longer opera-
components tional and are unable to perform their inten-
The air bag parts are hot after an air bag has ded protective function.
been deployed. # Therefore, have deployed pyrotechnic
# Do not touch the air bag parts. Emergency Tensioning Devices immedi-
 Occupant safety 61

Airbags Note the information in "Overview of deployment

situations" (/ page 55).
Overview of air bags

1 Driver's knee bag

2 Driver's air bag
3 Front passenger air bag
4 Front passenger knee bag
5 Window curtain air bag
6 Side impact air bag
The installation location of an air bag is identified
by the AIRBAG symbol. An additional arrow sym-
bol M indicates the installation location for cer-
tain air bags.
62 Safely transporting children in the vehicle

Brief overview of most important points Left/right rear seat (preferred seats)
Safely transporting children in the vehicle Second row of seats – preferred securing system:
® ISOFIX mounting bracket
and
¯ Also secure Top Tether if present
(/ page 72).
Second row of seats – alternative securing sys-
tem:
Always observe the following when transporting 7 Vehicle seat belt
children: ¯ Additionally attach Top Tether if recom-
R Never leave children unattended in the vehicle mended by the manufacturer of the child
(/ page 64). restraint system (/ page 72).
R Secure children up to a height of (1.50 m) on Third row of seats – securing system:
the respective seat (see illustration above) 7 Vehicle seat belt
properly with a suitable and approved child
restraint system , and secure small children in Front passenger seat
a rearward-facing child restraint system.
Securing system:
R Observe the child restraint system manufac-
7 Vehicle seat belt
turer's installation instructions.
 Safely transporting children in the vehicle 63

Be sure to observe: Never allow babies and children to travel sitting R a rearward-facing child seat
R If the front passenger seat is occupied, ensure on the lap of another vehicle occupant. R a forward-facing child seat
that the status of the front passenger air bag To improve protection for children younger than R a child booster seat – Mercedes-Benz recom-
is correct for the current situation 12 years old or under 5 ft (1.50 m) in height, mends using a child booster seat with a back-
(/ page 49). Mercedes-Benz recommends you observe the fol- rest and seat belt guide.
lowing information:
(*) Rearward-facing child restraint systems only in Observe laws and legal requirements
R Always secure the child in a child restraint sys-
combination with automatic air bag shutoff Always observe the legal requirements when
tem suitable for this Mercedes-Benz vehicle.
Center rear seat (second row of seats only) using a child restraint system in the vehicle.
R The child restraint system must be appropriate
Securing system: to the age, weight and size of the child. Securing systems for child restraint systems in
7 Vehicle seat belt R The vehicle seat must be suitable for the child the vehicle
¯ Additionally attach Top Tether if recom- restraint system to be installed: Use only the following securing systems for child
mended by the manufacturer of the child restraint systems:
Accident statistics show that children secured on
restraint system (/ page 72). R the ISOFIX mounting brackets
the rear seats are generally safer than children
secured on the front seats. For this reason, R the vehicle's seat belt system
Mercedes-Benz strongly advises that you install a R the Top Tether anchorages
Important safety notes child restraint system to a rear seat.
Basic information Simply attaching to the ISOFIX mounting brackets
The generic term child restraint system on the vehicle can reduce the risk of installing the
Be diligent The generic term child restraint system is used in child restraint system incorrectly.
Bear in mind that negligence when securing a this Operator's Manual. A child restraint system When securing a child with the integrated seat
child in the child restraint system may have seri- is, for example: belt of the ISOFIX child restraint system, always
ous consequences. Always be diligent in securing R a baby car seat comply with the permissible gross weight for the
a child carefully before every journey. child and child restraint system (/ page 71).
64 Safely transporting children in the vehicle

A child booster seat may be necessary to achieve Important warning notices R Always observe the vehicle-specific informa-
proper seat belt positioning for children over tion.
40 lbs (18 kg) in weight or until they reach a Always secure a child restraint system correctly
- Installing the ISOFIX child restraint system
height where a three-point seat belt can be instal- on the right and left rear seats
led properly without a child booster seat. & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to
incorrect installation of the child restraint (/ page 71).
Mercedes-Benz recommends a suitable child system - Securing the child restraint system with
booster seat with a backrest and seat belt guide. the seat belt (/ page 74).
The child can then not be protected or
Observe standards for child restraint systems restrained as intended. R Observe the warning labels in the vehicle inte-
All child restraint systems must meet the following # Be sure to comply with the manufactur-
rior and on the child restraint system.
standards: er's installation instructions for the child & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to
R U.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards restraint system and its correct use.
unsecured child restraint systems in the
213 # Make sure that the entire base of the
vehicle
R Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 child restraint system always rests on
the sitting surface of the seat. If the child restraint system is incorrectly
Confirmation that the child restraint system com- mounted or unsecured, it may come loose.
# Never place objects (e.g. cushions)
plies with the standards can be found on an The child can then not be protected or
instruction label on the child restraint system. under or behind the child restraint sys-
tem. restrained as intended.
This confirmation can also be found in the instal-
lation instructions that are included with the child # Use child restraint systems only with the Unused child restraint systems could be flung
restraint system. original cover designed for them. around and hit vehicle occupants.
# Always comply with the manufacturer's
# Always replace damaged covers with
genuine covers. installation instructions for the child
restraint system and its correct use.
 Safely transporting children in the vehicle 65

# Always fit child restraint systems cor- Use only child restraint systems that are in proper Avoid direct sunlight
rectly, even if they are transported in the working condition
vehicle unused. & WARNING Risk of burns when the child
& WARNING Risk of injury or death caused seat is exposed to direct sunlight
Do not modify the child restraint system by the use of damaged child restraint sys- If the child restraint system is exposed to
tems direct sunlight or heat, parts could heat up
& WARNING Risk of injury due to modifica- Child restraint systems or their retaining sys- excessively.
tions to the child restraint system tems that have been subjected to stress in an Children could suffer burns from these parts,
The child restraint system can no longer func- accident may not be able to perform their particularly the metallic parts of the child
tion properly. This poses an increased risk of intended protective function. restraint system.
injury. It may be the case that the child cannot be # Always make sure that the child restraint
# Never modify a child restraint system. properly restrained. system is not exposed to direct sunlight.
# Only affix accessories which have been # Always immediately replace child # Cover the child restraint system with a
specially approved for this child restraint restraint systems that have been dam- blanket, for example.
system by the child restraint system's aged or involved in an accident. # If the child restraint system has been
manufacturer. # Have the securing systems for the child
exposed to direct sunlight, allow it to
restraint systems checked at a qualified cool before securing a child into it.
specialist workshop before installing a # Never leave children unattended in the
child restraint system again.
vehicle.
66 Safely transporting children in the vehicle

Observe when stopping or parking In addition, the children could also set the off, the co-driver airbag can deploy in the
vehicle in motion by, for example: event of an accident.
& WARNING Risk of fatal injury due to expo-
R releasing the parking brake. The child could be struck by the airbag.
sure to extreme heat or cold in the vehicle
R changing the gearbox position. # Always ensure that the co-driver airbag is
If persons, particularly children, are subjected disabled. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
to prolonged exposure to intense heat or cold, R starting the vehicle.
indicator lamp must be lit.
there is a risk of severe injury or even death. # Never leave children unattended in the # NEVER use a rearward-facing child
# Never leave persons, particularly chil- vehicle. restraint system on a seat with an ENA-
dren, unattended in the vehicle. # When leaving the vehicle, always take the BLED FRONT AIRBAG; DEATH or SERI-
key with you and lock the vehicle. OUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due # Keep the key out of reach of children.
to children left unattended in the vehicle Observe the specific instructions for the rear-
If you leave children unattended in the vehicle, ward-facing and forward-facing child restraint sys-
they could, in particular: Notes on rearward-facing and forward-facing child tems (/ page 69).
restraint systems on the front passenger seat If it is absolutely necessary to install a child
R open doors, thereby endangering other
persons or road users. restraint system on the front passenger seat,
& WARNING Risk of injury or fatal injury always observe the additional notes.
R get out and be struck by oncoming traffic. when using a rearward-facing child R When using a rearward-facing child restraint
R operate vehicle equipment and become restraint system while the co-driver airbag
system on the front passenger seat, the front
trapped, for example. is enabled
passenger air bag must always be disabled.
If you secure a child in a rearward-facing child This is the case only if the PASSENGER AIR
restraint system on the co-driver seat and the BAG OFF indicator lamp is lit continuously
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is (/ page 49).
 Safely transporting children in the vehicle 67

R The front passenger air bag is enabled when # Do not place any objects between the & WARNING Risk of injury or fatal injury
the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp seat surface and the child restraint sys- when using a rearward-facing child
is not lit. The front passenger air bag may be tem. restraint system while the co-driver airbag
deployed during an accident. In that case, do is enabled
not use rearward-facing child restraint sys-
# Make sure that the entire base of the
tems. child restraint system rests on the seat If you secure a child in a rearward-facing child
cushion of the front passenger seat. restraint system on the co-driver seat and the
# The backrest of a forward-facing child PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is
Information on the automatic front passenger air restraint system must, as far as possible, off, the co-driver airbag can deploy in the
bag shutoff be resting against the seat backrest of event of an accident.
If the front passenger seat is occupied, ensure, the front passenger seat. The child could be struck by the airbag.
both before and during the journey, that the sta- # Always comply with the installation # Always ensure that the co-driver airbag is
tus of the front passenger air bag is correct for instructions from the child restraint sys- disabled. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
the current situation. tem manufacturer. indicator lamp must be lit.
# NEVER use a rearward-facing child
& WARNING Risk of injury or death due to When installing a child restraint system on the
objects between the seat surface and the front passenger seat, observe the vehicle-specific restraint system on a seat with an ENA-
child restraint system information (/ page 66). BLED FRONT AIRBAG; DEATH or SERI-
OUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.
Objects between the seat surface and the Rearward-facing child restraint system on the
child restraint system can interfere with the front passenger seat % Depending on the child restraint system and
function of the automatic front passenger air If a rearward-facing child restraint system is stature of the child, the front passenger air
bag shutoff. installed on the front passenger seat, the front bag is activated. The PASSENGER AIR BAG
passenger air bag must be deactivated. The OFF indicator lamp does not light up.
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be
continuously lit (/ page 49).
68 Safely transporting children in the vehicle

The front passenger air bag may be deployed & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to # Always comply with the child restraint
during an accident. If the front passenger air incorrect positioning of the child restraint system manufacturer's installation
bag is in this status, no rearward-facing child system instructions.
restraint system may be installed on the front
passenger seat. If you secure a child in a forward-facing child Be sure to also observe the following related sub-
Instead, install the rearward-facing child restraint system on the co-driver seat and you jects:
restraint system on a suitable rear seat. position the co-driver seat too close to the
dashboard, in the event of an accident, the R Function of the automatic front passenger air
Forward-facing child restraint system on the front child could: bag shutoff (/ page 49)
passenger seat R come into contact with the vehicle's inte-
If a forward-facing child restraint system is instal-
led on the front passenger seat, the front rior if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi- Suitable child restraint systems for the transport
passenger air bag may be automatically activated cator lamp is lit, for example of children
or deactivated. The status of the front passenger R be struck by the airbag if the PASSENGER Information on the advantages of a rearward-
air bag depends on the child restraint system and AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is off facing child restraint system
the stature of the child. # Always move the co-driver seat as far Transport a baby in a suitable rearward-facing
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp back as possible. In doing so, always child restraint system only. It is also preferable to
either is lit continuously or does not light up at all make sure that the shoulder belt strap is transport a small child in a suitable rearward-
(/ page 49). Always observe the following infor- correctly routed from the seat belt outlet facing child restraint system. In this case, the
mation. of the vehicle to the shoulder belt guide child sits in the opposite direction to the direction
on the child restraint system. The shoul- of travel and faces backwards.
der belt strap must be routed forwards
Babies and small children have comparatively
and downwards from the seat belt outlet.
weak neck muscles in relation to the size and
If necessary, adjust the seat belt outlet
weight of their head. The risk of injury to the cer-
and the co-driver seat accordingly.
 Safely transporting children in the vehicle 69

vical spine during an accident can be reduced in a ® When installing an ISOFIX child restraint # Adjust the vehicle head restraints so that the
rearward-facing child restraint system. system, also observe the following: child restraint system is not put under strain
# When using a rearward-facing child restraint by the head restraint.
Securing the child restraint system system on a rear seat: adjust the front seat so 7 When installing a belt-secured child
that it does not touch the child restraint sys- restraint system, also observe the following:
Adjusting the seat correctly tem. # When using a rearward-facing child restraint
When installing a child restraint system on the left # When using a forward-facing child restraint
system on a rear seat: adjust the front seat so
or right rear seat, always observe the following: system with integrated child seat belt: adjust that it does not touch the child restraint sys-
# Make sure that the child's feet do not touch the head restraint of the respective seat so tem.
the front seat. If necessary, move the front that it does not push the child restraint system # Also secure Top Tether if available
seat slightly forwards. forwards. If necessary, the respective head
restraint can be removed. In addition, the (/ page 72)
If the head restraint of the child restraint system backrest of the child restraint system must lie # When using a forward-facing child restraint
cannot be fully extended when it is installed in the as flat as possible against the backrest of the system with integrated child seat belt: adjust
vehicle, this will result in restrictions on the maxi- vehicle seat. After the child restraint system the head restraint of the respective seat so
mum size setting for certain child restraint sys- has been removed, replace the vehicle head that it does not push the child restraint system
tems. Observe the child restraint system manu- restraint immediately and adjust correctly. forwards. If necessary, the respective head
facturer's installation instructions. # The child restraint system must not be put restraint can be removed. In addition, the
% Contact with the roof when the head restraint under strain between the roof and the seat backrest of the child restraint system must lie
is fully extended and locked in place will not cushion and/or be installed facing the wrong as flat as possible against the backrest of the
result in any restrictions on use. direction. Where possible, adjust the seat vehicle seat. After the child restraint system
cushion inclination accordingly. has been removed, replace the vehicle head
restraint immediately and adjust correctly.
70 Safely transporting children in the vehicle

# The backrest of the forward-facing child head restraint from the respective seat, if pos- wards from the seat belt outlet and, where
restraint system must, as far as possible, be sible. After the child restraint system has been possible, downwards to the child restraint sys-
resting on the seat backrest of the rear seat. removed, immediately replace the head tem.
# The child restraint system must not be put restraint and adjust correctly. # Fully retract the seat cushion length adjust-
under strain between the roof and the seat # The backrest of the forward-facing child ment.
cushion and/or be installed facing the wrong restraint system must, as far as possible, be # Adjust the seat cushion inclination so that the
direction. Where possible, adjust the seat resting on the seat backrest of the front front edge of the seat cushion is in the highest
cushion inclination accordingly. passenger seat. position and the rear edge of the seat cushion
# Adjust the vehicle head restraints so that the # The child restraint system must not be put is in the lowest position.
child restraint system is not put under strain under strain between the roof and the seat # Set the seat backrest to the most vertical
by the head restraint. cushion and/or be installed facing the wrong position possible.
# Make sure that the child's feet do not touch direction.
the front seat. If necessary, move the front # Adjust the vehicle head restraints so that the
Activating or deactivating the special seat belt
seat slightly forwards. child restraint system is not put under strain
retractor of the seat belt
by the head restraint.
7 Depending on the vehicle equipment,
always observe the following when installing a # Never place objects (e.g. cushions) under or & WARNING Risk of injury or death if a seat
belt-secured child restraint system on the front behind the child restraint system. belt is unfastened while the vehicle is in
passenger seat: # Set the front passenger seat as far back as motion
# Observe the notes on rearward-facing and possible and move the seat into the highest If the seat belt is released while the vehicle is
forward-facing child restraint systems on the possible position. Always make sure that the in motion, the special seat belt retractor is
front passenger seat (/ page 66). shoulder belt strap is correctly routed from deactivated and the child restraint system is
the seat belt outlet of the vehicle to the shoul- no longer correctly secured. The seat belt is
# When using a forward-facing child restraint
der belt guide on the child restraint system. drawn in slightly by the inertia reel and cannot
system integrated child seat belt: remove the The shoulder belt strap must be routed for- be immediately closed again.
 Safely transporting children in the vehicle 71

# Stop the vehicle immediately in accord- Activating the special seat belt retractor R As a result, the vehicle occupant will be
ance with the traffic conditions. # Pull the seat belt out fully and let the inertia pushed into the seat belt with increased
# Activate the special seat belt retractor reel retract it again. force. The seat belt will not be able to pro-
again and correctly secure the child When the special seat belt retractor is activa- tect as intended and could cause addi-
restraint system. ted, you will hear a ratcheting sound. tional injury.
# Push the child restraint system down until the R Objects or loads in the trunk or cargo
When enabled, the special seat belt retractor seat belt sits tightly. compartment will not be restrained by the
ensures that the seat belts of the front passenger seat backrest.
seat and rear seats do not slacken once the child Deactivating the special seat belt retractor
restraint system is secured. # Press the release button of the seat belt # Make sure that the rear bench seat, the
buckle. rear seat and the seat backrest are
The seat belts on the following seats are equipped engaged before every trip.
with a special seat belt retractor: # Hold the seat belt tongue and guide back to

R Front passenger seat the seat belt outlet. If the rear seat backrest is not engaged and
R Rear seats locked in place, the red lock verification indicator
Installing an ISOFIX child restraint system will be visible.
Installing a child restraint system
# When installing a child restraint system, & WARNING Risk of accident if the rear & WARNING Risk of injury or death if the
always observe the manufacturer's installation bench seat, rear seat and seat backrest permissible gross mass of the child and
and operating instructions as well as the infor- are not engaged child restraint system together is excee-
mation in this Operator's Manual. ded.
The rear bench seat, rear seat and seat back-
# Pull the seat belt smoothly from the seat belt rest may fold forwards, even when you are Too much load may be placed on the LATCH-
outlet. driving. type (ISOFIX) or iSize child restraint systems
# Engage the seat belt tongue in the seat belt and the child may not be restrained correctly
buckle. in the event of an accident, for example.
72 Safely transporting children in the vehicle

# If the child is secured in a LATCH-type # Before every journey, make sure that the ISO- # Fold upholstered lining 1 upwards.
(ISOFIX) child restraint system with inte- FIX child restraint system is correctly engaged # Pull the tab on upholstered lining 1 upwards
grated seat belt, the total mass of the in both mounting brackets in the vehicle. and position it on the support surface.
child and child restraint system must not Upholstered lining 1 will remain folded
exceed 73 lb (33 kg). * NOTE Damage to the seat belt for the cen-
upwards.
ter seat during installation of the child
restraint system # Attach the ISOFIX child restraint system to
Always comply with the information about the
both mounting brackets 2 in the vehicle.
mass of the child: # Make sure that the seat belt is not trap-
R in the manufacturer's installation and operat- ped.
# To close, fold upholstered lining 1 upwards.
ing instructions for the child restraint system # Lift the tab from the support surface and slide
used it back into the upholstery slot between the
R on a label on the child restraint system, if seat backrest and seat cushion. Close the
present upholstery flap.

Regularly check that the permissible gross mass Fastening a Top Tether
of the child and child restraint system is still com-
plied with. & WARNING Risk of injury or death if the
When installing a child restraint system, observe rear seat backrests are not locked after
the following: Top Tether belts are installed
O Always observe the correct use of the seats The rear seat backrests may fold forwards
and consider their suitability for attaching a when you are driving.
child restraint system.
As a result, child restraint systems will no lon-
ISOFIX mounting brackets ger be able to perform their intended protec-
 Safely transporting children in the vehicle 73

tive function. This may also cause additional # Never adjust the seat after the child
injuries. restraint system has been installed.
# Always lock rear seat backrests after
installing Top Tether belts. ¯ If the child restraint system is equipped
with a Top Tether belt:
# Observe the lock verification indicator.
The risk of injury may be reduced by Top
If the rear seat backrest is not engaged and Tether. The Top Tether belt enables an
locked in place, the red lock verification indicator additional connection between the child
will be visible. restraint system attached with ISOFIX (left
and right rear seats) or the seat belt (all
& WARNING Risk of injury or death from rear seats) and the vehicle.
adjusting the seat after installing a child
restraint system
Vehicles with electrically adjustable rear
bench seats:
# If necessary, slide head restraint 1 upwards
The following may occur:
(/ page 120).
R The Top Tether belt may sit either too loose
or too tight
# Install the ISOFIX/LATCH or belt-secured child
restraint system with Top Tether. In doing so,
R The child restraint system may be loose, comply with the child restraint system manu-
incorrectly positioned or damaged and facturer's installation instructions.
then not perform its intended protective
function.
74 Safely transporting children in the vehicle

not interfere with the correct routing of Top If the rear seat backrest is not engaged and
Tether belt 4. locked in place, the red lock verification indicator
will be visible.
Securing the child restraint system with the seat The seat belts on the following seats are equipped
belt with a special seat belt retractor:
R Front passenger seat
& WARNING Risk of accident if the rear R Rear seats
bench seat, rear seat and seat backrest
are not engaged When enabled, the special seat belt retractor
ensures that the seat belts of the front passenger
# Guide Top Tether belt 4 under head restraint The rear bench seat, rear seat and seat back- seat and rear seats do not slacken once the child
1 between the two head restraint bars. rest may fold forwards, even when you are restraint system is secured.
driving.
# For a child restraint system in the "Universal"
For child restraint systems with an I-strap Top R As a result, the vehicle occupant will be
or "Semi-Universal" category, make sure that
Tether belt, the belt must be guided past the head pushed into the seat belt with increased the system has been approved for the vehicle
restraint on the left in the direction of travel. force. The seat belt will not be able to pro- seat.
# Hook Top Tether hook 3 into Top Tether tect as intended and could cause addi-
# Install the child restraint system.
anchorage 2 without twisting. tional injury.
R Objects or loads in the trunk or cargo
The entire base of the child restraint system
# Tension Top Tether belt 4. In doing so, com- must always rest on the sitting surface of the
ply with the child restraint system manufactur- compartment will not be restrained by the seat.
er's installation instructions. seat backrest.
# Always make sure that the shoulder belt strap
# If necessary, slide head restraint 1 down- # Make sure that the rear bench seat, the is correctly routed from the seat belt outlet of
wards (/ page 120). Make sure that you do rear seat and the seat backrest are
engaged before every trip.
 Safely transporting children in the vehicle 75

the vehicle to the shoulder belt guide on the R get out and be struck by oncoming traffic. & WARNING Risk of accident and injury due
child restraint system. to children left unattended in the vehicle
The shoulder belt strap must be routed for-
R operate vehicle equipment and become
wards from the seat belt outlet and, where trapped, for example. If children are traveling in the vehicle, they
possible, downwards to the child restraint sys- In addition, the children could also set the could, in particular:
tem. vehicle in motion by, for example: R Open doors, thereby endangering other
# When installing on the rear seat: also secure R releasing the parking brake. persons or road users
Top Tether if present. R changing the gearbox position.
R Get out and be struck by oncoming traffic
# When installing on the front passenger seat: if R starting the vehicle.
R Operate vehicle equipment and become
necessary, adjust the seat belt outlet and the trapped, for example
front passenger seat accordingly. # Never leave children unattended in the
vehicle.
# Always activate the child safety locks
installed if children are traveling in the
Child-proof locks
# When leaving the vehicle, always take the vehicle.
key with you and lock the vehicle.
Activating/deactivating the child safety lock for # Never leave children unattended in the
the rear doors
# Keep the key out of reach of children. vehicle.
# When leaving the vehicle, always take the
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due & WARNING Risk of fatal injury due to expo- SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.
to children left unattended in the vehicle sure to extreme heat or cold in the vehicle
If you leave children unattended in the vehicle, If persons, particularly children, are subjected There are child safety locks for the rear doors and
they could, in particular: to prolonged exposure to intense heat or cold, the rear side windows.
there is a risk of severe injury or even death. The child safety lock on the rear doors secures
R open doors, thereby endangering other
# Never leave persons, particularly chil-
each door separately. The doors can no longer be
persons or road users. opened from the inside.
dren, unattended in the vehicle.
76 Safely transporting children in the vehicle

Activating/deactivating the child safety lock for R Indicator lamp 1 is off: via the switch on
the rear side windows the corresponding rear door or driver's
door
When the child safety lock is activated, the con-
trols in the rear passenger compartment are disa-
bled for:
R the rear side windows
R the adjustment of the front passenger seat
from the rear passenger compartment
R the roller sunblinds in the roof

Occupant presence reminder

Function of the occupant presence reminder
# Press the lever in direction 1 (activate) or 2 The occupant presence reminder can help to
(deactivate). remind you about a child who may have been for-
gotten in the rear passenger compartment of the
# Make sure that the child safety locks are work- # To activate/deactivate: press button 2. vehicle. It activates and deactivates automatically
ing properly. when the rear door is open for an extended period
The rear side window can be opened or closed
as follows: of time and a child, which the system presumes to
R Indicator lamp 1 is lit: via the switch on
be present, could enter or exit the vehicle.
the driver's door When the vehicle is switched off and the system
has automatically activated itself previously, the
 Safely transporting children in the vehicle 77

notification "Do not leave persons or animals in

the vehicle" appears on the driver's display.
You can permanently deactivate the function in
the multimedia system (/ page 77). When the
system is deactivated, the p indicator lamp in
the driver's display lights up.

Activating or deactivating the occupant presence

reminder in the multimedia system
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle
5 Occupant Protection

# Activate or deactivate the function.

78 Opening and closing

SmartKey # When leaving the vehicle, always take the 3 Locks

Overview of key functions key with you and lock the vehicle. 4 Indicator lamp
# Keep the key out of reach of children. 5 Panic alarm
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due % If indicator lamp 4 does not light up after
to children left unattended in the vehicle This also applies to the Digital Vehicle Key.
you press the Ü or s button, the bat-
If you leave children unattended in the vehicle, * NOTE Damage to the SmartKey caused by tery is weak or possibly discharged. Replace
they could, in particular: magnetic fields the battery as soon as possible.
R open doors, thereby endangering other Replace the key battery (/ page 80).
persons or road users. # Keep the SmartKey away from strong
magnetic fields. % Vehicles with convenience doors: if you have
R get out and be struck by oncoming traffic. activated the convenience doors function in
R operate vehicle equipment and become the multimedia system (/ page 93), you
trapped, for example. can open or close the driver's or front
passenger door by pressing the Ü or s
In addition, the children could also set the button. Additional information on the conveni-
vehicle in motion by, for example: ence doors (/ page 88).
R releasing the parking brake.
The key locks and unlocks the following compo-
R changing the gearbox position. nents:
R starting the vehicle. R Doors
R Socket flap
# Never leave children unattended in the
vehicle. R Tailgate
Vehicle key with panic alarm
1 Opens/closes the tailgate
2 Unlocks (with embossed surface)
 Opening and closing 79

If the vehicle is not opened within approximately # To switch between settings: press the Ü
40 seconds after unlocking, it will lock again. Anti- and s buttons simultaneously for approx-
theft protection will be armed again. imately six seconds until the indicator lamp
Do not keep the key together with electronic devi- flashes twice.
ces or metal objects. This can affect the key's Options if the unlocking function for the driver's
functionality. door and socket flap has been selected:
R To unlock the vehicle centrally: press the
Activating/deactivating the acoustic locking verifi- Ü button twice.
cation signal R Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: if you touch the
Multimedia system: # To activate: press button 1 for approximately inner surface of the door handle on the driv-
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle one second. er's door, only the driver's door and the socket
5 Open/Close A visual and audible alarm is triggered. flap are unlocked.
# To deactivate: briefly press button 1 again.
# Activate or deactivate the Acoustic Lock.
or Deactivating the function of the key
# Press the start/stop button. Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: if you deactivate the
Activating/deactivating the panic alarm
A SmartKey belonging to the vehicle must be function of the key, the KEYLESS-GO functions are
Requirements: detected in the vehicle. also deactivated. Access or drive authorization by
R The vehicle is switched off. KEYLESS-GO is then no longer possible with that
particular key. Activate the function of the key so
Changing the unlocking settings
that all its functions will again be available.
Possible unlocking functions of the SmartKey: You can also deactivate the function of the key to
R Central unlocking reduce the energy consumption of the key if you
R Unlocking the driver's door and socket flap
80 Opening and closing

do not use the vehicle or a key for an extended Removing/inserting the emergency key Inserting the emergency key
period of time.
Removing the emergency key
# Deactivate: Press s and hold the key but-
ton.
# With the key button s pressed, immedi-
ately press key button Ü twice in quick
succession.
The indicator light of the key lights up once
briefly and once for a long time.
# To activate: press any button on the key.

% When the vehicle is started with the key in the

stowage compartment of the center console,
# Insert emergency key 2 at marking 3 until
the function of the key is automatically activa- it engages.
# Press release button 1.
ted (/ page 195). Emergency key 2 will be pushed out slightly. % You can use emergency key 2 to attach the
SmartKey to a key ring.
# Fully remove emergency key 2.
Replacing the key battery

& DANGER Risk of fatal injuries due to swal-

lowing batteries
Batteries contain toxic and corrosive substan-
ces. If batteries are swallowed or otherwise
 Opening and closing 81

enter the body, severe internal burns can #

occur within two hours.
There is a risk of fatal injury.
Dispose of batteries in an
# Keep batteries out of the reach of chil-
environmentally responsible manner.
dren. Take discharged batteries to a qualified
# If the battery compartment cover and/or specialist workshop or to a collection
lid do not close securely, stop using the point for used batteries.
key and keep it away from children.
# If batteries are swallowed or otherwise Requirements:
R You require a CR 2032 3 V cell battery. Press mechanical key 2 into the opening in
enter the body, seek immediate medical #
attention. Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the the key in the direction of the arrow until
battery replaced at a qualified specialist work- cover 1 opens. When doing so, do not hold
+ ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental shop. cover 1 closed.
damage due to improper disposal of bat- # Remove the mechanical key (/ page 80).
teries

Batteries contain pollutants. It is

illegal to dispose of them with the household
rubbish.
82 Opening and closing

# Insert mechanical key 2 into the opening Problems with the key, troubleshooting R shielding due to metal objects or induction
and lift up covering 3 and remove it. loops for electrical gate systems or automatic
You can no longer lock or unlock the vehicle barriers
# Repeatedly tap the key against your palm until
battery 4 falls out of the key. Possible causes are:
# Make sure that there is sufficient distance
R The key battery is weak or discharged.
# Insert the new battery with the positive pole between the key and the potential source of
facing upwards. Use a lint-free cloth to do so. # Check the battery using the indicator lamp interference.
# Make sure that the surface of the battery is (/ page 78). You have lost a key
free of lint, grease and other impurities. # Replace the key battery, if necessary # Have the key deactivated at a qualified spe-
# Insert the front tabs of covering 3 into the (/ page 80). cialist workshop.
housing and then press on both sides to close # Use the replacement key. # If necessary, have the mechanical lock
it. # Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock replaced as well.
# Make sure that covering 3 is completely (/ page 94).
closed. # Have key checked at a qualified specialist
Insert the front tabs of cover 1 into the Digital Vehicle Key
# workshop.
housing and then press until it is completely Unlocking and locking the vehicle with the digital
closed. There is interference from a powerful radio signal vehicle key
source
# Insert the mechanical key again (/ page 80). Requirements
Possible causes if the function of the key is R The vehicle is equipped with the "Digital Vehi-
impaired:
cle Key" pre-installation.
R high voltage power lines
R The "Digital Vehicle Key" function is activated
R mobile phones via Mercedes me: https://
R electronic devices (notebooks, tablets) www.mercedes.me.
 Opening and closing 83

R A suitable end device is activated as a Digital R Starting the vehicle with the digital vehicle key # Locking and unlocking the vehicle with the
Vehicle Key. in the storage compartment (emergency NFC function Stop the digital vehicle key in
R Bluetooth® is switched on at the end device mode) (/ page 194) the area of the NFC antenna 1 on the door
and at the vehicle. handle.
% Mercedes-Benz recommends that you carry
R The terminal is sufficiently charged. the mechanical key in case of function restric-
tions (/ page 80). Rectifying problems with the Digital Vehicle Key
% If the connection via Bluetooth® is faulty or
% For more information on the digital vehicle You can no longer lock and unlock the vehicle
the battery of the digital vehicle key is empty,
you can also lock, unlock or start the vehicle key, see the digital operating instructions. with the Digital Vehicle Key.
via the NFC function. (/ page 194). Possible causes:
The Digital Vehicle Key can be used for the follow- R Bluetooth® is switched off on the Digital Vehi-
ing functions: cle Key or on the vehicle.
R Locking and unlocking the vehicle with the R The battery of the Digital Vehicle Key is low or
NFC function empty.
R Locking/unlocking the vehicle with KEYLESS-
GO (/ page 85)
# Switch on Bluetooth® on the digital vehicle key
or on the vehicle.
R HANDS-FREE ACCESS function (/ page 98)
# Check the state of charge of the Digital Vehi-
R Convenience closing (closing the vehicle from cle Key battery.
outside) (/ page 102) # If necessary, charge the battery of the Digital
R Anti-theft protection (/ page 107) Vehicle Key.
R Starting the vehicle (/ page 193) or parking # Use the NFC function of the Digital Vehicle
(/ page 228) Key to lock or unlock the vehicle.
(/ page 82).
84 Opening and closing

# Use the vehicle key. Doors Centrally locking and unlocking the vehicle from
# Use the emergency key element for locking or the inside
Unlocking/opening the doors from the inside
unlocking (/ page 94).
# Have the vehicle and the Digital Vehicle Key
checked at a qualified specialist workshop.
There is interference from a powerful radio signal
source
Possible causes of Digital Vehicle Key impairment:
R high voltage power lines
R mobile phones
R electronic devices (notebooks, tablets)
R shielding due to metal objects or induction # To unlock and open a front door: pull door
loops for electrical gate systems or automatic handle 1.
barriers # To unlock a rear door: pull the rear door han-
# Ensure sufficient distance between the Digital dle.
Vehicle Key and a potential source of interfer- # To open a rear door: pull the rear door handle # To unlock: press button 1.
ence. again.
# To lock: press button 2.
You have lost a Digital Vehicle Key. The red indicator lamp on button 2 will light
# Remove the Digital Vehicle Key. up once the vehicle is locked.
% For information on removing the Digital Vehi- % The buttons are also on the front passenger
cle Key, see the digital Operator's Manual. and rear doors.
 Opening and closing 85

The socket flap is also locked and unlocked. The R The driver's door and the door on which the
socket flap can be opened even if a key is detec- door handle is used are closed.
ted in the car.
% Vehicles with Digital Vehicle Key: You can use
The vehicle will not be unlocked: the Digital Vehicle Key like the conventional
R if you have locked the vehicle using the key vehicle key.
R if you have locked the vehicle using KEYLESS- The door handles will extend automatically:
GO R when a vehicle key is detected (the vehicle is
then not yet unlocked)
Recessed door handles extend or retract R when you unlock the vehicle with the key

The door handles extend automatically: R when you touch the outer sensor surface of
R when you unlock the vehicle with the key the door handle to unlock it
R when you touch the outer sensor surface of The door handles will retract automatically:
the door handle (when the vehicle is unlocked) R when you lock the vehicle with the key

The door handles retract automatically: # Extend the door handle: Touch the outer 1 R when you touch the recessed sensor surface
R when you lock the vehicle with the key sensor surface. of the door handle to lock it
R after comfort locking (/ page 102)
R when pulling away
R after waiting for a time Locking/unlocking the vehicle with KEYLESS-GO R when you pull away
R after a waiting period
Requirements
R The key is outside the vehicle.
R The distance between the key and the vehicle
does not exceed 3 ft (1 m).
86 Opening and closing

* NOTE Vehicle damage due to uninten- # Make sure that the Digital Vehicle Key is
tional opening of the tailgate or a door at least 10 ft (3 m) (power washer) or
20 ft (6 m) (car wash) away from the
R When using an automatic car wash vehicle.
R When using a high pressure cleaner
Observe the notes:
# Deactivate the function of the SmartKey
in these situations. R on washing the vehicle in a car wash
(/ page 391)
or
R on using a high pressure cleaner
# Make sure that the SmartKey is at a min-
(/ page 393)
imum distance of 10 ft (3 m) (power
washer) or 20 ft (6 m) (automatic car
wash) away from the vehicle.

Vehicles with digital vehicle key:

* NOTE Vehicle damage due to uninten- # Unlocking the vehicle: with the door handle
tional opening of the tailgate or a door extended, touch the inside surface of door
handle 1.
R when using an automatic car wash
R when using a power washer If the door handle is not extended, e.g. after a
waiting period:
# In these situations, switch off the Digital
Vehicle Key.
or
 Opening and closing 87

Problems with KEYLESS-GO, troubleshooting

You can no longer lock or unlock the vehicle using
KEYLESS-GO
Possible causes:
R The function of the SmartKey has been deacti-
vated.
R The SmartKey battery is weak or discharged.

# Activate the function of the SmartKey

(/ page 79).
# Check the battery using the indicator lamp
(/ page 78).
# Replace the SmartKey battery, if necessary
(/ page 80).
# Touch sensor surface 2 to unlock. # To lock the vehicle: touch recessed sensor # Use the replacement SmartKey.
surface 3. # Use the emergency key to lock or unlock
# Convenience closing: touch recessed sensor (/ page 94).
surface 3 for an extended period. # Have the vehicle and SmartKey checked at a
% Further information on convenience closing qualified specialist workshop.
(/ page 102).
88 Opening and closing

There is interference from a powerful radio signal # Activate or deactivate Automatic Door Lock. R All doors: Pull the inner or outer door
source In the following situations, there is a danger of handles.
Possible causes if the function of KEYLESS-GO is being locked out when the function is activated: R All doors: Touch the recessed sensor
impaired: R The vehicle is being towed or pushed. surface on the door handle.
R High voltage power lines R If the vehicle is being tested on a roller dyna- R All doors: Push against the door or
R Mobile phones mometer. pull on the door.
R Electronic devices (notebooks, tablets) R Doors in front: Move your hand
R Shielding due to metal objects or induction Opening and closing the convenience doors briefly from the inside towards the
loops for electrical gate systems or automatic door and stop the hand movement.
barriers & WARNING Risk of entrapment when auto- R All doors: Touch the touch screen in
matically closing the comfort doors the Comfort menu in the multimedia
# Make sure that there is sufficient distance system.
between the SmartKey and the potential Parts of the body could become trapped.
source of interference. There may be people or animals in the closing
area. * NOTE When automatically opening and
# Make sure that nobody is in the vicinity closing the convenience doors, please
Activating or deactivating the automatic locking note
feature of the closing area.
# Use one of the following options to stop Your view of your surroundings may be restric-
Multimedia system: the closing process: ted.
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle R Driver or passenger door: Press the # Make sure that there are no persons,
5 Open/Close Ü or s button on the Smart- animals or objects in the area of the con-
% The vehicle is locked automatically when the Key. venience doors when opening and clos-
vehicle is switched on and the wheels are R Driver's door: depress the brake ing.
turning faster than walking pace. pedal.
 Opening and closing 89

# When opening, pay particular attention The following options are available for opening or Special features of the convenience doors:
to low objects and obstacles in the side closing the convenience doors: R If, when closing, the door has reached the first
window area. R the key (to open and close the driver's and detent position, the power closing function
front passenger door) (/ page 93) will automatically draw the door
Opening or closing the convenience doors R approaching the vehicle (to open the driver's into the lock.
The following functions are required to automati- door) R If the rear doors are closed using the conveni-
cally open and close the convenience doors: R depressing the brake pedal (to close the driv- ence function, they are not automatically
R KEYLESS-GO (/ page 85) er's door) locked.
R Power closing function (/ page 93) R the inner door handles (to open and close the # Open the driver or passenger door with the
R Parking Package with 360° Camera doors) key: Press and hold the button Ü on the
(/ page 284) R the outer door handles (to open and close the key until the door starts to open.
or doors) % In the multimedia system, you can set
R Gesture control (close front doors from inside) whether the driver's door, the front passenger
Remote Parking Assist with Mirror Package
(/ page 299) (/ page 338) door or no door opens when you press the
R the multimedia system (/ page 93) Ü button on the key (/ page 93).
R Active Blind Spot Assist (/ page 274)
If no door opens, the convenience opening
The convenience doors can then be opened and % You cannot open a rear door with the door function is carried out when the Ü button
closed automatically. handle from inside the vehicle if it is secured is pressed. The convenience opening function
by the child safety lock. Further information opens, forexample, the side windows and the
% If Active Blind Spot Assist is deactivated or on the child safety lock for the rear doors
unavailable, the convenience doors cannot be panoramic roof with power tilt/sliding panel.
(/ page 75). Further information on convenience opening
opened from inside. You can still open the rear doors from the (/ page 102).
inside via the multimedia system
(/ page 93).
90 Opening and closing

# Close the driver or passenger door with the # Set the function in the multimedia system
key: Press and hold the button s on the (/ page 93).
key until the door starts to close.
All open doors close. To close the driver's door with the brake pedal:
# Comfort locking with the key: Press and hold # Depress the brake pedal until the door starts
the key button s. to close.
All open doors, side windows, and the panor-
amic roof with power tilt/sliding panel close. To open or close the convenience doors from
inside:
% Press the s button on the key again to # Briefly pull the door handle (/ page 84).
lock the vehicle. Automatic operation is then started.
To open the vehicle by approaching it:
% If you pull the door handle during automatic
* NOTE Vehicle damage due to uninten- operation, the opening or closing process is
tional opening of a door stopped. If you pull the door handle again, the
process continues in reverse order.
R When passing the vehicle # To open the convenience doors from outside: # To close the convenience doors from outside:
R When using an automatic car wash pull on the outside door handle. touch recessed sensor surface 1 on the door
R When using a high-pressure cleaner handle.
# In these situations, deactivate the func- Object detection
tion of the key. Object detection uses several sensors to monitor
the opening range of the convenience doors in
When you approach your vehicle and the key is order to detect objects. If one of the sensors
detected, the vehicle is unlocked and the driver's detects an object, the convenience doors are
door opens automatically.
 Opening and closing 91

stopped and a warning is displayed in the multi- * NOTE Risk of accident due to faulty sen-
media system. sors
# Manually open a door stopped in an intermedi-
ate position. The sensors may malfunction because of snow
or due to objects that absorb ultrasonic
Even if the convenience doors are equipped with waves.
sensors, it cannot be guaranteed that all objects # Make sure that the convenience doors
are detected. Object detection is only an aid and are free from dirt, ice or slush.
is not a substitute for the attention of the vehicle
# Be especially careful when opening the
occupants to their immediate surroundings when
opening and closing the convenience doors. The convenience doors if other ultrasonic
vehicle occupants are always responsible for 1 3 ft (approximately 1 m) sources are nearby.
opening and closing the doors safely.
* NOTE Risk of an accident from objects at * NOTE Risk of accidents if the detection
Detection range of the sensors close range performance of the sensors in the conve-
Object recognition may not detect certain nience doors is restricted
objects at close range. If the sensors are covered, the convenience
# When opening the convenience doors, doors cannot function reliably.
pay particular attention to low objects # Do not apply stickers, foils or other coat-
and obstacles in the side window area. ings to the outside of the convenience
Object detection does not always detect doors.
such objects at close range, especially The sensors may otherwise be blocked
during movement. The vehicle or other and obstacles may not be detected or
objects could otherwise be damaged. only detected to a limited extent.
92 Opening and closing

Exit warning when opening the doors from inside and for leaving the vehicle remains with the vehi- Automatic backing up function when closing the
The exit warning of Active Blind Spot Assist is cle occupants. doors
used as an additional safeguard. If an obstacle is % Further information on Active Blind Spot The doors are equipped with automatic blockage
detected, the convenience function is deactivated Assist with exit warning (/ page 274). detection with a backing up function. If an obsta-
and the moving door will be stopped. cle stops a door during the automatic closing
# Manually open a door stopped in an intermedi- Blockage detection when opening the doors process, it will automatically open again. The
ate position. If an obstacle obstructs a door during the auto- automatic backing up function is only an aid and
matic opening process, blockage detection will is not a substitute for your attentiveness.
& WARNING Risk of accident despite exit stop the door. The automatic blockage detection # During the closing process, make sure that no
warning function is only an aid and is not a substitute for body parts are in the closing area.
your attentiveness.
The exit warning neither reacts to stationary # Manually open a door stopped in an intermedi- & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped
objects nor to persons or road users
ate position. despite reversing function
approaching you at a greatly differing speed.
The exit warning cannot warn drivers in these * NOTE Damage to the convenience doors The reversing function will not react:
situations. despite blockage detection R To soft, light and thin objects, e.g. fingers.
# Always pay particular attention to the R Towards the end of the closing process.
Blockage detection may not be able to stop
traffic situation when opening the doors the automatic opening process of the doors in
and make sure there is sufficient clear- In these situations in particular, the reversing
all cases. This can be the case in particular function cannot prevent someone being trap-
ance. with light, soft objects. ped.
# Therefore, make sure that there is suffi- # Make sure that no body parts are in the
The exit warning is only an aid and not a substi-
tute for the attention of vehicle occupants. The cient clearance next to the vehicle. closing area.
responsibility for opening and closing the doors # If someone is trapped, use one of the fol-
lowing options:
 Opening and closing 93

R Driver's or front passenger door: # Select Open door control. Door opening on approach
press the Ü or s button on The window for operating the doors will open. # Activate or deactivate the function.
the SmartKey. You can open or close the doors using the When the function is activated, the driver's
slider. door will open automatically when the vehicle
R Driver's door: depress the brake
pedal. # Select Cancel Process. is approached.
The procedure will be interrupted and the door
R All doors: pull on the inner or outer will remain in the position it has reached. Warning of obstacles in the door area
door handles. # Activate or deactivate the function.
# Select Close All.
R All doors: push against or pull the The vehicle warns you of obstacles in the door
All doors will be closed simultaneously.
door. area with acoustic feedback and a graphic dis-
% The convenience doors can also be closed play.
R All doors: touch the touch screen in using MBUX Interior Assist.
the convenience menu in the multi- Further information on operating the conveni-
media system. ence doors . Power closing function
Setting the key function for the convenience & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when
Setting convenience doors doors the doors close automatically
Multimedia system: # Select ´.
Body parts or objects can become trapped,
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle 5 Comfort # Select Key assignment. causing injuries.
# Activate or deactivate Comfort Doors. Convenience Opening for Windows, open # Ensure that no body parts or objects are
Right Front Door and open Left Front Door in the closing area.
Operating convenience doors can be set separately for operation with the # Automatic closing of the doors can be
# Select ´. key.
canceled by pulling the outer or inner
door handle.
94 Opening and closing

If you push the door into the lock to the first

detent position, the power closing function will
automatically pull the door into the lock.
% Automatic closing of the doors may be trig-
gered if the vehicle is locked from the outside,
or during pulling away.

Locking/unlocking the vehicle with the mechani-

cal key
Unlocking a left-hand vehicle door with the
mechanical key
% If you unlock and open the driver's door with
the mechanical key, this triggers the burglar
alarm system.
% If you unlock the driver's door with the If the door handle is retracted: If the door handle is extended:
mechanical key, the tailgate will not be # Insert a flat, non-metallic object behind door # Pull door handle 1 outward to the pressure
unlocked. handle 1 from above and pry it slightly out- point and hold it there.
# Remove the mechanical key (/ page 80). ward. # Insert the mechanical key into the lock cylin-
# Reach behind door handle 1 from below, pull der.
it outward to the pressure point and hold it # Turn the mechanical key counter-clockwise to
there. position 1.
 Opening and closing 95

# Forcefully pull door handle 1 outward past # Insert a suitable object, e.g. the mechanical # If the tailgate is unlocked, press the top of the
the pressure point. key, into opening 1 on the door lock. Mercedes star.
# Turn the mechanical key back to its starting # To lock the left-hand side of the vehicle: turn # Vehicles with HANDS-FREE ACCESS: make a
position. the mechanical key clockwise as far as it will kicking movement with your foot below the
# Remove the mechanical key and release the go. bumper (/ page 98).
door handle. # To lock the right-hand side of the vehicle: turn
the mechanical key counter-clockwise as far
Locking the doors as it will go.
If the locked door is then closed, it can no longer
be opened from the outside.

Cargo compartment
Opening the tailgate

* NOTE Damage to the tailgate caused by

obstacles above the vehicle
The tailgate swings rearwards and upwards
when it is opened.
# Make sure that there is sufficient space
behind and above the tailgate. # Pull remote operating switch 1 until the tail-
gate opens.
or
96 Opening and closing

# Press and hold the H button on the key. # Before the journey, secure objects, lug- # To close the tailgate: pull the tailgate down-
# If the tailgate has stopped in an intermediate gage or loads against slipping or tipping wards slightly. Release it as soon as it begins
position, pull it upwards. Release it as soon as over. to close.
it begins to open.
Observe the notes on loading the vehicle. & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped dur-
If an obstacle obstructs the tailgate during the ing automatic closing of the tailgate
automatic opening process, blockage detection Notes on closing the tailgate: your vehicle is
will stop the tailgate. The automatic blockage equipped with automatic key recognition. If a key Parts of the body could become trapped.
detection function is only an aid. It is not a substi- belonging to the vehicle is detected in the vehicle, There may be people in the closing area.
tute for your attentiveness. the tailgate will not be locked. # Make sure that nobody is in the vicinity
Note that the tailgate will not be locked in the fol- of the closing area.
lowing situation: Use one of the following options to stop the
Closing the tailgate
R You have locked the vehicle and close the tail- closing process:
& WARNING Risk of injury from unsecured gate while a key belonging to the vehicle is R Press the H button on the SmartKey.
items in the vehicle inside the vehicle.
R Press or pull the remote operating switch
If objects, luggage or loads are not secured or and
on the driver's door.
not secured sufficiently, they could slip, tip R A second key belonging to the vehicle is not
R Press the closing or locking button on the
over or be thrown around and thereby hit vehi- detected outside the vehicle.
tailgate.
cle occupants. Automatic key recognition is only an aid and is not R Press the top of the Mercedes star on the
There is a risk of injury, particularly in the a substitute for your attentiveness. tailgate.
event of sudden braking or a sudden change # Before locking, ensure that at least one key
in direction. belonging to the vehicle is outside the vehicle. Vehicles with HANDS-FREE ACCESS: it is also
# Always stow objects in such a way that
possible to stop the closing process by making a
they cannot be thrown around. kicking movement below the rear bumper.
 Opening and closing 97

tion is activated and the Digital Vehicle Key is

connected to the vehicle.
# Press and hold the H button on the key.
The key must be in the vicinity of the vehicle.
Vehicles with HANDS-FREE ACCESS
# Make a kicking movement with your foot
below the bumper (/ page 98).
Automatic reversing function for the tailgate
The tailgate is equipped with automatic blockage
detection with a reversing function. If an obstacle
obstructs the tailgate during the automatic closing
process, it will automatically open again slightly.
Automatic blockage detection with the reversing
function is only an aid and is not a substitute for
# Switch on the power supply or the vehicle. # Press closing button 1 on the tailgate. your attentiveness.
# Push remote operating switch 1 until the tail- # During the closing process, make sure that no
Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO body parts are in the closing area.
gate is fully closed. # Press locking button 2 on the tailgate.
If a key is detected outside the vehicle, the
tailgate will close and the vehicle will be
locked.
% Vehicles with Digital Vehicle Key: this also
applies to the Digital Vehicle Key if the func-
98 Opening and closing

& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped % Two warning tones sound when the tailgate is
despite reversing function opening or closing.
The reversing function will not react: * NOTE Vehicle damage due to uninten-
R To soft, light and thin objects, e.g. fingers. tional opening of the tailgate or a door
R Towards the end of the closing procedure. R When using an automatic car wash
In these situations in particular, the reversing R When using a high pressure cleaner
function cannot prevent someone being trap- # Deactivate the function of the SmartKey
ped. in these situations.
# Make sure that no body parts are in the
or
closing area.
# Make sure that the SmartKey is at a min-
If someone is trapped, either: imum distance of 10 ft (3 m) (power
R Press the H button on the SmartKey. washer) or 20 ft (6 m) (automatic car
R Press or pull the remote operating switch wash) away from the vehicle.
on the driver's door. With HANDS-FREE ACCESS you can open, close
or stop the closing process of the tailgate by per- Vehicles with digital vehicle key:
R Press the closing or locking button on the
forming a kicking movement under the rear
tailgate. * NOTE Vehicle damage due to uninten-
bumper.
R Press the top of the Mercedes star on the tional opening of the tailgate or a door
The kicking movement triggers the opening or
tailgate.
closing process alternately. R when using an automatic car wash
Observe the notes when opening (/ page 95) R when using a power washer
HANDS-FREE ACCESS function and closing (/ page 96) the tailgate.
 Opening and closing 99

# In these situations, switch off the Digital R The kicking movement must be towards the The tailgate can open or close unintentionally in
Vehicle Key. vehicle and back again. the following situations:
R A person's arms or legs are moving in the sen-
or
sor detection range, e.g. when polishing the
# Make sure that the Digital Vehicle Key is vehicle or picking up objects.
at least 10 ft (3 m) (power washer) or
R Objects are moved or placed behind the vehi-
20 ft (6 m) (car wash) away from the
vehicle. cle, e.g. a charging cable or luggage.
R Clamping straps, tarp or other coverings are
When making the kicking movement, make sure pulled over the bumper.
that you are standing firmly on the ground. You R A protective mat with a length reaching over
could otherwise lose your balance, e.g. on ice. the trunk sill down into the detection range of
Observe the following notes: the sensors is used.
R The key is behind the vehicle. 1 Detection range of the sensors R The protective mat is not secured correctly.
R Vehicles with digital vehicle key: The Digital If several consecutive kicking movements are not R Work is being done on the trailer hitch, trailers
Vehicle Key is behind the vehicle. successful, wait ten seconds. or rear bicycle racks.
R Stand at least 12 in (30 cm) away from the System limits Deactivate the function of the key (/ page 79) or
vehicle while performing the kicking move- do not carry the key about your person in such
ment. The system may be impaired or may not function
in the following cases: situations.
R Do not come into contact with the bumper
R The sensors are dirty, e.g. due to road salt or
while making the kicking movement.
snow.
R Do not carry out the kicking movement too
R The kicking movement is made using a pros-
slowly.
thetic leg.
100 Opening and closing

Limiting the opening angle of the tailgate Unlocking the tailgate with the emergency key # Insert emergency key 2 into opening 1 in
the trim and push it in the direction of the
Activating the opening angle limiter Requirements arrow.
You can limit the opening angle of the tailgate in R The rear seat backrest has been folded
The tailgate will be unlocked.
the top half of its opening range up to a point forward.
shortly before the end position. R The cargo compartment cover has been
# Stop the opening procedure of the tailgate at removed. Side windows
the desired position. Opening and closing the side windows
# Press and hold the closing button on the tail-
gate until you hear a short acoustic signal. & WARNING Risk of entrapment when open-
The opening angle limiter will be activated. The ing a side window
tailgate will then stop in the stored position When opening a side window, parts of the
when opened. body could be drawn in or become trapped
To open the tailgate fully, pull the top part of the between the side window and window frame.
Mercedes star on the tailgate again after it has # When opening, make sure that nobody is
stopped automatically. touching the side window.
# If someone is trapped, release the but-
Deactivating the opening angle limiter
ton immediately or pull it in order to
# Press and hold the closing button on the tail- close the side window again.
gate until two short acoustic signals sound.

# Remove the emergency key (/ page 80).

 Opening and closing 101

& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when Requirements # To start automatic operation: press the W
R The power supply or the vehicle has been button beyond the point of resistance or pull
closing a side window
switched on. and release it.
When closing a side window, body parts could # To interrupt automatic operation: press or pull
be trapped in the closing area in the process.
the W button again.
# When closing, make sure that no body
parts are in the closing area. When the vehicle is switched off, you can con-
# If someone is trapped, release the but-
tinue to operate the side windows.
ton immediately or press the button in This function is available for around four minutes
order to reopen the side window. or until a front door is opened.
Automatic reversing function of the side windows
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when If an obstacle impedes a side window during the
children operate the side windows closing process, the side window will open again
Children could become trapped if they operate automatically. The automatic reversing function is
the side windows, particularly when unatten- only an aid and is not a substitute for your atten-
ded. tiveness.
# During the closing process, make sure that no
# Activate the child safety lock for the rear
passenger compartment side windows. body parts are in the closing area.
# When leaving the vehicle, always take the 1 Closing
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. 2 Opening
# Never leave children unattended in the
The buttons on the driver's door take precedence.
vehicle.
102 Opening and closing

& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped Convenience opening (ventilating the vehicle R The seat ventilation of the driver's seat is
despite there being reversing protection before starting a journey) switched on.
on the side window % If the roller sunblind of the panoramic sliding
& WARNING Risk of entrapment when open-
The reversing function does not react: ing a side window sunroof is closed, the roller sunblind is
R To soft, light and thin objects, e.g. fingers.
opened first.
When opening a side window, parts of the # To interrupt convenience opening: release the
R During resetting. body could be drawn in or become trapped Ü button.
between the side window and window frame.
The reversing function cannot prevent some- # To continue convenience opening: press and
# When opening, make sure that nobody is
one from becoming trapped in these situa- hold the Ü button again.
tions. touching the side window.
# During the closing process, make sure # Release the button immediately if some-
body becomes trapped. Convenience closing (closing the vehicle from out-
that no body parts are in the closing side)
area.
# If someone becomes trapped, press the
Requirements
R The SmartKey is in the immediate vicinity of & WARNING Risk of entrapment due to not
W button to open the side window the vehicle. paying attention during convenience clos-
again. ing
# Press and hold the Ü button on the Smart-
Key. When the convenience closing feature is oper-
ating, parts of the body could become trapped
The following functions are performed: in the closing area of the side window and the
R The vehicle is unlocked. sliding sunroof.
R The side windows are opened. # When the convenience closing feature is

R The panoramic sliding roof is opened. operating, monitor the entire closing
 Opening and closing 103

process and make sure that no body Resolving problems with the side windows If a side window is obstructed during closing and
parts are in the closing area. reopens again immediately:
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped or # Immediately after this, pull and hold the corre-
Requirements fatally injured if reversing protection is not sponding button again until the side window
R The key is in the immediate vicinity of the vehi- activated has closed and hold the button for at least one
cle. If you close a side window again immediately more second (re-adjustment).
after it has been blocked, the side window will The side window will be closed without the
# Press and hold the s button on the key. automatic reversing function.
close with increased or maximum force. The
The following functions will be performed: reversing function is then not active and body
R The vehicle will be locked. parts may become trapped. If the side window is obstructed again and
reopens again immediately:
R The side windows will be closed. # Make sure that no parts of the body are
# Immediately after this, pull and hold the corre-
R The panoramic sliding roof will be closed. in the closing area.
sponding button again until the side window
# To interrupt convenience closing: release the # To stop the closing process, release the
has closed and hold the button for at least one
s button. button or press the button again to more second (follow-up adjustment).
reopen the side window. The side window will be closed without the
# To continue convenience closing: press and
hold the s button again. automatic reversing function.
A side window cannot be closed and you cannot
% Convenience closing also functions with KEY- see the cause. The side windows cannot be opened or closed
LESS-GO (/ page 85). # Check to see whether any objects are in the using the convenience opening feature.
window guide. Possible causes:
# Adjust the side windows. R The key battery is weak or discharged.

Adjusting the side windows # Check the battery using the indicator lamp
(/ page 78).
104 Opening and closing

# Replace the key battery, if necessary # Touch the control panel during automatic # During the opening or closing process,
(/ page 80). operation. make sure that no body parts are in the
The opening/closing process will be roller sunblind's range of movement.
stopped. # If someone is trapped, release the con-
Sliding sunroof
trol panel immediately.
Opening and closing the sliding sunroof & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if the or
% The term "sliding sunroof" refers to the pano- sliding sunroof is operated by children # Touch the control panel during automatic
rama roof with power tilt/sliding panel. Children operating the sliding sunroof could operation.
get caught in the moving parts, particularly if The opening/closing process will be
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when stopped.
unattended.
the sliding sunroof is being opened and
# Never leave children unattended in the
closed
vehicle. * NOTE Malfunction due to snow and ice
Body parts may become trapped in the range
# When leaving the vehicle, always take the Snow and ice may cause the sliding sunroof to
of movement.
key with you and lock the vehicle. malfunction.
# During the opening and closing process,
# Open the sliding sunroof only if it is free
make sure that no body parts are in the
sweep of the sliding sunroof. & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when of snow and ice.
# If someone is trapped, release the con- the roller sunblind is being opened and
trol panel immediately. closed * NOTE Damage caused by protruding
or Body parts may become trapped between the objects
roller sunblind and frame or sliding roof. Objects that protrude from the sliding sunroof
may damage the seals.
 Opening and closing 105

# Do not allow anything to protrude from # To close: swipe forwards across control panel
the sliding sunroof. 1 and hold.
# To raise or lower: press control panel 1
* NOTE Damage to panorama roof with briefly.
power tilt/sliding panel caused by roof # To start automatic operation: swipe forwards
luggage rack or backwards across control panel 1.
If the panorama roof with power tilt/sliding # To cancel automatic operation: press control
panel is opened when a roof luggage rack is panel 1 again.
installed, the panorama roof with power tilt/ The opening/closing process will be stopped.
sliding panel may be damaged by the roof lug-
Automatic reversing function of the sliding sun-
gage rack.
roof
# Do not open the panorama roof with
If an obstacle obstructs the sliding sunroof during
power tilt/sliding panel if a roof luggage the closing process, the sliding sunroof will open
rack is installed. again automatically. The automatic reversing func-
The sliding sunroof and the roller sunblind are tion is only an aid and is not a substitute for your
operated using control panel 1. attentiveness.
# During the closing process, make sure that no
The panorama roof with power tilt/sliding panel
can be operated only when the roller sunblind is body parts are in the closing area.
open.
# To open: swipe backwards across control
panel 1 and hold.
106 Opening and closing

& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped # When closing the roller sunblind, make sure Rain closing function when driving
despite reversing function that no body parts are in the range of move- Vehicles with a panorama roof with power tilt/
ment. sliding panel: if it starts to rain, the raised sliding
The reversing function will not react: sunroof will automatically be lowered while the
R To soft, light and thin objects, e.g. fingers. & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped vehicle is in motion.
R Towards the end of the closing procedure. despite reversing function
Automatic lowering function
R During resetting. In particular, the reversing function does not Vehicles with a panorama roof with power tilt/
react to soft, light and thin objects, e.g. fin- sliding panel: if the sliding sunroof is raised at the
# During the closing process, make sure gers. rear, it will automatically be lowered slightly at
that no body parts are in the closing # When closing the roller sunblind, make higher speeds. At low speeds, it will be raised
area. sure that no body parts are in the range again automatically.
# If someone is trapped, release the con- of movement.
trol panel immediately. # If someone is trapped, release the con- & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped by
or trol panel immediately. automatic lowering of the sliding sunroof
# Touch the control panel during automatic or At higher speeds, the raised sliding sunroof
closing. # Touch the control panel during automatic will automatically be lowered slightly at the
The closing process will be stopped. closing. rear.
The closing process will be stopped. # Make sure that nobody reaches into the
Automatic reversing function of the roller sunblind sliding sunroof's range of movement
If an obstacle obstructs the roller sunblind during while the vehicle is in motion.
the closing process, the roller sunblind will open Automatic functions of the sliding sunroof # If someone becomes trapped, touch the
again automatically. The automatic reversing func-
tion is only an aid and is not a substitute for your % The term "sliding sunroof" refers to the pano- control panel.
attentiveness. rama roof with power tilt/sliding panel.
 Opening and closing 107

Rectifying problems with the sliding sunroof If the sliding sunroof is obstructed during closing # Press and hold the control panel for another
and reopens again slightly: second.
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped or # Immediately after automatic reversing, swipe # Press and hold the control panel until the front
fatal injuries when the sliding sunroof is forwards across the control panel roller sunblind is completely closed.
closed again (/ page 104) and hold until the sliding sun- # Press and hold the control panel for another
If you close the sliding sunroof again immedi- roof is closed. second.
ately after it has been blocked or reset, the The sliding sunroof will be closed with
increased force.
# Use automatic operation to fully open and
sliding sunroof will close with increased or then close the sliding sunroof.
maximum force.
If the sliding sunroof is obstructed again and
There is a risk of becoming trapped or even of opens again slightly:
fatal injuries! Anti-theft protection
# Repeat the previous step.
# Make sure that no parts of the body are Function of the immobilizer
The sliding sunroof will be closed again with
in the closing area. increased force. The immobilizer prevents your vehicle from being
# If someone is trapped, release the con-
started without the correct key.
trol panel immediately. The sliding sunroof or the roller sunblind is not
operating smoothly. This also applies to the Digital Vehicle Key.
or
# Touch the control panel during automatic # Reset the sliding sunroof and the roller sun- The immobilizer will automatically be activated
blind. when the vehicle is switched off and deactivated
closing. when the vehicle is switched on.
The closing process will be stopped.
Resetting the sliding sunroof and the roller sun- When leaving the vehicle, always take the key with
The sliding sunroof cannot be closed and you can- blind you and lock the vehicle. Anyone can start the
not see the cause. # Swipe forwards across the control panel vehicle if a valid key has been left inside the vehi-
(/ page 104) and hold repeatedly until the cle.
% The term "sliding sunroof" refers to the pano-
rama roof with power tilt/sliding panel. sliding sunroof is completely closed.
108 Opening and closing

% In the event that the engine cannot be started The ATA system is armed automatically after Indicator lamp 1 flashes when the ATA system is
(but the vehicle's battery is charged), the sys- approximately ten seconds in the following situa- armed.
tem is not operational. Contact an authorized tions: The ATA system is deactivated automatically in the
Mercedes-Benz center or call R after locking the vehicle with the key following situations:
1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the USA) or
R after locking the vehicle using KEYLESS-GO R after unlocking the vehicle with the key
1-800-387-0100 (in Canada).
R After locking with the NFC function (vehicles R after unlocking the vehicle using KEYLESS-GO
with digital vehicle key:) R after unlocking with the NFC function (vehi-
ATA (anti-theft alarm system)
cles with digital vehicle key:)
▌Function of the ATA system R after pressing the start/stop button with the
If the ATA system is armed, a visual and audible key in the stowage compartment
alarm is triggered in the following situations: (/ page 195)
R when a door is opened
▌Deactivating the ATA
R when the tailgate is opened # Press the Ü, s or H button on the
R when interior protection is triggered key.
(/ page 109) or
R when tow-away alarm is triggered # Press the start/stop button with the key in the
(/ page 109) stowage compartment (/ page 195)
% Vehicles with Digital Vehicle Key: The EDW # Vehicles with Digital Vehicle Key: Press the
works with the Digital Vehicle Key in the same start/stop button with the Digital Vehicle Key
way as with the conventional vehicle key. in the storage compartment (/ page 194).

Example: with MBUX hyperscreen

 Opening and closing 109

Deactivating the alarm using KEYLESS-GO R Tailgate Arming/deactivating tow-away alarm

# With the key outside the vehicle, touch the
The tow-away alarm is automatically deactivated: Multimedia system:
inner surface of the door handle. 4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle
R after pressing the Ü or H button on the
This also applies to the Digital Vehicle Key. 5 Opening/closing 5 Vehicle Protection
key
R after pressing the start/stop button with the # Arm or deactivate Tow-away Protection.
Function of tow-away alarm key in the stowage compartment Tow-away alarm is armed again in the following
% This function may not be available in all coun- (/ page 195) cases:
tries. R after pressing the start-stop button with the R The vehicle is unlocked again.
An audible and visual alarm is triggered if an alter- digital vehicle key in the storage compartment
R A door is opened.
ation to your vehicle's angle of inclination is (Vehicles with digital vehicle key)
detected while tow-away alarm is armed. (/ page 194) R The vehicle is locked again.

Tow-away alarm is automatically armed after R after unlocking the vehicle using KEYLESS-GO
approximately 60 seconds: This also applies to the Digital Vehicle Key. Function of interior protection
R after locking the vehicle with the key R after unlocking with the NFC function (vehi- % This function may not be available in all coun-
R after locking the vehicle using KEYLESS-GO cles with digital vehicle key:) tries.
This also applies to the Digital Vehicle Key. R when using HANDS-FREE ACCESS When interior protection is armed, a visual and
R After locking with the NFC function (vehicles audible alarm is triggered if movement is detected
Information on collision detection on a parked in the vehicle interior.
with digital vehicle key:) vehicle (/ page 234).
Interior protection is armed automatically after
Tow-away alarm is armed only when the following approximately ten seconds:
components are closed:
R after locking the vehicle with the key
R Doors
R after locking the vehicle using KEYLESS-GO
110 Opening and closing

This also applies to the Digital Vehicle Key. R when using HANDS-FREE ACCESS
R After locking with the NFC function (vehicles The following situations can lead to a false alarm:
with digital vehicle key:)
R when there are moving objects suchas mas-
Interior protection is armed only when the follow- cots in the vehicle interior
ing components are closed: R if a side window is open
R Doors R if the panorama roof with power tilt/sliding
R Tailgate panel is open
Interior protection is automatically deactivated:
R after pressing the Ü or H button on the Arming/deactivating interior protection
key Multimedia system:
R after pressing the start/stop button with the 4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle
key in the stowage compartment 5 Opening/closing 5 Vehicle Protection
(/ page 195) # Arm or deactivate Interior Motion Sensor.
R after pressing the start-stop button with the
Interior protection is armed again in the following
digital vehicle key in the storage compartment
cases:
(Vehicles with digital vehicle key)
(/ page 194) R The vehicle is unlocked again.

R after unlocking the vehicle using KEYLESS-GO R A door is opened.

This also applies to the Digital Vehicle Key. R The vehicle is locked again.

R after unlocking with the NFC function (vehi-

cles with digital vehicle key:)
 Seats and stowing 111

Notes on the correct driver's seat position R Your legs are not fully extended and you can
depress the pedals properly
& WARNING Risk of accident due to adjust- R The back of your head is supported at eye
ing the vehicle settings while the vehicle is level by the center of the head restraint
in motion R You can hold the steering wheel with your
You could lose control of the vehicle in the fol- arms slightly bent
lowing situations in particular: R You can move your legs freely
R If you adjust the driver's seat, the head R You can see all the displays on the driver's dis-
restraint, the steering wheel or the mirror play clearly
while the vehicle is in motion R You have a good overview of the traffic condi-
R If you fasten your seat belt while the vehi- tions
cle is in motion R Observe the notes on correctly fastening the
# Before starting the vehicle: in particular, seat belt .
adjust the driver's seat, head restraint,
steering wheel and mirror, and fasten Ensure the following when adjusting steering
your seat belt. wheel 1, seat belt 2 and driver's seat 3: Notes on grab handles
R You are sitting as far away from the driver's air & WARNING Risk of injury due to excessive
bag as possible, taking the following points load on the grab handles
into consideration:
If you apply your full body weight to the grab
R You are sitting in an upright position
handle or pull it abruptly, the grab handle may
R Your thighs are slightly supported by the seat be damaged or come loose from its anchor-
cushion age. This may result in injuries.
112 Seats and stowing

# Use the grab handles only to stabilize the & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when # Before starting the vehicle: in particular,
seating position or to assist in getting in adjusting the seat adjust the driver's seat, head restraint,
and out of the seat. steering wheel and mirror, and fasten
When you adjust a seat, you or other vehicle your seat belt.
occupants could become trapped, e.g. on the
seat guide rail.
Seats & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if the
# When adjusting a seat, make sure that
Adjusting the front seat electrically no one has any part of their body within seat height is adjusted carelessly
the sweep of the seat. If you adjust the seat height carelessly, you or
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if the other vehicle occupants could be trapped and
seats are adjusted by children Observe the safety notes on "Airbags" and "Chil- thereby injured.
Children could become trapped if they adjust dren in the vehicle". Children in particular could accidentally press
the seats, particularly when unattended. the electrical seat adjustment buttons and
# When leaving the vehicle, always take the
& WARNING Risk of accident due to adjust- become trapped.
ing the vehicle settings while the vehicle is
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. # While moving the seats, make sure that
in motion
# Never leave children unattended in the hands or other body parts do not get
vehicle. You could lose control of the vehicle in the fol- under the lever assembly of the seat
lowing situations in particular: adjustment system.
You can adjust the seats when the vehicle is R If you adjust the driver's seat, the head
switched off. restraint, the steering wheel or the mirror
while the vehicle is in motion
R If you fasten your seat belt while the vehi-
cle is in motion
 Seats and stowing 113

& WARNING Risk of injury due to head In particular, you could slip beneath the seat- * NOTE Damage to the seats when adjust-
restraints not being installed or being belt and become injured. ing
adjusted incorrectly # Adjust the seat properly before begin-
The seats may be damaged by objects when
If head restraints have not been installed or ning your journey. adjusting the seats.
have not been adjusted correctly, there is an # Always ensure that the seat backrest is # When adjusting the seats, make sure
increased risk of injury in the head and neck in an almost vertical position and that that there are no objects in the footwell,
area, e.g. in the event of an accident or when the shoulder belt is routed across the under or behind the seats.
braking. center of your shoulder.
# Always drive with the head restraints The switches for adjusting the seats do not move.
installed. & WARNING Risk of potentially fatal injuries You will therefore receive no direct feedback on
# Before driving off, make sure for every due to objects trapped under the front the switch while pressing the switch. Feedback is
vehicle occupant that the center of the passenger seat provided only by the movement of the seat.
head restraint supports the back of the Objects trapped under the front passenger
head at about eye level. seat may interfere with the function of the
automatic front passenger air bag shutoff or
Adjust the head restraint fore-and-aft position so damage the system.
that it is as close as possible to the back of your # Do not stow any objects under the front
head.
passenger seat.
& WARNING Risk of injury or death due to # When the front passenger seat is occu-
an incorrect seat position pied, ensure that no objects have
become trapped beneath the front
The seat belt does not offer the intended level passenger seat.
of protection if you have not moved the seat
backrest to an almost vertical position.
114 Seats and stowing

% The head restraint height will be adjusted & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when
automatically when you adjust the seat height adjusting the seat
or the seat fore-and-aft position.
When you adjust a seat, you or other vehicle
occupants could become trapped, e.g. on the
Adjusting the front passenger seat electrically seat guide rail.
from the driver's seat
# When adjusting a seat, make sure that

& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if the no one has any part of their body within
seats are adjusted by children the sweep of the seat.
Children could become trapped if they adjust Observe the safety notes on "Air bags" and "Chil-
the seats, particularly when unattended. dren in the vehicle".
# When leaving the vehicle, always take the
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to
# Never leave children unattended in the
the front seat being positioned too close
to the cockpit
vehicle.
1 Head restraint height The front airbags can also injure the occu-
2 Seat height You can adjust the seats when the vehicle is pants in the front of the vehicle.
3 Seat cushion inclination switched off. # Always adjust the front seats so they are
4 Seat cushion length as far away as possible from the front
5 Seat fore-and-aft position airbags.
6 Seat backrest inclination # In addition, observe the notes on correct
seat adjustment.
# Save the settings with the memory function
(/ page 132).
 Seats and stowing 115

* NOTE Damaging objects in the parcel net

# To select the front passenger seat: press but-
of the front passenger footwell when mov- ton 1.
ing the front passenger seat forward When the indicator lamp lights up, the front
passenger seat is selected.
Objects in the parcel net of the front # Adjust the front passenger seat using the but-
passenger footwell can become damaged tons on the driver's side door operating unit.
when the front passenger seat is moved
forward.
# Do not slide the front passenger seat as
far forward as it will go.

* NOTE Damage to the seats when moving

the seats back
The seats may be damaged by objects when
moving the seats back.
# When moving the seats back, make sure You can call up the following functions for the
that there are no objects in the footwell, front passenger seat:
under or behind the seats. R Seat adjustment
R Seat heating
Requirements
R Seat ventilation
R For selecting the front passenger seat: the
power supply is switched on R Memory function
116 Seats and stowing

Adjusting the 4-way lumbar support Adjusting the rear seats electrically

& WARNING Risk of injury or death due to

an incorrect seat position
The seat belt does not offer the intended level
of protection if you have not moved the seat
backrest to an almost vertical position.
In particular, you could slip beneath the seat-
belt and become injured.
# Adjust the seat properly before begin-
ning your journey.
# Always ensure that the seat backrest is
in an almost vertical position and that
the shoulder belt is routed across the
center of your shoulder.
1 Seat backrest inclination
The switches for adjusting the seats do not move. 2 Seat fore/aft adjustment
1 Higher
You will therefore receive no direct feedback on
2 Softer the switch while pressing the switch. Feedback is
# Make the appropriate adjustments.
3 Lower provided only by the movement of the seat.
4 Firmer
# Use buttons 1 to 4 to adjust the contour of
the backrest.
 Seats and stowing 117

Folding the rear seats forwards electrically R The seat backrest will not be able restrain # If there is a person in the third row of
objects or goods in the cargo compart- seats, the rear seat in front of them must
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when ment. be folded back to the driving position
adjusting the seats before the journey begins.
Always ensure that the seat backrest is
When you adjust a seat, you may trap yourself engaged, especially: # Persons in the third row of seats should
or a vehicle occupant. not rest their legs on a seat backrest
R Before persons travel in the vehicle while
# When adjusting a seat, make sure that that has been folded forwards.
sitting on a seat with the easy entry and
no one has any body parts in the sweep exit feature
of the seat. & WARNING Risk of injury due to open cup
R After the seat backrest has been adjusted
holder in a folded up rear armrest
& WARNING Risk of an accident because R After the easy entry and exit feature has
been used If the cup holder in the folded-up rear armrest
the seat backrest is not engaged is open, there is an increased risk of injury for
R After the cargo compartment enlargement
The seat backrest may fold forwards. passengers in the third row of seats, espe-
has been folded forwards cially during braking or in the event of an acci-
There is a risk of the following, in particular:
dent.
R The vehicle occupant may be pressed
& WARNING Risk of injury due to seat # Always close the cup holder before fold-
against the seat belt. The seat belt cannot
backrests folded forwards ing up the rear armrest.
protect as intended and could cause addi-
tional injury. If the seat backrest of the rear seat is folded
If you no longer require the seat backrest to be
R A child restraint system will no longer be forwards, persons in the third row of seats
folded down for loading or for getting in and out,
properly supported or positioned and will may hit parts of the seat mechanism, espe-
fold it back into place.
no longer fulfill its function as intended. cially in the event of an accident, braking
To get in and out, you can fold the seats on the
maneuver or abrupt change of direction.
second row of seats forwards in vehicles with a
third row of seats. In this case, the center seat
118 Seats and stowing

folds forwards and backwards together with the # To fold the seat into the front position: move Folding the rear seats forwards mechanically
left-hand seat in vehicles with a center seat back- the head restraints to the lower position (emergency release)
rest. (/ page 120). The release loops are located on the outer sides
# Pull button 1 briefly. and rear sides of the seats on the second row of
Requirements seats.
R The area into which the seat is folded is clear. The seat backrest will fold into the front posi-
R The seat has been folded up (/ page 137).
tion. The seat fore-and-aft adjustment will
move forwards.
R The center armrest is folded up.
# To fold back the seat: briefly press button 1.
The seat will move back and stop when the
end position is reached.
# To interrupt the folding process, press button
1 again or operate the seat adjustment
switch in the door operating unit.

If a seat on the second row of seats is not in the

end position, this will be shown on the driver's Side release loops
display.
# Set the seat backrest inclination and seat
fore-and-aft adjustment using the buttons on
the door operating unit.
% To increase the size of the cargo compart-
ment, you can move the seat backrests into
the trunk floor position (/ page 136).
 Seats and stowing 119

Head restraints the head and neck area, e.g. in the event of an
▌Adjusting the head restraints on the front seats accident or sudden braking.
# Before driving off, make sure for every
& WARNING Risk of accident due to adjust- vehicle occupant that the center of the
ing the vehicle settings while the vehicle is head restraint supports the back of the
in motion head at about eye level.
You could lose control of the vehicle in the fol-
lowing situations in particular: Adjust the head restraint fore-and-aft position so
that it is as close as possible to the back of your
R If you adjust the driver's seat, the head head.
Release loops on the rear sides restraint, the steering wheel or the mirror
while the vehicle is in motion Moving forward or back
# Pull one of release loops 1.
R If you fasten your seat belt while the vehi-
# Fold the seat backrest forwards. cle is in motion
# Before starting the journey, make sure that all
seat backrests are locked in place. # Before starting the vehicle: in particular,
adjust the driver's seat, head restraint,
steering wheel and mirror, and fasten
your seat belt.

& WARNING Risk of injury due to incorrectly

adjusted head restraints
If head restraints have not been adjusted cor- # Take hold of the head restraint on both sides
rectly, there is an increased risk of injury in and press release knob 1.
120 Seats and stowing

# Pull the head restraint forwards or push it # To attach the additional cushion: open hook- ▌Adjusting the head restraints of the rear seats
backwards. and-loop tape 4 on the rear of additional manually
# Let go of release knob 1. cushion 1.
# To raise or lower: adjust the head restraint # Guide hook-and-loop tape 4 between head
using the buttons on the door operating unit restraint 2 and strip 3.
(/ page 112). # Close hook-and-loop tape 4.
▌Attaching and removing the additional cushion # To change the position of the additional cush-
of the front-seat luxury head restraint ion: move additional cushion 1 up or down.
# To remove the additional cushion: open hook-
and-loop tape 4 of additional cushion 1.
# Remove additional cushion 1.

# To raise: push release knob 1 in the direc-

tion of the arrow and pull the head restraint up
until it engages.
# To lower: press release knob 1 in the direc-
tion of the arrow and push the head restraint
down until it engages.
 Seats and stowing 121

# If the center seat of the second row of seats ▌Installing/removing the rear seat head
is occupied: pull the center head restraint up restraints
and engage it before starting the journey. In
vehicles with premium seats, move the center Removing
head restraint to the position for use before Depending on the vehicle equipment, you can
driving off (/ page 122). remove the head restraints in the rear passenger
compartment.
Vehicles with a third row of seats # Release the rear seat backrest and fold it for-
The head restraints on the third row of seats have wards slightly (/ page 136).
a usage position and a non-usage position. The
usage position is the upright position in which the
head restraint is locked. The non-usage position is
the bottom, folded-down position of the head
restraint. If the seats on the third row of seats are
being used, the head restraint must be in the
upper, engaged usage position.
When choosing a seat, bear in mind the limited # If the seat is not occupied: press button 1.
space available. With the seat in the correct, The head restraint will fold into the lower non-
upright position, your head should not touch the usage position.
headliner. # If the seat is occupied: fold the head restraints
all the way up into the usage position and lock
them in place.
122 Seats and stowing

# Push release knob 1 in the direction of the ▌Attaching and removing the additional cushion # Guide short strap 4 of additional cushion 1
arrow and pull out the head restraint. of the head restraint in the rear passenger com- under head restraint 2.
partment # Bring both straps 3 and 4 together on the
Installing
# Insert the head restraint such that the notches Attaching the additional cushion underside of the head restraint and close Vel-
cro fastening 5.
on the bar are on the left when viewed in the
direction of travel. Removing the additional cushion
# Push the head restraint down until it engages. # Open velcro fastening 5.
# Fold the rear seat backrest back until it
# Remove additional cushion 1.
engages.
▌Folding the center head restraint into position
and folding it down manually (premium seats)
The center head restraint has a usage position
and a non-usage position. The usage position is
the upright position in which the head restraint is
locked; the non-usage position is the position in
which the head restraint is folded downwards.
When the center seat is used, the head restraint
must be in the upright, locked usage position.

# Guide long strap 3 of additional cushion 1

over head restraint 2 towards the rear of the
vehicle.
 Seats and stowing 123

Folding down Configuring the seat settings

Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Comfort 5 Seat
Adjusting the air cushions
# In the corresponding menu, adjust the air
cushions for Lumbar or Side Bolsters.
Setting the seat heating balance
# Select Heating Settings.
# To fold into position: pull the head restraint
# Select Seat Heating Balance.
upwards until it engages.
# Adjust the heat distribution for the desired
seat.

Setting automatic seat adjustment

# Press button 1. & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped dur-
# Fold down the head restraint completely. ing adjustment of the driver's seat after
calling up a driver profile
Selecting a user profile may trigger an adjust-
ment of the driver's seat to the position saved
under the user profile. You or other vehicle
occupants could be injured in the process.
124 Seats and stowing

# Make sure that when the position of driv- # To set the unit of measurement: select cm or Overview of massage program
er's seat is being adjusted using the mul- ft/in. R Classic Massage: Calming back massage pro-
timedia system, no people or body parts # Set the size using the scale.
gram.
are in the seat's range of movement. # Select Start Positioning. R Mobilizing Massage: Mobilizing massage pro-
If a person is in danger of becoming trapped, The driver's seat and steering wheel position gram with upward-moving relaxing waves. Can
immediately stop the adjustment process by: is adjusted to the body size that has been set. promote slower, deeper respiration. This can
# a) Tapping the warning message on the % You can also configure these settings via the improve the supply of oxygen to cells and the
central display. Mercedes me user account for your user pro- brain.
file. By synchronizing the profiles in the vehi- R Activating Massage: Activating massage pro-
or
cle and the Mercedes me connect profiles, gram with upward-moving relaxing waves.
# b) Pressing a position button of the you can carry over these settings for your
memory function or a seat adjustment vehicle. Further information about synchroniz-
R Hot Relaxing Back: Based on hot stone mas-
switch in the driver's door. ing user profiles . sage, the program combines heat and mas-
The adjustment process is stopped. sage. It starts by massaging the back. In addi-
% If the driver's seat and steering wheel position tion, warm pressure points become noticea-
calculated by the vehicle is not practical or ble, starting in the pelvic area.
Multimedia system:
comfortable, it can be manually adapted at
4 © 5 Comfort 5 Seat
any time via the control buttons.
R Hot Relaxing Shoulders: Combination of heat
5 Automatic Seat Positioning The outside mirrors are not set via this func- and massage. It starts by massaging the
tion. Instead, they have to be set manually via shoulders. In addition, warm pressure points
Manually adjusting driver's seat and steering become noticeable, starting in the pelvic area.
the operating switches.
wheel position to body size R Wave Massage: Regenerating massage pro-
The vehicle calculates a suitable driver's seat and gram via soothing waves across the back and
steering wheel position on the basis of the driver's in the seat cushion.
body size and sets this directly.
 Seats and stowing 125

R Deep Waves: Wave-like movements in the # To set the massage intensity: switch Intensive # Do not repeatedly switch on the seat
cushion can promote blood flow and meta- on or off. heating.
bolic processes in the lower back and legs. % The availability of this function is dependent
R Deep Workout: Connect the Workout, Back- on the vehicle's equipment. To protect against overheating, the seat heating
rest to the Workout, Cushion. The vibrations may be temporarily deactivated after it has been
in the cushion intensify the effectiveness of switched on repeatedly.
Resetting seat settings
tensing and releasing muscles when you tense
against the pressure point. This supports met- Multimedia system: * NOTE Damage to the seats caused by
abolic processes and blood flow in the but- 4 © 5 Comfort 5 Seat objects or documents when the seat heat-
tocks and legs. ing is switched on
# Select Reset.
R Workout, Backrest and Workout, Cushion: When the seat heating is switched on, over-
# Select ß for the desired seat.
These programs require your cooperation. heating may occur due to objects or docu-
Alternating between tensing and releasing ments placed on the seats, e.g. seat cushions
helps to improve blood flow to your muscles. Switching the seat heating on/off or child seats. This could cause damage to the
Press against a pressure point as soon as you seat surface.
feel it to activate back, abdominal and leg & WARNING Risk of burns due to repeatedly # Make sure that no objects or documents
muscles. switching on the seat heating are on the seats when the seat heating is
Repeatedly switching on the seat heating can switched on.
Selecting a massage program for the front seats cause the seat cushion and seat backrest pad-
ding to become very hot. Requirements
Multimedia system: R The power supply is switched on.
4 © 5 Comfort 5 Massage In particular, the health of persons with limited
temperature sensitivity or a limited ability to
# Select a massage program (/ page 124).
react to high temperatures may be affected or
# Start the program for the desired seat ;. they may even suffer burn-like injuries.
126 Seats and stowing

% The seat heating will automatically switch

down from the three heating levels after 8, 10
and 20 minutes until the seat heating
switches off.
% If you switch the power supply off and on
again within 20 minutes, the previous setting
of the seat heating for the driver's seat will
remain active.

Switching the seat ventilation on/off

Requirements:
R The power supply is switched on.

Seat heating in the door operating unit in the cockpit Seat ventilation in the door operating unit in the
(example) cockpit (example)
# Press button 1 for the respective seat # Press button 1 for the respective seat
repeatedly until the desired heating level is repeatedly until the desired blower setting is
reached. reached.
Depending on the heating level, up to three Depending on the blower setting, up to three
indicator lamps will light up. If all indicator indicator lamps will light up. If all indicator
lamps are off, the seat heating is switched off. lamps are off, the seat ventilation is switched
off.
 Seats and stowing 127

% If you switch the power supply off and on & WARNING Risk of entrapment for children Unlocking
again within 20 minutes, the previous seat when adjusting the steering wheel
ventilation setting for the driver's seat will
remain active. Children could injure themselves if they adjust
the steering wheel.
# Never leave children unattended in the
Steering wheel vehicle.
Adjusting the steering wheel manually # When leaving the vehicle, always take the
key with you and lock the vehicle.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to adjust-
ing the vehicle settings while the vehicle is This also applies to the Digital Vehicle Key.
in motion
You could lose control of the vehicle in the fol-
lowing situations in particular:
R If you adjust the driver's seat, the head
restraint, the steering wheel or the mirror
while the vehicle is in motion
R If you fasten your seat belt while the vehi-
# Fold release lever 1 down as far as it will go.
cle is in motion # Adjust height 2 and distance 3 to the
steering wheel.
# Before starting the vehicle: in particular,
adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, Locking
steering wheel and mirror, and fasten # Fold release lever 1 up as far as it will go.
your seat belt.
128 Seats and stowing

# Check and make sure that the steering col- & WARNING Risk of entrapment for children
umn is locked by moving the steering wheel. when adjusting the steering wheel
Children could injure themselves if they adjust
Adjusting the steering wheel electrically the steering wheel.
# Never leave children unattended in the
& WARNING Risk of accident due to adjust-
ing the vehicle settings while the vehicle is vehicle.
in motion # When leaving the vehicle, always take the
key with you and lock the vehicle.
You could lose control of the vehicle in the fol-
lowing situations in particular: This also applies to the Digital Vehicle Key.
R If you adjust the driver's seat, the head The steering wheel can be adjusted when the
restraint, the steering wheel or the mirror power supply is disconnected.
while the vehicle is in motion
R If you fasten your seat belt while the vehi-
cle is in motion
1 To move up
# Before starting the vehicle: in particular, 2 To move back
adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, 3 To move down
steering wheel and mirror, and fasten 4 To move forward
your seat belt.
# Save the settings with the memory function
(/ page 132).
 Seats and stowing 129

Linking the steering wheel heater to the seat heat- Easy entry and exit feature # Move the steering wheel adjustment
ing lever.
Using the easy entry and exit feature
Requirements The adjustment process is stopped.
R The power supply or the vehicle has been & WARNING Risk of accident when pulling
away during the adjustment process of If there is a risk of becoming trapped by the
switched on.
the easy entry and exit feature driver's seat:
Multimedia system: # Press the switch for seat adjustment.
4 © 5 Comfort 5 Seat You could lose control of the vehicle. The adjustment process is stopped.
5 Heating Settings # Always wait until the adjustment process
# Never leave children unattended in the
# Tap on Additional Steering Wheel Heating.
is complete before driving off. vehicle.
The steering wheel heater will be linked to the # When leaving the vehicle, always take the
seat heating. & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when key with you and lock the vehicle.
adjusting the easy entry and exit feature
When the function has been activated, the steer- This also applies to the Digital Vehicle Key.
ing wheel heater will automatically be activated You and other vehicle occupants, particularly
children, may become trapped. Vehicles with memory function: you can stop the
and deactivated when you switch the seat heating adjustment process by pressing one of the mem-
on and off. # Make sure that no one has any part of
their body within the range of movement ory function position switches.
of the steering wheel and driver's seat. & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if
If there is a risk of becoming trapped by the children activate the easy entry and exit
steering wheel: feature
Children could become trapped if they acti-
vate the easy entry and exit feature, particu-
larly when unattended.
130 Seats and stowing

# Never leave children unattended in the % The steering wheel will then move upwards Setting the easy entry and exit feature
vehicle. only if it is not already as high as it will go.
The driver's seat will then move backwards Requirements
# When leaving the vehicle, always take the only if it is not already at the rear of the seat R The automatic seat adjustment has been acti-
key with you and lock the vehicle. adjustment range. vated (/ page 123).

This also applies to the Digital Vehicle Key. The steering wheel and the driver's seat will move Multimedia system:
In order to use the easy entry and exit feature, the back to the last driving position in the following 4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle
automatic seat adjustment function must have cases: 5 Easy Entry And Exit Feature
been switched on (/ page 123). R You switch the power supply or the vehicle on # Select Steering Wheel & Seat, Steering
When the easy entry and exit feature is active, the when the driver's door is closed. Wheel Only or Off.
steering wheel and driver's seat will move as fol- R You close the driver's door when the vehicle is
% If you are using an individual user profile, this
lows: switched on. information is used for the easy entry and exit
R The steering wheel will move upwards. feature. This will cause the driver's seat and
The last drive position will be saved when:
R The driver's seat will move forward or back- R You switch off the vehicle. steering wheel to move into the correct posi-
ward to a seat position suitable for getting out tion automatically .
R Vehicles with memory function: you call up the
of the vehicle.
seat settings via the memory function.
This will occur in the following situations:
Vehicles with memory function: press one of the
R You switch off the vehicle when the driver's memory function position switches to stop the
door is open. adjustment process.
R You open the driver's door when the vehicle is
switched off.
 Seats and stowing 131

Memory function parts are in the area of movement of the You can save the following settings for the front
seat or the steering wheel. seat:
Function of the memory function
R Seat, backrest, head restraint position and
# If someone becomes trapped, press a
& WARNING Risk of an accident if the mem- preset position button or seat adjust- contour of the seat backrest in the lumbar
ory function is used while driving ment switch immediately. region
The adjustment process is stopped. R Seat heating: distribution of the heated sec-
If you use the memory function on the driver's
tions of the seat cushion and seat backrest
side while driving, you could lose control of
the vehicle as a result of the adjustments & WARNING Danger of entrapment when R Driver's side: steering wheel position and posi-
being made. memory function is activated by children tion of the outside mirrors on the driver's and
# Only use the memory function on the
front passenger sides
When children activate the memory function,
driver's side when the vehicle is station- they can get trapped, especially if they are R Head-up display
ary. unsupervised.
# Never leave children unattended in the
& WARNING Risk of entrapment when vehicle.
adjusting the seat with the memory func- # When leaving the vehicle, always take the
tion key with you and lock the vehicle.
When the memory function adjusts the seat,
you and other vehicle occupants – particularly This also applies to the Digital Vehicle Key.
children – could become trapped. You can use the memory function when the vehi-
# During the adjusting process of the cle is switched off.
memory function, ensure that no body Seat adjustments for up to three people can be
stored and called up using the memory function.
132 Seats and stowing

Operating the memory function # Press one of the preset position buttons 4, over or be thrown around and thereby hit vehi-
T or U within three seconds. cle occupants.
Storing An acoustic signal sounds. The settings are
There is a risk of injury, particularly in the
stored.
event of sudden braking or a sudden change
# To call up: press the preset position button
in direction.
4, T or U.
# Always stow objects in such a way that
The seat is moved to the stored position. After
releasing the button, the front seat, outside they cannot be thrown around.
mirror, head-up display and steering column # Before the journey, secure objects, lug-
continue to move into the stored position gage or loads against slipping or tipping
automatically. over.

Stowage areas & WARNING Risk of injury due to objects

being stowed incorrectly
Notes on loading the vehicle
If objects in the vehicle interior are stowed
Objects in the deployment area of an air bag may incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown around
prevent the air bag from functioning correctly. and hit vehicle occupants. In addition, cup
Observe the notes on protection provided by the holders, open storage spaces and mobile
air bag . phone receptacles cannot always retain all
# Set the seat, the steering wheel, the head-up
display and the outside mirror to the desired objects within.
& WARNING Risk of injury from unsecured
position. items in the vehicle There is a risk of injury, particularly in the
# Press the V button and then release it. event of sudden braking or abrupt changes in
If objects, luggage or loads are not secured or direction.
not secured sufficiently, they could slip, tip
 Seats and stowing 133

# Always store objects such that they can- # Always install the floor mats securely & WARNING Risk of injury due to an open
not be thrown around in such situations. and as prescribed in order to ensure that cargo compartment floor
# Always make sure that objects do not there is always sufficient clearance for
the pedals. If you drive with the cargo compartment floor
protrude from storage spaces, parcel open, objects could be flung around and hit
nets or storage nets. # Do not use loose floor mats and do not vehicle occupants as a result. There is a risk
# Close the lockable storage spaces before lay multiple floor mats on top of one of injury, particularly in the event of sudden
starting a journey. another. braking or a sudden change in direction.
# Stow and secure objects that are heavy, # Always close the cargo compartment
Vehicles with automatic front-passenger air bag
hard, pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or too shutoff: objects trapped under the front- floor before a journey.
large in the cargo compartment. passenger seat may interfere with the function of
% Leather is a natural product. It exhibits natural
the automatic front-passenger air bag shutoff or
& WARNING Risk of accident from objects in damage the system. Please observe the notes on surface properties such as differences in
the driver's footwell and front-passenger the function of the automatic front -passenger air structure, marks caused by growth and injury
footwell bag shutoff (/ page 51). or subtle color differences. These surface
properties are characteristics of leather and
Objects in the driver's footwell and front- not material faults. Leather is also subject to
passenger footwell may impede pedal travel or * NOTE Damage to the rear armrest due to
body weight a natural aging process during which the sur-
block a depressed pedal. face properties change.
This jeopardizes the operating and road safety When folded out, the rear armrest can be The handling characteristics of your vehicle are
of the vehicle. damaged by body weight. dependent on the distribution of the load within
# Stow all objects in the vehicle securely # Do not sit or support yourself on the rear the vehicle. You should bear the following in mind
so that they cannot get into the driver's seat armrest. when loading the vehicle:
footwell or front-passenger footwell. R Do not exceed the permissible total mass or
the gross axle weight rating of the vehicle
134 Seats and stowing

(including load and occupants). The values are Stowage spaces in the vehicle interior 4 Stowage tray below the central display of the
specified on the vehicle identification plate on multimedia system with USB ports
the vehicle's B-pillar. ▌Overview of the front stowage compartments
5 Glove box
R The load must not protrude above the upper
edge of the seat backrests. % The rubber mat in the stowage compartment
in front center console 3 can be removed
R Always place the load behind unoccupied for cleaning with clean, lukewarm water.
seats if possible. Please comply with the notes on caring for
R Secure the load using the cargo tie-down rings the interior (/ page 397).
and distribute the load evenly. % Use the rubber strap to securely store objects
Notes on driving with a roof load in the stowage tray under the central display.
R Distribute the roof load and the load inside the ▌Opening and closing the stowage compartment
vehicle evenly, placing heavy objects at the in the front center console
bottom. Also comply with the notes on loading 1 Stowage spaces in the doors
the vehicle. 2 Stowage and telephone compartment & WARNING Risk of injury due to objects
R Drive attentively, and avoid abrupt starts, brak- beneath the armrest with multimedia and USB being stowed incorrectly
ing and steering as well as rapid cornering. ports as well as stowage space, e.g. for an
If objects in the vehicle interior are stowed
MP3 player
R When transporting roof loads and when the incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown around
vehicle is fully loaded or fully occupied, select 3 Stowage compartment in the front center and hit vehicle occupants. In addition, cup
drive programs ; and A. These are console with cup holders, USB ports and holders, open storage spaces and mobile
designed to focus on stability (/ page 206). charging module for wireless charging of phone brackets cannot always retain all
mobile phones objects they contain.
 Seats and stowing 135

There is a risk of injury, particularly in the ▌Opening and closing the glove box
event of sudden braking or a sudden change
in direction.
# Always stow objects in such a way that
they cannot be thrown around in such
situations.
# Always make sure that objects do not
protrude from storage spaces, parcel
nets or storage nets.
# Close the lockable storage spaces before # To open: slide the cover of the stowage com-
starting a journey. partment in the front center console all the
# Always stow and secure heavy, hard, way forwards in the direction of the arrow
pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or bulky using handle 1.
objects in the trunk. # To close: briefly push handle 1 of the open
cover of the stowage compartment in the front
Observe the notes on loading the vehicle. center console forwards.
The cover will automatically close the stowage # To open: press button 1.
compartment in the front center console. The glove box will open.
# To close: fold the glove box upwards.
The glove box will close.
136 Seats and stowing

Through-loading facility to cargo compartment R A child restraint system will no longer be If a seat on the second row of seats is not
properly supported or positioned and will engaged and is locked, this will be shown on the
▌Folding the rear seat backrest forwards driver's display.
no longer fulfill its function as intended.
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when R The seat backrest will not be able restrain
adjusting the seats objects or goods in the cargo compart-
When you adjust a seat, you may trap yourself ment.
or a vehicle occupant. Always ensure that the seat backrest is
# When adjusting a seat, make sure that engaged, especially:
no one has any body parts in the sweep R Before persons travel in the vehicle while
of the seat. sitting on a seat with the easy entry and
exit feature
& WARNING Risk of an accident because R After the seat backrest has been adjusted
the seat backrest is not engaged R After the easy entry and exit feature has
The seat backrest may fold forwards. been used
There is a risk of the following, in particular: R After the cargo compartment enlargement
R The vehicle occupant may be pressed has been folded forwards
against the seat belt. The seat belt cannot
protect as intended and could cause addi- If you no longer require the folded-down rear seat # To fold a seat backrest forward: move head
tional injury. backrest as a load area, fold the backrest back restraints to the lower position (/ page 120).
into place. # Briefly press button 1 or 2.
If a seat backrest is not engaged, this will be The rear seat will fold forwards. The center
shown on the driver's display. seat backrest will fold forwards together with
the left seat backrest.
 Seats and stowing 137

Observe the following recommendations: Folding the center rear seat backrest forwards ▌Folding the rear seat backrest back
R If you wish to fold only one of the outer seat separately
Folding back the center seat backrest
backrests forwards, it is recommended that
you fold the right seat backrest forwards. # If only the center seat backrest in the rear
passenger compartment has been folded
R If you wish to fold one of the outer seat backr-
forward separately: swivel the seat backrest
ests forwards together with the center seat backwards until it engages.
backrest, it is recommended that you fold the
left and center seat backrests forwards. Folding back the rear seat electrically

# Fold out the rear armrest.

# Pull release tab 3.
# Fold the center seat backrest forwards.
138 Seats and stowing

# To fold back the seat backrest: briefly pull one R The seat backrest will not be able restrain Always make sure that the red marking of the lock
of buttons 1 or 2. objects or goods in the cargo compart- verification indicator is no longer visible. Other-
The rear seat will fold back. The center seat ment. wise, the seat backrest is not locked.
backrest will fold back together with the left- Depending on the vehicle equipment, a message
hand seat backrest. Always ensure that the seat and seat backrest will be displayed on the instrument cluster instead
If a seat backrest is not engaged, this will be are engaged, in particular: of the red lock verification indicator.
shown on the driver's display. R Before persons travel in the vehicle while
sitting on a seat with the easy entry and Requirements
▌Folding the seat backrest on the third row of R The seats and the seat backrests on the sec-
exit feature
seats forwards ond row of seats have been moved forwards
R After the seat has been adjusted.
sufficiently.
& WARNING Risk of accident if the seat and R After the easy entry and exit feature has
seat backrest are not engaged been used
R After the cargo compartment enlargement
The seat and seat backrest can fold forwards.
has been folded forwards
There is a risk of the following, in particular:
R The vehicle occupant may be pressed
Always ensure that all vehicle occupants have
against the seat belt. The seat belt cannot their seat belts fastened correctly and are sitting
protect as intended and could cause addi- properly. Particular attention must be paid to chil-
tional injury. dren.
R A child restraint system will no longer be
If you no longer require the folded-down seat
properly supported or positioned and will backrest as a load area, fold the backrest back
no longer fulfill its function as intended. into place.
 Seats and stowing 139

# Make sure that the seat belt is not trap-

ped when folding back the seat backrest.

Requirements
R The seats and the seat backrests on the sec-
ond row of seats have been moved forwards
sufficiently.
# Fold the seat backrest back until it audibly
engages.
# Pull handle 2 on the seat backrest forward # When using the seats in the third row of seats,
until the lock disengages. fold the head restraints all the way up into the
use position and lock them in place
# Fold the seat backrest forwards. (/ page 120).
▌Folding back the seat backrest on the third row
of seats EASY-PACK cargo compartment cover
# Press button 1.
The head restraint will fold into the lower non- * NOTE Damage caused by trapping the ▌Notes on the cargo compartment cover
usage position. seat belt when folding back the seat back-
rest & WARNING Risk of injury or death due to
poorly secured objects
The seat belt could become trapped and thus
damaged when the seat backrest is folded The cargo compartment cover alone cannot
back. secure or restrain heavy objects, items of lug-
gage or heavy loads.
140 Seats and stowing

You could be hit by an unsecured load, partic- ▌Extending/retracting the cargo compartment Retracting
ularly in the event of abrupt changes in direc- cover # Release the cargo compartment cover from
tion, sudden braking or an accident. Extending brackets 2 on the left and right.
# Always stow objects in such a way that # Guide the cargo compartment cover forwards
they cannot be thrown around. using grab handle 1 until it is fully retracted.
# Secure objects, luggage or loads against
▌Installing/removing the cargo compartment
slipping or tipping over, e.g. by using tie
cover
downs, even if you are using the cargo
compartment cover. Requirements:
R The cargo compartment cover is rolled up.
* NOTE Damage to the cargo compartment
cover when loading the vehicle
The cargo compartment cover may be dam-
aged when the vehicle is being loaded.
# Do not place any objects above the
lower edge of the side windows or on the
cargo compartment cover.

# Pull the cargo compartment cover back by

grab handle 1 and hook it into brackets 2
on the left and right.
 Seats and stowing 141

Removing the cargo compartment cover Installing the cargo compartment cover

# Open the cargo compartment floor .

# To insert: place cargo compartment cover 1
to the right under the trim and engage in
bracket 2.
# To remove: press the end cap of the cargo
compartment cover inward and remove from
bracket 2.
# Press end cap 1 on the left or right inwards. # Insert the cargo compartment cover in brack-
# Pull out the cargo compartment cover back- ets 1 on the left and right.
wards. The end caps of the cargo compartment cover
will engage audibly.
Stowing the cargo compartment cover
The cargo compartment cover can be stowed
beneath the cargo compartment floor.
142 Seats and stowing

Overview of the tie-down eyes Overview of bag hooks

Observe the notes on loading the vehicle & WARNING Risk of injury when using bag
(/ page 132).
hooks with heavy objects
The bag hooks cannot restrain heavy objects
or items of luggage.
Objects or items of luggage may be flung
around and hit vehicle occupants.
# Only hang light objects on the bag
hooks.
# Never hang hard, sharp-edged or fragile
objects on the bag hooks.

Observe the notes on loading the vehicle

(/ page 132).
1 Bag hooks
Subject the bag hooks to a maximum load of
6.6 lbs (3 kg) and do not attach any goods to
them.
1 Tie-down eyes
 Seats and stowing 143

Attaching a roof luggage rack # Observe the signposted headroom clear- not sustain damage even when it is in
ance. motion.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to exceed-
ing the maximum roof load
# If the vehicle height is greater than the
permitted headroom clearance, do not * NOTE Damage to panorama roof with
The vehicle center of gravity and the usual enter. power tilt/sliding panel caused by roof
driving characteristics as well as the steering # Observe the changed vehicle height with luggage rack
and braking characteristics alter. add-on roof equipment. If the panorama roof with power tilt/sliding
If you exceed the maximum roof load, the driv- panel is opened when a roof luggage rack is
ing characteristics, as well as steering and * NOTE Vehicle damage from non-approved installed, the panorama roof with power tilt/
braking, will be greatly impaired. roof luggage racks sliding panel may be damaged by the roof lug-
# Never exceed the maximum roof load gage rack.
and adjust your driving style. The vehicle could be damaged by roof luggage
# Do not open the panorama roof with
racks that have not been tested and approved
by Mercedes-Benz. power tilt/sliding panel if a roof luggage
You will find information on the maximum roof rack is installed.
load in the "Technical data" section. # Only use roof luggage racks tested and
approved for Mercedes-Benz.
* NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to not # Depending on the vehicle equipment,
observing the maximum permitted head- ensure that when the roof luggage rack
room clearance is installed, the tailgate can be fully
If the vehicle height is greater than the maxi- opened.
mum permitted headroom clearance, the roof # Position the load on the roof luggage
and other parts of the vehicle may be dam- rack in such a way that the vehicle will
aged.
144 Seats and stowing

# Secure the roof luggage rack to the fastening # Only use the cup holder when the vehicle
points beneath covers 1. is stationary.
# Comply with the installation instructions of the # Only use the cup holder for containers of
roof luggage rack manufacturer. the right size.
# Secure the load on the roof luggage rack. # Close the container, particularly if the
liquid is hot.
Cup holder
& WARNING Risk of injury due to objects
Installing the cup holder in or removing it from the
being stowed incorrectly
center console
If objects in the vehicle interior are stowed
& WARNING ‑ Risk of accident or injury incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown around
when using the cup holder while the vehi- and hit vehicle occupants. In addition, cup
cle is moving holders, open storage spaces and mobile
phone brackets cannot always retain all
The cup holder cannot secure containers objects they contain.
* NOTE Damage to the covers while the vehicle is moving.
There is a risk of injury, particularly in the
The covers may be damaged and scratched If you use a cup holder while the vehicle is event of sudden braking or a sudden change
when being opened. moving, the container may be flung around in direction.
and liquids may be spilled. The vehicle occu-
# Do not use metallic or hard objects. # Always stow objects in such a way that
pants may come into contact with the liquid
and if it is hot, they could be scalded. You they cannot be thrown around in such
# Carefully fold covers 1 upwards in the direc- could be distracted from traffic conditions and situations.
tion of the arrow. you may lose control of the vehicle.
 Seats and stowing 145

# Always make sure that objects do not Installing Locking

protrude from storage spaces, parcel
nets or storage nets.
# Close the lockable storage spaces before
starting a journey.
# Always stow and secure heavy, hard,
pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or bulky
objects in the trunk.

Requirements:
R For installation: the locking catch is pushed in
the direction of the cup holder.
Observe the notes on loading the vehicle
(/ page 132).

# Insert cup holder housing 1 into the stowage # Slide locking catch 1 toward the side wall of
compartment at a slight angle. the center console.
# Place cup holder housing 1 in the stowage The cup holder will be locked.
compartment, aligning the recesses with the
two hubs 2 so that they fit.
# Push the cup holder down.
146 Seats and stowing

Removing Using the cup holder The side walls of the cup holder can also be acti-
vated manually in different ways:
R Press the bottom down slightly with the bever-
age container.
R Press on the grooved surface on the side wall
of the cup holder.
% Check whether the beverage container is held
firmly by the cup holder. Some beverage con-
tainers will not be secured adequately in the
cup holder due to their shape or size.
Original position
When the cup holder is not in use, the side walls
of the cup holder can be retracted manually. The
bracket arms of the cup holder will automatically
be retracted as well, and the cup holder's holding
function will then no longer be available.
# Slide locking catch 1 toward the cup holder. # Place a beverage container in the cup holder.
The cup holder will be unlocked. Bottom 2 of the cup holder will lower auto-
# First pull the cup holder up in the direction of matically and side walls 1 of the cup holder
arrow 2 and then tilt it slightly to remove it will move forward automatically.
from the stowage compartment. % The cup holder will automatically adjust to the
size of the container placed in it.
 Seats and stowing 147

Opening or closing the cup holder in the rear arm- * NOTE Damage to the rear armrest due to
rest body weight
& WARNING ‑ Risk of accident or injury When folded out, the rear armrest can be
when using the cup holder while the vehi- damaged by body weight.
cle is moving # Do not sit or support yourself on the rear

The cup holder cannot secure containers seat armrest.

while the vehicle is moving.
If you use a cup holder while the vehicle is * NOTE Damage to the cup holder
moving, the container may be flung around The cup holder can be damaged when folding
and liquids may be spilled. The vehicle occu- back the rear armrest. When open, the cup
pants may come into contact with the liquid holder can be damaged by body weight.
and if it is hot, they could be scalded. You # The rear armrest can only be folded back
could be distracted from traffic conditions and
you may lose control of the vehicle. when the cup holder is closed.
# Do not sit or support yourself on the cup
# Manually push back the side walls of cup # Only use the cup holder when the vehicle
holder 2 in the direction of the arrow. is stationary. holder when it is open.
# Only use the cup holder for containers of
Opening the mobile phone holder in the rear arm-
the right size. rest
# Close the container, particularly if the
liquid is hot.
148 Seats and stowing

Closing the mobile phone holder in the rear arm-

rest
# Press cover trim 1.
The mobile phone holder and the cup holder
will both open.
# Press cover trim 1 a second time.
The mobile phone holder will be closed.

Vehicles with a third row of seats

# Press cover trim 1 once. & WARNING Risk of injury due to open cup # To open: press cover trim 1 twice.
The mobile phone holder will open in the holder in a folded up rear armrest The cup holder will open in the direction of the
direction of the arrow. arrow.
If the cup holder in the folded-up rear armrest
# Place the mobile phone in or remove it from is open, there is an increased risk of injury for # Place a container in or remove a container
the holder. passengers in the third row of seats, espe- from the cup holder.
% Observe the notes on loading the vehicle cially during braking or in the event of an acci- # To close: slide the cup holder back into the
(/ page 132). dent. rear armrest.
# Always close the cup holder before fold-
% The mobile phone holder is designed for two
mobile phones or one tablet. You can also ing up the rear armrest.
Sockets
charge the devices in the holder by inserting Using the 12 V socket
the charging cable into the devices through Opening or closing the cup holder in the rear arm-
the opening on the underside of the holder. rest
Requirements
Observe the notes on USB ports R Only connect devices up to a maximum of
(/ page 149). 180 W (15 A).
 Seats and stowing 149

Depending on the vehicle equipment, the vehicle bag when using the socket. Also observe the Wireless charging of the mobile phone and con-
has 12 V sockets in the front passenger footwell notes on the protection provided by air bags . nection with the exterior antenna
and in the cargo compartment.
Notes on wirelessly charging a mobile phone
USB ports
Depending on its equipment, the vehicle has the & WARNING Risk of injury due to objects
following USB ports: being stowed incorrectly
R In the stowage compartment in the front cen- If objects in the vehicle interior are stowed
ter console incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown around
R In the stowage compartment under the front
and hit vehicle occupants. In addition, cup
holders, open stowage spaces and mobile
armrest
phone receptacles cannot always retain all
R In front of the stowage tray under the central objects within.
display of the multimedia system
There is a risk of injury, particularly in the
R In the electronics compartment in the center event of sudden braking or a sudden change
console of the rear passenger compartment in direction.
You can charge a USB device, such as a mobile # Always stow objects so that they cannot
phone, at the USB ports using a suitable charging be thrown around in such situations.
cable. Depending on the vehicle equipment, the # Always make sure that objects do not
Example: 12 V socket in the front passenger footwell devices can be charged with up to 20 V (5 A) protrude from stowage spaces, parcel
# Fold up socket cap 1. when the vehicle is switched on. nets or stowage nets.
# Close the lockable stowage spaces
# Insert the plug of the device.
before starting a journey.
# Make sure that no cables are running through
or secured in the deployment area of an air
150 Seats and stowing

# Always stow and secure heavy, hard, # Do not place credit cards, storage R Small mobile phones may not be able to be
pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or bulky media, ski passes or other objects sensi- charged in every position of the mobile phone
objects in the trunk/cargo compart- tive to electromagnetic fields in the cradle.
ment. mobile phone storage compartment. R Large mobile phones that do not rest flat in
the mobile phone cradle may not be able to be
Observe the notes on loading the vehicle. * NOTE Damage to the mobile phone stow- charged or connected to the vehicle's exterior
age compartment caused by liquids antenna.
& WARNING Risk of fire from placing objects R The mobile phone may heat up during the
in the mobile phone storage compartment If liquids enter the mobile phone stowage charging process. This may also depend on
compartment, the compartment may be dam- the applications (apps) currently open in the
Placing other objects in the mobile phone
aged. background.
storage compartment could constitute a fire
# Ensure that no liquids enter the mobile
hazard. R To ensure more efficient charging and connec-
# Apart from a mobile phone, do not place
phone stowage compartment. tion with the vehicle's exterior antenna,
any other objects in the mobile phone remove the protective cover from the mobile
Always observe the notes for persons with elec- phone. Protective covers that are necessary
storage compartment, especially those tronic medical aids (/ page 36).
made of metal. for wireless charging are an exception.
R Depending on the vehicle equipment, the
mobile phone will be connected to the vehi-
* NOTE Damage to objects caused by plac- cle's exterior antenna via the charging mod- Wirelessly charging a mobile phone in the front
ing them in the mobile phone storage ule.
compartment Requirements
R The charging function and wireless connection R The mobile phone is suitable for wireless
If objects are placed in the mobile phone stor- of the mobile phone to the vehicle's exterior charging.
age compartment, these may be damaged by antenna are available only if the vehicle is
electromagnetic fields. switched on.
 Seats and stowing 151

A list of compatible mobile phones can be # Place the mobile phone as close to the center
found at: https://www.mercedes-benz- of mat 1 as possible with the display facing
mobile.com/ upwards.
Depending on the vehicle's equipment, the vehi- When the charging symbol is shown in the multi-
cle has the following options for wirelessly charg- media system, the mobile phone is being charged.
ing a mobile phone in the cockpit: In addition, malfunctions during the mobile
R In the front stowage compartment of the cen- phone's charging process are shown on the multi-
ter console media system display.
% The mat can be removed for cleaning, e.g.
using clean, lukewarm water. Wireless charging in the rear passenger compart-
ment in vehicles without MBUX rear passenger com-
Wirelessly charging a mobile phone in the rear partment tablet
passenger compartment # Fold down the rear passenger compartment
Requirements: armrest.
R The mobile phone is suitable for wireless # Place the mobile phone as close to the center
charging. of mat 1 as possible with the display facing
A list of compatible mobile phones can be upwards.
found at: https://www.mercedes-benz- When the indicator lamp at the front of the
Example: wirelessly charging a mobile phone in the mobile phone system lights up, the mobile
front stowage compartment (with MBUX Hyper- mobile.com/
phone is being charged. In addition, malfunc-
screen) tions during the mobile phone's charging proc-
ess will be shown by the indicator lamp flash-
ing three times.
152 Seats and stowing

tions during the mobile phone's charging proc- Installing floor mats
ess will be shown by the indicator lamp flash-
ing three times.
% Observe the notes on loading the vehicle
(/ page 132).

Installing and removing floor mats

& WARNING Risk of accident due to objects
Wireless charging in the rear passenger compart- in the driver's footwell
ment in vehicles with MBUX rear passenger compart- Objects in the driver's footwell may impede
ment tablet pedal travel or block a depressed pedal.
# Fold down the rear passenger compartment This jeopardizes the operating and road safety
armrest. of the vehicle.
# Open the stowage compartment in rear # Stow all objects in the vehicle securely
passenger compartment armrest 1 so that they cannot get into the driver's # Slide the corresponding seat backwards and
(/ page 147). footwell.
lay the floor mat in the footwell such that it
# Place the mobile phone as close to the center # Always install the floor mats securely
fits.
of mat 2 as possible with the display facing and as prescribed in order to ensure that # Press studs 1 onto holders 2.
upwards. there is always sufficient room for the
When the indicator lamp at the front of the pedals. # Adjust the corresponding seat.
mobile phone system lights up, the mobile # Do not use loose floor mats and do not
phone is being charged. In addition, malfunc- place floor mats on top of one another.
 Seats and stowing 153

Removing floor mats

# Slide the corresponding seat backwards and
pull the floor mat off holders 2.
# Adjust the corresponding seat.
154 Light and visibility

Exterior lighting Light switch 5 L Low beam/high beam

Information about lighting systems and your ▌Operating the light switch 6 R Switches the rear fog light on/off.
responsibility When low beam is activated, the T indicator
The various lighting systems of the vehicle are lamp for the parking lamps will be deactivated and
only aids. The driver of the vehicle is responsible replaced by the L low-beam indicator lamp.
for correct vehicle illumination in accordance with # Always park your vehicle safely using sufficient
the prevailing light and visibility conditions, legal lighting, in accordance with the relevant legal
requirements and traffic situation. stipulations.

* NOTE Battery discharging by operating the

parking lamps
Do not have the parking lamps switched on
over a period of several hours.

If the battery is insufficiently charged, the parking

lamps or parking lights will be switched off auto-
matically to facilitate the next engine start.
1 W Left-hand parking lights The exterior lighting (except standing and parking
lights) will switch off automatically when the driv-
2 X Right-hand parking lights
er's door is opened.
3 T Parking lamps and license plate lamp
R Observe the notes on locator lighting
4 Ã Automatic driving lights (preferred light (/ page 163).
switch position)
 Light and visibility 155

▌Automatic driving lights function Please observe the country-specific laws on the # Use the combination switch to select the
When the vehicle is switched on, the parking use of rear fog lamps. desired function.
lamps, low beam and daytime running lights will
Switching on high beam
be switched on automatically depending on the Operating the combination switch for the lights
ambient light. # Turn the light switch to the L or Ã
position.
& WARNING Risk of accident when the low # Push the combination switch in the direction
beam is switched off in poor visibility of arrow 1.
When the light switch is set to Ã, the low When high beam is activated, the indicator
beam may not be switched on automatically if lamp for low beam L will be deactivated
there is fog, snow or other causes of poor visi- and replaced by the indicator lamp for high
bility such as spray. beam K.
# In such cases, turn the light switch to Switching off high beam
L. # Push the combination switch in the direction
of arrow 1 or pull it in the direction of arrow
The automatic driving lights are only an aid. You 3.
are responsible for the vehicle lighting.
Headlamp flashing
▌Switching the rear fog light on/off
# Pull the combination switch in the direction of
Requirements: arrow 3.
R The light switch is in the L or à posi-
1 High beam
tion. 2 Turn signal light, right
# Press button R . 3 Headlamp flashing
4 Turn signal light, left
156 Light and visibility

Turn signals Activating/deactivating the hazard warning lights

# To indicate briefly: push the combination
switch briefly to the point of resistance in the
direction of arrow 2 or 4.
The corresponding turn signal light will flash
three times.
# To indicate permanently: push the combina-
tion switch beyond the point of resistance in
the direction of arrow 2 or 4.
Vehicles with Active Lane Change Assist:
R A turn signal indicator activated by the
driver may continue to operate for the
duration of the lane change.
R If the driver indicated directly beforehand
but a lane change was not immediately Vehicles with MBUX Hyperscreen
possible, the turn signal indicator may acti-
vate automatically. Vehicles without MBUX Hyperscreen # Press button 1.
The hazard warning lights will switch on automati-
cally if:
R the air bag has been deployed.
 Light and visibility 157

DIGITAL LIGHT adaptive functions ▌Active headlamps function at an early stage. The active headlamps will be
deactivated during this time so that steering
▌Intelligent Light System function movements do not change the illumination.
With this system, the headlamps adapt to the driv-
ing and weather situation. It also provides exten- The function will be active when the low beam is
ded functions for improved illumination of the switched on if you are not driving at a speed
road. greater than 30 mph (50 km/h) and the F
(Offroad) drive program has been selected.
% The availability of the functions is dependent
on the country. ▌Function of the topographical compensation
The system comprises the following functions: Based on available map data, the lighting system
R Active headlamps (/ page 157)
responds pre-emptively to different road heights.
This means that the headlamp range remains vir-
R Off-road light (/ page 157) R The headlamps follow the steering move- tually constant when you are driving on uphill or
R Topographical compensation (/ page 157) ments. downhill gradients.
R Relevant areas are better illuminated during a % Only vehicles with a multimedia system with
The system is active only when it is dark.
journey. navigation have this function.
The functions are active when the low beam is ▌Assistance functions of DIGITAL LIGHT
switched on. DIGITAL LIGHT visually expands on the driver
assistance systems by projecting the assistant
▌Function of the off-road light displays in front of the vehicle while it is in
The off-road light improves illumination during off- motion. DIGITAL LIGHT can therefore help the
road driving. The low beam is distributed symmet- driver in critical situations.
rically and across a wide angle, and brightness is
increased slightly. This makes it easier to find your % The availability of the functions is dependent
way when driving off road and to detect obstacles on the country.
158 Light and visibility

The system will be active in the following cases: Spotlight Notes

R The light switch is in the à position.
R High beam is switched on.

% If you activate the head-up display with aug-

mented reality, the projections can be deacti-
vated depending on the situation.
% Depending on the country in which you are
currently driving, certain functions may be
disabled due to different legal requirements,
even if they are enabled in the multimedia
system. When you cross a border, the vehicle The spotlight function runs in the background and If Traffic Sign Assist detects a roadworks zone,
will automatically adapt to the applicable flashes the headlamps in four short bursts at per- the system will provide support as follows:
requirements. sons detected within the lane markings. You will R A corresponding symbol will be projected onto
also be made aware of the position of the person the road when you enter a roadworks zone.
by a projected symbol.
The function will be active in the following circum- Observe the system limitations of Traffic Sign
stances: Assist (/ page 267).
R You are driving outside illuminated areas.
R The system detects a lane marking.
 Light and visibility 159

Collision warning Lane change warning Lane keeping and blind spot warning

If you fall below the safe distance at speeds of at During assisted lane changes at speeds of at least At speeds of at least 19 mph (30 km/h), a trian-
least 19 mph (30 km/h), a collision warning sym- 19 mph (30 km/h), the course of the lane change gle that indicates a lane correction and its direc-
bol will be projected onto the road. will flash. tion will be projected onto the road in the follow-
Observe the system limitations of Active Brake Observe the system limitations of Active Lane ing cases:
Assist (/ page 262). Change Assist (/ page 260). R You leave the lane unintentionally.
Observe the system limitations of Active Lane
Keeping Assist (/ page 277).
R You switch on the turn signal light while an
object or obstacle is in your blind spot.
Observe the system limitations of Active Blind
Spot Assist (/ page 274).
160 Light and visibility

▌Switching the Intelligent Light System on/off opened or switched off. You can choose In these, or in similar situations, the automatic
between the Digital Rain and Particle Flow high beam will not be deactivated or will be
Requirements sequences.
R The vehicle is switched on. activated despite the presence of other road
% More information on locator lighting users.
Multimedia system: (/ page 163) # Always observe the road and traffic con-
4 © 5 Settings 5 Light More information on the exterior switch-off ditions carefully and switch off the high
5 DIGITAL LIGHT delay time (/ page 163) beam in good time.
# Activate or deactivate Dynamic Low Beam.
Adaptive Highbeam Assist Adaptive Highbeam Assist cannot take into
Activating or deactivating enhanced assistance account road, weather or traffic conditions.
functions ▌Adaptive Highbeam Assist function
Detection may be restricted in the following
% The availability of the functions is dependent cases:
& WARNING Risk of accident despite Adap-
on the country. R In poor visibility, e.g. fog, heavy rain or snow
tive Highbeam Assist
% This function is an on-demand feature R if there is dirt on the sensors or the sensors
(/ page 29). Adaptive Highbeam Assist does not react to:
are obscured
# Select Supporting Projections. R Road users without lights, e.g. pedestrians
R Road users with poor lighting, e.g. cyclists Adaptive Highbeam Assist is only an aid. You are
# Activate or deactivate the desired projections.
responsible for adjusting the vehicle's lighting to
# Switch Projection for greeting/farewell on or
R Road users whose lighting is obstructed, the prevailing light, visibility and traffic conditions.
off. e.g. by a barrier
If the locator lighting or the exterior switch-off On very rare occasions, Adaptive Highbeam
delay time is activated, a high-resolution greet- Assist may fail to recognize other road users
ing or farewell scene will be played back for a with their own lighting, or may recognize them
short period of time when the vehicle is too late.
 Light and visibility 161

The high beam will switch off automatically in the Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus
following cases:
▌Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus function (Can-
R At speeds below 16 mph (25 km/h)
ada)
R If other road users are detected
R If street lighting is sufficient & WARNING Risk of accident despite Adap-
tive Highbeam Assist Plus
% The system's optical sensor is located behind
the windshield near the overhead control Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus does not react
panel. to:
R Road users without lights, e.g. pedestrians
▌Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assist on/off R Road users with poor lighting, e.g. cyclists
Switching on R Road users whose lighting is obstructed,
# Turn the light switch to the à position. e.g. by a barrier
# Switch on high beam using the combination On very rare occasions, Adaptive Highbeam
switch. Assist Plus may fail to recognize other road
Adaptive Highbeam Assist automatically switches If Adaptive Highbeam Assist is activated, users with their own lighting, or may recognize
between the following types of light: the _ indicator lamp will light up on the them too late.
R Low-beam headlamps driver's display. In these, or in similar situations, the automatic
R High beam high beam will not be deactivated or will be
Switching off
At speeds greater than 19 mph (30 km/h): activated despite the presence of other road
# Switch off high beam using the combination
users.
R If no other road users are detected, high beam switch.
will switch on automatically.
162 Light and visibility

# Always observe the road and traffic con- ULTRA RANGE Highbeam increases the bright-
ditions carefully and switch off the high ness of the cone of light to the legally permitted
beam in good time. maximum.
Partial high beam does not include other road
Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus cannot take into users in the high beam area. It does not dazzle
account road, weather or traffic conditions. them but enables full high-beam illumination for
Detection may be restricted in the following the driver apart from the excluded vehicles. Highly
cases: reflective signs are also illuminated with reduced
brightness.
R In poor visibility, e.g. fog, heavy rain or snow
At speeds below 16 mph (25 km/h) or when
R if there is dirt on the sensors or the sensors
there is sufficient street lighting:
are obscured
R Partial high beam and high beam will be
Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus is only an aid. You switched off automatically.
are responsible for adjusting the vehicle's lighting
to the prevailing light, visibility and traffic condi- At speeds greater than 19 mph (30 km/h):
tions. Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus automatically R If no other road users are detected, high beam
switches between the following types of light: will switch on automatically.
R Low-beam headlamps R If other road users are detected, partial high
beam will switch on automatically.
R Partial high beam
R High beam at speeds below 25 mph (40 km/h):
R ULTRA RANGE Highbeam R The ULTRA RANGE Highbeam will switch off
automatically.
 Light and visibility 163

At speeds above 31 mph (50 km/h): high beam is active, the corresponding blue Setting the exterior lighting switch-off delay time
R If no other road users are detected, the road is indicator lamp will also light up.
Multimedia system:
straight and it is not raining heavily, the ULTRA Switching off 4 © 5 Settings 5 Light
RANGE Highbeam will be switched on auto- # Switch off high beam using the combination 5 Interior/Exterior Lighting
matically.
switch. 5 External Lighting Delay
R If other road users are detected, partial high
# Set the switch-off delay time.
beam will switch on automatically.
R If highly reflective signs are detected, ULTRA
Switching the daytime running lamps on/off When the vehicle's engine is switched off, the
exterior lighting will be activated for the set
RANGE Highbeam will be switched off auto- Multimedia system: time.
matically. 4 © 5 Settings 5 Light
5 DIGITAL LIGHT
% The system's optical sensor is located behind Activating/deactivating the locator lighting
the windshield near the overhead control # Switch the daytime running lamps on or off.
panel. Multimedia system:
% In vehicles without DIGITAL LIGHT headlamps,
4 © 5 Settings 5 Light
▌Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus the daytime running lamps can be switched
5 Interior/Exterior Lighting
on/off (Canada) on or off in the driving lights menu.
% The availability of the function is dependent # Activate or deactivate Locator Lighting.
Switching on
on the country. When the function is activated, the exterior light-
# Turn the light switch to the à position.
ing will light up for 40 seconds after the vehicle is
# Switch on high beam using the combination
unlocked or the driver's door is opened when the
switch. vehicle is parked and not locked. When you start
If Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus is activated, the vehicle, the locator lighting will be deactivated
the _ indicator lamp will light up on the and the automatic driving lights activated.
driver's display. When partial high beam or
164 Light and visibility

Interior lighting Operating unit in the rear passenger compartment When you press it twice, the reading lamp on
the respective side of the vehicle will go out.
Adjusting the interior lighting
# To switch the rear interior lighting on/off:
press button 2.
The reading lamps, the interior lighting above
the rear door and the dome lamps on both
sides of the vehicle will light up or go out.

Adjusting the ambient lighting

Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Comfort 5 Ambient Light
1 p Reading lamp on the respective side of
the vehicle Setting the color
1 c Switches the front interior lighting on/ 2 u Rear interior lighting
off.
# Select Color.
2 u Switches the rear interior lighting on/ # To switch reading lamps on: press button 1. # Select Monochrome or Multi-color.

off. The reading lamp, the interior lighting above # Set the desired color or color scheme.
3 | Switches automatic interior lighting the rear door and the dome lamp on the
respective side of the vehicle will light up. Energy Shine
control on/off.
R The interactive Energy Shine color scheme
# To switch reading lamps off: press button 1
# To switch reading lamps on/off: touch respec- once or twice. shows the different phases during the journey.
tive reading lamp 4 or 5. When you press it once, the interior lighting Depending on the type of driving condition
above the rear door and the dome lamp on the (speed, boost effect or recuperation), this is
respective side of the vehicle will go out. shown in color by the active ambient lighting.
 Light and visibility 165

Adjusting the brightness # Make sure that the functions and assists Warning assistance effects
# Select Brightness. are switched on. R Warning When Exiting: If an object is detected
# Adjust the brightness. in the blind spot while you are getting out of
% Observe the notes on driving systems and the vehicle, the ambient lighting in the affec-
% Depending on the ambient light, the ambient your responsibility; you may otherwise fail to ted door will flash red.
lighting will automatically switch between day recognize dangers (/ page 235).
and night modes. Further information on the exit warning
# Select Effects. (/ page 274).
Activating the brightness for zones # Activate the desired effect. R Active Lane Keeping Assist: If there is a warn-
# Select Brightness. % Depending on the vehicle equipment, different ing from Active Lane Keeping Assist, the
# Switch off Link Zones. effects are available. active ambient lighting will flash red.
The Direct, Indirect and Accents zones can be Operating feedback effects Further information on Active Lane Keeping
set separately. Assist (/ page 277).
R Climate: If changes are made to the tempera-
% The Light Band zone can also be set in vehi- ture setting in the vehicle, the color of the R Active Brake Assist: If there is an Active Brake
cles with active ambient lighting. ambient lighting will change briefly. Assist warning, the active ambient lighting in
the center of the cockpit will flash bright red.
Activating effects R Voice Assistant: For vehicles with active ambi-
ent lighting, the voice assistant is visually ani- Further information on the Active Brake Assist
& WARNING Risk of an accident despite mated. (/ page 262).
activated effects of ambient lighting and R Greeting: When you get into the vehicle, a R Active Blind Spot Assist: In vehicles with
active ambient lighting special color animation will play. active ambient lighting, the ambient lighting
To use the Warning Assistance effects, the R Charging sequence: The ambient lighting pro-
on the affected side will flash red if there is a
respective functions must be activated in the warning from Active Blind Spot Assist.
vides visual feedback on the different states of
driver assist menu. charge when the vehicle is connected to or Further information on Active Blind Spot
disconnected from the charging station. Assist (/ page 274).
166 Light and visibility

R Parking Assist PARKTRONIC: The information Switching the interior lighting switch-off delay Windshield wiper and windshield washer system
from the parking sensors during parking time on/off
maneuvers is displayed in color. Switching the windshield wipers on/off
Multimedia system:
Further information on Parking Assist 4 © 5 Settings 5 Light
PARKTRONIC: (/ page 290) 5 Interior/exterior lighting
Multi-color Animation 5 Interior Lighting Delay

R The chosen color combination will change at # Switch Interior Lighting Delay on or off.
predefined intervals. If this function is active, the interior lighting
% In vehicles with active ambient lighting, an will be switched on for a short time after the
animation will be played. end of the journey.
% The desired operating feedback and warning
assistance can be activated or deactivated via
the Z symbol. Depending on the equip-
ment, different operating feedback and warn-
ing assistance effects are available.
% If the brightness is set to a low level, warning
animations will be displayed at a higher basic
brightness. 1 g Windshield wipers off
2 Ä Automatic wiping, normal
3 Å Automatic wiping, frequent
4 ° Continuous wiping, slow
5 ¯ Continuous wiping, fast
 Light and visibility 167

# Turn the combination switch to the corre- Switching the rear window wiper on/off # Switching intermittent wiping on/off: press
sponding position 1 - 5. button 2.
# Single wipe/washing: push the button on the The è symbol will appear on the driver's
combination switch in the direction of arrow display when the rear window wiper is
1. switched on.
R í Single wipe
R î Wipes with washer fluid Replacing the windshield wiper blades
% Observe the notes on washing the vehicle in a
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if the
car wash (/ page 391).
windshield wipers are switched on while
wiper blades are being replaced
If the windshield wipers begin to move while
you are changing the wiper blades, you can be
trapped by the wiper arm.
# Always switch off the windshield wipers
and vehicle before changing the wiper
1 ô Single wipe/washing blades.
2 è Intermittent wiping Moving the wiper arms into the replacement posi-
# Single wipe: press button 1 as far as the tion
point of resistance. # Switch the vehicle on and then off again

# Wiping with washer fluid: press button 1 immediately.

beyond the point of resistance.
168 Light and visibility

# Within around 15 seconds, press and hold the # Hold the wiper arm with one hand. With the # Push the new wiper blade into the wiper arm
î button on the combination switch for other hand, turn the wiper blade away from in the direction of arrow 1 until release knob
approximately three seconds (/ page 166). the wiper arm in the direction of arrow 1 as 2 engages.
The wiper arms will move into the replacement far as it will go. # Make sure that the wiper blade is seated cor-
position. # Press release button 2. rectly.
Removing the wiper blades # Remove the wiper blade from the wiper arm in # Fold the wiper arms back onto the windshield.
# Fold the wiper arms away from the windshield. the direction of arrow 3. # Switch on the vehicle.

Installing the wiper blades # Press the î button on the combination

switch.
The wiper arms will return to their original
positions.
# Switch off the vehicle.

% Check the condition of the wiper blades regu-

larly and replace them in the event of visible
damage or ongoing smearing.
Maintenance display
There is a maintenance display at the tip of the
newly mounted wiper blade.
 Light and visibility 169

Replacing the rear window wiper blade Removing the wiper blade

& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped if the

windshield wipers are switched on while
wiper blades are being replaced
If the windshield wipers begin to move while
you are changing the wiper blades, you can be
trapped by the wiper arm.
# Always switch off the windshield wipers
and vehicle before changing the wiper
blades.

# Remove protective film 1 from the mainte-

nance display. # Switch off the vehicle.
When the color of the maintenance display # Fold wiper arm 2 away from the rear window
changes from black to yellow, the wiper blades until it engages in the replacement position.
should be replaced. # Unclip wiper blade 1 from wiper arm 2 and
remove it in the direction of arrow 3.
170 Light and visibility

Installing the wiper blades # Fold the wiper arm from the replacement posi- & WARNING Risk of accident due to mis-
tion back onto the rear window. judgment of distance when using the
front-passenger mirror
Mirrors The outside mirror on the front passenger side
Operating the outside mirrors reflects objects on a smaller scale. The
objects in view are in fact closer than they
& WARNING Risk of accident due to adjust- appear.
ing the vehicle settings while the vehicle is # Therefore, always look over your shoul-
in motion der to check the actual distance
You could lose control of the vehicle in the fol- between you and the road users traveling
lowing situations in particular: behind you.
R If you adjust the driver's seat, the head
restraint, the steering wheel or the mirror
while the vehicle is in motion
R If you fasten your seat belt while the vehi-
# Position wiper blade 1 with both lugs 3 on cle is in motion
holder 2 on the wiper arm. # Before starting the vehicle: in particular,
# Push wiper blade 1 in the direction of arrow adjust the driver's seat, head restraint,
4 until it engages in holder 2. steering wheel and mirror, and fasten
your seat belt.
# Make sure that wiper blade 1 is seated cor-
rectly.
 Light and visibility 171

Adjusting the outside mirrors # Use button 1 to adjust the position of the Automatic anti-glare mirrors function
selected mirror.
& WARNING Risk of acid burns and poison-
Folding the outside mirrors in/out ing due to the anti-glare mirror electrolyte
# Briefly press button 3.
Electrolyte may escape if the glass in an auto-
% If the battery has been disconnected or has matic anti-glare mirror breaks.
discharged, the outside mirrors must be
The electrolyte is hazardous to health and cau-
moved briefly using button 3. Only then will
ses irritation. It must not come into contact
the automatic mirror folding function work with your skin, eyes, respiratory organs or
properly. clothing or be swallowed.
Engaging the outside mirrors # If you come into contact with electrolyte,
If an outside mirror has been forcibly disengaged, observe the following:
proceed as follows. R Immediately rinse the electrolyte
# Press and hold button 3. from your skin with water and seek
You will hear a click and the mirror will audibly medical attention.
engage. The outside mirror will now be set to R If electrolyte comes into contact with
# Use button 2 or 4 to select the desired mir- the correct position. your eyes, immediately rinse them
ror. thoroughly with clean water and seek
medical attention.
% In vehicles with MBUX Interior Assistant and R If the electrolyte is swallowed, imme-
driver camera, the required outside mirror can diately rinse your mouth out thor-
also be preselected automatically via a natural oughly. Do not induce vomiting. Seek
head movement to the left or medical attention immediately.
right(/ page 343).
172 Light and visibility

R Immediately change out of clothing The front-passenger outside mirror will swivel Storing the parking position of the front-
which has been contaminated with downwards in the direction of the rear wheel on passenger outside mirror using reverse gear
electrolyte. the front passenger's side when:
Storing
R The parking position is stored (/ page 172).
R If an allergic reaction occurs, seek
medical attention immediately. R The front-passenger mirror is selected.
R Reverse gear is engaged.
The inside rearview mirror and the outside mirror
on the driver's side will automatically go into anti- The front-passenger outside mirror will move back
glare mode if light from a headlamp hits the sen- to its original position when:
sor on the inside rearview mirror. R You shift the transmission to another transmis-
System limits sion position.
R You are traveling at a speed greater than
The system will not go into anti-glare mode if:
9 mph (15 km/h).
R The vehicle is switched off.
R You press the button for the outside mirror on
R Reverse gear is engaged.
the driver's side.
R The interior lighting is switched on.

Front-passenger outside mirror parking position

function # Select the front-passenger outside mirror
The parking position makes parking easier. using button 2.
# Engage reverse gear.
# Move the front-passenger outside mirror into
the desired parking position using button 1.
 Light and visibility 173

Calling up Area permeable to radio waves on the wind- Infrared-reflective windshield function
# Select the front-passenger outside mirror shield The infrared-reflective windshield is coated and
using button 2. reduces the build-up of heat in the vehicle interior.
# Engage reverse gear.
The coating shields the vehicle interior from radio
The front-passenger outside mirror will move waves.
into the stored parking position.

Activating/deactivating the automatic mirror fold-

ing function
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle
5 Open/Close
Radio-controlled equipment such as toll systems
# Activate or deactivate Automatic Mirror Fold- can be mounted only on areas 1 of the wind-
ing. shield that are permeable to radio waves.
Areas permeable to radio waves 1 are best visi-
ble from outside the vehicle when the windshield
is illuminated with an external light source.
Note this position for vehicles with:
R Windshield heater
R Infra-red reflective windshield
174 Climate control

Overview of climate control systems 4 ¿ Switches the A/C function on/off

Notes on climate control (/ page 178) or
¯ Fine particle prefilter status display
An interior air filter in combination with the prefil- (/ page 177)
ter in the engine compartment must always be 5 ¤ Switches the rear window defroster
used so that the air conditioning system, pollution
on/off
level monitoring and the air filtration work cor-
rectly. Use filters recommended and approved by 6 r Reduces the temperature
Mercedes-Benz. Always have maintenance work 7 Depending on vehicle equipment and set-
carried out at a qualified specialist workshop. tings: temperature display, display for the
defrost function, airflow, pre-entry climate
control or climate mode
Overview of the THERMATIC climate bar 8 g Switches air-recirculation mode on/off
The indicator lamps indicate that the correspond- (/ page 181)
ing functions are activated. 9 ± Calls up the air conditioning menu
(/ page 177)
Front climate bar on the central display in A Ã Sets climate control to automatic mode
vehicles (example) (/ page 178)
1 s Increases the temperature B J Increases the airflow or switches on cli-
2 Upper display area of the climate bar with the mate control (/ page 177)
examples of j switching climate control C I Reduces the airflow or switches off cli-
on/off (/ page 177) and 0 synchroniza- mate control(/ page 177)
tion function (/ page 180)
3 ¬ Defrosts the windshield (/ page 178)
 Climate control 175

% The climate bar is visible even when the vehi- 4 ¿ Switches the A/C function on/off
cle is parked or the air conditioning is (/ page 178) or
switched off (/ page 177). ¯ Fine particle prefilter status display
% The availability of individual functions depends (/ page 177)
on the country and equipment. 5 ¤ Switches the rear window defroster
on/off
Overview of the THERMOTRONIC climate bar 6 Depending on vehicle equipment and set-
tings: temperature display, display for pre-
The indicator lamps indicate that the correspond- entry climate control or climate mode
ing functions are activated.
7 J Increases the airflow or switches on cli-
mate control (/ page 177)
8 r Reduces the temperature
9 Ã Sets climate control to automatic mode,
right (/ page 178)
A ± Calls up the air conditioning menu
Front climate bar on the central display in (/ page 177)
vehicles (example)
B Ã Sets climate control to automatic mode,
1 s Increases the temperature
left (/ page 178)
2 Upper display area of the climate bar with the C I Reduces the airflow or switches off cli-
examples of j switching off climate con- mate control(/ page 177)
trol (/ page 177), g switching air-recir-
culation mode on/off (/ page 181) and % The climate bar will remain visible even when
0 synchronization function (/ page 180) the vehicle is parked or the air conditioning is
3 ¬ Demists the windshield switched off (/ page 177).
176 Climate control

% The availability of individual functions depends 4 Switches climate control on/off

on the country and equipment. (/ page 177)
5 Sets the airflow in the rear passenger com-
Overview of the rear operating unit partment, right, or switches climate control
on/off (/ page 177)
The rear operating unit is available only for vehi- 6 Sets the temperature in the rear passenger
cles with the THERMOTRONIC air conditioning
compartment, right
control panel.
7 Sets air distribution to the center and side air
vents in the rear passenger compartment,
right
8 Sets rear climate control to automatic mode,
right
9 Sets the air distribution to the right rear foot-
well vents
A Synchronization is activated (/ page 180)
Example: USA B Sets the air distribution to the rear left foot-
1 Sets air distribution to the center and side air well vents
vents in the rear passenger compartment, left C Sets rear climate control to automatic mode,
2 Sets the temperature in the rear passenger left
compartment, left
The settings for the second row of seats can be
3 Sets the airflow in the rear passenger com-
configured via the rear operating unit or the multi-
partment, left, or switches climate control media system (/ page 180) depending on the
on/off (/ page 177) vehicle's equipment.
 Climate control 177

Operating the climate control system weather conditions. To quickly reactivate the Activating/deactivating the A/C function via the
climate control functions, press the ¬ but- climate bar
Switching climate control on/off ton on the climate bar on the central display.
The A/C function heats, cools and dehumidifies
Switching on climate control the vehicle's interior air.
# Set the airflow to level 1 or higher via J on
Switching climate control on/off via the rear oper- # Press ¿ on the climate bar on the central
the climate bar on the central display ating unit display.
or
Switching on % Switch off the A/C function only briefly; oth-
# Press Ã, s, r or ±. # Press the 4 button. erwise, the windows may fog up more quickly.
Switching off climate control or Condensation may drip from the underside of
# Set the airflow to level 0 via I on the cli- the vehicle when cooling mode is active. This
# Set the airflow to level 1 or higher using but-
mate bar on the central display is not indicative of a malfunction.
tons 3 and 5.
or or
# Press j.
Calling up the air conditioning menu using the cli-
# Press buttons 2, 6, 8 or C. mate bar
If climate control is switched off, the windows
may fog up more quickly. Switch climate control Switching off The air conditioning menu can be called up via the
off only briefly. # Press the 4 button. climate bar. The climate bar is always shown on
% If climate control is switched off via j, or the lower edge of the central display.
OFF will be shown on the climate bar. # Set the airflow to level 0 using buttons 3 and # Select the Climate Menu entry in the air con-

% When the range maximization function is acti- 5. ditioning bar.

vated, certain climate control functions are The First Row of Seats menu is opened.
% If rear climate control is switched off via but-
restricted and the window and mirror heaters ton 4, OFF will be shown on the display.
are switched off. This can lead to windows
fogging up and reduced visibility due to
178 Climate control

Jumping directly to the Air Quality menu # set the airflow to 0. Setting climate control to automatic mode via the
# Select the ¯ fine particle prefilter status % When the defrost function is activated, some climate bar
display in the air conditioning bar. functions (e.g. the temperature setting) will In automatic mode, the set vehicle interior tem-
The Air Quality menu is opened. An animation automatically be deactivated. perature is controlled automatically and main-
of the automatic air cleaning taking place is tained at a constant level by the air supply.
shown. Activating/deactivating the A/C function via the # Press AUTO on the climate bar on the central
% The fine particle prefilter status display is on air conditioning menu display.
the home screen next to the temperature dis-
play on the right and it informs you of the cur- Multimedia system: % You can increase or reduce the airflow by
rent particulate levels inside and outside of 4 Climate Menu 5 First Row of Seats pressing K on the climate bar on the cen-
the vehicle. Depending on the external conditions, improved tral display.
The measurement values are shown with the cooling and dehumidification of the interior air are # To switch to manual operation: switch off
µg/m3 units (microgram per cubic meter). supported when the A/C function is activated. If automatic mode or adjust an aspect of air dis-
it is not possible to operate the A/C function on tribution, e.g. P.
Defrosting the windshield via the climate bar the climate bar on the central display, switch the
function on or off in the climate menu of the cen- Selecting climate modes via the air conditioning
Switching on tral display. menu
# Press ¬ on the climate bar on the central # Select A/C (A/C).
Multimedia system:
display.
4 Climate Menu 5 First Row of Seats
Switching off
It is possible to switch between different climate
# Press ¬, Ã or j on the climate bar
modes on the Climate menu.
on the central display
or
 Climate control 179

If ECO or ECO+ mode is activated, certain climate ted climate mode. Pressing the temperature temperature display. When ECO+ mode is
control functions will be restricted to conserve or blower display on the climate bar of the switched on, both LEDs will light up green and the
energy and extend the vehicle's range. central display allows direct access to the air ECO+ display will appear.
The following modes are available on the Climate conditioning menu when ECO or ECO+ mode
menu: is active. The climate mode can be changed
Setting air distribution using the air conditioning
by pressing the ECO button.
R Comfort: maximum climate comfort menu
% The vehicle's climate control system automat-
R ECO: while heating and cooling output are Multimedia system:
ically detects seat occupancy and restricts
limited, it remains possible to operate climate the climate control functions of unoccupied 4 Climate Menu
control without restriction. If you activate seats. If you activate ¬, the system will # Select First Row of Seats or Second Row of
¬, the system will automatically switch to automatically switch to Comfort mode.
Comfort mode. Seats.
% If the vehicle is parked for a short time while # To set the air distribution: select ¯, P
R ECO+: mode using only the blower and waste
in ECO or ECO+ mode, the previously selec- or O.
heat, if applicable. The temperature can no ted mode is still activated the next time the
longer be adjusted. If you activate ¬, the vehicle is started. If the vehicle is parked in # Set the airflow.
system will automatically switch to Comfort ECO or ECO+ mode for a longer time, it will
mode. automatically switch to Comfort mode the
% The windows may fog up more when ECO or next time it is started.
ECO+ mode is activated. # Tap on ECO.

% ECO+ climate mode can also be switched on # Select Comfort, ECO or ECO+.
and off via the range maximization button in
the EQ menu under Range. When the range If an ECO mode is selected via the air condition-
maximization function is deactivated, the sys- ing menu, two LEDs will appear on the tempera-
tem will automatically switch to the last selec- ture display on the climate bar. When ECO mode
is switched on, one LED will light up green on the
180 Climate control

% When the air conditioning system is switched Setting the temperature Switching the synchronization function on/off via
on, at least one zone is always active. How- # Select Second Row of Seats. the air conditioning menu
ever, several air distribution options can be
selected at the same time, for example to set
# Set the temperature. Multimedia system:
% The third seat row can also be cooled in addi- 4 Climate Menu 5 First Row of Seats
the climate control for the interior and the
footwells simultaneously. In doing so, the tion to the temperature already set for the The synchronization function controls the climate
¯ climate control for the windshield can first and second seat rows. To activate addi- control centrally. The driver's settings for temper-
only be selected for the first seat row. When tional cooling press, s and set to level 1 ature, airflow and air distribution are automatically
automatic mode is active, the buttons for set- or higher. adopted for each climate zone.
ting the air distribution are automatically # Select SYNC (SYNC).
Controlling the rear climate control automatically
deactivated. When the air conditioning system
is switched off, the buttons remain operable # Select AUTO.
and the last setting is saved. % When the defrost function is activated, some Removing condensation from the windows
functions (e.g. the temperature setting) will Windows fogged up on the inside
Setting rear climate control using the air condi- automatically be deactivated. To deactivate
# Press à on the climate bar on the central
tioning menu the defrost function, either press ¬, Ã
or j set the air flow to level 0 display.
Multimedia system: (/ page 178). # If the windows remain fogged up: press ¬
4 Climate Menu on the climate bar on the central display.
Setting the airflow Windows fogged up on the outside
# Select Second Row of Seats or Third Row of # Switch on the windshield wipers.
Seats. # Press à on the climate bar on the central
# Set the air flow with J or I. display.
 Climate control 181

Switching the air-recirculation mode on/off via Switching air-recirculation mode on/off via the # Select Ionization.
the air conditioning menu climate bar % The function can only be performed if the
Requirements: Requirements: AUTO mode is activated or the air distribution
R The THERMATIC air conditioning control panel R The THERMATIC air conditioning control panel is set to the side air vent. The function is
with fine particle prefilter is available. without fine particle prefilter is available. restricted if the side air vent on the driver's
side is closed.
R The THERMOTRONIC air conditioning control # Press g on the climate bar on the central
panel with or without fine particle prefilter is display.
available. Fragrance system
The interior air will be recirculated.
Multimedia system: ▌Activating/deactivating the fragrance system
Air-recirculation mode will automatically switch to
4 Climate Menu 5 First Row of Seats using the multimedia system
fresh air mode after a while.
# Press g in the upper display area of the % If air-recirculation mode is switched on, the Requirements:
climate bar. windows may fog up more quickly. Switch on R Automatic climate control is activated.
The interior air will be recirculated. air-recirculation mode only briefly. R The glove compartment is closed.

Air-recirculation mode will automatically switch to R A flacon is inserted.

fresh air mode after a while. Activating or deactivating ionization via the air
Multimedia system:
% If air-recirculation mode is switched on, the conditioning menu
4 Climate Menu 5 Air Quality
windows may fog up more quickly. Switch on Multimedia system:
air-recirculation mode only briefly. The fragrance system distributes a pleasant fra-
4 Climate Menu 5 Air Quality
grance throughout the vehicle interior from a fla-
% By selecting the fine particle status display When ionization is activated, the air inside the con located in the glove compartment.
G on the climate bar, you can jump vehicle is enriched with negative oxygen ions. # Navigate down until the climate control bar is
directly to the air quality menu. These promote the well-being of the occupants. active.
182 Climate control

# Select Fragrance. ▌Inserting or removing the flacon of the fra- + ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental
# Activate or deactivate fragrancing. grance system damage due to improper disposal of full
flacons
▌Setting the fragrance system using the multi- & WARNING Risk of injury from liquid per-
media system fume
Requirements If children open the flacon, they could drink
R A flacon is inserted. the liquid perfume or it could come into con- Full flacons must not be disposed of
R The glove compartment is closed. tact with their eyes. with household waste.
# Do not leave children unattended in the #
R Climate control is activated.
vehicle.
Multimedia system: # Consult a doctor immediately if liquid
4 Climate Menu 5 Air Quality perfume has been drunk. Full flacons must be taken to a
harmful substance collection point.
The fragrance system distributes a pleasant fra- # If liquid perfume comes into contact with
grance throughout the vehicle interior from a fla- your eyes or skin, rinse your eyes with
con located in the glove compartment. clean water.
# Select Fragrance. # If symptoms continue, consult a doctor.

# Keep pressing until the desired intensity is

reached.
 Climate control 183

If you do not use genuine Mercedes-Benz interior The health of persons with limited temperature
perfumes, observe the manufacturer's safety noti- sensitivity or a limited ability to react to high
ces on the perfume packaging. temperatures may be affected or they may
Dispose of the genuine Mercedes-Benz interior even suffer burn-like injuries.
perfume flacon when it is empty and do not refill # Do not touch the windshield while the
it. windshield heater is switched on.
Refillable flacon # Allow the windshield to cool down before

# Unscrew the cap of the empty flacon. touching it.

# Fill the flacon with a maximum of 0.5 fl. oz.
The windshield heater will be enabled automati-
(15 ml). cally if ¬ is activated on the climate bar on the
# Screw the cap back onto the flacon. central display.
Always refill the empty refillable flacon with the After the vehicle is started, the windshield heater
same perfume. Observe the separate information will be switched on automatically as required.
sheet with the flacon. % If the on-board electrical system voltage is
1 Cap low, the function of the windshield heater may
2 Flacon be impaired.
Information on the windshield heater
# To insert: slide the flacon into the holder as far
as it will go. & WARNING Risk of burns from touching the
# To remove: after opening the glove compart- windshield when the windshield heater is
ment, wait for approximately seven seconds switched on
and pull out the flacon. The windshield can become very hot when the
windshield heater is switched on.
184 Climate control

Pre-entry climate control when the vehicle is R Windshield heater ▌Activating/deactivating pre-entry climate con-
unlocked trol when the vehicle is unlocked
Depending on the vehicle's equipment, the follow-
▌Function of pre-entry climate control when the ing functions will also be adjusted during pre- Requirements
vehicle is unlocked entry climate control if they have already been R The high-voltage battery is charged suffi-
The seats can be briefly pre-warmed or pre- switched on during regular vehicle operation: ciently.
cooled before you get into the vehicle. R Fragrancing R The function has been activated via the multi-
Depending on the vehicle's equipment, the follow- R Ionization media system.
ing functions will be activated as needed during
pre-cooling: ▌Setting pre-entry climate control when the vehi- # To switch on: unlock the vehicle.
cle is unlocked in the multimedia system The climate control functions are activated for
R Automatic climate control
Multimedia system: up to five minutes for pre-heating and pre-
R Blower cooling.
4 Climate Menu 5 Pre-entry Climate Ctrl.
R Seat ventilation
# Activate or deactivate the function. Pre-entry climate control via unlocking cannot be
Depending on the vehicle's equipment, the follow- activated more than three times in succession
ing functions will be activated as needed during Selecting seats when the vehicle is switched off.
pre-warming: # Select Driver, Passenger, Rear Left or Rear
# To switch off: press & on the climate bar
R Automatic climate control Right. on the central display.
The seat-specific functions of pre-entry cli-
R Blower The following functions will remain active once the
mate control, such as seat heating, will be per-
R Seat heating formed for the selected seats. vehicle has been started:
R Steering wheel heating R Seat heating
If pre-entry climate control is enabled, an LED on
R Mirror heater R Seat ventilation
the climate bar of the central display will light up
R Rear window defroster blue for a cooled vehicle and red for a heated
vehicle.
 Climate control 185

Depending on the vehicle's equipment, the follow- & WARNING Risk of burns due to repeatedly The running time of pre-entry climate control may
ing functions will also be adjusted during pre- switching on the seat heating be reduced in the following circumstances:
entry climate control if they have already been R The vehicle is not connected to power supply
switched on during regular vehicle operation: Repeatedly switching on the seat heating can equipment.
R Fragrancing
cause the seat cushion and seat backrest pad-
ding to become very hot. R The high-voltage battery is not fully charged.
R Ionization
In particular, the health of persons with limited With active pre-entry climate control, the charge
temperature sensitivity or a limited ability to level of the high-voltage battery may be reduced,
Pre-entry climate control for departure time react to high temperatures may be affected or even if the charging cable connector is connec-
they may even suffer burn-like injuries. ted.
▌Pre-entry climate control for departure time
# Do not repeatedly switch on the seat If present, seat ventilation will be activated in
function
heating. cooling and ventilation modes.
& WARNING Risk of fatal injury due to expo- If present, the following functions will be activated
sure to extreme heat or cold in the vehicle To protect against overheating, the seat heating in heating mode:
may be temporarily deactivated after it has been
If persons, particularly children, are subjected R Seat heating
switched on repeatedly.
to prolonged exposure to intense heat or cold, The air inside the vehicle can be heated, ventila- R Steering wheel heating
there is a risk of severe injury or even death. ted or cooled to the set temperature when the R Mirror heater
# Never leave persons, particularly chil- vehicle is parked.
R Rear window defroster
dren, unattended in the vehicle. When the vehicle is connected to power supply
R Windshield heater
equipment, priority will be given to charging the
high-voltage battery to a specified minimum When the set temperature is changed, the climate
charge. control mode will automatically be updated. It will
be switched from heating mode to ventilation or
cooling mode, from cooling mode to ventilation or
186 Climate control

heating mode or from ventilation mode to heating % If the range maximization function is activa- If a departure time is set, a yellow LED will appear
or cooling mode. ted, an approximate time for reaching the on the climate bar of the central display. In addi-
Depending on the vehicle's equipment, the follow- desired state of charge will be determined tion, an LED on the climate bar will indicate when
ing functions will also be adjusted during pre- automatically during a charging stop. This is pre-entry climate control is activated. It will light
entry climate control if they have already been used as an approximate departure time for up blue when the vehicle is being cooled and red
switched on during regular vehicle operation: pre-entry climate control and is set automati- when it is being heated.
cally. Departure times previously set cannot
R Fragrancing
be edited when the function is switched on. ▌Activating/deactivating pre-entry climate con-
R Ionization The automatically determined departure time trol for departure time
can be activated or deactivated via the air Requirements
▌Setting pre-entry climate control for departure
conditioning menu. R The high-voltage battery is charged suffi-
time via the climate bar
Multimedia system: Setting the repeat days ciently.
4 Climate Menu 5 Pre-entry Climate Ctrl. R The function has been activated via the multi-
# Select Edit Departure Time u.
media system.
# Set the desired departure time and select the
Setting the departure time
corresponding weekdays on which this depar- # To activate: set the departure time
% The set departure times are used for the vehi- (/ page 186).
ture time is to apply.
cle's pre-entry climate control and for predic- Pre-entry climate control for departure time
# Press OK to confirm.
tions regarding the approximate state of will switch on a maximum of 55 minutes
charge and range at the time selected. Addi- Selecting seats before the selected departure time. It will
tional information on the charging settings remain active for another five minutes if depar-
# Select Driver, Passenger, Rear Left or Rear
(/ page 227). ture is delayed.
# Select Edit Departure Time u.
Right.
Pre-entry climate control will take place for # To deactivate the pre-entry climate control for
# Select a departure time or set a new depar- the selected seats. departure time early: press & on the cli-
ture time. mate bar on the central display or switch off
 Climate control 187

the preselection of the time in the climate # Never leave persons, particularly chil- # Press the & button on the climate bar on
menu. dren, unattended in the vehicle. the central display.
If present, the following functions will remain # Set the temperature using the s and r
active once the vehicle has been started: & WARNING Risk of burns due to repeatedly arrows on the climate bar on the central dis-
R Seat heating switching on the seat heating play.
R Seat ventilation Repeatedly switching on the seat heating can An LED on the climate bar on the central display
cause the seat cushion and seat backrest pad- indicates when pre-entry climate control is activa-
Depending on the vehicle's equipment, the follow- ted. It will light up blue when the vehicle is being
ing functions will also be adjusted during pre- ding to become very hot.
In particular, the health of persons with limited cooled and red when it is being heated.
entry climate control if they have already been
switched on during regular vehicle operation: temperature sensitivity or a limited ability to
R Fragrancing react to high temperatures may be affected or Air vents
they may even suffer burn-like injuries.
R Ionization ▌Adjusting the front air vents
# Do not repeatedly switch on the seat
heating. & WARNING Risk of burns or frostbite due to
Operating immediate pre-entry climate control via being too close to the air vents
the climate bar To protect against overheating, the seat heating
may be temporarily deactivated after it has been Very hot or very cold air can flow from the air
& WARNING Risk of fatal injury due to expo- switched on repeatedly. vents.
sure to extreme heat or cold in the vehicle # Make sure that all vehicle occupants
Requirements
If persons, particularly children, are subjected R The vehicle is switched off.
always maintain a sufficient distance
to prolonged exposure to intense heat or cold, from the air vents.
there is a risk of severe injury or even death. Air conditioning of the vehicle interior can con- # If necessary, direct the airflow to another
tinue for up to 50 minutes, e.g. if the journey is area of the vehicle interior.
interrupted.
188 Climate control

To guarantee the flow of fresh air through the air # To adjust the airflow direction of the side air Adjusting the rear air vents for the second row of
vents into the vehicle interior, note the following: vents: hold the center of side air vent 1 and seats
R Always keep the vents and ventilation grilles in move it up or down or to the left or right.
the vehicle interior clear. # To adjust the airflow direction of the center
R Keep the air inlet grilles free of residue build- air vent: hold the controller of center air
up (/ page 391). vent 2 and move it up or down or to the left
or right.
▌Adjusting the rear air vents

& WARNING Risk of burns or frostbite due to

being too close to the air vents
Very hot or very cold air can flow from the air # To open or close the rear air vents: hold the
vents. controller of rear air vent 1 and move it
# Make sure that all vehicle occupants
inwards or outwards as far as it will go.
always maintain a sufficient distance # To set the airflow direction of the rear air
from the air vents.
# To open or close the side air vents: hold the vents: hold controller 1 and move it up or
# If necessary, direct the airflow to another
outer ring of side air vent 1 and turn it to the down or to the left or right.
area of the vehicle interior.
left or right as far as it will go.
# To open or close center air vents: move con-
troller 2 inwards or outwards as far as it will
go.
 Climate control 189

Adjusting the side air vents in the rear for the sec- Adjusting the side air vents in the rear for the
ond row of seats third row of seats

# To open or close the side air vents in the rear # To open or close the side air vents in the rear:
passenger compartment: hold the controller press button 2.
of side air vent 1 and move it up or down as # To set the airflow direction of the side air
far as it will go. vents: hold controller 1 and move it to the
# To set the airflow direction of the side air left or right.
vents: hold controller 1 and move it up or
down or to the left or right.
190 Driving and parking

Driving # Leave the danger zone immediately. This helps other road users, particularly
Secure the danger area at a sufficient pedestrians and cyclists, to hear your vehicle
Notes on electric mode better.
distance.
& WARNING Risk of chemical burns and poi- # Call the fire service. R When you drive at speeds above 20 mph
soning from damaged high-voltage battery (20 km/h) the acoustic vehicle alerting sys-
Observe the following notes on vehicle noise tem will gradually switch off.
If the housing of the high-voltage battery has emissions and the acoustic vehicle alerting sys- R Despite the sound generator, the vehicle still
been damaged, electrolyte and gases may tem: may not be heard by other road users. Adapt
leak out.
R The vehicle is equipped with an all-electric your driving style accordingly.
# Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or
drive system and produces considerably lower
clothing. stationary and vehicle noise emissions than a Manually disconnecting the high-voltage on-board
# Immediately rinse electrolyte splashes vehicle with a combustion engine. electrical system
off with water and seek medical atten- For this reason the vehicle is equipped with a
tion straight away. sound generator, which serves as an acoustic & DANGER Risk of death and fire due to
vehicle alerting system (AVAS). This safety modified and/or damaged components of
& DANGER Risk of fire and explosion from device is prescribed by law. the high-voltage on-board electrical sys-
excessive internal pressure of the high- The external noise of the sound generator is tem
voltage battery perceptible in the vehicle interior when the The vehicle's high-voltage on-board electrical
In the event of a vehicle fire, flammable gas vehicle is stationary and at low speeds and system is under high voltage. If you modify
can escape and ignite. does not represent a malfunction. component parts in the vehicle's high-voltage
# If there is an unusual smell, smoke or R The sound generator generates stationary on-board electrical system or touch damaged
burn marks, stop the charging process noise and speed-dependent vehicle noise component parts, you may be electrocuted. In
immediately. emissions up to a speed of around 25 mph addition, modified and/or damaged compo-
(30 km/h). nents may cause a fire.
 Driving and parking 191

In the event of an accident or impact to the Requirements

vehicle underbody, components of the high- Disconnect the high-voltage on-board electrical
voltage electrical system may be damaged system manually only in the following situations:
although the damage is not visible. R The 6 restraint system warning lamp lights
# Never make any modifications to the up on the driver's display, e.g. after an acci-
high-voltage on-board electrical system. dent.
# Do not switch on or use the vehicle if its R The vehicle is badly damaged, e.g. after an
high-voltage on-board electrical system accident, and the restraint system compo-
components have been modified or dam- nents have not been triggered.
aged.
Operating the high-voltage disconnect device
# Never touch damaged components of
Disconnect the high-voltage on-board electrical
the high-voltage on-board electrical sys- system manually only in the above-mentioned sit-
tem. uations.
# After an accident, do not touch any com-
# Switch off the vehicle.
ponents of the high-voltage on-board
electrical system.
# Shift the transmission to position j. # Remove flap 1 of the fuse box in the front
# Apply the electric parking brake. passenger footwell.
# After an accident, have the vehicle trans-
ported away. # Secure the vehicle against rolling away.

# Have the components of the high-voltage

on-board electrical system checked at a
qualified specialist workshop and
replaced if necessary.
192 Driving and parking

disconnected manually) may be carried out only # When leaving the vehicle, always take the
at a qualified specialist workshop. key with you and lock the vehicle.
# Keep the key out of reach of children.
Switching on the power supply or the vehicle
This also applies to the Digital Vehicle Key.
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due
to children left unattended in the vehicle Requirements
R The key is in the vehicle and is detected.
If you leave children unattended in the vehicle, R Vehicles with Digital Vehicle Key: a Digital
they could, in particular: Vehicle Key with drive authorization is detec-
R open doors, thereby endangering other ted.
persons or road users. R The brake pedal is not depressed.
R get out and be struck by oncoming traffic.
R operate vehicle equipment and become
trapped, for example.
# Press release tab 3 on high-voltage discon- In addition, the children could also set the
nect device 2 in the direction of the arrow vehicle in motion by, for example:
and pull it out.
R releasing the parking brake.
# Pull connector 4 in the direction of the arrow
R changing the gearbox position.
until it engages.
The high-voltage on-board electrical system R starting the vehicle.
will be switched off. # Never leave children unattended in the
All work on the drive system (including after the vehicle.
high-voltage on-board electrical system has been
 Driving and parking 193

R You press button 1 twice more.

# To switch on the vehicle: press button 1
twice.
Indicator and warning lamps will light up on
the driver's display.
The vehicle will be switched off again if one of the
following conditions is met:
R You do not start the vehicle within 15 minutes
and the transmission is in position j or the
electric parking brake is applied.
R You press button 1 once.

Starting the vehicle

Vehicles with central display Vehicles with MBUX Hyperscreen ▌Starting the vehicle with the start/stop button
# To switch on the power supply: press button Requirements
1 once. R The key is in the vehicle and is detected.
You can, for example, switch on the windshield R Vehicles with Digital Vehicle Key: a Digital
wiper. Vehicle Key with drive authorization is detec-
ted.
The power supply will be switched off again if the
following conditions are met: # Shift the transmission to position j or i.
R You open the driver's door.
194 Driving and parking

# Depress the brake pedal and press button 1 Observe any information regarding display mes-
once. sages that may be shown on the driver's display.
R The vehicle will be started.
▌Starting the vehicle with the Digital Vehicle Key
R The õ display appears on the driver's
in the marked space (emergency operation mode)
display: the vehicle can be driven.
# If the vehicle does not start: switch off non- Requirements
R The vehicle is equipped with the "Digital Vehi-
essential consumer equipment and press but-
ton 1 once. cle Key" pre-installation.
R A suitable end device is activated as a Digital
# If the vehicle still does not start and the Place
Vehicle Key.
the Key in the Marked Space See Operator's # Place key 1 in marked space 2.
Manual display message appears on the driv- % Mercedes-Benz recommends that you carry
er's display: start the vehicle with the key in the emergency key in case of function restric-
the marked space (emergency operation tions.
mode) (/ page 195). If the vehicle does not start and the Place Smart-
% You can switch off the vehicle while driving. To Key in Cup Holder or Digital Vehicle Key in
do this, press and hold button 1 for about Mobile Phone Cradle See Operator’s Manual dis-
three seconds or press button 1 three times play message appears on the driver's display, you
within three seconds. The transmission will can start the vehicle in emergency operation
shift to neutral i automatically. When you mode.
press button 1 again, the vehicle will start
again and you can engage drive position h
again. Be sure to observe the safety notes # Place the Digital Vehicle Key in marked space
concerning this under "Driving tips" 3.
(/ page 196).
 Driving and parking 195

# Depress the brake pedal and start the vehicle If the vehicle does not start:
using the start/stop button. # Place key 1 in marked space 2 and leave it
It may take a few seconds until the vehicle there.
starts.
# Depress the brake pedal and start the vehicle
# When the Key Not Detected display message using the start/stop button.
appears on the driver's display, press the
Start/Stop button again. % You can switch on the power supply or the
vehicle with the start/stop button.
When the õ display appears on the driver's Observe any information regarding display mes-
display, the vehicle can be driven. sages that may be shown on the driver's display.
▌Starting the vehicle with the key in the marked # Make sure that marked space 2 is empty.
space (emergency operation mode) # Remove key 1 from the key ring. Notes on breaking in a new vehicle
This also applies to the Digital Vehicle Key. # Place key 1 on the symbol in marked space
If the vehicle does not start and the Place the R In certain handling and driving safety systems,
2. the sensors adjust automatically while a cer-
Key in the Marked Space See Operator's Manual
The vehicle will start after a short time. tain distance is being driven after the vehicle
display message appears on the driver's display,
you can start the vehicle in emergency operation If you remove key 1 from marked space 2, has been delivered or after repairs. Full sys-
mode. the vehicle can still be driven. For further tem effectiveness is reached only when this
engine starts, however, key 1 must be loca- teaching-in process has concluded.
Vehicles with Digital Vehicle Key: if the vehicle
does not start and the Place SmartKey in Cup ted on the symbol in marked space 2 during R Brake pads, brake disks and tires that are
Holder or Digital Vehicle Key in Mobile Phone the entire trip. either new or have been replaced achieve opti-
Cradle See Operator’s Manual display message # Have key 1 checked at a qualified specialist mum braking effect and grip only after driving
appears on the driver's display, you can start the workshop. several hundred kilometers. Compensate the
vehicle in emergency operation mode. reduced braking effect by applying greater
force to the brake pedal.
196 Driving and parking

Notes on acceleration increase # Stow all objects in the vehicle securely & WARNING Risk of accident if the vehicle is
% Acceleration increase is not available for all so that they cannot get into the driver's switched off while driving
models and versions. footwell.
If you switch off the vehicle while driving,
% This function is an on-demand feature # Always install the floor mats securely safety functions are restricted or no longer
(/ page 29). and as prescribed in order to ensure that available.
there is always sufficient room for the
When the function is activated, a higher maximum pedals. This may affect the power steering system and
power is available for the vehicle and the acceler- the brake force boosting, for example.
ation characteristics are improved. This does not # Do not use loose floor mats and do not
place floor mats on top of one another. You will need to use considerably more force
change the maximum design speed of the vehicle. to steer and brake, for example.
Due to the increased power, there may be # Do not switch off the vehicle while driv-
changes in the electric range. & WARNING Risk of accident due to incor-
ing.
rect footwear
Notes on driving Incorrect footwear includes, for example: & WARNING Risk of accident and injury due
R Shoes with platform soles to being under the influence of alcohol
& WARNING Risk of accident due to objects R Shoes with high heels and drugs while driving
in the driver's footwell
R Slippers Drinking and driving and/or taking drugs and
Objects in the driver's footwell may impede driving are very dangerous combinations. Even
pedal travel or block a depressed pedal. There is a risk of an accident. a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect
This jeopardizes the operating and road safety # Always wear suitable footwear so that your reflexes, perceptions and judgment.
of the vehicle. you can operate the pedals safely. The possibility of a serious or even fatal acci-
dent are greatly increased when you drink or
take drugs and drive.
 Driving and parking 197

# Do not drink or take drugs and drive or # Observe the signposted headroom clear- bottom. Also comply with the notes on loading
allow anyone to drive who has been ance. the vehicle (/ page 132).
drinking or taking drugs. # If the vehicle height is greater than the R Drive attentively, and avoid abrupt starts, brak-
permitted headroom clearance, do not ing and steering as well as rapid cornering.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to the enter. Advice on driving on salt-strewn roads
brake system overheating # Observe the changed vehicle height with The braking effect is limited on salt-strewn road
If you leave your foot on the brake pedal when add-on roof equipment. surfaces.
driving, the brake system may overheat. Therefore, observe the following notes:
% Please bear in mind that all the speed values
This increases the braking distance and the stated in this Operator's Manual are approxi- R Due to salt build-up on the brake disks and
brake system can even fail. mate and are subject to a certain tolerance. brake pads, the braking distance can increase
# Never use the brake pedal as a footrest. considerably or result in one-sided braking.
# Do not depress the brake pedal and the
Notes on driving with a roof load, trailer or fully R Maintain a much greater safety distance to the
laden vehicle vehicle traveling ahead.
accelerator pedal at the same time while When driving with a loaded roof luggage rack or
driving. trailer as well as with a fully laden or fully occu- Remove salt build-up as follows:
pied vehicle, the vehicle's driving and steering R Brake occasionally, paying attention to the
* NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to not characteristics change. traffic conditions
observing the maximum permitted head- You should bear the following in mind: R Carefully depress the brake pedal at the end
room clearance
R Do not exceed the permissible roof load and of the journey and when starting the next jour-
If the vehicle height is greater than the maxi- towing capacity. Also observe the information ney
mum permitted headroom clearance, the roof in the Technical Data.
and other parts of the vehicle may be dam- Notes on hydroplaning
R Distribute the roof load and the load inside the Hydroplaning can take place if a certain depth of
aged.
vehicle evenly, placing heavy objects at the water has built up on the road surface.
198 Driving and parking

Observe the following notes during heavy precipi- The braking effect of the brakes is reduced after Observe the notes on snow chains and snow
tation or in conditions in which hydroplaning may fording. Brake carefully, paying attention to the chain mode (/ page 420).
occur: traffic conditions until braking power has been
R Reduce speed fully restored.
Notes on off-road driving
R Avoid tire ruts
R Avoid sudden steering movements Function of rear axle steering & WARNING Risk of accident if you do not
% This function is an on-demand feature keep to line of fall on inclines
R Brake carefully
(/ page 29). If you drive at an angle or turn on an incline,
% Also observe the notes on regularly checking the vehicle could slip sideways, tip and roll-
wheels and tires (/ page 419). The rear axle steering is an electromechanical
auxiliary steering on the rear axle which adjusts over.
Notes on driving through water on the road the steering of the rear wheels according to the # Always drive on inclines in the line of fall
Water ingress can damage the drive system, elec- position of the front wheels, depending on the (straight up or down) and do not turn.
trics and transmission. speed. This results in greater maneuverability and
Observe the following if you have to drive through improved driving stability, e.g. when cornering. When driving off-road, sand, mud and water or
water: Rear axle steering has the following characteris- water mixed with oil, etc., may get into the brakes.
tics: This may lead to a reduction in braking effect or
R The water, when calm, may reach no higher even a total brake failure as a result of increased
than the lower edge of the vehicle body. R reduced steering effort and turning circle
wear. The braking characteristics will vary
R Drive at walking pace at most; water can oth- resulting in reduced parking effort depending on the material that has entered the
erwise enter the vehicle interior. R improved driving stability, e.g. when cornering system. Clean the brakes after driving off-road. If
R Vehicles traveling ahead or oncoming vehicles R more direct steering resulting in improved you then notice reduced braking effect or hear
can create waves that may exceed the maxi- handling of the vehicle scraping noises, have the brake system checked
mum permissible depth of the water. at a qualified specialist workshop. Adapt your driv-
ing style to the changed braking characteristics.
 Driving and parking 199

* NOTE Damage caused by driving over + ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental % Further information about special all-terrain
obstacles damage due to non-observance of prohibi- tires for retrofitting can be obtained from a
tion signs qualified specialist workshop.
The vehicle can be damaged by:
Environmental protection has priority. Treat Off-road driving
R Driving onto high curbs or unpaved roads.
nature with respect. Read this section before driving your vehicle off-
R Quickly driving over obstacles such as road. Practice by driving over gentler off-road ter-
# Be sure to observe prohibition signs.
curbs, speed bumps or potholes. rain first.
R Heavy objects hitting the underbody or R Observe the notes on the cross-country ABS
% The vehicle is designed for easily negotiable
chassis components. and moderate off-road terrain. When driving (/ page 238).
# Do not drive over obstacles that could off-road, make sure there is sufficient ground R Select the F (/ page 207) drive program
damage the vehicle. clearance. before driving off-road.
The high-voltage battery in particular can be The vehicle is automatically raised to the off-
# Check the vehicle regularly for damage
damaged by bottoming out or by impacts road level by 1 in (25 mm). To avoid damaging
during off-road driving.
against the underbody. Please also observe the vehicle, make sure there is always suffi-
# Adjust the vehicle speed to suit the road the notes on operating safety (/ page 31).
surface conditions. cient ground clearance.
Checklist before driving off-road Drive on downhill gradients and slopes only
# If there is damage, consult a qualified R
specialist workshop immediately. Check the following points before driving off-road: with the vehicle started and only in h or k.
R State of charge of the high-voltage battery Observe the notes on driving in mountainous
R Tire-change tool kit and spare wheel
terrain.
R Tires and wheels
R Do not drive on unknown terrain that is not
easily visible and stay on marked paths.
R Always keep the doors and windows closed
while the vehicle is in motion.
200 Driving and parking

R Deactivate Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC R The water, when calm, may reach no higher R If the F driving mode is selected: select
and cruise control. than the lower edge of the vehicle body. another driving mode.
R Adapt your driving style to the terrain. R Switch off automatic climate control The vehicle is lowered to the normal level.
R Do not use the HOLD function on steep down- (/ page 178). R Deactivate DSR.
hill or uphill gradients with slippery or loose R Ensure that a bow wave does not form as you R Apply the brakes to dry them after fording.
surfaces. drive.
R Check that the service brake is working nor-
Driving on sand R Do not stop in the water. mally after a long downhill stretch.
When driving on sand, also observe the following Driving in mountainous terrain R Clean the following components every time
instructions: Also observe the following information when driv- after driving off-road:
R Drive quickly to overcome the rolling resist- ing in mountainous terrain: - license plate number
ance; the vehicle may otherwise dig itself in. R When driving downhill, use the recuperation - headlamps and tail lamps
R Drive in the tracks of other vehicles if possi- level h± of the regenerative brake system - tires, wheels and wheel arches
ble. Make sure that the following prerequisites (/ page 202).
are met: - underbody
R Activate DSR before driving downhill, if neces-
- the tire ruts are not too deep. sary (/ page 255).
R After driving through sand, mud, water or
gravel, have the following components
- the sand is firm enough. Check-list after driving off-road checked and cleaned:
- there is sufficient ground clearance. Driving off-road places greater demands on your - brake disks and brake pads
vehicle than driving on normal roads. Check the
Fording - tires and wheels
entire vehicle for damage and foreign bodies
Also observe the following information when ford- every time after driving off-road. Foreign bodies in - axle joints
ing: the wheels or drivetrain can lead to imbalances
R Drive no faster than 6 mph (10 km/h). and therefore vibrations.
 Driving and parking 201

ECO display function The ECO display assesses the following criteria for The higher the recuperation, the stronger the
an economical driving style: braking effect will be during coasting and the
R Coasting at the right times more electrical energy will be fed into the high-
voltage battery.
R Consistent speed
The deceleration in overrun mode may not be suf-
R Moderate acceleration
ficient depending on the driving conditions. Also
The overall assessment of your driving style "from brake with the service brake if necessary. Always
start" is indicated using stars 1. It starts with adapt your speed to the driving conditions and
five empty stars, which you can fill one after the keep a sufficient distance.
other if you drive efficiently. When all five stars are The recuperative brake system has the following
filled, a glow will appear in the background. characteristics:
The ECO display shows an evaluation of your driv- % You can call up the ECO Display function via R supports braking with electronically controlled
ing style on the driver's display depending on the the Classic menu (/ page 320). brake force boosting
situation. This enables you to check the efficiency R converts the kinetic energy of the vehicle into
of your driving style and adjust it if necessary. The Recuperative brake system electric energy
ECO Display menu shows a ball 2 that will roll
forwards or backwards on a stylized road in the ▌Function of the recuperative brake system % If you brake hard, the mechanical brake will
direction of travel according to the driving charac- Depending on the selected recuperation level, the also be used. This means that the maximum
teristics. electric motors will be operated as an alternator recuperative energy cannot be recovered. The
when in overrun mode and during braking in order more you drive and brake in an anticipatory
Above and below the road, lines mark the area for manner, the more efficiently energy can be
an efficient driving style 3. Ball 2 will light up in to charge the high-voltage battery during driving.
As soon as you take your foot off the accelerator recuperated.
green if it is rolling within these lines. Outside the
lines, the ball will light up in orange. pedal when the vehicle is in motion and in trans-
mission position h, recuperation in overrun
mode will be initiated.
202 Driving and parking

System limits R h± Increased recuperation: increased

The braking effect of the electric motor during deceleration in overrun mode
recuperation in overrun mode may be reduced or # To increase recuperation: briefly pull paddle
may not be available at all in the following situa- shifter 1.
tions:
# To reduce recuperation: briefly pull paddle
R when the high-voltage battery state of charge
shifter 2.
increases
# To select hà : if hq has been selec-
R if the high-voltage battery is not yet at a nor-
ted, briefly pull paddle shifter 2. Otherwise,
mal operating temperature
pull and hold paddle shifter 1 or 2.
In these cases, the desired deceleration will be % If hà has been selected, briefly pulling
set by the brake control system. paddle shifter 2 again will reactivate hq.
▌Manually setting recuperative deceleration The driver's display shows the currently selected
You can use the steering wheel paddle shifters to recuperation level next to the transmission posi-
manually adjust the intensity of recuperation in tion display.
overrun mode. % When the vehicle is started again, h will
automatically be set as the recuperation level.
ECO Assist
The following recuperation levels are available:
R hà Smart and anticipatory recuperation
▌ECO Assist function
ECO Assist is only an aid. It is not a substitute for
with ECO Assist (/ page 202)
you paying attention to your surroundings and
R hq No recuperation: the vehicle will coast, does not relieve you of your responsibility pertain-
roll freely ing to road traffic law. The driver is responsible for
R h Normal recuperation (standard setting)
 Driving and parking 203

keeping a safe distance from the vehicle in front, the driving style for the route ahead, use minimal
for vehicle speed and for braking in good time. energy and recuperate as much as possible. If the
system has detected an event ahead or a vehicle
& WARNING Risk of accident if ECO Assist in front and the vehicle is approaching the event,
does not provide sufficient deceleration ECO Assist will calculate an optimized speed pro-
ECO Assist only brakes your vehicle when you file based on the distance, speed and available
take your foot off the gas pedal. If vehicles are route information.
detected late, e.g. after tight curves, or if you If you release the accelerator pedal in this case,
do not react immediately to the ECO Assist intelligent recuperation will start in overrun mode.
display, the deceleration may not be sufficient. If ECO Assist has detected a vehicle traveling in
# React promptly to the ECO Assist recom- front or a stationary vehicle ahead, it can brake 1 "Foot off the accelerator" recommendation
mendation and take your foot off the gas your vehicle to a standstill. This may be the case, 2 Route event ahead
pedal. for example, at the end of a traffic jam or if the
detected vehicle ahead stops in front of you. % ECO Assist can also be shown on the head-up
# Adjust your speed to the driving condi-
If the deceleration provided by ECO Assist is not display.
tions and maintain a suitable distance
from the vehicle in front. sufficient, you must also brake with the service If a route event ahead or a vehicle driving in front
brake. This is especially the case if, for example, that require an adjustment to your driving style
# Brake the vehicle yourself and/or take
you pull away again in slow-moving traffic and the are detected, corresponding symbol 2 and the
evasive action. distance to the vehicle in front is very short. ý symbol (gray) will be displayed.
ECO Assist is active only in hà Depending on the vehicle equipment and at low If you release the accelerator pedal, the ý
(/ page 202). speeds, e.g. in a parking garage or on play symbol will turn green and recuperation in over-
streets, no adjustment will be made for stationary run mode will be initiated. If the deceleration is
Depending on the vehicle's equipment, ECO vehicles and therefore there will be no display. not sufficient, also apply the service brake. If ECO
Assist analyzes data for the vehicle's expected Assist intervenes for a route event ahead (not for
route. This allows the system to optimally adjust
204 Driving and parking

a vehicle in front) and you then press the acceler- ECO Assist can also react to other intersections The system may be impaired or may not function
ator pedal again, you end ECO Assist's control. or junctions if you activate the turn signal indica- in the following situations:
The ECO Assist display is hidden again in the fol- tor in good time. R If there is poor visibility, e.g. due to insufficient
lowing cases: % On roads with an obligation to drive in a lane illumination of the road, highly variable shade
R You do not react to the ECO Assist recommen- as far to the right as possible, vehicles driving conditions, rain, snow, fog or heavy spray.
dation for a long time. in the lane to your left will also be recognized R If there is glare, e.g. from oncoming traffic,
as vehicles ahead of you. direct sunlight or reflections.
R You press the accelerator pedal while ECO
Assist is intervening for a route event ahead To enable ECO Assist to react to future route R If the windshield is dirty in the vicinity of the
(not for a vehicle in front). events, the equipment-dependent speed adjust- multifunction camera.
ment functions of Active Distance Assist must be
R ECO Assist cannot identify any further recom- R If the multifunction camera is fogged up, dam-
active (/ page 254).
mendations from the route ahead. aged or obscured.
System limits R If road signs are hard to detect, e.g. due to
In addition to a vehicle in front ¥, ECO Assist If the calculated route is adhered to when route
can detect the following route events 2 depend- dirt, snow or insufficient lighting, or because
guidance is active, ECO Assist will operate with they are obscured.
ing on the vehicle's equipment: greater accuracy. The basic function is also availa-
R If the information in the navigation system's
~ Traffic circle ble without active route guidance. Not all informa-
tion and traffic situations can be foreseen. The digital map is incorrect or out of date.
¡ S-bend
quality depends on the map data. R If signs are ambiguous, e.g. road signs in road-
¢ Sharp bend works or in adjacent lanes.
% ECO Assist will be available after driving off,
£ T-intersection R If the radar sensors are dirty or obscured.
as soon as the sensor check is completed.
¤ Downhill gradient R When you drive on roads with steep uphill or
¦ Speed limit downhill gradients.
R If there are narrow vehicles in front, such as
bicycles or motorcycles.
 Driving and parking 205

▌Activating and deactivating ECO Assist - Restricting climate control functions and seat heating again, all restrictions of the "Seating
Multimedia system: deactivating front windshield, rear window comfort" function group will be deactivated.
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance and mirror heating This does not apply to the "ECO driving functions"
5 Driving R Interior group, as the range gain in this case depends
# Activate or deactivate the function. - Switching off ambient lighting, displays mainly on your personal driving style. The activa-
and certain charging functions ted ECO driving functions help you to drive in an
energy-efficient manner. The specified range gain
Function of the haptic accelerator pedal R Seating comfort for the ECO drive functions can be achieved only
- Deactivating the steering wheel heater, if you observe the driving instructions and recom-
The haptic accelerator pedal features an addi- seat heating and ventilation and deactivat- mendations displayed and drive without kickdown.
tional pressure point to help you drive as effi- ing the massage function
ciently as possible in drive program ;. ▌Activating/deactivating range maximization
R ECO drive functions
Multimedia system:
- Changing to the ; drive program, acti- 4 © 5 Settings 5 EQ 5 Range
Range maximization
vating ECO Assist and the hà recu-
# Activate or deactivate Maximum Range.
▌Range maximization function peration level
The range maximization function enables a maxi- All function groups concerned will be activa-
If necessary, you can deactivate the restrictions ted or deactivated.
mum range gain. To achieve this, the function par-
of individual function groups again. This will or
tially or completely switches off convenience sys-
reduce the maximum range gain by the value
tems that are not relevant to driving and activates # Individually activate or deactivate the individ-
specified for the function group.
efficiency-enhancing driving functions. ual subsystems of the four function groups Cli-
If you switch on a deactivated function while mate Control, Interior, Seat Comfort and
The range maximization function controls the
range maximization is activated, all restrictions of
restrictions of the following function groups: ECO Driving Functions.
the corresponding function group will be removed
R Climate control and the maximum range gain will be reduced
accordingly. For example, if you switch on the
206 Driving and parking

DYNAMIC SELECT button R Second point of resistance: transition to R Best balance between efficiency and perform-
kickdown (always available) ance for all driving situations
Function of the DYNAMIC SELECT button
Available drive programs ; (Eco)
You can switch between the drive programs with
the DYNAMIC SELECT button (/ page 207). = (Individual) R Economical setting of vehicle functions

Depending on the drive program selected, the fol- R The following vehicle characteristics are indi- R Recommended for all road conditions
lowing vehicle characteristics will change: vidually adjustable: R Additional first point of resistance in the hap-
R Drive - Drive tic accelerator pedal indicates an efficient,
R Suspension (/ page 280) - Suspension economical driving style
- Suspension and damping - Steering F (Off-road)
- Vehicle level (speed-dependent) - ESP® R For driving on easily and moderately negotia-

R Steering - Sound of the drive system in the vehicle ble terrain, e.g. on dirt tracks, loose surfaces,
interior gravel or sand, as well on uneven terrain,
R ESP® where there are no firm road surfaces
R Sound of the drive system in the vehicle inte- C (Sport) R Intervenes later if there is oversteer or under-
rior R Sporty and dynamic driving characteristics steer, thus improving traction
R Point of resistance on the haptic accelerator R Suitable only for good road conditions, a dry R Not suitable for use on public roads
pedal surface and a clear stretch of road R Can be selected up to a maximum of 62 mph
% In drive program ;, an additional pressure A (Comfort) (100 km/h)
point is activated in the haptic accelerator R Comfortable driving style R Raises the vehicle to off-road level +1
pedal. R From 43 mph (70 km/h): lowers the vehicle to
R First point of resistance: at approx. 60% R Recommended for all road conditions
normal level
pedal travel (only in ;)
 Driving and parking 207

R below 31 mph (50 km/h): raises the vehicle to Selecting the drive program confirmation prompt therefore appears on the
off-road level +1 again central display before the drive program is
R from 68 mph (110 km/h): switch to A activated.

The ESP® settings in the drive programs ; Configuring DYNAMIC SELECT in the MMS
and A are designed for stability. Therefore,
choose one of these drive programs especially Multimedia system:
when transporting roof loads, in trailer operation 4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle
and when the vehicle is fully loaded or fully occu- 5 DYNAMIC SELECT
pied.
Setting drive program I
# Select = Individual.

# Select and set a category.

Switching the reset display on/off

# Activate or deactivate Request at Start.

% This function must be activated for each user

# Press DYNAMIC SELECT button 1 on the left profile separately. Only when this function is
or right. activated will the drive program and ECO
The drive program selected will appear on the start/stop setting for the previous journey be
driver's display. saved for the respective user profile.
% In drive program F, some driving systems Function on: the next time the vehicle is started a
are restricted in their function or not availa- prompt appears asking whether the last active
ble. When selecting drive program F, a drive program should be restored. If the ECO
208 Driving and parking

start/stop function was deactivated, an additional # Select Route Based or Standard. % The prompt only appears if the previously
prompt appears asking if the function should If route guidance is active and the Route active settings deviate from the standard set-
remain deactivated. Based option has been activated, the electri- tings.
% The prompt only appears if the previously cal energy is distributed intelligently over the Function off: if the Î drive program was the
active settings deviate from the standard set- entire route. In built-up areas, electric mode is last one active, and all requirements for the drive
tings. preferred, while on the freeway the combus- program are fulfilled, this will be automatically
tion engine is used. selected the next time the vehicle is started. If
Function off: the next time the vehicle is started
the A drive program is set automatically. The With the Standard option, the vehicle drives in another drive program was active, then the n
ECO start/stop function is activated automati- its standard drive program (Î Electric or drive program is set automatically.
cally. n Hybrid). There is no distribution of elec- Function off: the next time the vehicle is started
trical energy over the entire route. The high- the A drive program is set automatically.
voltage battery is exhausted and the vehicle is
Configuring DYNAMIC SELECT in the MMS (plug- then driven by the combustion engine.
in hybrid) Displaying vehicle data
Switching the reset display on/off
Multimedia system: Multimedia system:
# Activate or deactivate Request at Start.
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle 4 © 5 Info
5 DYNAMIC SELECT % This function must be activated for each user
# Select Vehicle.
profile separately. The drive program for the
Setting drive program I respective user profile of the last driver is only The vehicle data is displayed.
# Select = Individual. stored if this function is activated.
# Select and set a category. Function on: the next time the vehicle is started a
prompt appears asking whether the last active
Setting the H drive program drive program should be restored.
# Select Hybrid.
 Driving and parking 209

Calling up the fuel consumption indicator In addition, the children could also set the
Multimedia system: vehicle in motion by, for example:
4 © 5 EQ R releasing the parking brake.

# Select Consumption. R changing the gearbox position.

The current and average fuel consumption will R starting the vehicle.
be displayed.
# Never leave children unattended in the
vehicle.
Transmission # When leaving the vehicle, always take the
DIRECT SELECT lever key with you and lock the vehicle.
▌Function of the DIRECT SELECT lever
# Keep the key out of reach of children.

& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due Use the DIRECT SELECT lever to switch the trans-
to children left unattended in the vehicle mission position. The current transmission posi-
tion will be shown on the driver's display.
If you leave children unattended in the vehicle, j Park position
they could, in particular: k Reverse gear
R open doors, thereby endangering other i Neutral
persons or road users. h Drive position
R get out and be struck by oncoming traffic.
▌Engaging reverse gear R
R operate vehicle equipment and become # Depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT
trapped, for example. SELECT lever upwards past the first point of
resistance.
210 Driving and parking

▌Engaging neutral N ▌Engaging park position P % Depending on the situation, it may take a
# Depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT short time until j is engaged. Therefore,
SELECT lever up or down to the first point of * NOTE Damage due to engaging park posi- always pay attention to the transmission posi-
resistance, holding it there until the transmis- tion j while the vehicle is rolling tion display.
sion position i is shown on the driver's dis- Park position j will be engaged automatically if
If you shift the transmission into park position
play. one of the following conditions is met:
j while the vehicle is rolling, the transmis-
Subsequently releasing the brake pedal will allow sion may be damaged. R You switch the stationary vehicle off in trans-
you to move the vehicle freely, e.g. to push it or # If the vehicle is rolling, do not open a mission position h or k.
tow it away. door. R You open the driver's door when the vehicle is
If you want the transmission to remain in neutral # Only engage park position j when the stationary in transmission position h or k.
N even if the vehicle is switched off: vehicle is stationary. R When the vehicle is rolling, you switch if off in
# Start the vehicle. transmission position h or k and bring it to
# Observe the notes on parking the vehicle a standstill.
# Depress the brake pedal and engage neutral
(/ page 228). R When the vehicle is rolling, you shift to trans-
i.
# Depress the brake pedal until the vehicle mission position i, bring the vehicle to a
# Release the brake pedal.
comes to a standstill. standstill and open the driver's door when the
# Switch off the vehicle. vehicle is stationary.
# When the vehicle is stationary, press button
% If you then exit the vehicle leaving the key in j. R Engaging park position j automatically is
the vehicle, the transmission will remain in When the transmission position display shows required by the vehicle.
neutral i. j, the park position is engaged. If the trans-
mission position display j is not shown, % To maneuver with an open driver's door, open
apply the parking brake and secure the vehicle the driver's door while the vehicle is station-
to prevent it from rolling away. ary and engage transmission position h or
k again.
 Driving and parking 211

▌Engaging drive position D taining a safe distance from the vehicle in front, * NOTE Accelerated aging of the high-volt-
# Depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT for vehicle speed, for braking in good time and for age battery due to not observing the fol-
SELECT lever down past the first point of staying in lane. lowing recommendations
resistance. % In wintry road conditions, the maximum effect
of the flexible all-wheel distribution can be As a result of its basic characteristics, the
achieved only if you use winter tires (M+S storage capacity of and the amount of energy
Function of 4MATIC tires), with snow chains if necessary. available from the high-voltage battery decrea-
The flexible all-wheel distribution of the 4MATIC ses over the course of its life. Due to this, both
means the drive is always ideally distributed the maximum electrical range that can be ach-
between both axles. Depending on the situation, Charging the high-voltage battery ieved by the vehicle and its maximum electri-
only the front axle or only the rear axle can be cal output can be impaired.
Notes on charging the high-voltage battery
driven, or the drive can be distributed continu- The following factors could accelerate the
ously between both axles. * NOTE High-voltage battery damage due to aging of the high-voltage battery:
This means that recuperation can be used even leaving the vehicle idle for lengthy periods R Frequent full charging (condition of charge
more effectively and the range of the vehicle can of time 100%) of the high-voltage battery, in partic-
be increased (/ page 201). ular without subsequently driving directly
Lithium-ion batteries experience a natural self-
Together with ESP® and 4ETS, 4MATIC improves discharge. afterwards
the traction of your vehicle whenever a driven R Frequent rapid charging with direct current
Exhaustive discharging can therefore occur if
wheel spins due to insufficient traction. the vehicle is idle for several months. This can (mode 4)
If you fail to adapt your driving style, 4MATIC can damage the high-voltage battery. R Leaving the vehicle idle for lengthy periods
neither reduce the risk of an accident nor override # To avoid damage, please observe the fol-
at high ambient temperatures
the laws of physics. It cannot take into account lowing recommendations when handling # To avoid accelerated aging, please
road, weather or traffic conditions. 4MATIC is only the high-voltage battery. observe the following recommendations
an aid. You are responsible especially for main-
when handling the high-voltage battery.
212 Driving and parking

Recommendations for handling the high-voltage R Do not disconnect the 12 V battery even if the
battery: vehicle is left idle for a lengthy period. Other-
R Every six months, when the outside tempera- wise, the condition of the vehicle's high-volt-
ture is above 50°F (10°C), park the vehicle age battery cannot be monitored.
overnight with a state of charge below 20%. You can contribute to reducing the vehicle's
R Charge the high-voltage battery with direct energy consumption in the following ways:
current (mode 4) only if necessary. R An anticipatory driving style (/ page 201)
R Charge the high-voltage battery to a state of R Reduced use of electrical consumers
charge of 80% on average. Beyond a state of
R Having the vehicle regularly maintained
charge of 80%, charging time will be prolonged
considerably. The charging time of the high-voltage battery may
R If leaving the vehicle idle for lengthy periods, change over the course of its life.
park up the vehicle with a high-voltage battery You can charge the high-voltage battery with both
state of charge between 30% and 50%. Do not alternating current (mode 2 or 3) and direct cur-
keep the high-voltage battery continuously rent (mode 4).
connected to power supply equipment. 1 Socket for AC charging
R If leaving the vehicle idle for lengthy periods of 2 Socket extension for DC charging
time avoid high ambient temperatures if possi- % When you use a CCS (Combined Charging
ble. System) charging cable to charge with direct
R Check the high-voltage battery's state of current, both areas of the vehicle socket will
charge every six weeks (/ page 226). be covered by the charging cable connector.
R Charge the high-voltage battery if the state of
charge is below 20%.
 Driving and parking 213

Charging options for the high-voltage battery System limits the charging cable bag with the charging cable is
(mode 2, 3 or 4): The power output of the high-voltage battery may not sufficiently secured.
R Charging through recuperation while the vehi- be impaired by the following:
cle is in motion R High or low outside temperatures
R AC charging when stationary: R Electrical auxiliary consumers in the vehicle
- at a mains socket (mode 2) being switched on, e.g. the air conditioning
- at a wallbox or charging station (mode 3) system being operated
R DC charging when stationary: R Extended periods without charging

- at a rapid charging station (mode 4) The charging time of the high-voltage battery may
be increased by the following:
Depending on the country-specific vehicle equip-
R High or low outside temperatures
ment and your vehicle's charging cable, single-
phase AC charging is also possible. R Extended periods without charging
Observe the different grid requirements of your R The maximum available charge current of the
current location when charging. Use only charging charging facility
cables that conform to the grid requirements. R The settings of the charging process in the
Consult a qualified electrician or your local grid multimedia system (/ page 227)
operator if you have any questions. Example: charging cable bag in the trunk/cargo
It is recommended that you charge the high-volt- compartment
Stowing the charging cable
age battery at a wallbox or charging station due to As delivered, charging cable bag 1 with retaining
the improved charging performance and better Always stow the vehicle's charging cable in the strap 2 is located in the trunk or cargo compart-
charging efficiency offered. charging cable bag provided and secure the ment. To secure the charging cable bag, the
charging cable bag in the trunk or cargo compart- retaining strap must be attached to a cargo tie-
ment with the included retaining strap. Otherwise,
214 Driving and parking

down ring 3. Do not use bag hooks to attach the Notes on charging the high-voltage battery at the
retaining strap. mains socket (mode 2)

& DANGER Risk of fatal injury from incor-

rectly installed component parts
Connecting the charging cable to a mains
socket using incorrectly installed component
parts could cause a fire or an electric shock,
for example.
# Only connect the charging cable to a
mains socket that:
R has been properly installed and
# Feed the loop end of retaining strap 2 R has been inspected by a qualified electri-
through cargo tie-down ring 3 into the trunk cian
or cargo compartment.
# Feed the end with the snap hook through the
# Tighten retaining strap 2 so that the knot # For safety reasons, only use the charging
loop of retaining strap 2. around cargo tie-down ring 3 is tight and cable supplied with the vehicle or an
secure. original Mercedes‑Benz charging cable.
# Hook the snap hook of retaining strap 2 in a # Purchase these parts at an authorized
cargo tie-down ring of charging cable bag 1. Mercedes-Benz Center and obtain advice
there.
 Driving and parking 215

The charging process can vary depending on the Notes on charging the high-voltage battery at a
Mercedes-Benz thoroughly tests these original power supply equipment. The charging times wallbox or charging station (mode 3)
charging cables for their suitability for high- when charging the high-voltage battery at the
voltage charging of your vehicle. mains socket are considerably longer than when & DANGER Risk of fatal injury from incor-
# Never use a damaged charging cable. charging at a wallbox or charging station. rectly installed component parts
# Do not use: When doing so, always observe the local informa- Connecting the charging cable to the vehicle
R extension cables tion. using incorrectly installed components could
R extension reels Do not leave the charging cable controls hanging cause a fire or an electric shock, for example.
R multiple sockets
loose from a mains socket. # Only connect the charging cable to a
Do not lift the controls by the following compo- wallbox if:
# Never use socket adapters to connect nent parts: R The wallbox has been properly installed
the charging cable to the mains socket. R the charging cable connector R The wallbox has been inspected by a quali-
The only exception being if the adapter
has been tested and approved by the R the mains plug fied electrician
manufacturer for charging the high-volt- When charging, protect the charging cable control
R The charging cable is not damaged
age battery of an electric vehicle. element from excessive heat such as direct sun- # Do not extend the charging cable.
# Observe the safety notes in the operat- light. Otherwise, the charging process may be
ing instructions for the socket adapter.
# Do not use adapters.
canceled.
# Observe the safety notes in the operat-
Only the following charging cables may be used: ing instructions for the wallbox.
R the charging cable supplied with the vehicle.
R a charging cable that has been approved for
the vehicle.
216 Driving and parking

& DANGER Risk of fatal injuries due to dam- Most charging stations must be activated before Notes on charging the high-voltage battery at a
aged components the charging process, e.g. using an RFID card or rapid charging station (mode 4)
via Plug & Charge. Observe the on-site operator's
If you use a damaged component to connect instructions for the charging station and the notes & DANGER Risk of fatal injuries due to dam-
the vehicle to the charging station, this can on Mercedes me Charge (see the vehicle's Digital aged components
result in fire or an electric shock, for example. Operator's Manual).
If you use a damaged component to connect
# Perform a visual inspection of the charg- The amount of energy dispensed for the charging the vehicle to the charging station, this can
ing station for obvious defects, e.g. dam- process, shown by the charging station, may be result in fire or an electric shock, for example.
age to the housing or on the charging higher than the amount of energy actually absor- # Perform a visual inspection of the charg-
cable connection. bed by the high-voltage battery. This is the result
ing station for obvious defects, e.g. dam-
# At charging stations without a pre-instal- of different levels of charging losses and is descri-
age to the housing or on the charging
led cable, for safety reasons, only use bed as recharge efficiency. Charging losses occur,
cable connection.
charging cables that have been tested for example, due to heat that builds up when the
# At charging stations without a pre-instal-
and approved by the manufacturer for vehicle is charging or from auxiliary consumers
charging the high-voltage battery in an that are switched on. Further information on led cable, for safety reasons, only use
electric vehicle. recharge efficiency can be obtained at a qualified charging cables that have been tested
specialist workshop. and approved by the manufacturer for
# Do not use a damaged charging cable.
charging the high-voltage battery in an
# Do not use an extension for the charging electric vehicle.
cable. # Do not use a damaged charging cable.
# Do not use an adapter.
# Do not use an extension for the charging
# Always observe the safety information on cable.
the charging station. # Do not use an adapter.
 Driving and parking 217

# Always observe the safety information on for example, due to heat that builds up when the ity for high-voltage charging of your vehi-
the charging station. vehicle is charging or from auxiliary consumers cle.
that are switched on. Further information on
recharge efficiency can be obtained at a qualified
# Purchase these parts at a Mercedes-
& DANGER Risk of fatal injuries when carry- specialist workshop. Benz service center and obtain advice
ing out maintenance work during the there.
charging process # Check the maximum charging current
Setting the maximum permissible charging cur- using the charging capacity shown on
During the charging process, the high-voltage rent for charging at a mains socket
on-board electrical system is under high volt- the driver's display.
age. * NOTE Overloading the mains socket due
# Do not perform any maintenance work
The charging cable supplied is set to a country-
to excessive charging current specific maximum charging current value. When
during the charging process. charging abroad, the maximum value may exceed
If the charging current is too high, the fuse
could be tripped or the external mains supply the permitted value for that country.
Most charging stations must be activated before
the charging process, e.g. using an RFID card or could overheat. # Before charging at a mains socket, have the

via Plug-and-Charge. Observe the on-site opera- # Ensure that the external mains supply maximum permissible charging current for the
tor's instructions for the charging station and the has been designed to handle the charg- relevant mains socket or the building installa-
notes on Mercedes me Charge (see the vehicle's ing current provided. tion checked by a qualified electrician.
Digital Operator's Manual). # For safety reasons, only use the charging # When charging abroad, observe the country-

The amount of energy dispensed for the charging cable supplied with the vehicle or an specific laws.
process, shown by the charging station, may be original Mercedes-Benz charging cable. If you have questions concerning the charging
higher than the amount of energy actually absor- Mercedes-Benz thoroughly tests these current or if there is a malfunction, please contact
bed by the high-voltage battery. This is the result original charging cables for their suitabil- a qualified specialist workshop.
of different levels of charging losses and is descri-
bed as recharge efficiency. Charging losses occur,
218 Driving and parking

Overview of the charging cable operating unit Charging process indicator 2 Safety system indicator 4
The charging cable operating unit shows the cur- Display Meaning Display Meaning
rent status of the charging process.
Flashes green The high-voltage bat- Flashes red Charging cable mal-
tery is charging. function – cannot
carry out the charging
Temperature monitor indicator 3 process, reset the
Display Meaning charging cable operat-
ing unit.
Lights up red The green LED flashes
simultaneously: over- Lights up red White LED is off:
temperature – the power supply malfunc-
charging performance tion – cannot carry
is reduced. out the charging proc-
ess, replace the mains
1 Supply voltage indicator The green LED does socket.
2 Charging process indicator not flash: overtemper-
ature – the charging White LED is on: vehi-
3 Temperature monitor indicator cle malfunction – can-
process is stopped.
4 Safety system indicator not carry out the
Flashes red Overtemperature at charging process,
Supply voltage indicator 1 reset the charging
the mains plug – the
Display Meaning charging process is cable operating unit.
stopped.
Lights up white The supply voltage is When all four displays light up, the charging cable
connected. operating unit performs a self-test.
 Driving and parking 219

If temperature monitor 3 indicates a malfunc- Condition of charge

tion, it may help to protect the charging cable R Lights up blue: charging process completed
from direct sunlight. R Flashes blue: charging; active energy flow
To reset the charging cable operating unit: if R Lights up orange: charging paused
safety system 4 indicates a charging cable mal-
function or a vehicle malfunction, first reset the R Flashes orange: connection is being estab-
charging cable operating unit. To do this, discon- lished
nect the charging cable from the vehicle and from R Flashes red (for approx. 90 s): malfunction in
the mains socket and wait for approximately five vehicle; charging not possible
seconds. If the malfunction persists after the
charging cable is reconnected, charging at the % Vehicles with active ambient lighting: when
mains socket is not possible. The charging cable the charging sequence is activated, the state
must be replaced or the vehicle plug must be of charge will also be accompanied by ambi-
checked at a qualified specialist workshop, ent lighting (/ page 164).
depending on the indicator.
The color and signaling of status display 1 have Starting the alternating-current charging process
Functions of the indicator lamp on the vehicle (mode 2/3)
the following meanings:
socket
Locking status & DANGER Risk of death when charging at a
The socket flap is centrally locked and unlocked R Lights up white: vehicle socket unlocked; damaged socket
together with the vehicle. insert or remove charging cable The charging process uses high voltage.
R Flashes white: disconnection or malfunction
If the charging cable, the vehicle socket or the
during locking or unlocking mains socket are damaged, you could receive
an electric shock.
220 Driving and parking

# Only use an undamaged charging cable. # If the charging cable or charge port the charging cable connector or their con-
# Avoid mechanical damage such as crush- becomes too hot, have the power supply tacts.
ing, abrading or driving over the cable. system checked. # If you feel there is increased resistance,

# Have a damaged vehicle socket replaced pull the charging cable connector out of
at a qualified specialist workshop as * NOTE Damaged or dirty vehicle socket the socket and reinsert it.
soon as possible. when the socket flap is open
Requirements
# Never connect the charging cable to a # Always keep the socket cover and the R The transmission is in position j.
damaged vehicle socket. socket flap closed when there is no
charging cable connected. This protects R The vehicle is unlocked or the distance
the vehicle socket from dirt and damage. between the key and the vehicle does not
* NOTE Damage due to overheating of exceed 3 ft (1 m).
charging cable and charge port # Make sure that the socket cover is
closed properly before closing the socket R The vehicle has not been started. The õ
During the charging process, the charging flap. This can otherwise result in damage indicator on the driver's display is off.
cable and charge port can heat up within the which may prevent the socket flap from R The charging cable is not taut.
permissible limits. being opened again.
The permissible limit values are influenced by
the following factors: * NOTE Damage to the vehicle socket or the
R the power supply system and the charging charging cable connector due to incorrect
cable are not damaged handling
R the instructions for handling the charging
Do not use excessive force (maximum 67.4 lbf
cable and the control element on the (300 N)) to insert the charging cable connec-
charging cable have been observed tor into the vehicle socket as far as it will go.
You may otherwise damage the vehicle socket,
 Driving and parking 221

Vehicles with an electrical socket flap: if an obsta- light up for approximately 30 seconds as with
cle impedes the socket flap while it is opening, status display 2 (/ page 164).
the socket flap will close again automatically. When Sound Experience is activated, different
% When the vehicle is started (the õ indica- situations, such as the charging cable con-
tor is lit up on the driver's display), socket flap nector being inserted and removed or the
1 cannot be opened. beginning of the charging process, will be
accompanied by selected sounds. For infor-
% Only upper connection 3 is required for the mation on Sound Experience, please refer to
charging cable connector. the Digital Operator's Manual.
# To charge at a mains socket, insert the mains
Vehicles with an electric socket flap: if a charging
plug into the mains socket of the external cable is not connected to the vehicle after the
power source as far as it will go. socket flap has been opened, the socket flap will
# Insert the charging cable connector into vehi- close again automatically.
cle socket connection 3 as far as it will go. If When the charging cable is connected to the vehi-
the wallbox/charging station is not equipped cle, the vehicle cannot be started or moved.
with a charging cable, insert the plug of the
# Open socket flap 1 via the EQ module of the vehicle's charging cable into the wallbox/ At the start of the charging process, the charge
multimedia system (/ page 331). charging station socket as far as it will go. level display will be shown on the driver's display
Make sure that the charging cable is not taut with a charging prediction. The charging predic-
or
when inserted. tion refers to the time at which the high-voltage
# Press the center rear section of socket flap battery will be fully charged.
1. Status display 2 will flash orange and, as
% Depending on the temperature, the fan and
Socket flap 1 will swing open and status dis- soon as the high-voltage battery is charged,
battery cooling system may audibly switch on
play 2 will light up white. blue.
during the charging process.
% When the charging sequence for the ambient
lighting is activated, the ambient lighting will
222 Driving and parking

% If the vehicle is idle for lengthy periods and charging cable connector is still locked, con-
connected to the mains supply, the high-volt- tact a qualified specialist workshop.
age battery will be recharged automatically as % Status display 1 remains lit for some time
needed or when electrical consumers are after the charging cable connector has been
activated (e.g. pre-entry climate control). removed and then goes out.
# Close the socket flap.
Ending the alternating current charging process For vehicles with an electric socket flap,
(mode 2/3) observe the following notes on closing the
socket flap.
Requirements
R The distance between the SmartKey and the # Remove the charging cable connector from

vehicle does not exceed 3 ft (1 m). the mains socket, or from the socket on the
wallbox/charging station, and stow the vehi-
cle's charging cable safely in the vehicle
(/ page 213).
The electric socket flap closes automatically in
# Press charging interruption button 2. the following situations:
The charging process is ended. Status display R shortly after the charging cable connector has
1 lights up white. The vehicle socket is been removed
unlocked.
R after the socket flap has been tapped in the
# Press and hold button 3 on the charging direction to close it
cable connector and remove the charging
R after transmission position i, h or k has
cable connector from the vehicle socket.
been engaged
% If you cannot remove the charging cable con-
nector, repeat the unlocking procedure. If the
 Driving and parking 223

Automatic reversing function of the electric # Have a damaged vehicle socket replaced * NOTE Damaged or dirty vehicle socket
socket flap at a qualified specialist workshop as when the socket flap is open
If an obstacle impedes the electrical socket flap soon as possible.
while it is closing, the socket flap will open again # Always keep the socket cover and the
automatically.
# Never connect the charging cable to a socket flap closed when there is no
damaged vehicle socket. charging cable connected. This protects
# When closing the socket flap, make sure that
no body parts or objects are in the closing the vehicle socket from dirt and damage.
area. * NOTE Damage due to overheating of # Make sure that the socket cover is
charging cable and charge port closed properly before closing the socket
During the charging process, the charging flap. This can otherwise result in damage
Starting the direct-current charging process which may prevent the socket flap from
(mode 4) cable and charge port can heat up within the
permissible limits. being opened again.
& DANGER Risk of death when charging at a The permissible limit values are influenced by
damaged socket the following factors: * NOTE Damage to the vehicle socket or the
R the power supply system and the charging
charging cable connector due to incorrect
The charging process uses high voltage. handling
cable are not damaged
If the charging cable, the vehicle socket or the
R the instructions for handling the charging Do not use excessive force (maximum 67.4 lbf
mains socket are damaged, you could receive
cable and the control element on the (300 N)) to insert the charging cable connec-
an electric shock.
charging cable have been observed tor into the vehicle socket as far as it will go.
# Only use an undamaged charging cable.
You may otherwise damage the vehicle socket,
# Avoid mechanical damage such as crush- # If the charging cable or charge port the charging cable connector or their con-
ing, abrading or driving over the cable. becomes too hot, have the power supply tacts.
system checked.
224 Driving and parking

# If you feel there is increased resistance, Vehicles with an electrical socket flap: if an obsta-
pull the charging cable connector out of cle impedes the socket flap while it is opening,
the socket and reinsert it. the socket flap will close again automatically.
% When the vehicle is started (the õ indica-
Requirements tor is lit up on the driver's display), socket flap
R The transmission is in position j. 1 cannot be opened.
R The vehicle is unlocked or the distance # Remove socket cover 4 from the lower con-
between the key and the vehicle does not nection of vehicle socket 3.
exceed 3 ft (1 m).
R The vehicle has not been started. The õ
% The CCS charging cable connector requires
both vehicle socket connections 3.
indicator on the driver's display is off.
# Insert the charging cable connector into vehi-
R The charging cable is not taut.
cle socket 3 as far as it will go.
Make sure that the charging cable is not taut
when inserted.
# Open socket flap 1 via the EQ module of the Status display 2 will flash orange and, as
multimedia system (/ page 331). soon as the high-voltage battery is charged,
or blue.
# Press the center rear section of socket flap % When the charging sequence for the ambient
1. lighting is activated, the ambient lighting will
Socket flap 1 will swing open and status dis- light up for approximately 30 seconds as with
play 2 will light up white. status display 2 (/ page 164).
 Driving and parking 225

When Sound Experience is activated, different needed or when electrical consumers are # Press charging interruption button 2.
situations, such as the charging cable con- activated (e.g. pre-entry climate control). The charging process is ended. Status display
nector being inserted and removed or the 1 lights up white. The vehicle socket is
beginning of the charging process, will be unlocked.
Ending the direct current charging process (mode
accompanied by selected sounds. For infor- Press and hold button 3 on the charging
4) #
mation on Sound Experience, please refer to cable connector and remove the charging
the Digital Operator's Manual. Requirements: cable connector from the vehicle socket.
Vehicles with an electric socket flap: if a charging R The distance between the key and the vehicle
cable is not connected to the vehicle after the does not exceed 3 ft (1 m). % If you cannot remove the charging cable con-
socket flap has been opened, the socket flap will nector, unlock the vehicle and repeat the pro-
close again automatically. cedure. If the charging cable connector is still
locked, contact a qualified specialist work-
When the charging cable is connected to the vehi- shop.
cle, the vehicle cannot be started or moved.
% Status display 1 indicator lamp remains lit
At the start of the charging process, the charge
for some time after the charging cable con-
level display will be shown on the driver's display
nector has been removed and then goes out.
with a charging prediction. The charging predic-
# Insert socket cover 4 into the lower vehicle
tion refers to the time at which the high-voltage
battery will be fully charged. socket connection.
% Depending on the temperature, the fan and # Close the socket flap.

battery cooling system may audibly switch on For vehicles with an electric socket flap,
during the charging process. observe the following notes on closing the
% If the vehicle is idle for lengthy periods and socket flap.
connected to the mains supply, the high-volt-
age battery will be recharged automatically as
226 Driving and parking

The electric socket flap closes automatically in % Specified remaining range 1 may vary due to
the following situations: different factors, e.g. driving style or topogra-
R shortly after the charging cable connector has phy.
been removed When the vehicle is connected to the mains sup-
R after the socket flap has been tapped in the ply and is switched off, the driver's display shows
direction to close it the charge level display for approximately two
R after transmission position i, h or k has
minutes.
been engaged % The value of current charging capacity 7 can
differ from the display on the charging station.
Automatic backing up function of the electric At a charging capacity of 10 kW or higher, the
socket flap 1 Range at current charge level value in the charge level display is rounded off
If an obstacle impedes the electrical socket flap 2 Current state of charge of the high-voltage and shown without a decimal place.
while it is closing, the socket flap will open again battery The value in 4 varies depending on the setting of
automatically. The automatic backing up function 3 Maximum state of charge (depending on the
is only an aid and is not a substitute for your the charging process. It displays the charging pre-
setting) diction, e.g. the time at which the selected charge
attentiveness. 4 Time remaining until completely charged (until level will be reached or the charge level at the
# When closing the socket flap, make sure that the selected maximum charge level is pre-selected departure time.
no body parts or objects are in the closing reached)
area. 5 Charge level recommended by Range Assis-
tant to reach the next destination
Function of the charge level display in the driver's 6 Dynamic charge level display
display 7 Current charging capacity
% The data shown in the illustration is example
data.
 Driving and parking 227

Configuring the charging settings % Further notes on charging with alternating The ECO charging function limits the charging
current: (/ page 219) or direct current: voltage at charging stations to conserve the vehi-
Multimedia system:
(/ page 223). cle's battery.
4 © 5 EQ 5 Charging
Unlocking the charging cable (mode 3 or 4) Setting the departure time
Setting the charging program When the function is active, the charging cable is The set departure times are used for the vehicle's
# Select Home, Work or Standard. unlocked when the maximum charge level is pre-entry climate control and for predictions
reached. regarding the approximate state of charge and
Opening and closing the socket flap using the # Select Home or Work. range at the time selected. The charging process
MMS always starts immediately, irrespective of the next
# Activate or deactivate Unlock Charging Cable.
# Press Open socket flap to open the socket departure time.
flap. Activating or deactivating location-based charging # Select Departure Time.
# The charging process can be interrupted using # Select Charge at home or Charge at work. The following charging times can be selected:
Stop Charging. The charging process is ended # Activate or deactivate Select Based on Loca- R individual charging times
and the charging cable is unlocked.
tion. R a Week Profile
# Press Close socket flap to close the socket
flap. The socket flap also closes automatically When the function is activated, the vehicle's cur- Setting an individual departure time
when the transmission is shifted out of posi- rent position is saved as one of the selected # Select Add New Time and set a new depar-
tion j. The socket flap also closes automati- options. When the address is reached again, the ture time.
cally after one minute if it has been opened charging program is automatically switched over
as soon as parking position j is engaged. or
but no plug has been inserted, and ten to fif-
# Select ´ and adapt an existing departure
teen seconds after the plug has been Activating or deactivating ECO charging
removed. time.
# Activate or deactivate the function.
228 Driving and parking

Setting the repeat days Parking R get out and be struck by oncoming traffic.
# Select Add New Time and set a new depar-
ture time. Parking the vehicle R operate vehicle equipment and become
trapped, for example.
# Mark the relevant weekdays for which the
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury
departure time will apply and confirm with caused by an insufficiently secured vehi- In addition, the children could also set the
a. cle rolling away vehicle in motion by, for example:
or R releasing the parking brake.
If the vehicle is not securely parked suffi-
# Select ´ and edit existing repeat days. R changing the gearbox position.
ciently, it can roll away in an uncontrolled way
even at a slight downhill gradient. R starting the vehicle.
Setting a break in the charging process
# On uphill or downhill gradients, turn the
Up to four breaks in the charging process can be # Never leave children unattended in the
set during which the vehicle is not charged, even front wheels so that the vehicle rolls vehicle.
if it is connected to a charging station. towards the curb if it starts moving. # When leaving the vehicle, always take the
# Select Charging Pauses. # Apply the parking brake.
key with you and lock the vehicle.
# Select Add New Time and then set and save # Switch the transmission to position j. # Keep the key out of reach of children.
the times for the beginning and end of the
break. & WARNING Risk of accident and injury due This also applies to the Digital Vehicle Key.
# Activate or deactivate the charging breaks that to children left unattended in the vehicle
have been set. * NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to it roll-
If you leave children unattended in the vehicle, ing away
Set charging breaks can be edited with the ´ they could, in particular:
button or deleted with the E button. R open doors, thereby endangering other
# Always secure the vehicle against rolling
persons or road users. away.
 Driving and parking 229

* NOTE Damage due to the vehicle lowering

The vehicle can lower because of temperature
differences or longer non-operational times.
This can cause damage to parts of the body.
# When stopping the vehicle and when
driving off, make sure that there are no
obstacles such as curbs under or in the
immediate vicinity of the body.

% If you park the vehicle for a long period,

observe the following notes:
R Make sure the high-voltage battery has a
sufficient state of charge, especially at
very low outside temperatures. That way,
you can avoid any problems when the
Vehicles with central display Vehicles with MBUX Hyperscreen
vehicle is subsequently started.
R If possible, avoid parking spaces in direct # Bring the vehicle to a standstill by depressing
sunlight. the brake pedal.
# On uphill or downhill gradients, turn the front
Observe the notes on charging the high-volt-
wheels so that the vehicle rolls towards the
age battery (/ page 211).
curb if it starts moving.
# Apply the electric parking brake.
230 Driving and parking

# Engage transmission position j in a station- # Always make sure that nobody is within
ary vehicle with the brake pedal depressed the range of the garage door's move-
(/ page 210). ment.
# Switch off the vehicle by pressing button 1.

# Release the service brake slowly. Only operate the following doors using the garage
door opener:
# Get out of the vehicle and lock it.
R Doors with a safety stop and reversing func-
% When you park the vehicle, you can still oper- tion
ate the side windows and the panoramic slid-
R Doors which conform to the current U.S.
ing sunroof for approximately four minutes if
the driver's door is closed. safety standards
Before programming the garage door opener, park
Garage door opener the vehicle outside the garage. Make sure that the
vehicle is switched on but not started.
▌Programming buttons for the garage door
opener Requirements
R The vehicle has been parked outside the # Check if the transmitter frequency of the
& WARNING Risk of injury by becoming garage or outside the range of movement of remote control has the frequency range of
trapped when opening and closing a the door. 280 to 868 MHz.
garage door R The vehicle is switched on. Radio equipment approval number:
When you operate or program a garage door R The vehicle has not been started. R NZLMUAHL5 (USA)
with an integrated garage door opener, per- % The garage door opener function is always R 4112A-MUAHL5 (Canada)
sons can become trapped or struck by the available when the vehicle is switched on.
garage door if they stand within its range of
movement.
 Driving and parking 231

# Press and hold button 1, 2 or 3 that you % The remote control for the door drive is not ▌Troubleshooting when programming the remote
wish to program. included in the scope of delivery of the garage control
Indicator lamp 4 flashes yellow. door opener. # Check if the transmitter frequency of remote
control 5 is supported.
% It can take up to 20 seconds before the indi- ▌Synchronizing the rolling code
# Replace the batteries in remote control 5.
cator lamp flashes yellow.
Requirements # Hold remote control 5 at various angles from
# Release the previously pressed button.
R The door system uses a rolling code.
Indicator lamp 4 continues to flash yellow. a distance of 0.4 in (1 cm) to 3 in (8 cm) in
R The vehicle must be within range of the garage front of the inside rearview mirror. You should
# Point remote control 5 from a distance of
or door drive. test every position for at least 25 seconds
0.4 in (1 cm) to 3 in (8 cm) towards button R The vehicle as well as persons and objects are before trying another position.
1, 2 or 3. located outside the range of movement of the # Hold remote control 5 at the same angles at
# Press and hold button 6 of remote control door. various distances in front of the inside rear-
5 until one of the following signals appears: view mirror. You should test every position for
R Indicator lamp 4 lights up green continu-
# Press the programming button on the door
drive unit. at least 25 seconds before trying another
ously. Programming is complete. position.
Initiate the next step within approximately
R Indicator lamp 4 flashes green. Program- 30 seconds. # On remote controls that transmit only for a
ming was successful. Additionally, syn- # Press previously programmed button 1, 2 limited period, press button 6 on remote
chronization of the rolling code with the control 5 again before transmission ends.
door system must be carried out. or 3 repeatedly until the door closes.
When the door closes, programming is com- # Angle the antenna line of the garage door
# If indicator lamp 4 does not light up or flash
pleted. opener unit towards the remote control.
green: repeat the procedure.
% Please also read the operating instructions for
# Release all of the buttons.
the door drive.
232 Driving and parking

% It is possible that older garage doors cannot ▌Clearing the garage door opener memory In addition, the children could also set the
be operated using the remote control in the # Press and hold buttons 1 and 3.
vehicle in motion by, for example:
inside rearview mirror even after you have Indicator lamp 4 lights up yellow. R releasing the parking brake.
successfully performed the measures descri- # If indicator lamp 4 flashes green: release
bed above. If this is the case, contact the R changing the gearbox position.
buttons 1 and 3.
HomeLink® Hotline. R starting the vehicle.
The entire memory has been deleted.
% Support and additional information on pro- # Never leave children unattended in the
gramming: vehicle.
Electric parking brake
R on the toll free HomeLink® Hotline on # When leaving the vehicle, always take the
1-800-355-3515 ▌Function of the electric parking brake (applying
key with you and lock the vehicle.
R online at the https:// automatically)
# Keep the key out of reach of children.
www.homelink.com/mercedes
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due
▌Opening or closing a garage door to children left unattended in the vehicle This also applies to the Digital Vehicle Key.
If you leave children unattended in the vehicle, The electric parking brake is applied if the trans-
Requirements mission is in position j and one of the following
R The corresponding button is programmed to they could, in particular:
conditions is fulfilled:
operate the door. R open doors, thereby endangering other
R The vehicle is switched off.
persons or road users.
# Press and hold buttons 1, 2 or 3 until the R The seat belt tongue is not inserted in the seat
R get out and be struck by oncoming traffic.
door opens or closes. belt buckle of the driver's seat and the driver's
R operate vehicle equipment and become
# If indicator lamp 4 flashes yellow after door is opened.
approx. 20 seconds: Press the previously trapped, for example.
% To prevent application: pull the handle of the
pressed button again and keep it pressed until
the door opens or closes. electric parking brake (/ page 233).
 Driving and parking 233

In the following situations, the electric parking ▌Function of the electric parking brake (releas- When the electric parking brake is released, the
brake is also applied: ing automatically) red F (USA) or ! (Canada) indicator lamp
R The HOLD function is keeping the vehicle sta- The electric parking brake is released when the in the driver's display goes out.
tionary. following conditions are fulfilled: ▌Applying/releasing the electric parking brake
R Active Parking Assist is keeping the vehicle R The driver's door is closed. manually
stationary. R The vehicle has been started.
Applying
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is bringing
R The transmission is in position h or k and
the vehicle to a standstill. you depress the accelerator pedal or you shift
R In addition, one of the following conditions from transmission position j to h or k
must be fulfilled: when on level ground.
- The vehicle is switched off. R If the transmission is in position k, the tail-
- The seat belt tongue is not inserted in the gate must be closed.
seat belt buckle of the driver's seat and R The seat belt tongue is inserted into the seat
the driver's door is opened. belt buckle of the driver's seat.
- There is a system malfunction. If the seat belt tongue is not inserted into the
- The power supply is insufficient. seat belt buckle of the driver's seat, one of the
- The vehicle is stationary for a lengthy following conditions must be fulfilled:
period. - You shift from transmission position j.
When the electric parking brake is applied, the or
red F (USA) or ! (Canada) indicator lamp - You have previously driven at speeds
lights up in the driver's display. greater than 2 mph (3 km/h).
234 Driving and parking

# Push handle 1. Information on collision detection on a parked % If the battery is severely discharged, the func-
The red F (USA) or ! (Canada) indica- vehicle tion for detecting a collision on a parked vehi-
tor lamp lights up in the driver's display. cle is automatically deactivated to facilitate
If a collision is detected on the locked vehicle the next engine start.
% The electric parking brake is only securely when towing protection is switched on and colli-
applied if the red F (USA) or ! (Can- sion detection is switched on, you will receive a System limits
ada) indicator lamp is lit continuously. message in the multimedia system when the vehi- Detection may be restricted in the following situa-
Releasing cle is switched on. tions:
# Switch on the vehicle.
You will receive information about the following R the vehicle is damaged without impact,
points: forexample, if an outside mirror is torn off or
# Pull handle 1.
R The area of the vehicle that may have been the paint is damaged by a key
The red F (USA) or ! (Canada) indica-
damaged. R an impact occurs at low speed
tor lamp in the driver's display goes out.
R The force of the impact.
R the electric parking brake is not applied
▌Emergency braking
# Press and hold handle 1. The following situation can lead to inadvertent % You are responsible for your vehicle. Convince
As long as the vehicle is in motion, the activation: yourself that your vehicle is free of damage
Release Parking Brake message is displayed R The parked vehicle is moved, forexample, in a and roadworthy.
and the red F (USA) or ! (Canada) two-storey garage.
indicator lamp flashes. % Deactivate the tow-away alarm in order to
When the vehicle has been braked to a stand- prevent inadvertent activation. If you deacti-
still, the electric parking brake is applied. The vate the tow-away alarm, collision detection
red F (USA) or ! (Canada) indicator will also be deactivated.
lamp lights up in the driver's display. You can permanently deactivate collision
detection via the multimedia system
(/ page 235).
 Driving and parking 235

Setting collision detection on a parked vehicle # Scan the generated QR code on the central Driving and driving safety systems
display with the Mercedes me App.
Multimedia system: The encrypted collision photos will then be Driving systems and your responsibility
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle
uploaded to Mercedes me. Your vehicle is equipped with driving systems that
5 Open/Close 5 Vehicle Protection
% Any device that can scan QR codes can be assist you in driving, parking and maneuvering the
# Activate or deactivate the function via Colli- used to view the collision photos in the vehicle. The driving systems are only aids. They
sion Notification. Mercedes me App. are not a substitute for you paying attention to
% A maximum of three incidents can be regis- your surroundings and do not relieve you of your
Copying the collision photos to a USB flash drive responsibility pertaining to road traffic law. The
tered. Up to 15 photos are taken for every # Connect a USB flash drive . driver is always responsible for maintaining a safe
incident. In the event of another incident, the
# Select Manage Collision Photos. distance to the vehicle in front, for vehicle speed,
photos of the first incident will be overwritten
for braking in good time and for staying in lane.
if they have not been deleted already. # Select Copy (USB).
Pay attention to the traffic conditions at all times
Activating or deactivating the collision photos All collision photos are copied to the USB and intervene when necessary. Be aware of the
function flash drive. limitations regarding the safe use of these sys-
Note possible legal restrictions in some countries % To ensure secure operation, only use with tems.
regarding automatic recording of the vehicle sur- FAT32 or exFAT formatted USB storage devi- Driving systems can neither reduce the risk of an
roundings. ces. accident if you fail to adapt your driving style nor
# Activate or deactivate Collision Photos.
Deleting collision photos override the laws of physics. They cannot always
take into account road, weather or traffic condi-
Transferring the collision photos with the # Select Manage Collision Photos.
tions.
Mercedes me App # Select Delete.
% Some driving systems can regulate or limit the
# Select Upload Collision Photos. All collision photos will be deleted. speed to a previously set value. Draw atten-
# Select Upload Automatically. tion to the stored speed when changing driv-
ers.
236 Driving and parking

Information on vehicle sensors and cameras & WARNING Risk of accident due to restric-
Some driving and driving safety systems use cam- ted detection performance of vehicle sen-
eras as well as radar or ultrasonic sensors to sors and cameras
monitor the area in front of, behind or next to the If the area around vehicle sensors or cameras
vehicle. is covered, damaged or dirty, certain driving
and safety systems cannot function correctly.
There is a risk of an accident.
# Keep the area around vehicle sensors or
cameras clear of any obstructions and
1 Multifunction camera clean.
# Have damage to the bumper, radiator
2 Cameras in the outside mirrors
grille or stone chipping in the area of the
3 Front radar front and rear windows repaired at a
4 Front camera qualified specialist workshop.
5 Corner radars
6 Ultrasonic sensors Particularly, keep the areas around the sensors
and cameras free of dirt, ice or slush
7 Rear view camera (/ page 395). The sensors and cameras must
not be covered and the detection ranges around
them must be kept free. Do not attach additional
license plate brackets, advertisements, stickers,
foils or foils to protect against stone chippings in
the detection range of the sensors and cameras.
 Driving and parking 237

Make sure that there are no overhanging loads R HOLD function (/ page 241) ing Assistance Package, albeit with restricted
protruding into the detection range. R Hill Start Assist (/ page 242) functionality.
If a bumper or the radiator grill is damaged or R Valet service mode (/ page 243) R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
after an impact, have the function of the sensors (/ page 247)
checked at a qualified specialist workshop. Have R Beginner driver mode (/ page 243)
R Active Speed Limit Assist (/ page 252)
damage or stone chipping in the area of the cam- R ATTENTION ASSIST (/ page 244)
eras on the front and rear windows repaired at a R Route-based speed adaptation (/ page 253)
R Cruise control (/ page 245)
qualified specialist workshop. R Active Brake Assist (/ page 262)
R DSR (Downhill Speed Regulation)
% The rear view camera can extend and retract (/ page 255) R Active Steering Assist (/ page 256)
automatically for the purpose of calibration, R Active Emergency Stop Assist (/ page 259)
even though there is no camera image in the R Traffic Sign Assist (/ page 267)
display. R Traffic light view (/ page 271) R Active Lane Change Assist (/ page 260)
R AIRMATIC (/ page 280) R Active Stop-and-Go Assist (/ page 254)
Overview of driving systems and driving safety R Active Blind Spot Assist with exit warning
Driving Assistance Package (/ page 274)
systems
% The availability of some functions or sub-func- R Active Lane Keeping Assist (/ page 277)
R ABS (/ page 238) tions of the Driving Assistance Package is
R BAS (/ page 238) equipment- or country-specific. The functions R PRE-SAFE® Impulse Side (/ page 54)
of your Driving Assistance Package may differ Parking Package
R ESP® (/ page 239) from the functions listed here.
R ESP® Crosswind Assist (/ page 240) Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC, Active % The availability of individual functions depends
Blind Spot Assist, Active Brake Assist, Active on the country and equipment.
R ESP® trailer stabilization (/ page 240)
Lane Keeping Assist and Active Emergency R Rear view camera (/ page 282)
R EBD (/ page 241) Stop Assist are also available without the Driv- R 360° Camera (/ page 284)
R STEER CONTROL (/ page 241)
238 Driving and parking

R Parking Assist PARKTRONIC (/ page 290) R ABS may be impaired or may not function if a Function of BAS
R Active Parking Assist (/ page 294) malfunction has occurred and the yellow !
ABS warning lamp lights up continuously after & WARNING Risk of an accident caused by a
R Remote Parking Assist (/ page 299) the vehicle is started. malfunction in BAS (Brake Assist System)
R Memory Parking Assist (country-dependent)
(/ page 307) If BAS is malfunctioning, the braking distance
Functions of Off-road ABS in an emergency braking situation is
increased.
% Off-road ABS is activated automatically when
Functions of ABS # Depress the brake pedal with full force in
you select the F drive program.
The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) regulates the emergency braking situations. ABS pre-
Off-road ABS is specially adapted for driving off- vents the wheels from locking.
brake pressure in critical driving situations: road:
R During braking, for instance, at maximum full-
R The front wheels lock cyclically during braking. The Brake Assist System (BAS) supports your
stop braking or if there is insufficient tire trac- emergency braking situation with additional brake
R The braking distance is shortened due to the
tion, the wheels are prevented from locking. force.
digging-in effect.
R Vehicle steerability while braking is ensured.
If you depress the brake pedal quickly, BAS is
System limits
If ABS intervenes when braking, you will feel a activated:
R Off-road ABS functions at speeds below
pulsing in the brake pedal. The pulsating brake 25 mph (40 km/h). R BAS automatically boosts the brake pressure.
pedal can be an indication of hazardous road con- R BAS can shorten the braking distance.
R If Off-road ABS intervenes, the ability to steer
ditions and can serve as a reminder to take extra
care while driving. may be restricted. R ABS prevents the wheels from locking.

System limits The brakes will function as usual once you release
R ABS is active from speeds of approx. 3 mph the brake pedal. BAS is deactivated.
(5 km/h).
 Driving and parking 239

Function of ESP® If the vehicle deviates from the direction desired If the ÷ ESP® warning lamp flashes in the driv-
by the driver, ESP® can stabilize the vehicle by er's display, one or several wheels has reached its
& WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP® is intervening in the following ways: grip limit:
deactivated R One or more wheels are braked. R Adapt your driving style to suit the current
If you deactivate ESP®, ESP® cannot carry out R The drive system output is adapted according road and weather conditions.
vehicle stabilization. to the situation. R Do not deactivate ESP®.
# ESP® should only be deactivated in the R Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as is
ESP® is deactivated if the å ESP® OFF warn-
following situations. ing lamp lights up continuously in the driver's dis- necessary when pulling away.
play: Deactivate ESP® in the following situations to
The Electronic Stability Program (ESP®) can moni- R Driving stability will no longer be improved.
tor and improve driving stability and traction in improve traction:
the following situations within physical limits: R Vehicles with trailer hitch: stabilization of the R When using snow chains.
R When pulling away on wet or slippery roads.
vehicle/trailer combination is no longer R In deep snow.
active.
R When braking. R On sand or gravel.
R Crosswind Assist is no longer active.
R Vehicles with trailer hitch: in trailer operation % Spinning the wheels results in a cutting
R The drive wheels could spin.
from speeds of 40 mph (65 km/h), if the vehi- action, which enhances traction.
cle/trailer combination begins to sway from R ETS/4ETS traction control is still active.
side to side. If the ÷ ESP® warning lamp lights up continu-
% When ESP® is deactivated, you are still assis- ously, ESP® is not available due to a malfunction.
R In strong side winds when you are driving ted by ESP® when braking.
faster than 50 mph (80 km/h). ETS/4ETS (Electronic Traction System)
ETS/4ETS traction control is part of ESP® and
makes it possible to pull away and accelerate on a
slippery road.
240 Driving and parking

If you select the F drive program, a special Function of ESP® Crosswind Assist When you are driving with a trailer, ESP® can sta-
ETS system specifically suited to off-road terrain bilize your vehicle if the trailer begins to swerve
is automatically activated. ESP® Crosswind Assist detects sudden gusts of from side to side:
side wind and helps the driver to keep the vehicle
ETS/4ETS can improve the vehicle's traction by in the lane: R ESP® trailer stabilization will be active at
intervening in the following ways: speeds above 40 mph (65 km/h).
R ESP® Crosswind Assist is active at vehicle
R The drive wheels are braked individually if they R Slight swerving is reduced by means of a tar-
speeds between approx. 50 mph (80 km/h)
spin. and 125 mph (200 km/h) when driving geted, individual brake application on one
R More drive torque is transferred to the wheel straight ahead or cornering slightly. side.
or wheels with traction. R The vehicle is stabilized by means of individual R In the event of severe swerving, the operating
brake application on one side. energy output will also be reduced and the
Influence of drive programs on ESP® brakes will be applied to all wheels.
The drive programs enable ESP® to adapt to dif-
ferent weather and road conditions as well as the Function of ESP® trailer stabilization ESP® trailer stabilization may be impaired or may
driver's preferred driving style. Depending on the not function if:
selected drive program, the appropriate ESP® & WARNING Risk of accident in poor road R The trailer is not connected correctly or is not
mode will be activated. You can select the drive and weather conditions detected properly by the vehicle.
programs using the DYNAMIC SELECT button
(/ page 207). In poor road and weather conditions, the
trailer stabilization cannot prevent lurching of Activating / deactivating ESP® (Electronic Stabil-
the vehicle/trailer combination. Trailers with a ity Program)
high center of gravity may tip over before
ESP® detects this. Multimedia system:
4 © 5 ß 5 y
# Always adapt your driving style to suit
the current road and weather conditions. # Select ESP.
 Driving and parking 241

# Select On or å Off . This steering recommendation is given in the fol- The HOLD function is only an aid. The responsibil-
lowing situations: ity for the vehicle safely standing still remains with
ESP® is deactivated if the å ESP® OFF warn- the driver.
R both right wheels or both left wheels are on a
ing lamp lights up continuously in the driver's dis-
play. wet or slippery road surface when you brake System limits
R the vehicle starts to skid The HOLD function is only intended to provide
Observe any information on warning lamps and
display messages which may be shown in the driv- assistance when driving and is not a sufficient
System limits means of safeguarding the vehicle against rolling
er's display. STEER CONTROL may be impaired or may not away when stationary.
function in the following situations: R The incline must not be greater than 30%.
Function of EBD R ESP® is deactivated.
▌Activating/deactivating the HOLD function
Electronic Brakeforce Distribution (EBD) is charac- R ESP® is malfunctioning.
terized by the following: R The steering is malfunctioning. & WARNING Risk of an accident due to the
R Monitoring and regulating the brake pressure HOLD function being active when you
on the rear wheels. If ESP® is malfunctioning, you will be assisted fur- leave the vehicle
R Improved driving stability when braking, espe- ther by the electric power steering.
If the vehicle is only braked with the HOLD
cially on bends. function it could, in the following situations,
HOLD function roll away:
Function of STEER CONTROL ▌HOLD function R If there is a malfunction in the system or in
STEER CONTROL assists you by transmitting a The HOLD function holds the vehicle at a stand- the power supply.
noticeable steering force to the steering wheel in still without requiring you to depress the brake R If the HOLD function is deactivated by
the direction required for vehicle stabilization. pedal, e.g. while waiting in traffic. depressing the accelerator pedal or brake
pedal, e.g. by a vehicle occupant.
242 Driving and parking

# Always secure the vehicle against rolling # Depress the brake pedal until the ë display # Immediately depress the brake pedal firmly
away before you leave it. disappears from the driver's display. until the warning message disappears.
The HOLD function is deactivated in the following The HOLD function is deactivated.
Requirements situations: # Additionally secure the vehicle against rolling
R The vehicle is stationary. R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa- away.
R The driver's door is closed or the seat belt on ted.
the driver's side is fastened. R The transmission is shifted to position j. Function of Hill Start Assist
R The vehicle has been started.
R The vehicle is secured with the electric park- Hill Start Assist holds the vehicle for a short time
R The electric parking brake is released. ing brake. when you pull away on a hill under the following
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is deactiva- conditions:
In the following situations, the vehicle is held by
ted. transmission position j and/or by the electric R The transmission is in position h or k.
R The transmission is in position h, k or i. parking brake: R The electric parking brake is released.

Activating the HOLD function R The seat belt is unfastened and the driver's
This gives you enough time to move your foot
# Depress the brake pedal, and after a short
door is opened. from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal and
time quickly depress further until the ë R The vehicle is switched off. depress it before the vehicle begins to roll away.
display appears in the driver's display. R There is a system malfunction.
# Release the brake pedal.
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due
R The power supply is insufficient.
to the vehicle rolling away
Deactivating the HOLD function In addition, the Brake Immediately message may After a short time, Hill Start Assist no longer
# Depress the accelerator pedal to pull away. appear in the driver's display and a horn tone may holds the vehicle.
or sound at regular intervals. # Swiftly move your foot from the brake
pedal to the accelerator pedal. Do not
 Driving and parking 243

leave the vehicle when it is being held by ▌Activating or deactivating valet service mode % Valet service mode remains active even fol-
Hill Start Assist. lowing a change of profile or after the vehicle
Requirements: is switched on or off, and must be deliberately
R For activation: the vehicle is stationary.
deactivated by the authorized user.
Valet service mode R For deactivation: park position j is engaged.

▌Function of the valet service mode Multimedia system: Beginner driver mode
In valet service mode, the vehicle acceleration is 4 © 5 Apps 5 Valet service mode
▌Function of beginner driver mode
limited to reduce the risk of damage to and % This function is an on-demand feature In beginner driver mode, vehicle acceleration is
improper use of the vehicle when it is handed over (/ page 29). limited to increase safety for inexperienced driv-
to third parties. ers.
# Activate or deactivate the function.
Valet service mode is characterized by the follow- If valet service mode is activated, an indicator Beginner driver mode is characterized by the fol-
ing: lamp in the driver's display lights up. lowing:
R Power output is reduced. R Power output is reduced.
% Alternatively, valet service mode can be acti-
R In principle, a maximum speed of 50 mph vated or deactivated via the Mercedes me R In principle, a maximum speed of 75 mph
(80 km/h) can be reached. connect App. (120 km/h) can be reached.
R Drive programs B and = are not availa- Further information on Mercedes me connect R Drive programs B and = are not availa-
ble. (/ page 380)
ble.
R ESP® cannot be deactivated. % Valet service mode is protected from deacti- R ESP® cannot be deactivated.
R Profiles that are still logged in are logged out
vation by third parties only in combination
with Mercedes me connect. If the vehicle is ▌Activating or deactivating beginner driver mode
and unprotected profiles are secured. connected to Mercedes me connect, only the
profile that activated the mode or the estab- Requirements:
lished main user can deactivate it again. R For activation: the vehicle is stationary.
244 Driving and parking

R For deactivation: park position j is engaged. ATTENTION ASSIST If you do not take a break and ATTENTION ASSIST
continues to detect increasing lapses in concen-
Multimedia system: ▌Function of ATTENTION ASSIST tration, you will be warned again after a minimum
4 © 5 Apps 5 Beginner driver mode ATTENTION ASSIST supports you on long, monot- of 15 minutes.
onous journeys, e.g. on highways and major
% This function is an on-demand feature roads. If indicators of fatigue or increasing lapses If ATTENTION ASSIST is unable to calculate the
(/ page 29). in concentration on the part of the driver are attention level and cannot issue a warning, the
# Activate or deactivate the function. detected, the system suggests taking a break. System Suspended message appears.
If beginner driver mode is activated, an indica- ATTENTION ASSIST is only an aid. It cannot If the driver's display shows a warning, a service
tor lamp in the driver's display lights up. always detect fatigue or lapses in concentration in area search is offered in the multimedia system.
% Alternatively, beginner driver mode can be time. The system is not a substitute for a well-res- You can select a rest area and start navigation to
activated or deactivated via the Mercedes me ted and attentive driver. On long journeys, take this rest area.
connect app. regular breaks in good time that allow for ade- When you restart the vehicle, ATTENTION ASSIST
Further information on Mercedes me connect quate recuperation. is automatically switched on. The last selected
(/ page 380) You can choose between two settings: sensitivity level remains stored.
% Beginner driver mode is protected from deac- R Standard: normal system sensitivity.
tivation by third parties only in combination
R Sensitive: higher system sensitivity. The driver
with Mercedes me connect. If the vehicle is
connected to Mercedes me connect, only the is warned earlier and the attention level detec-
profile that activated the mode or the estab- ted by ATTENTION ASSIST is adapted accord-
lished main user can deactivate it again. ingly.
% Beginner driver mode remains active even fol- If fatigue or increasing inattention is detected, the
lowing a change of profile or after the vehicle warning appears on the driver's display: ATTEN-
is switched on or off, and must be deliberately TION ASSIST: Take a Break!. you can acknowl-
deactivated by the authorized user. edge the message and take a break if necessary.
 Driving and parking 245

The following information is displayed on the driv- Particularly in the following situations, ATTENTION R If you unfasten your seat belt and open the
er's display: ASSIST only functions in a restricted manner and driver's door (e.g. to change drivers or take a
R The length of the journey since the last break warnings may be delayed or not occur: break).
R If you have been driving for less than approx-
R The attention level determined by ATTENTION ▌Setting ATTENTION ASSIST
ASSIST: imately 30 minutes. Multimedia system:
R If the road condition is poor (uneven road sur- 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
- The more segments 1 of the circle dis-
played, the higher the detected attention face or potholes). 5 Assistance 5 ATTENTION ASSIST
level. R If there is a strong side wind.
R If you adopt a sporty driving style (high corner-
Setting the sensitivity
- Fewer segments 1 are displayed in the
ing speeds or high rates of acceleration). # Select Z next to ATTENTION ASSIST.
circle as the attention level reduces.
R If the Steering Assist function of Active Dis- # Select Standard or Sensitive.
System limits
ATTENTION ASSIST is active in the 37 mph tance Assist DISTRONIC is active.
(60 km/h) to 124 mph (200 km/h) speed range. R If the clock is set to the incorrect time. Speed control cruise control
The microsleep detection function is available at a R If you change lanes and vary your speed fre-
▌Function of cruise control
speed of 12 mph (20 km/h) and above. quently in active driving situations. Cruise control regulates the speed to the value
If the system is not available due to an error, the Also observe any information regarding display selected by the driver.
Û warning light is permanently lit on the driv- messages that can be displayed on the driver's If you accelerate to overtake, forexample, the
er's display display. stored speed is not deleted. If you remove your
The ATTENTION ASSIST drowsiness or alertness foot from the accelerator pedal after overtaking,
assessment is reset and restarted when continu- cruise control will resume speed regulation back
ing the journey in the following situations: to the stored speed.
R You switch off the vehicle. You can store any speed above 15 mph
(20 km/h) up to the maximum design speed, or
246 Driving and parking

up to the speed recommended by the Range Do not use cruise control in the following situa- R The vehicle speed is at least 15 mph
Assistant. tions: (20 km/h).
Observe the notes on driving systems and your R in traffic situations which require frequent R The transmission is in position h.
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize changes of speed, e.g. in heavy traffic, on
dangers (/ page 235). winding roads
R on slippery roads. Accelerating can cause the
Displays on the driver's display
R h (gray): cruise control is selected but not drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle
yet active, or temporarily passive. could then skid.
R when visibility is poor
R h (green): cruise control is active.

A stored speed appears under the h display ▌Operating cruise control

and is indicated in the speedometer.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to stored
System limits speed
Cruise control may be unable to maintain the If you call up the stored speed and this is
stored speed on uphill gradients. The stored lower than your current speed, the vehicle
speed is resumed when the gradient evens out. decelerates.
Increase recuperation in good time on long and # Take into account the traffic situation
steep downhill gradients. Take particular note of before calling up the stored speed.
this when driving a laden vehicle. By doing so, you Steering wheel control panel for cruise control
will make use of the electric motor's braking Requirements J Adopts the stored/detected speed
effect to charge the high-voltage battery. This R Cruise control is selected. ± Deactivates cruise control
relieves the load on the brake system and pre- M Switches cruise control on
R ESP® must be activated, but not intervening.
vents the brakes from overheating and wearing
too quickly.
 Driving and parking 247

N Switches cruise control off # To reduce the stored speed: swipe downwards # Press J.
1 Control panel to increase/reduce speed from the top of control panel 1. The maximum permissible speed shown by the
R The stored speed is reduced by 1 mph traffic sign is stored and the vehicle maintains
Switching cruise control on (1 km/h). this speed.
# Press M. or
Deactivating cruise control
# Briefly press M or N on control panel
Activating cruise control # Press ±.
1.
# Press M or N on control panel 1.
The current speed is stored and maintained by The stored speed is increased or reduced to Switching cruise control off
the vehicle. the following values depending on the unit: # Press N.
R mph: the next value ending in 5
or % If you brake, deactivate ESP® or if ESP® inter-
R km/h: the next value ending in 0 venes, cruise control is deactivated.
# Press J.
The last stored speed is called up and main- or
tained by the vehicle. # Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed. Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
If the last stored speed has previously been # Press M on control panel 1. ▌Function of Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
deleted, the current vehicle speed is stored. Adopting a detected speed DISTRONIC Active Distance Assist maintains the
% When you switch off the vehicle, the last If cruise control is activated and Traffic Sign set speed when driving freely. If vehicles are
speed stored is deleted. Assist has detected a speed restriction sign with a detected ahead, the set distance is maintained, if
Increasing/reducing the stored speed maximum permissible speed and this is displayed necessary until the vehicle comes to a standstill.
# To increase the stored speed: swipe upwards
on the driver's display: The vehicle accelerates or brakes depending on
from the bottom of control panel 1. the distance to the vehicle in front and the set
R The stored speed is increased by 1 mph speed. The speed and distance to the vehicle in
(1 km/h). front are set and saved using the steering wheel.
248 Driving and parking

Available speed range: - Reacts to stationary vehicles detected in cating that the driver must now take control of the
R Vehicles without Driving Assistance Package: urban speed ranges (except bicycles and vehicle. The vehicle is not accelerated any further.
15 mph (20 km/h) - 100 mph (160 km/h) motorcycles) Observe the notes on driving systems and your
R Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package: - Takes one-sided overtaking restrictions responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize
15 mph (20 km/h) - 130 mph (210 km/h) into account on highways or on multi-lane dangers (/ page 235).
roads with separate roadways (country-
% The adjustable set speed may differ if a limit dependent) Display in the driver's display in the Assistance
speed (e.g. winter tire limit) is stored. menu
% In the DYNAMIC SELECT menu, it is possible
% If Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is active to set the driving mode of the Active Distance
and the range monitor recommends a lower Assist DISTRONIC. Depending on which drive
driving speed, this is automatically adopted as program is selected, the driving characteris-
the new set speed. If necessary, the setting tics can be geared towards energy economy,
speed can be increased again manually. comfort or dynamic performance. In the
Other features of Active Distance Assist Active Distance Assist menu, the driving style
DISTRONIC: can be permanently set to Comfort or
R Adjusts the driving style depending on the Dynamic (/ page 254).
selected drive program (energy-saving, com- Vehicles with Active Parking Assist and Driving
fortable or dynamic) (/ page 206) Assistance Package: if Active Distance Assist
R Initiates acceleration to the stored speed if the DISTRONIC has braked the vehicle to a standstill, 1 Vehicle in front
turn signal indicator is switched on to change it can automatically follow the vehicle in front 2 Distance indicator
to the overtaking lane when driving off again within 30 seconds. If a criti- 3 Set specified distance
R Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package:
cal situation is detected in the surrounding area
when driving off,such as a person in the vehicle Vehicle detected in front 1 is highlighted in
path, a visual and acoustic warning is given indi- green. It may also be in the lane to the left of your
 Driving and parking 249

vehicle in situations where it is not permitted to % If you depress the accelerator pedal beyond Do not use Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC in
overtake on the right,for example on highways. the setting of the Active Distance Assist these situations.
DISTRONIC, the system is switched to passive
Permanent status display mode. The following message appears briefly & WARNING Risk of accident from accelera-
R ç (gray): Active Distance Assist
in the driver's display ç Suspended. tion or braking by Active Distance Assist
DISTRONIC selected but not yet active DISTRONIC
R ç (green speedometer, gray vehicle): System limits
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC may accel-
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC active, The system may be impaired or may not function
erate or brake in the following cases, for
speed set in the following situations,for example:
example:
R ç (green): Active Distance Assist R In snow, rain, fog, heavy spray, if there is glare,
R If the vehicle pulls away using Active Dis-
DISTRONIC active and vehicle detected in direct sunlight or in greatly varying ambient
tance Assist DISTRONIC.
light.
The stored speed is shown under the permanent R If the stored speed is called up and is con-
R The windshield in the area of the camera is
status display and highlighted on the speedome- siderably faster or slower than the cur-
ter. When Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is dirty, fogged up, damaged or covered.
rently driven speed.
passive, the status display is grayed out. R If the radar sensors are dirty or covered.
R If Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC no
If the speed of the vehicle in front or the speed R In parking garages or on roads with steep longer detects a vehicle in front or does
adjustment is less than the stored speed due to uphill or downhill gradients. not react to relevant objects.
the route event ahead, the segments in the R If there are narrow vehicles in front, such as
speedometer light up. # Always carefully observe the traffic con-
bicycles or motorcycles.
ditions and be ready to brake at all
When the set specified distance is increased or times.
In addition, on slippery roads, braking or acceler-
decreased, the h display briefly appears.
ating can cause one or several wheels to lose # Take into account the traffic situation
% On highways or high-speed major roads, the traction and the vehicle could then skid. before calling up the stored speed.
green ç vehicle symbol is displayed cycli-
cally when the vehicle is ready to pull away.
250 Driving and parking

& WARNING Risk of accident due to insuffi- R to pedestrians, animals, bicycles or sta-
cient deceleration by Active Distance tionary vehicles, or unexpected obstacles
Assist DISTRONIC R to complex traffic conditions
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC brakes your R to oncoming vehicles and crossing traffic
vehicle with up to 50% of the possible deceler-
ation. If this deceleration is not sufficient, As a result, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC alerts you may neither give warnings nor intervene in
with a visual and acoustic warning. such situations.
# Always observe the traffic conditions
# Adjust your speed and maintain a suita-
ble distance from the vehicle in front. carefully and react accordingly.
# Brake the vehicle yourself and/or take
▌Operating Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
evasive action.
Requirements
& WARNING Risk of accident if detection R The electric parking brake is released.
function of Active Distance Assist R ESP® is activated and is not intervening.
J Adopts the stored/detected speed
DISTRONIC is impaired R The transmission is in position h. ± Deactivates Active Distance Assist
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC does not R All the doors are closed. DISTRONIC
react or has a limited reaction: R Check of the radar sensor system has been 1 Increases/reduces the speed
R when driving on a different lane or when successfully completed. K Increases/reduces the specified distance
changing lanes R Snow chain mode is not active (/ page 420). H Activates/deactivates Active Distance
R DSR is deactivated.
Assist DISTRONIC
R Drive program G is deactivated.
 Driving and parking 251

# To operate Active Distance Assist Increasing or reducing the speed Adopting the limit speed shown on the driver's
DISTRONIC: press the respective button with # To increase the stored speed: swipe upwards display
only one finger or swipe on the control panel. from the bottom of control panel 1. # To activate Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC:
R The stored speed is increased by 1 mph press M, N or J.
Activating/deactivating Active Distance Assist (1 km/h).
DISTRONIC # To adopt the displayed speed limit: press
# To reduce the stored speed: swipe downwards
# Press H. J.
from the top of control panel 1. The limit speed displayed on the driver's dis-
Activating Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC R The stored speed is reduced by 1 mph
play is adopted as the stored speed. The vehi-
# To activate without a stored speed: on control (1 km/h). cle adapts its speed to that of the vehicle in
panel 1, press M on the upper section or or front, but only up to the stored speed, or limits
N on the lower section or J. Remove # Briefly press M on the upper section or its speed accordingly.
your foot from the accelerator pedal. N on the lower section of control panel % A speed limit shown on the driver's display is
or 1. only adopted while driving, not when station-
# To activate with a stored speed: press J. The stored speed is increased or reduced by ary.
Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. 5 mph (10 km/h). Pulling away with Active Distance Assist
The last stored speed is called up and main- or DISTRONIC
tained by the vehicle. # Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed. # Activate Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
If the stored speed has been deleted, the cur- # Press M on the upper section of control and remove your foot from the brake pedal.
rent vehicle speed is stored. # Press J.
panel 1.
or
252 Driving and parking

# Depress the accelerator pedal briefly and # Press ±. If Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC has been put
firmly. % If you brake, deactivate ESP®
or if ESP®
inter- into passive mode by pressing the accelerator
The functions of Active Distance Assist venes, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is pedal, only speed limits which are higher than the
DISTRONIC continue to be carried out. deactivated. set speed are adopted.
Reducing or increasing the specified distance The maximum permissible speed does not take
▌Function of Active Speed Limit Assist the road condition and current weather and traffic
from the vehicle in front
If a changed speed limit is detected and the auto- conditions into account. Adjust your speed
# Press K.
matic adoption of speed limits is switched on, this accordingly, when necessary.
The h display appears. The specified dis- is automatically adopted as the stored speed
tance is reduced by one level. Observe the notes on driving systems and your
(/ page 254). Speed limits below 12 mph
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize
If the lowest level is already selected, the (20 km/h) are not accepted. dangers (/ page 235).
selection jumps to the highest level. The driven speed is adjusted when the vehicle is
level with the traffic sign at the latest. In the case System limits
Deactivating Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC The system limits of Traffic Sign Assist apply to
of signs indicating entry into an urban area, the
speed is adapted according to the speed permit- the detection of traffic signs (/ page 267).
& WARNING Risk of an accident due to
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC being ted within the urban area. The speed limit display Speed limits below 12 mph (20 km/h) are not
active when you leave the driver's seat in the driver's display is always updated when the automatically adopted by the system as the stored
vehicle is level with the traffic sign. speed. Temporary speed restrictions (e.g. for a
If you leave the driver's seat while the vehicle If you are driving on German highways and there certain time or due to weather conditions) cannot
is being braked by Active Distance Assist is no speed limit, the system uses the speed be properly detected by the system. The maxi-
DISTRONIC only, the vehicle can roll away. stored for a stretch of road with no speed limit as mum permissible speed applying to a vehicle with
# Always deactivate Active Distance Assist the set speed. If you do not alter the stored speed a trailer is not detected by the system.
DISTRONIC and secure the vehicle to on a stretch of road with no speed limit, the rec- Adjust the speed in these situations.
prevent it from rolling away before you ommended speed of 80 mph (130 km/h) is adop-
leave the driver's seat. ted.
 Driving and parking 253

& WARNING Risk of accident due to Active front, vehicles detected ahead and speed restric- and traffic lights, as route-based speed adaptation
Speed Limit Assist adapting the vehicle's tions ahead are taken into account. does not brake the vehicle to a standstill.
speed Route-based speed adaptation can be activated in Speed adaptation is canceled in the following
the multimedia system (/ page 254). cases:
The speed adopted by Active Speed Limit
Assist may be too high or incorrect in some The following route events are taken into account: R If the turn signal indicator is switched off
individual cases, such as: R Bends before the route event and it is therefore
R at speed limits below 12 mph (20 km/h)
assumed that the route event is not relevant
R Traffic circles
to the driver.
R in wet conditions or in fog R T-intersections
R If the driver depresses the accelerator or
R when towing a trailer R Turns and exits brake pedal during the process.
# Ensure that the driven speed complies R Traffic jams ahead (only with Live Traffic )
System limits
with traffic regulations. Also, the speed is reduced if the turn signal indi- Route-based speed adaptation does not take right
# Adjust the driving speed to suit current cator is switched on and one of the following sit- of way regulations into account. The driver is
traffic and weather conditions. uations is detected: responsible for complying with road traffic regula-
R Turning at intersections
tions and driving at a suitable speed.
▌Function of route-based speed adaptation In difficult conditions, the speed selection made
R Driving in slowing-down lanes
When Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa- by the system may not always be suitable. This
ted, the vehicle speed will be adapted accordingly R Driving in lanes adjacent to slowing-down applies to the following situations, forexample:
to the route events ahead. Depending on the drive lanes R The road's course is not clearly visible.
program selected, the vehicle negotiates a route
event ahead in an energy-saving, comfortable or The driver is responsible for choosing the right R Road narrowing.
dynamic manner. When the route event has been speed and observing other road users. This R Varying maximum permissible speeds in indi-
passed, the vehicle accelerates again to the applies in particular to intersections, traffic circles
vidual lanes, for example at toll stations.
stored speed. The set distance to the vehicle in R Wet road surfaces, snow or ice.
254 Driving and parking

R If transport equipment, for example a trailer or ▌Setting Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC driv- % When one of the following systems is active,
bicycle rack, is attached to the trailer hitch ing styles the detected speed can be manually adopted
and the electrical connection has been cor- as the speed limit:
rectly established. Requirements
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa-
In these situations the driver must intervene ted. R Variable limiter
accordingly. % Further information on speed adaptation
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
(/ page 253).
& WARNING Risk of accident in spite of
route-based speed adaptation 5 Driving 5 Active Distance Assist ▌Function of Active Stop-and-Go Assist
Route-based speed adaptation can malfunc- Active Stop-and-Go Assist helps you when in traf-
Selecting a driving style fic jams on multi-lane roads with separate road-
tion or be temporarily unavailable in the fol-
lowing situations:
# Select Based on DYNAMIC SELECT, Dynamic ways by automatically pulling away within up to
or Comfortable. 60 seconds and with moderate steering maneu-
R If the driver does not follow the calculated vers. It orients itself using the vehicle in front and
route % Further information about Active Distance
Assist DISTRONIC (/ page 250). lane markings. Active Stop-and-Go Assist auto-
R If map data is not up-to-date or available matically maintains a safe distance from the vehi-
R In the event of roadworks Setting speed adaptation cle in front and vehicles cutting in.
# Select speed limit adoption or route -based Active Stop-and-Go Assist requires you, as the
R In bad weather or road conditions
speed adaptation. driver, to keep your hands on the steering wheel
R If the accelerator pedal is depressed
When these functions are active, the vehicle at all times so that you are able to intervene at
R In the event of electronically displayed speed is adjusted depending on the route any time to correct the course of the vehicle and
speed limitations events ahead. keep it in lane.
# Adapt the speed to the traffic situation.
 Driving and parking 255

Observe the notes on driving systems and your DSR (Downhill Speed Regulation) ▌Information on DSR
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize
dangers (/ page 235). ▌Function of DSR & WARNING Risk of skidding and accident
DSR is an aid to assist you when driving downhill. when DSR is activated on slippery road
Active Stop-and-Go Assist activates automatically It keeps the speed of travel at the selected target
when all of the following conditions are met: surfaces
speed. The steeper the downhill gradient, the
R You are in a traffic jam on a highway or high- greater the DSR braking effect on the vehicle. On If the driven speed and the target speed differ,
speed major road. flat stretches of road and uphill gradients, the the wheels may lose traction.
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activated DSR brakes the vehicle minimally or not at all. # Take into account the road surface and
and active (/ page 250). When DSR is activated and the transmission is in the difference between the driving speed
R Active Steering Assist is activated and active position h, k or i, DSR controls the driving and target speed before activating DSR.
(/ page 258). speed. The target speed can be set to a value
between 1 mph (2 km/h) and 11 mph (18 km/h). Observe the notes on driving systems and your
R You are traveling no faster than 35 mph responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize
By braking or accelerating, you can drive at a
(60 km/h). higher or lower speed than the target speed at dangers (/ page 235).
When Active Stop-and-Go Assist is active the any time. You are always responsible for keeping control of
¬ status display appears on the driver's dis- If you drive faster than 28 mph (45 km/h) or the vehicle and for assessing whether the downhill
play. change the drive program (except in F), DSR gradient can be negotiated. Depending on road
switches off automatically. The î Off mes- surface and tires, DSR may not always be able to
System limits keep to the target speed. Select a target speed
sage appears on the driver's display. The status
The system limitations of Active Distance Assist suitable for the environmental conditions and also
indicator on the driver's display goes out. You also
DISTRONIC and Active Steering Assist apply to apply the brakes yourself if required.
hear a warning tone.
Active Stop-and-Go Assist (/ page 256).
256 Driving and parking

▌Activating or deactivating DSR (Downhill Speed ▌Changing the target speed # Press and hold 1 at M the top of the con-
Regulation) trol panel.
The target speed is increased in 1-mph
Requirements (1-km/h)increments.
R You are driving at 24 mph (40 km/h) or # To decrease the target speed: swipe down-
slower. wards from the top of control panel 1.
If the vehicle speed is too high, the Max. R The target speed is decreased by 1 mph
speed 40 km/h message appears on the driv- (1 km/h).
er's display. or
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC, cruise con- # Press and hold 1 at N the bottom of the
trol, the variable limiter and recuperation level control panel.
DAuto are switched off. The target speed is 1-mph
Multimedia system: (reduced in 1-km/h)increments.
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance The set target speed is shown î next to the
status display in the driver's display.
# Select î.
A status display appears on the driver's dis-
play when the function is activated. # To increase the target speed: swipe upwards Active Steering Assist
from the bottom of control panel 1. ▌Function of Active Steering Assist
R The target speed is increased by 1 mph Active Steering Assist is available up to a speed of
(1 km/h). 130 mph (210 km/h). The system helps you to
or stay in the center of the lane by means of moder-
ate steering interventions. Depending on the
speed driven, Active Steering Assist uses the vehi-
cles ahead and lane markings as a reference.
 Driving and parking 257

% Depending on the country, in the lower speed Contact detection If the driver does not react to this warning for a
range Active Steering Assist can use the sur- The driver is required to keep their hands on the considerable period, an emergency stop is initi-
rounding traffic as a reference. If necessary, steering wheel at all times and be able to inter- ated (/ page 259).
Active Steering Assist can then also provide vene at any time to correct the course of the vehi- The warning is not issued or is stopped as soon as
assistance when driving outside the center of cle and keep it in lane. The driver must expect a the system detects that the driver has touched
the lane. change from active to passive mode or vice versa the steering wheel.
If the detection of lane markings and vehicles at any time.
Touch detection may be limited or inoperative in
ahead is impaired, Active Steering Assist switches the following situations:
to passive mode. The system provides no support
R The driver is wearing gloves.
in this case.
R There is a steering wheel cover on the steering
Permanent status display on the driver's display wheel.
Ø Gray: activated and passive
Ø Green: activated and active If Active Steering Assist detects that a system
limit has been reached, a visual warning is issued
Ø Red, flashing: prompt to the driver to and a warning tone sounds.
actively confirm or transition from active to
passive status, system limit detected Observe the notes on driving systems and your
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize
% During the transition from active to passive If the system detects that the driver has not dangers (/ page 235).
status, the Ø symbol is shown as enlarged steered the vehicle for a considerable period of
and flashing. Once the system is passive, the time or has removed their hands from the steering System limits
Ø symbol is shown as gray on the driver's wheel, an optical warning is given first. Display 1 Active Steering Assist has a limited steering tor-
display. appears on the driver's display. If the driver still que for lateral guidance. In some cases, the steer-
does not steer the vehicle, or gives no confirma- ing intervention is not sufficient to keep the vehi-
tion to the system, a warning tone sounds in addi- cle in the lane.
tion to the visual warning message.
258 Driving and parking

The system may be impaired or may not function R If transport equipment, for example a trailer or # Always steer the vehicle paying attention
in the following instances: bicycle rack, is attached to the trailer hitch to traffic conditions.
R Visibility is poor, e.g. due to snow, rain, fog, and the electrical connection has been cor-
heavy spray, greatly varying ambient light or rectly established.
& WARNING Risk of accident if Active Steer-
strong shadows on the road. The system does not provide assistance in the fol- ing Assist unexpectedly intervenes
R There is glare, e.g. from oncoming traffic, lowing situations:
The detection of lane markings and objects
direct sunlight or reflections. R On very tight bends and when turning. may malfunction and cause unexpected steer-
R Insufficient road illumination. R When crossing intersections. ing interventions.
R The windshield is dirty, fogged up, damaged or R At traffic circles or toll stations. # Steer according to traffic conditions.
covered in the vicinity of the camera, e.g. by a
R When actively changing lane without switching
sticker. ▌Activating/deactivating Active Steering Assist
on the turn signal indicator.
R No, or several, unclear lane markings are pres-
ent for one lane, or the markings change
R When the tire pressure is too low. Requirements
R ESP® is activated, but is not intervening.
quickly, for example, in a construction area or
& WARNING Risk of accident if Active Steer- R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa-
at intersections.
ing Assist unexpectedly stops functioning ted.
R The lane markings are worn away, dark or cov-
ered up, e.g. by dirt or snow. If the system limits of Active Steering Assist
Multimedia system:
are reached there is no guarantee that the
R If the distance to the vehicle in front is too 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
system will remain active or will keep the vehi-
short and thus the lane markings cannot be cle in lane. 5 Driving
detected.
# Always keep your hands on the steering # Activate or deactivate Active Steering Assist.
R The road is narrow and winding.
wheel and observe the traffic carefully.
R There are obstacles in the lane or projecting
out into the lane, such as object markers.
 Driving and parking 259

Function of Active Emergency Stop Assist % Vehicles with Driving Assistance package: if R In addition to display 1 a warning tone
Active Steering Assist is switched on and sounds.
Active Emergency Stop Assist monitors the steer- active, only the steering wheel is monitored by
ing wheel and the accelerator and brake pedals. If R The message Initiating Emergency Stop will
the system. If the driver does not touch the appear on the driver's display, a continuous
the system detects a lack of driver activity and the steering wheel for a longer period of time, a
vehicle threatens to leave the lane, a warning can warning tone will sound, the vehicle will no
warning may be given despite pedal actuation. longer accelerate and, if necessary, slight belt
be issued and an emergency stop initiated. Also observe the instructions on the touch
Vehicles without Driving Assistance Package: the tensioning will be produced.
detection of Active Steering Assist
system is available from a speed of approx. (/ page 256). R The vehicle speed is reduced in increments
37 mph (60 km/h). until it is at a standstill. Sharp brake impulses
Vehicles with Driving Assistance package: if are also produced.
Active Steering Assist is switched off, the system % Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package: if
is available from a speed of approx. 37 mph Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is active
(60 km/h). and the driver unfastens the seat belt and
If the system detects that the vehicle is threaten- driver's door, an emergency stop can be initi-
ing to leave the lane, a warning can be issued and ated immediately.
an emergency stop initiated. Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package:
R The driver does not touch the steering wheel depending on the country, a lane change to the
for a longer period of time or no steering adjacent right-hand lane is carried out, if possible.
movement can be measured for a longer Active Emergency Stop Assist issues the following It is only possible to change across one lane and
period of time (depending on the vehicle warnings in order: only into the right-hand lane, and not onto the
equipment). hard shoulder.
R Display message 1 appears on the driver's
R Neither the accelerator nor the brake pedal is
display. When automatic braking is initiated, Active Dis-
depressed. tance Assist DISTRONIC is deactivated. Depend-
260 Driving and parking

ing on the country, the hazard warning light sys- within a driving cycle. After that, Active Steer- Active Lane Change Assist
tem is switched on. ing Assist and Active Emergency Stop Assist
are disabled until the vehicle has been restar- ▌Function of Active Lane Change Assist
When the vehicle is stationary, the following Active Lane Change Assist supports the driver
actions are carried out: ted.
when changing lanes and is activated by indicat-
R The vehicle is secured with the electric park- System limits ing briefly.
ing brake. For the detection of vehicles and other obstacles, For this, the following conditions must be fulfilled:
R The vehicle is unlocked. observe the system limits of the following func- R You are driving on a highway or high-speed
R If possible, an emergency call is placed to the tions: major road.
Mercedes-Benz emergency call center. R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC R The vehicle speed is between approximately
(/ page 247) 40 mph (65 km/h) and 110 mph (180 km/h).
Before automatic braking is initiated, you can can-
cel Active Emergency Stop Assist by steering. R Active Steering Assist (/ page 256) R The neighboring lane is separated by a broken
You can cancel the intervention by Active Emer- R Active Lane Change Assist (/ page 260) lane marking.
gency Stop Assist after automatic braking is initi- R Active Brake Assist (/ page 262) R No vehicle or obstacle is detected in the adja-
ated with one of the following actions: cent lane.
Vehicles without Driving Assistance Package:
R Accelerating or braking: the emergency stop is R Active Lane Change Assist is selected in the
canceled, but the warning message, warning Active Emergency Stop Assist is inactive in the fol- multimedia system.
tone and power steering remain active lowing cases:
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC and Active
R Steering: power-assisted steering is canceled, R Active Lane Keeping Assist has reached a sys-
Steering Assist are switched on and active.
the warning message and warning tone remain tem limit.
active and the vehicle continues to be braked R Active Lane Keeping Assist is not operational
(gray status display) or deactivated (white sta-
% Active Emergency Stop Assist can initiate an tus display) (/ page 277).
emergency stop a maximum of three times
 Driving and parking 261

Display on the driver's display in the Assistance appears along with gray arrows on the driver's Active Lane Change Assist can be canceled in var-
menu display. ious situations, including the following:
If no vehicle or obstacle is detected in the adja- R Change in the surrounding conditions (e.g.
cent lane and a lane change is permitted, the lane detected obstacle).
change begins after the driver has indicated R The driver steers with too much force or in the
briefly. The lane change is shown to the driver opposite direction.
with a flashing green arrow next to the ±
R The driver moves the turn signal indicator in
steering wheel symbol. Green arrow 1 is dis-
the opposite direction.
played in the appropriate adjacent lane in the
Assistance menu on the driver's display. The R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC or Active
Lane Change to the Left message, for example, Steering Assist is deactivated.
also appears. R The vehicle cannot make the lane change as
If a lane change is not possible directly after the planned.
driver has activated the turn signal indicator Cancellation of Active Lane Change Assist is dis-
because an obstacle has been detected, forexam- played as follows:
ple, the arrow will also flash in green next to the
R The arrow in the selected direction of travel
± steering wheel symbol and the neighboring
lane will continue to be monitored. When the lane turns red.
1 Green arrow: lane change initiated becomes free, a lane change will be carried out R A corresponding message will also appear on
2 Red arrow: lane change canceled and the Lane Change to the Left message, for the driver's display.
example, appears on the driver's display. If the R In certain circumstances a warning tone
When Active Lane Change Assist is available, the green arrows stop flashing, the lane change must sounds.
± display appears along with green arrows on be activated again.
the driver's display. If the system has been activa-
ted but is not currently available, the ± display
262 Driving and parking

& WARNING Risk of accident when changing System limits ▌Setting Active Lane Change Assist
lane to an occupied adjacent lane The system limitations of Active Steering Assist Multimedia system:
apply to Active Lane Change Assist 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
Lane Change Assist cannot always clearly (/ page 256). 5 Driving
detect if the adjacent lane is free.
The system may also be impaired or may not func- 5 Aktiver Spurwechsel-Assistent (Active Lane
The lane change might be initiated although tion in the following situations:
the adjacent lane is not free. Change Assist)
R The sensors are damaged, covered or dirty # Select Aktiver Spurwechsel-Assistent (Active
# Before changing lanes, make sure that
(/ page 236). Lane Change Assist).
the neighboring lane is free and there is R The exterior lighting shows a defect.
no danger to other road users. # Choose between On, Additional automatic or
R The system does not detect a suitable road, Off (Off) setting options.
# Monitor the lane change.
for example, on tight bends.
R The vehicle is on a construction site.
The Additional automatic setting option can also
& WARNING Risk of accident if Lane Change be switched on or off in the quick access menu.
Assist unexpectedly stops functioning % The Active Lane Change Assist sensors adjust % If Active Steering Assist is switched off, then
If the system limitations for Lane Change automatically while a certain distance is being the Aktiver Spurwechsel-Assistent (Active
Assist have been reached, there is no guaran- driven after the vehicle has been delivered. Lane Change Assist) is not operable.
tee that the system will remain active. Active Lane Change Assist is unavailable or
only partially available during this teach-in
Lane Change Assist cannot then assist you by process, and no arrows are displayed next to Active Brake Assist
applying steering torque. the Active Steering Assist symbol Ø. ▌Function of Active Brake Assist
# Always monitor the lane change and
Observe the notes on driving systems and your Active Brake Assist consists of the following func-
keep your hands on the steering wheel. responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize
Observe the traffic conditions and steer tions:
dangers (/ page 235).
and/or brake if necessary. R Collision warning
 Driving and parking 263

R Autonomous braking function further reduce the distance, the vehicle in front is
R Situation-dependent braking assistance also highlighted in red. When the system detects a
risk of collision, red radar waves 2 appear in
R Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package: Eva- front of the vehicle.
sive Steering Assist and intersection start-off
function % Vehicles with PRE-SAFE®: depending on the
country, an additional haptic warning occurs
Active Brake Assist can help you to minimize the in the form of slight, repeated tensioning of
risk of a collision with vehicles, cyclists or pedes- the seat belt.
trians or to reduce the effects of such a collision.
% Vehicles with active ambient lighting: if Warn-
If Active Brake Assist has detected a risk of colli- ing Support is activated, the Active Brake
sion, a warning tone sounds and the L dis- Assist warning is also accompanied by ambi- If autonomous braking or situation-dependent
tance warning lamp lights up. ent lighting (/ page 164). braking assistance has occurred, pop up 1
appears in the driver's display and then automati-
If you do not react to the warning, autonomous cally goes out after a short time.
braking can be initiated in critical situations.
If the autonomous braking function or the situa-
In particularly critical situations, Active Brake tion-dependent braking assistance is triggered,
Assist can also initiate autonomous braking additional preventive measures for occupant pro-
directly. In this case, the warning lamp and warn- tection (PRE-SAFE®) may also be initiated.
ing tone occur simultaneously with the braking
application. & WARNING Risk of an accident caused by
If you apply the brake yourself in a critical situa- limited detection performance of Active
tion or apply the brake during autonomous brak- Brake Assist
ing, situation-dependent braking assistance
In the Assistance menu, an insufficient distance Active Brake Assist cannot always clearly iden-
occurs. The brake pressure increases up to maxi-
1 to the vehicle in front is displayed in red. If you tify objects and complex traffic situations.
mum full-stop braking if necessary.
264 Driving and parking

In such cases, Active Brake Assist might: The individual subfunctions are available in the fol- R at speeds up to approximately 75 mph
lowing speed ranges: (120 km/h) when approaching crossing vehi-
R Give a warning or brake without reason
cles, pedestrians and cyclists
R Not give a warning or not brake Collision warning
Collision warning can assist you in the following R at speeds up to approximately 62 mph
Active Brake Assist is only an aid. The driver is situations from approximately 4 mph (7 km/h) (100 km/h) when approaching stationary
responsible for maintaining a sufficiently safe with an intermittent warning tone and the L vehicles
distance to the vehicle in front, vehicle speed warning lamp. R at speeds up to approximately 50 mph
and for braking in good time. Vehicles without Driving Assistance Package: (80 km/h) when approaching cyclists ahead
# Always pay careful attention to the traffic R at speeds up to approximately 43 mph
R at speeds up to approximately 155 mph
situation; do not rely on Active Brake (250 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead (70 km/h) when approaching stationary
Assist alone. pedestrians and cyclists
R at speeds up to approximately 50 mph
# Be prepared to brake or swerve if neces-
(80 km/h) when approaching stationary vehi- Autonomous braking function
sary. cles, pedestrians walking in the direction of If the vehicle is traveling at speeds above approx-
travel and cyclists ahead imately 4 mph (7 km/h), the autonomous braking
If Active Brake Assist is deactivated or the func- function may intervene in the following situations:
tions are restricted, e.g. due to activation of R at speeds up to approximately 43 mph
another driving system, the ê display message (70 km/h) when approaching crossing pedes- Vehicles without Driving Assistance Package:
appears in the driver's display. trians and cyclists R at speeds up to approximately 155 mph
If the system is unavailable due to dirty or dam- R at speeds up to approximately 37 mph (250 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead
aged sensors or due to a malfunction or if the (60 km/h) when approaching stationary R at speeds up to approximately 50 mph
functions are restricted, the Ó warning lamp pedestrians and cyclists (80 km/h) when approaching cyclists ahead,
appears in the driver's display. Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package: pedestrians walking in the direction of travel
Also observe the system limits of Active Brake and stationary vehicles
R at speeds up to approximately 155 mph
Assist. (250 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead
 Driving and parking 265

R at speeds up to approximately 43 mph Vehicles without Driving Assistance Package: R at speeds up to approximately 50 mph
(70 km/h) when approaching crossing pedes- R at speeds up to approximately 155 mph (80 km/h) when approaching cyclists ahead
trians and cyclists (250 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead R at speeds up to approximately 43 mph
Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package: R at speeds up to approximately 50 mph (70 km/h) when approaching stationary
(80 km/h) when approaching cyclists ahead, pedestrians and cyclists
R at speeds up to approximately 155 mph
(250 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead pedestrians walking in the direction of travel Canceling a brake application of Active Brake
and stationary vehicles Assist
R at speeds up to approximately 75 mph
R at speeds up to approximately 43 mph
(120 km/h) when approaching crossing vehi- You can cancel a brake application of Active
cles, pedestrians and cyclists (70 km/h) when approaching crossing pedes- Brake Assist at any time by:
trians and cyclists
R at speeds up to approximately 62 mph R Fully depressing the accelerator pedal or with
R at speeds up to approximately 37 mph
(100 km/h) when approaching stationary kickdown.
vehicles (60 km/h) when approaching stationary
R Releasing the brake pedal.
pedestrians and cyclists
R at speeds up to approximately 50 mph
(80 km/h) when approaching cyclists ahead Vehicles with Driving Assistance Package: Active Brake Assist may cancel the brake applica-
tion when one of the following conditions is fulfil-
R at speeds up to approximately 43 mph R at speeds up to approximately 155 mph
led:
(70 km/h) when approaching stationary (250 km/h) when approaching vehicles ahead
R You maneuver to avoid the obstacle
pedestrians and cyclists R at speeds up to approximately 75 mph
R There is no longer a risk of collision
Situation-dependent braking assistance (120 km/h) when approaching crossing vehi-
cles, pedestrians and cyclists R An obstacle is no longer detected in front of
If the vehicle is traveling at speeds above approx-
imately 4 mph (7 km/h), situation-dependent R at speeds up to approximately 62 mph your vehicle
braking assistance may intervene in the following (100 km/h) when approaching stationary
situations. vehicles
266 Driving and parking

Reaction to oncoming road users (only vehicles # Always pay careful attention to the traffic R Reaction from a speed of approximately
with Driving Assistance Package) situation; do not rely on Evasive Steering 12 mph (20 km/h) up to a speed of approx-
Active Brake Assist can also react to detected Assist alone. imately 68 mph (110 km/h).
oncoming road users: # Be prepared to brake or swerve if neces- The steering support of Evasive Steering Assist
R Reaction up to speeds of approximately sary. can be canceled at any time by counter steering.
62 mph (100 km/h) # End the support by actively steering in System limits
R Warning for oncoming road users through non-critical situations. Full system performance is not available for a
acoustic warning and warning lamp # Drive at an appropriate speed if there short time after switching on the vehicle or after
R Autonomous braking application in order to are pedestrians close to the path of your driving off. As long as the functions are restricted,
reduce the severity of an accident vehicle. the Æ warning lamp can also be shown in the
driver's display. Depending on the environmental
Evasive Steering Assist Evasive Steering Assist has the following charac- conditions, it may take a few minutes before full
teristics: system performance is available.
& WARNING Risk of accident despite Eva-
R Detection of pedestrians, cyclists and vehi- The system may be impaired or may not function,
sive Steering Assist
cles. particularly in the following situations:
Evasive Steering Assist cannot always recog- R Assistance through power-assisted steering if R In snow, rain, fog, heavy spray, if there is glare,
nize objects or complex traffic situations
clearly. it detects a swerving maneuver. in direct sunlight or in greatly varying ambient
R Activation by an abrupt steering movement light.
Moreover, the steering support provided by
Evasive Steering Assist is not sufficient to during a swerving maneuver. R If the sensors are dirty, fogged up, damaged or
avoid a collision. R Assistance during swerving and straightening covered. (/ page 236)
of the vehicle. R If the sensors are impaired due to interference
from other radar sources, e.g. strong radar
reflections in parking garages.
 Driving and parking 267

R If a loss of tire pressure or a defective tire has Multimedia system: them with the information on the digital road map
been detected and displayed. 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance of the navigation system. It assists you by display-
R In complex traffic situations where objects 5 Collision Avoidance ing detected speed limits and overtaking restric-
cannot always be clearly identified. tions in the driver's display and in the head-up dis-
# Activate or deactivate the function.
play. The system can issue a warning when you
R If pedestrians, cyclists or vehicles move % It is recommended that you always leave exceed the maximum permissible speed.
quickly into the sensor detection range. Active Brake Assist activated. In some countries, the system can provide you
R If road users are hidden by other objects or When Active Brake Assist is deactivated, the dis- with further functions and can warn you when you
are located close to other objects. tance warning function, the collision warning, the are approaching pedestrian crossings or when
R If the typical outline of a pedestrian or cyclist autonomous braking function and Evasive Steer- you are about to drive past stop signs or red lights
cannot be distinguished from the background. ing Assist are deactivated. unintentionally.
R If a pedestrian or cyclist is not detected as % If Active Brake Assist is deactivated, the æ The camera also detects and analyzes traffic signs
such, e.g. due to special clothing or other symbol appears in the status bar of the driv- with a restriction indicated by an additional sign
objects. er's display, and the system is reactivated the (e.g. when wet).
R If the driver's seat belt is not fastened. next time the vehicle is started. Traffic Sign Assist portrays only selected signs in
R On bends with a tight radius. Setting the time of the warnings the driver's display. Actual traffic signs and speed
limits have priority over traffic signs and speed
▌Setting Active Brake Assist # Select Z next to Active Brake Assist. limits shown in the driver's display.
# Select Early, Medium or Late.
Requirements Also observe the following information:
R The vehicle is switched on. R select a speed adapted to the traffic, sur-
Traffic Sign Assist roundings and weather conditions
▌Function of Traffic Sign Assist R observe actual traffic signs
The traffic sign assistant detects the traffic signs R observe applicable traffic rules and regula-
with the multifunction camera and compares tions
268 Driving and parking

Observe the notes on driving systems and your detected restrictions, the value of the left-hand Traffic Sign Assist can detect following additional
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize speed limit 1 is always transmitted to the TEM- signs 3 and, if necessary, analyze the relevance
dangers (/ page 235). POMAT or Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC for of the restrictions using other vehicle sensors:
acceptance and shown in the head-up display. R when wet
Displays in the driver's display
R slippery road surfaces
R in fog
R temporary restrictions
R exits
R restrictions for car/trailer combinations

Traffic Sign Assist also uses data from the digital

street map in the navigation system. When you
leave or enter a municipality or change roads, on
a highway exit or slip road forexample, or after
Examples of traffic signs which can be displayed
1 Permissible speed you turn at a intersection, the display in the driv-
2 Permissible speed when there is a restriction Traffic Sign Assist can detect and display following er's display can thus be updated without a traffic
traffic signs 1: sign having been detected.
3 Additional sign with restriction
R speed limits % Regularly update the digital road map of the
The system can show up to two traffic signs in the R end of the speed limit
navigation system so that the traffic sign
driver's display simultaneously. The system always assistant can work optimally.
prioritizes displaying speed limits. Up to one traf- R overtaking restrictions
Depending on vehicle equipment and country, the
fic sign with a maximum permissible speed can be R play streets system can also display speed restrictions ahead
shown in the head-up display. If two speed signs R recommended speeds in the driver's display and in the head-up display.
are shown in the driver display, e.g. in the case of The driver's display can also show the distance to
 Driving and parking 269

an upcoming lower limit speed. For this purpose, Warning when the maximum permissible speed is % The type, duration and activation threshold of
information from the digital road map of the navi- exceeded the speed warning, as well as the possibility of
gation system is used. The Assistance menu can The system can warn you if you unintentionally setting the activation threshold above which
also display a dynamic visualization of the speed exceed the maximum permissible speed. Depend- the warning is to be triggered, are subject to
limits ahead. ing on the country, you can set in the multimedia the country-specific legislation of the country
If Traffic Sign Assist cannot determine the cur- system by how much the maximum permitted of delivery of the vehicle.
rently applicable maximum permissible speed speed may be exceeded before a warning is given.
You can switch off the warning or set whether the Additional functions of Traffic Sign Assist (coun-
(e.g. due to missing signs), the following display try-specific)
appears in the driver's display: warning should be visual (by flashing the traffic
sign in the driver display) or visual and audible. Warning for no-entry signs: Traffic Sign Assist can
The selected setting is confirmed by an indication warn you if you drive the wrong way down a sec-
in the driver's display. tion of road, forexample on highway slip roads or
one-way streets.
Warning at pedestrian crossings: if you approach
Traffic Sign Assist is not available in all countries. pedestrian crossings, provided that pedestrians
If the vehicle is in a country where Traffic Sign are in the danger zone or are moving towards it,
Assist is not supported, this is displayed continu- Traffic Sign Assist can warn you up to a speed of
ously. approximately 44 mph (70 km/h).
If Traffic Sign Assist is temporarily or permanently Warning at stop signs: Traffic Sign Assist can warn
unavailable due to a technical malfunction or soil- you up to a speed of approximately 44 mph
ing of the windshield, the warning light ê (70 km/h) if you are about to drive past a stop
appears in the driver display. sign unintentionally. For this to be possible, the
% Please also note the information on the dis- signs must be clear, forexample if the system
play messages of the traffic sign assistant 1 Warning only visual detects more than one stop sign, or a stop sign
(/ page 462). 2 WARNING off can be confirmed using the digital navigation
270 Driving and parking

map. No warning can be issued if several different System limits R if the signs, road markings or road layout are
signs are detected. The system may be impaired or may not function ambiguous, e.g. in the case of traffic signs in
Warning at red lights: Traffic Sign Assist can warn particularly in the following situations: construction sites, at exits and driveways, in
you up to a speed of approximately 44 mph the case of adjacent lanes or parallel roads, in
R If visibility is poor, e.g. due to insufficient illu-
(70 km/h) if you are about to drive through a red the case of pedestrian crossing markings at
mination of the road, highly variable shade traffic lights
light unintentionally. conditions, rain, snow, fog, swirling dust or
The following conditions must be fulfilled: heavy spray. R if the signage or road markings do not comply
with the standard
R Several traffic lights have been detected. R If there is glare, e.g. from oncoming traffic,
direct sunlight or reflections. R if the signage, road markings or road guidance
R All traffic lights detected are red.
is country-specific and deviates from the route
R At least one of the red traffic lights detected is R If there is dirt on the windshield in the vicinity
guidance of the navigation system, e.g. in or
on the front passenger side beside the vehi- of the multifunction camera or if the camera is after road works
cle's own lane. fogged up, damaged or obscured.
R After sharp turns and tight bends, when traffic
R The traffic lights are in the following sequence R if the traffic signs are difficult to see because,
signs are outside the camera's field of vision.
(from top to bottom): red, yellow, green. forexample, they are dirty, obscured, faded,
iced over, damaged, inconveniently positioned, R If you overtake vehicles with traffic signs
% If the function is available, you can activate or insufficiently illuminated or distorted. which are affixed or attached to them.
deactivate the warnings at pedestrian cross- R Active traffic signs with LED displays may not R If you are using transport equipment secured
ings, stop signs and red lights in the Traffic be detected correctly or at all due to technical to the vehicle with a trailer coupling, suchas a
Sign Assist menu under Further Warnings factors, suchas transmission frequency. bicycle rack, restrictions for car/trailer combi-
(/ page 271). nations may be considered valid if applicable.
R If the information on the navigation system's
digital map is incorrect, incomplete or out of
date.
 Driving and parking 271

▌Setting Traffic Sign Assist Activating or deactivating further functions of Traf- Multimedia system:
Multimedia system: fic Sign Assist 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance # Switch further warning contents on or off. 5 Assistance 5 Traffic Light View
5 Assistance 5 Traffic Sign Assist The available functions are switched on or off. % This function is not available in all countries.
Activating or deactivating the speed warning Set the type of warning for other functions If the vehicle is in first position at a traffic light,
# Switch off Speed Limit Warning. # Select Visual only or Visual and acoustic. the camera image with traffic light view is shown
The speed warning remains off according to on the central display.
country-specific legislation until the next time Traffic light view When the vehicle pulls away, the camera image is
the vehicle is switched on or off and the driv- faded out.
er's door is opened. ▌Information about the traffic light view # Activate D or deactivate E Traffic
The traffic light view supports the driver when Light View.
Change the type of speed warning waiting in front of a red light by displaying the
# Change the warning to Visual only or Visual camera image on the central display. The camera Using other available functions
and acoustic. image is displayed when the driver is the first vehi- # Select Z.
cle in front of the red light and faded out when the
Setting the warning threshold # Select On Request or Automatic.
vehicle drives off.
This value determines the speed at which a warn- If On Request is set and a traffic light view is
ing is issued when exceeded. ▌Displaying traffic light view available, the Tap Here for Traffic Light View
# Set the desired speed under Warning Thresh- message is displayed. The camera image is
Requirements: shown after confirmation of the message.
old. R The Traffic Light View option is switched on.
When Automatic is set, the camera image is
R A traffic light view is available.
automatically displayed when the traffic light
view is available.
272 Driving and parking

Traffic Light Information service R A lane is recommended during active

route guidance
& WARNING Risk of an accident or injury
due to distraction, incorrect or missing If neither function is active, the remaining
data time until the next green phase for the lane
straight ahead is displayed.
The traffic light information display is an aid % Use of the traffic light information service
and cannot replace the observation of the requires the regular transmission of vehicle
actual driving situation. positions and driving directions to Mercedes-
# Keep the actual traffic situation con- Benz. The data is immediately anonymized by
stantly in view when approaching a traf- Mercedes-Benz and forwarded to the provider
Example view on the driver's display
fic light and when changing lanes. of the traffic light information service. The
1 Traffic light icon and countdown of remaining
# Avoid looking at the Instrument Display vehicle positions and driving directions are
time until the next green phase time deleted after a very short time (a few sec-
and Head-up Display for a long time.
The display is hidden about five seconds before onds) and are not permanently saved.
The traffic light icon and countdown of remaining the traffic lights change to green. If you do not want to transmit the vehicle
time until the next green phase are shown in the % The display also goes out in the following positions and driving directions, you have the
driver display. cases: following options:
R When turning off before the intersection R You deactivate the service in the
into a cross or side street Mercedes me portal.
R When turning before the intersection R You have the service deactivated at an

% The direction arrows are displayed depending authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

on the following functions: % This traffic light information service is only
R A turn signal is set
available in certain cities and regions.
 Driving and parking 273

The function is supported under the following con- A set turn signal left or right and lane recommen- Please observe the notes on driving systems and
ditions: dations during active route guidance are taken your responsibility. You could otherwise fail to rec-
R The vehicle is equipped with a multimedia sys- into account for the display. ognize dangers.
tem featuring navigation and a communication The service is for information purposes only and is System limits
module with an activated, integrated SIM card. not linked to any other vehicle functions, systems
or components. Please note that the displayed The display does not appear in the following situa-
R You have a user account for the Mercedes me
data is not available in all traffic areas and may be tions, for example:
Portal.
incorrect. R There is no traffic light data available.
R The vehicle has been connected with the user
Certain light signal systems automatically adapt R The time remaining until the next green phase
account.
their switching times to the current traffic situa- is less than ten seconds.
R The navigation services option is available,
tion. This can lead to a sudden change in the R Emergency vehicles or local public transport
subscribed to and activated in the Mercedes countdown display.
me Portal. are located in the vicinity of the intersection.
The driver's display is shown after selecting the R The data transmission from the vehicle has
R The traffic light information service is within
Assistancemenu . If another menu is selected, the been interrupted.
the scope of the navigation service. traffic light countdown is not displayed. R Light signal systems are located in a construc-
The current vehicle position and the direction of Also observe the following information: tion site area or are being maintained.
travel are transmitted via the communication R Select a speed adapted to the traffic, sur- R The light signal system is malfunctioning.
module and aligned with the data from the traffic roundings and weather conditions
light information service provider. The provider R The subscription to the service has expired.
gathers data from traffic lights which transmit R Observe actual traffic signs
their changing phases. When the vehicle R Observe applicable traffic rules and regula-
approaches an inter-section with networked traffic tions
lights, data is transmitted to the vehicle.
274 Driving and parking

Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist waves 2 are displayed next to your vehicle in the
assistance graphic.
▌Function of Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind
Spot Assist with exit warning If the turn signal indicator remains on, the display
Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist use in the outside mirror flashes for all other detected
radar sensors to monitor the area up to 130 ft vehicles, but no further warning tone sounds. If
(40 m) behind and 10 ft (3 m) next to your vehicle. you overtake a vehicle quickly, no warning is
given.
The system can detect vehicles traveling from
speeds of approximately 8 mph (12 km/h) and Observe the notes on driving systems and your
issue a warning if they move into the monitoring responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize
range. dangers (/ page 235).
Display in the driver's display in the Assistance menu
Status display in the driver's display & WARNING Risk of accident despite Blind
If a vehicle is detected at speeds above approx-
¸ Gray: the system is activated but inopera- Spot Assist
imately 8 mph (12 km/h) and this vehicle enters
tive. the warning range immediately afterwards, the Blind Spot Assist does not react to vehicles
¸ Green: the system is activated and opera- warning lamp in the corresponding outside mirror approaching and overtaking you at a greatly
tional. lights up red. In the Assistance menu, the lamp in different speed.
outside mirror 1 also lights up red, and the lane Blind Spot Assist cannot warn drivers in this
in which the vehicle is detected is hatched out. situation.
If a vehicle is detected in the warning range and # Always pay careful attention to the traffic
you switch on the turn signal indicator in the cor- situation and maintain a safe distance at
responding direction, a double warning tone the side of the vehicle.
sounds once, and the warning lamp flashes red in
the corresponding outside mirror. Red radar
 Driving and parking 275

Exit warning and the warning lamps in the corresponding out- System limits
The exit warning is an additional function of Blind side mirror flash red. Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist may
Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist and can % Vehicles with ambient lighting: the Warning be limited in the following situations, in particular:
warn vehicle occupants attempting to leave a sta- Support of the ambient lighting can be activa- R if there is dirt on the sensors or the sensors
tionary vehicle about approaching vehicles. ted and deactivated (/ page 164). are obscured
& WARNING Risk of accident despite exit % The warning assistance can differ depending R in poor visibility, e.g. due to fog, heavy rain or
warning on the equipment and may vary according to snow
the setting. R if there are narrow vehicles, e.g. bicycles or
The exit warning neither reacts to stationary
objects nor to persons or road users This exit warning is only available when Blind Spot motorbikes
approaching you at a greatly differing speed. Assist is active. R if the road has very wide or narrow lanes
The exit warning cannot warn drivers in these After the vehicle is switched off, the exit warning R if vehicles are not driving in the middle of their
situations. continues to function for a few minutes. When the
lane
outside mirror warning lamp flashes three times,
# Always pay particular attention to the
the exit warning is no longer available. Warnings may be issued in error when driving
traffic situation when opening the doors close to crash barriers or similar continuous lane
and make sure there is sufficient clear- The exit warning is only an aid and not a substi-
tute for the attention of vehicle occupants. The borders. Always make sure that there is sufficient
ance. distance to the side for other traffic or obstacles.
responsibility for opening and closing the doors
If a vehicle is detected in the monitoring range, and for leaving the vehicle remains with the vehi- Warnings may be interrupted when driving along-
the red warning lamp lights up in the correspond- cle occupants. side long vehicles, for example trucks, for a pro-
ing outside mirror. longed time.
If a vehicle occupant pulls the door handle on the Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist are
side of the warning, a warning tone sounds twice not operational when reverse gear is engaged.
and the ambient lighting in the respective door
276 Driving and parking

Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist are 20 mph (30 km/h) and approximately 125 mph If a course-correcting brake application occurs,
not operational if transport equipment, for exam- (200 km/h). the red warning lamp flashes in the outside mirror
ple a trailer or bicycle rack, is attached to the and a warning tone sounds. In addition, a display
trailer hitch and the electrical connection has & WARNING Risk of accident despite brake 1 indicating the danger of a side collision
been correctly established. application of Active Blind Spot Assist appears in the driver's display.
Additionally, the exit warning may be limited in the A course-correcting brake application cannot In rare cases, the system may make an inappro-
following situations: always prevent a collision. priate brake application. This brake application
R when the sensors are covered by adjacent # Always steer, brake or accelerate your- may be interrupted at any time if you steer slightly
vehicles in narrow parking spaces self, especially if Active Blind Spot Assist in the opposite direction or accelerate.
R when people approach the vehicle warns you or makes a course-correcting System limits
R in the event of stationary or slowly moving
brake application.
Either a course-correcting brake application
objects # Always maintain a safe distance at the
appropriate to the driving situation, or none at all,
sides. may occur especially in the following situations:
▌Function of the brake application of Active
R Vehicles or obstacles, e.g. crash barriers, are
Blind Spot Assist
located on both sides of your vehicle.
% The brake application function is only availa-
R A vehicle approaches too closely on the side.
ble for vehicles with a Driving Assistance
Package. R You have adopted a sporty driving style with
If Active Blind Spot Assist detects a risk of a side high cornering speeds.
impact in the monitoring range, a course-correct- R You brake or accelerate significantly.
ing brake application is carried out. This is R A driving safety system intervenes, e.g. ESP®
designed to help you avoid a collision. or Active Brake Assist.
The course-correcting brake application is availa- R ESP® is deactivated.
ble in the speed range between approximately
 Driving and parking 277

R A loss of tire pressure or a defective tire is steering wheel. Active Lane Keeping Assist is
detected. available in the speed range between 37 mph
R Transport equipment, for example a trailer or (60 km/h) and 124 mph (200 km/h).
bicycle rack, is attached to the trailer hitch The system can intervene in the following situa-
and the electrical connection has been cor- tions:
rectly established. R Active Lane Keeping Assist detects a lane
▌Activating/deactivating Blind Spot Assist or marking.
Active Blind Spot Assist R One of your front wheels goes over a lane
Multimedia system: marking.
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
If you activate the turn signal indicator, a steering Display 1 will appear in the driver's display and a
5 Collision Avoidance warning tone will sound in the following situations:
intervention does not occur on the corresponding
# Activate or deactivate Active Blind Spot side. R A steering intervention by Active Lane Keeping
Assist. If you leave the lane without activating the turn Assist lasts longer than approximately ten sec-
signal indicator, but danger of a collision with a onds.
Active Lane Keeping Assist moving obstacle is detected in your lane, a steer- R The system carries out two or more steering
ing intervention does not occur. interventions within approximately three
▌Function of Active Lane Keeping Assist Vehicles with Blind Spot Assist or Driving Assis- minutes without any steering intervention from
Active Lane Keeping Assist monitors the area in tance Package: if the system detects an obstacle, the driver.
front of your vehicle by means of the multifunction such as another vehicle in the adjacent lane, a
camera (/ page 236) and can warn you before In the Active Lane Keeping Assist settings, you
steering intervention will occur regardless of the
you leave your lane unintentionally. The system can set the sensitivity of the system and set the
turn signal indicator.
can guide you back into your lane through a level of support. Additionally, you can set whether
course-correcting steering intervention and addi- the system should react to discontinuous lane
tionally warns you with vibration pulses in the
278 Driving and parking

markings or only continuous lane markings marking is shown in red only on the side % Vehicles with active ambient lighting: if Warn-
(/ page 279). for which there is a warning. ing Support is activated, the Active Lane
Vehicles without Driving Assistance Pack- Keeping Assist warning is also accompanied
Status displays for Active Lane Keeping Assist by ambient lighting (/ page 164).
ï White: Active Lane Keeping Assist is deac- age: if both lane markings are simultane-
tivated. ously shown in red in the status display, System limits
Active Lane Keeping Assist has initiated an
If ESP® is deactivated or a tire pressure emergency stop (/ page 259). In the following situations, a lane-correcting steer-
loss warning is displayed, Active Lane ing intervention may not occur but rather a warn-
Keeping Assist is automatically deactiva- Active Lane Change Assist display in the "Assis- ing may be given on the steering wheel, depend-
ted. tance" menu ing on the situation:
ï Yellow: there is a malfunction. Please also R You clearly and actively steer, brake or accel-
observe the display messages. erate.
ð Gray: Active Lane Keeping Assist is activa- R If a driving safety system intervenes, such as
ted, but not operating. ESP®, Active Brake Assist or Active Blind Spot
ð Green: Active Lane Keeping Assist is acti- Assist.
vated and operating. If the system is opera- R You have adopted a sporty driving style with
tional on only one side, the lane marking is high cornering speeds or high rates of acceler-
shown in green on the corresponding side. ation.
ð Red: Active Lane Keeping Assist has gui- R If transport equipment, forexample, a trailer or
ded you back into your lane with a course- bicycle rack, is attached to the trailer hitch
correcting steering intervention. The status If the front wheel of the vehicle drives over a and the electrical connection has been cor-
display will flash if there is also a haptic detected lane marking, this will be highlighted red rectly established.
warning in the steering wheel. The lane in the Assistance menu in the driver's display.
 Driving and parking 279

The system may be impaired or may not function R If the road is very narrow and winding. ▌Setting Active Lane Keeping Assist
particularly in the following situations: Multimedia system:
Observe the notes on driving systems and your
R If there is poor visibility, e.g. due to insufficient 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognize
illumination of the road, highly variable shade dangers (/ page 235). 5 Collision Avoidance
conditions, rain, snow, fog or heavy spray. 5 Active Lane Keeping Assist
R If there is glare, e.g. from oncoming traffic, the ▌Activating/deactivating Active Lane Keeping
sun or reflections. Assist Setting the sensitivity
Multimedia system: # Select Z.
R If there is dirt on the windshield in the vicinity
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
of the multifunction camera or if the camera is # Select Early, Med. or Late.
5 Collision Avoidance
fogged up, damaged or obscured.
5 Active Lane Keeping Assist The last selected setting will be adopted the next
R If there is dirt on the bumper in the area of the time the vehicle is started.
radar sensors, or if they are damaged or cov- # Activate or deactivate the function.
% The standard setting for this function is
ered.
Alternatively, Active Lane Keeping Assist can be dependent on the country.
R If there are no lane markings, or several activated and deactivated via the quick vehicle
unclear lane markings are present for one access y. Activating or deactivating assistance on discontin-
lane, e.g. around roadworks. uous lane markings
% After starting the vehicle, the settings are
R If the lane markings are worn, dark or cov- # Select Advanced Support.
country-specific.
ered.
The last selected setting will be adopted the next
R If the distance to the vehicle in front is too time the vehicle is started.
short and thus the lane markings cannot be % The standard setting for this function is
detected.
dependent on the country.
R If the lane markings change quickly, e.g. lanes
branch off, cross one another or merge.
280 Driving and parking

% This function must be activated in vehicles R speed-dependent lowering of the vehicle level R at speeds below 31 mph (50 km/h): raises
without Driving Assistance Package, so that R increased vehicle level for greater ground the vehicle by approx. + 1.2 in (+ 30 mm) to
Emergency Stop Assist is fully available. clearance, selected via the multimedia system off-road level +1
Further information on Emergency Stop Assist R lowering the vehicle to normal level at speeds
(/ page 259) Suspension setting and vehicle level per drive pro- above 43 mph (70 km/h)
gram
R below 31 mph (50 km/h): raises the vehicle to
AIRMATIC Drive programs A, ; and C: off-road level +1 again
R a comfortable suspension setting in drive pro-
▌Function of AIRMATIC R from 68 mph (110 km/h): switch to A
grams A and ;
AIRMATIC is an air suspension system with varia- Individual suspension settings can be called up in
ble damping for improved driving comfort. The all- R a firmer, sporty suspension setting in drive
program C drive program = (/ page 207).
round level control system ensures the best possi-
ble suspension and constant ground clearance, R adjusting the vehicle to normal level % Operation with a trailer or bicycle rack: if
even with a laden vehicle. When driving at speed, transport equipment, such as a trailer or a
R lowering the vehicle at speeds above 75 mph
the vehicle is lowered automatically to improve bicycle rack, is attached to the trailer hitch
(120 km/h) to save energy: and the electrical connection has been cor-
driving safety and to reduce energy consumption.
You also have the option of manually adjusting the - by approx. -0.4 in (-10 mm) in A rectly established, the vehicle always remains
vehicle level. and ; at normal level in all drive programs with the
- by approx. -0.6 in (-15 mm) in C exception of F. In drive program F,
AIRMATIC includes the following components and
the vehicle lowers above speeds of approx.
functions: R raising the vehicle to normal level at speeds
19 mph (30 km/h)to normal level.
R air suspension with automatic all-round level below 50 mph (80 km/h)
control Drive program F:
R ADS PLUS (Adaptive Damping System with
R suspension setting for off-road
constant adjustment of damping characteris-
tics)
 Driving and parking 281

▌Setting the vehicle level & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped due Requirements
R The vehicle has been started.
to the vehicle lowering
& WARNING Risk of accident because vehi- R The vehicle is not moving faster than 31 mph
cle level is too high Vehicles with AIRMATIC or level control: when (50 km/h).
you unload luggage or leave the vehicle, the
Driving characteristics may be impaired. vehicle first rises slightly and then returns to R When the trailer socket is contacted (trailer/
The vehicle can drift outwards, for example, the set level shortly afterwards. bicycle rack): the vehicle is not moving faster
when steering or cornering. than 19 mph (30 km/h).
You or anyone else in the vicinity of the wheel
# Choose a vehicle level which is suited to arches or the underbody could thus become Multimedia system:
the driving style and the road surface trapped. 4 © 5 ß 5 y
conditions. The vehicle can also be lowered after being
locked. Raising the vehicle
& WARNING Risk of entrapment from vehi- # When leaving the vehicle, make sure that
# Select t.
cle lowering nobody is in the vicinity of the wheel The indicator lamp lights up continuously.
When lowering the vehicle, people could arches or the underbody. The vehicle is raised to off-road level +1.
become trapped if their limbs are between the Your selection is saved. Off-road level+1 set
vehicle body and the tires or underneath the * NOTE Damage due to vehicle lowering remains stored even after the vehicle has been
vehicle. switched off.
# Make sure no one is underneath the
Parts of the body could be damaged when the
vehicle is lowered. The vehicle is lowered again in the following situa-
vehicle or in the immediate vicinity of the tions:
# Make sure that there are no obstacles
wheel arches when the vehicle is being
lowered. such as curbs underneath or in the R When driving faster than 43 mph (70 km/h).
immediate vicinity of the body when the
vehicle is being lowered.
282 Driving and parking

R When the trailer socket is contacted (trailer/ ▌Setting GPS-based raising of the vehicle
bicycle rack): the vehicle is moving faster than Multimedia system:
19 mph (30 km/h). 4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle 5 Driving
5 GPS-based Raising
GPS-based raising
If the function is activated, it is possible to save # Select Store Positions on Request, Always
the vehicle position when the vehicle level is Save Positions or Delete All Saved Positions.
raised.
# Confirm the prompt.
Rear view camera
The position of the vehicle is stored. When the
previously stored position is reached again, a ▌Function of the rear view camera
prompt appears in the Zero Layer as to The rear view camera is only an aid. It is not a
whether the vehicle level should be raised substitute for your attention to the surroundings.
again. The responsibility for safe maneuvering and park-
% Settings for GPS-based raising (/ page 282) ing always rests with you. Make sure that there
are no persons, animals or objects etc., in the
% Zero Layer function (/ page 328) maneuvering area while maneuvering and parking. Camera Views menu (top view)
Lowering the vehicle % The area behind the vehicle is displayed as a 1 Parking Assistance menu
# Select t. mirror image, as in the inside rearview mirror. 2 Rear view camera with top view
The indicator lamp goes out. 3 Wide-angle view
The vehicle is adjusted to the normal level. 4 To activate/deactivate Parking Assist
% Use the normal level in trailer operation. Off- PARKTRONIC (/ page 294)
road-level driving is not permitted in trailer 5 Warning display of Parking Assist
operation on public roads. PARKTRONIC (/ page 290, 310)
 Driving and parking 283

6 Guide lines at a distance of approximately The rear view camera will not function or will only
1.6 ft (0.5 m), 3.3 ft (1.0 m), 5 ft (1.5 m) and partially function in the following situations:
9.9 ft (3.0 m) from the rear area R You are driving forwards at a speed greater
7 Lane marking the course the tires will take than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h).
with the current steering angle (dynamic) R The tailgate is open.
8 Surface area driven over depending on the R The weather conditions are poor, e.g. heavy
current steering angle (dynamic) rain, snow, fog, storm or spray.
9 Guide line at a distance of approximately
R The ambient light is poor, e.g. at night or if
1.0 ft (0.3 m) from the rear area
light is shining into the camera.
% When Active Parking Assist is active, lanes 7 R The camera lens is obstructed, dirty or fogged
are displayed in green (/ page 294). up. Observe the notes on cleaning the rear
view camera (/ page 395).
R The camera or rear of your vehicle is dam-
aged. In this case, have the camera and its
Wide-angle view position and setting checked at a qualified
specialist workshop.
System limits R The detection range is limited by additional
If the system is not ready for operation, the Sys- vehicle attachments at the rear, such as a
tem Inoperative message appears on the central license plate bracket or bicycle rack.
display.
Also observe the information on vehicle sensors
and cameras (/ page 236).
284 Driving and parking

% Do not use the rear view camera in these R Two side cameras in the outside mirrors Menu overview Camera Views
types of situations. You could otherwise injure
others or collide with objects when parking The cameras are only an aid and may show a dis-
the vehicle. torted view of obstacles, show them incorrectly or
not show them at all. They are not a substitute for
% The contrast of the display may be impaired your attention to the surroundings. The responsi-
by direct sunlight or by other light sources, bility for safe maneuvering and parking always
e.g. when driving out of a garage. In this case, rests with you. Make sure that there are no per-
pay particular attention. sons, animals or objects etc., in the maneuvering
% Have the display repaired or replaced if, area while maneuvering and parking.
forexample, pixel errors considerably restrict
its use.

360° camera
▌Function of the 360° camera
The 360° camera is a system that consists of four
cameras which cover the immediate surroundings
of the vehicle. The cameras assist you when you 1 Parking Assistance menu
are parking, forexample, or at exits with reduced 2 Top view with image from the front camera
visibility. 3 Top view with image from the rear view cam-
The 360° camera includes the following cameras era
and evaluates their images: 4 3D view, left-hand side of the vehicle
R Rear view camera 5 3D view, right-hand side of the vehicle
R Front camera 6 3D auto view
 Driving and parking 285

7 To activate/deactivate Parking Assist Function of the guide lines % When Active Parking Assist is active, lanes
PARKTRONIC (/ page 294) and guide lines are displayed in green instead
8 To set the GPS activation point (/ page 290) of yellow (/ page 294).
9 To switch between standard and wide-angle Top view with image from the front or rear view
view camera
% In all views, the Parking Assist PARKTRONIC
warning display is shown (/ page 290).

1 Guide lines at a distance of approximately

1.6 ft (0.5 m), 3.3 ft (1.0 m), 5 ft (1.5 m) and
9.9 ft (3.0 m) from the rear area
2 Path marking the course the tires will take
with the current steering wheel angle 1 Warning display of Parking Assist
(dynamic) PARKTRONIC (/ page 290, 310)
3 Surface area driven over depending on the
2 Your vehicle from above
current steering wheel angle (dynamic)
3 Lane indicating the route the vehicle will take
4 Guide line at a distance of approximately
with the current steering angle
1.0 ft (0.3 m) from the rear area
286 Driving and parking

3D view, left/right-hand side of the vehicle In the 3D view, left-/right-hand side of the vehi- rear above the roof. The view changes automati-
cle, the virtual camera moves to the respective cally as you approach obstacles.
* NOTE Risk of accident due to objects side of the vehicle. When you change the trans- If you touch the touchscreen, the view changes to
being severely distorted in the display or mission position, the view is automatically adap- 3D view with free rotation. You can turn, tilt and
not displayed at all ted. zoom the views by touch.
Due to the projection of the cameras, objects 3D auto view Wide-angle view
in the 3D views may be severely distorted % The area behind the vehicle is not displayed
when displayed or not displayed at all. as a mirror image as is usual in the 3D views.
# Make sure that there are no persons,
animals or objects etc. in the maneuver-
ing area while maneuvering and parking.

1 Display of Parking Assist PARKTRONIC

(/ page 290)
1 Display of Parking Assist PARKTRONIC 2 To switch between standard and wide-angle
(/ page 290) view
2 Guide lines
1 Display of Parking Assist PARKTRONIC Trailer view
In the 3D auto view, the virtual camera moves to % In trailer mode, the guide lines are shown at
(/ page 290)
the standard perspective, facing forward from the the level of the trailer hitch.
 Driving and parking 287

If you select trailer view and no trailer is coupled R The weather conditions are poor, e.g. heavy
to the vehicle, the following display appears: rain, snow, fog, storm or spray.
R The ambient light is poor, e.g. at night or if
light is shining into the camera.
R The camera lens is obstructed, dirty or fogged
up.
R Cameras or vehicle components in which the
cameras are installed are damaged. In this
event, have the cameras, their positions and
their setting checked at a qualified specialist
Trailer view: side view of the mirror cameras workshop.
1 To switch between standard and trailer view
% Do not use the 360° camera under such cir-
Trailer view: locating aid System limits cumstances. You could otherwise injure oth-
1 To switch between standard and trailer view If the system is not ready for operation, the Sys- ers or collide with objects when parking the
2 Yellow locating aid tem Inoperative message appears on the central vehicle.
3 Ball head of the trailer hitch display. For technical reasons, the standard height of the
4 Red guide line at a distance of approximately The 360° camera will not function or will only par- vehicle may be altered if the vehicle is carrying a
1.0 ft (0.3 m) from the ball head of the trailer tially function in the following situations: heavy load and can result in inaccuracies in the
hitch R You are driving forwards at a speed greater guide lines and in the display of the generated
than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h). images.
When the electrical connection is established
between the vehicle and the trailer, the display R The doors are open. The field of vision and other functions of the cam-
changes to the side camera view. R An outside mirror is not completely folded out. era system may be restricted due to additional
vehicle attachments (e.g. license plate bracket,
R The tailgate is open. bicycle rack).
288 Driving and parking

% The contrast of the display may be impaired it is switched on. Please also note the system 5 Position of the wheels
by abrupt, direct sunlight or by other light limits of the respective functions. 6 Area under the hood
sources, e.g. when driving out of a garage. In 7 Lane indicating the route the vehicle will take
this case, pay particular attention. Transparent Hood
at the current steering angle
% Have the display repaired or replaced if,
forexample, pixel errors considerably restrict If the off-road menu is open in the central display
its use. and the button 1 is switched on, the Transparent
Hood view is automatically displayed in gearbox
See the notes on cleaning the 360° camera
position h.
(/ page 395).
The Transparent Hood view shows a virtual image
▌Off-road function of the 360° camera of the area directly in front of the bumper, in front
The 360° camera can support you with different of the tires and under the hood. In addition, the
views when driving off-road. current lane is displayed. The Transparent Hood
The following views are available: od can assist you when driving in difficult terrain,
R Transparent Hood e.g. on rocky or uneven ground.
R Front view The hatched area under the hood 6 was cap-
tured and recorded by the front camera. As soon
R Rear view
as the area has been crossed by the vehicle, it is
To call up the function, call up the off-road menu faded in. If the vehicle has not been moved for
in the multimedia system . some time, the recorded area is displayed in gray-
1 Switch camera view on/off
scale and faded out.
% Active Parking Assist and the maneuvering 2 Activating/deactivating PARKTRONIC
assistance functions are not available in the (/ page 290)
F driving program. PARKTRONIC Parking 3 Point of the compass
Assist is available in all driving programs when 4 Altitude above sea level
 Driving and parking 289

Front and rear view 6 Lane indicating the route the vehicle will take R When shadows fall on the area recorded by
at the current steering angle the camera
7 Pitch display Observe the instructions on the function of the
% Note that the area between the vehicle and up 360° camera as well as its system limits, other-
to approx. 40 in (1 m) in front of the vehicle is wise you will not be able to recognize dangers
not displayed. (/ page 284).
The slope and inclination indicators are shown ▌Calling up the 360° camera views using the
only in the front view. button
If the vehicle is traveling faster than approx.
5 mph (8 km/h), the view automatically changes
from Transparent Hood to Front View. If the vehi-
cle is traveling faster than approx. 12 mph
(20 km/h) - 19 mph (30 km/h) (depending on the
driving program), the camera image is closed.
When you engage reverse gear, the image from
the rear view camera is automatically displayed.
1 Switch camera view on/off System limits
2 Activating/deactivating PARKTRONIC
The area under the hood may not be displayed
(/ page 290) correctly in the following situations:
3 Point of the compass
R in the rain
4 Altitude above sea level
R Driving in the dark
5 Roll display
290 Driving and parking

% Depending on the vehicle's equipment, button # Select u for the desired activation posi- Parking Assist PARKTRONIC
1 may also be located in a different place in tion.
▌Function of Parking Assist PARKTRONIC
the center console. # Select Edit. Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is an electronic park-
# Press button 1.
# Enter a name and confirm. ing assistance system which monitors the area
# Select the Camera Views menu. The activation position is saved under the new surrounding your vehicle and shows you the dis-
# Select the desired view in the multimedia sys- name. tance between the vehicle and a detected obsta-
tem (/ page 284). cle visually and audibly.
Deleting an activation position
The passive side impact protection also warns you
▌Selecting a view for the 360° camera (reverse # Select u for the desired activation posi- of obstacles to the side. These must be detected
gear) tion. beforehand by the sensors in the front or rear
# Engage reverse gear. # Select Delete Entry. bumper while driving by them. If you steer in the
# Select the desired view in the multimedia sys- # Confirm the prompt. direction of a detected obstacle and there is a risk
tem (/ page 284). The activation position is deleted. of a lateral collision, a warning is issued. The pas-
sive side impact protection can be activated and
▌360° camera with GPS - managing activation ▌Opening the camera cover deactivated via the multimedia system.
positions Multimedia system: In order for front or rear obstacles to the side to
Multimedia system: 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance be displayed, the vehicle must first travel a dis-
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
5 Camera tance of at least half a vehicle length. Once the
5 Camera vehicle has traveled one vehicle length, obstacles
# Select Open Camera Cover.
on all sides can be shown.
Renaming an activation position % The camera cover closes automatically after
some time or after the vehicle is switched on Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is only an aid. It is
% You can determine activation positions in the
or off. not a substitute for your attention to the surround-
Camera Views menu. (/ page 284) ings. The responsibility for safe maneuvering and
parking always rests with you. Make sure that
 Driving and parking 291

there are no persons, animals or objects etc. in R Red: < 1.2 ft (0.4 m)
the maneuvering area while maneuvering and
parking in/exiting parking spaces. Vehicles with 360° camera: the boundary line
shifts dynamically depending on the position and
Displays on the central display distance of the obstacles detected.
Depending on the distance to the obstacle detec-
ted, an intermittent warning tone also sounds. You
can set the timing of the warnings in the multime-
dia system. In the Warn Early setting, the system
warns you from a distance of 3.3 ft (1 m), in the
standard setting only from 1.2 ft (0.4 m).
Vehicles with rear view camera
As soon as Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is opera-
tional, the respective areas of the display are
shown in blue.
Vehicles with 360° camera 1 Operational, front and rear
2 Operational, all around
3 Operational, all around and obstacle detected
The color of the display changes depending on the
distance to the detected obstacle:
R Blue: > 3.3 ft (1 m) (no obstacles detected)
R Yellow: approx. 3.3 ft (1 m) - 2.2 ft (0.7 m)
R Orange: approx. 2.2 ft (0.7 m) - 1.2 ft (0.4 m)
292 Driving and parking

R Vehicles with Active Parking Assist: when driv-

ing no faster than 11 mph (18 km/h).

Optionally, obstacles detected by Parking Assist

PARKTRONIC from a distance of approximately
3.3 ft (1.0 m) in front 2 and 2.2 ft (0.7 m) on
Vehicles with 360° camera Vehicles with rear view camera sides 3 can also be displayed on the head-up
display.
If you are not in the Camera & Parking menu and
an obstacle is detected in the vehicle's path, pop- Vehicles with active ambient lighting and Parking
up window 1 appears on the central display if Package with remote parking functions
the following requirements are met: When Warning Support is activated, the Parking
R Vehicles without Active Parking Assist: when
Assist PARKTRONIC display is also accompanied
by ambient lighting. If an obstacle is detected, the
driving no faster than 8 mph (12 km/h).
ambient lighting lights up in the same color as the
display on the central display.
 Driving and parking 293

The ambient lighting which accompanies the Park- R Pedestrians or animals approaching the vehi- Problems with Parking Assist PARKTRONIC
ing Assist PARKTRONIC display is only intended to cle from the side. If the Parking Assist PARKTRONIC display lights
accentuate the display on the central display and R Objects placed next to the vehicle up red for approximately three seconds then goes
does not replace it. out, and the é symbol appears on the driver's
More information on ambient lighting: Obstacles on the sides are not shown in the fol- display, the system may have been deactivated
(/ page 164) lowing situations, for example: due to signal interference. Start the vehicle again
R You park the vehicle and switch it off. and check if Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is work-
% No indication is provided via the ambient
R You open the doors. ing at a different location.
lighting in the area of the driver's display or
behind the rear doors. If a warning tone also sounds, it may be due to
After the engine is restarted, obstacles must be one of the following causes:
% Depending on the selected setting, other detected again by driving past them before a new
functions may supersede the ambient lighting R The sensors are dirty: clean the sensors and
warning can be issued.
effects of Parking Assist PARKTRONIC. In this observe the notes on care of vehicle parts
Also observe the system limits of the following (/ page 395).
case, the ambient lighting effects of Parking systems:
Assist PARKTRONIC do not occur. R Parking Assist PARKTRONIC has been deacti-
R Rear view camera (/ page 282) vated due to a malfunction: restart the vehi-
System limits R 360° camera (/ page 284) cle. If the problem persists, consult a qualified
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC does not necessarily specialist workshop.
take into account the following obstacles: Observe the information on vehicle sensors and
R Obstacles below the detection range, e.g. per-
cameras; the system otherwise cannot function
properly (/ page 236).
sons, animals or objects.
R Obstacles above the detection range, e.g.
Vehicles with trailer hitch: If transport equipment,
overhanging loads, overhangs or loading e.g. a trailer or bicycle carrier, is attached to the
ramps of trucks. trailer hitch and the electrical connection is cor-
rectly established, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is
deactivated for the rear zone.
294 Driving and parking

▌Activating/deactivating Parking Assist % Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is automatically # Audio Fadeout select and Audio Fadeout
PARKTRONIC activated when the vehicle is started. When in R switch on or off.
Alternatively, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC can be The volume of the currently playing media
* NOTE Risk of an accident from objects at activated or deactivated in the quick access source is reduced when reverse gear is
close range menu. engaged.
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC may not detect ▌Setting the warning tones of Parking Assist Setting the time of the warnings
certain objects at close range. PARKTRONIC # Select Time of Warning.
# When parking or maneuvering the vehi- Multimedia system: # Activate or deactivate Side Warning.
cle, pay particular attention to any 4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
# Set the desired warning time for Front or
objects which are above or below the 5 Parking
sensors, e.g. flower pots or drawbars. Rear.
The vehicle or other objects could other- Adjusting warning tones
wise be damaged. # Select Set Warning Tones. Active Parking Assist
# Set the desired level under Volume or Tone ▌Function of Active Parking Assist
Requirements:
R The camera menu is open. Pitch. Active Parking Assist is an electronic parking
R Or: Active Parking Assist is active. assistance system that uses ultrasound with the
Activating/deactivating audio fadeout
# Audio Fadeout select and Audio Fade for
assistance of the rear view camera and 360°
R Or: the PARKTRONIC pop-up window appears. camera. When you are driving forwards at up to
Warnings switch on or off. approximately 22 mph (35 km/h), the system
# Press = in the central display. The volume of the currently playing media automatically measures parking spaces on both
If the indicator lamp is lit, Parking Assist source is reduced during a Parking Assist sides of the vehicle.
PARKTRONIC is active. If the indicator lamp does PARKTRONIC warning tone.
Active Parking Assist offers the following func-
not light up or the symbol é is displayed, or tions:
PARKTRONIC Parking Assist is not active.
 Driving and parking 295

Vehicles with rear view camera The arrows show on which side of the road free System limits
R Parking in parking spaces parallel to the road parking spaces are located. These are then shown In drive program F or when the exterior light-
on the central display. ing is disturbed, Active Parking Assist is not avail-
R Backing up into parking spaces perpendicular
When Active Parking Assist is activated, the turn able.
to the road
signal indicators are activated based on the calcu- Also observe the system limits of the following
Vehicles with 360° camera lated path of your vehicle. When you are entering systems:
R Parking in parking spaces parallel to the road or exiting a parking space, the procedure is assis- R Rear view camera (/ page 282)
R Parking in parking spaces perpendicular to the
ted by acceleration, braking, steering and gear
R 360° camera (/ page 284)
changes.
road (optionally either forwards or reverse)
R Parking in parking spaces that can only be
To start the parking procedure, press the c Objects that are above or below the detection
button (/ page 296). range of Active Parking Assist, e.g. protruding
detected as such due to markings (forexample
Active Parking Assist will be canceled in the fol- loads, overhangs or loading ramps of trucks or
at the roadside)
lowing situations: boundaries of parking spaces, are not detected
R Exiting a parking space parallel to the road when measuring the parking space. These are
R You deactivate Parking Assist PARKTRONIC.
R Exiting a parking space perpendicular to the also then not taken into account when calculating
road (optionally either left or right) R You press the c button again. the parking procedure. In some circumstances,
R You begin steering. Active Parking Assist may therefore guide you into
Active Parking Assist is only an aid. It is not a sub- the parking space prematurely or brake too late.
stitute for your attention to the surroundings. The R You engage transmission position j.
responsibility for safe maneuvering and parking Certain environmental conditions, suchas snowfall
R ESP® intervenes.
always rests with you. Make sure that no persons, or heavy rain, may lead to a parking space being
animals or objects etc. are in the vehicle's path. R You open the driver's door. measured inaccurately. Parking spaces that are
partially occupied by trailer drawbars might not be
If Active Parking Assist is available, the Ç mes- identified as such or be measured incorrectly.
sage appears on the driver's display. When the Only use Active Parking Assist on level, high-grip
system detects parking spaces, È appears. ground.
296 Driving and parking

& WARNING Risk of accident due to objects R If the parking space is on a steep downhill or ▌Parking with Active Parking Assist
located above or below the detection uphill gradient.
range of Active Parking Assist R When snow chains are fitted.
If there are objects above or below the detec- R When a trailer or bicycle rack is attached.
tion range, the following situations may arise: R Directly after a tire change or when spare tires
R Active Parking Assist may steer too early. are fitted.
R The vehicle may not stop in front of these R If the tire pressure is too low or too high.
objects. R If the suspension is out of alignment, e.g. after
bottoming out on a curb.
There is a danger of collision!
R On steep inclines of more than approximately
# In these situations, do not use Active 15%.
Parking Assist.

Active Parking Assist can also display unsuitable

parking spaces, e.g. parking spaces in which
parking is not permitted or parking spaces on
unsuitable surfaces. % Depending on the vehicle's equipment, button
Do not use Active Parking Assist in the following 1 may also be located in a different place in
situations: the center console.
R In extreme weather conditions such as ice, # Press button 1 .
packed snow or in heavy rain.
R When transporting a load that protrudes
beyond the vehicle.
 Driving and parking 297

# Vehicles with 360° camera: to change the

parking direction, tap the selected parking
space again.
# To start the parking procedure: press button
1 again.
The vehicle drives into the selected parking
space.

The turn signal indicator is switched on automati-

cally when the parking procedure begins. You are
responsible for selecting the turn signal indicator
in accordance with the traffic conditions. If neces-
sary, select the turn signal indicator accordingly.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to vehicle
swinging out while parking or pulling out
# Select Parking Assistance menu 2. When the vehicle is stationary, indicated vehicle of a parking space
path 4 into currently selected parking space 5
Parking spaces 3 detected by the system are also appears. While parking or exiting a parking space, the
shown on the central display. vehicle swings out and can drive onto areas of
# If a parking space is displayed: stop the vehi-
the oncoming lane.
cle.
This could cause you to collide with objects or
# If necessary, select another parking space.
other road users.
# Pay attention to objects and other road
users.
298 Driving and parking

# Where necessary, stop the vehicle or Immediate parking via the Camera Views menu R The vehicle has been parked with Active Park-
cancel the parking procedure with Active ing Assist.
Parking Assist. # Start the vehicle.
On completion of the parking procedure, the
# Press button 1.
Active Parking Assist Finished display message
appears.
# Secure the vehicle against rolling away. When
required by legal stipulations or local condi-
tions: turn the wheels towards the curb.
% You can stop the vehicle and change the
transmission position during the parking pro- # Select the Camera Views menu.
cedure. The system then calculates a new # When the vehicle is stationary and in transmis-
vehicle path. If no new vehicle path is availa- sion position k, and symbol 6 appears in
ble, the transmission position can be changed
the camera image: press button 1 again.
again, or the process can be canceled.
The parking procedure is initiated for the
detected parking space.
% The parking space and parking direction can-
not be changed in immediate parking.
▌Exiting a parking space with Active Parking # Select Parking Assistance 2 menu.
Assist
# If necessary, change direction of exit 3.
Requirements
R The vehicle is equipped with a 360° camera.
 Driving and parking 299

# To start exiting the parking space: press but- ▌Pausing Active Parking Assist ▌Automatic braking function of Active Parking
ton 1 again. You can interrupt the parking or exiting procedure Assist
# If necessary, change the transmission posi- of Active Parking Assist by performing one of the Persons or objects detected in the vehicle's path
tion. Observe any messages displayed on the following actions, forexample: could cause the vehicle to brake sharply and inter-
driver's display and central display. # Depress the brake pedal. rupt the parking or exiting procedure. The vehicle
The vehicle moves out of the parking space. # Open the front passenger door, a rear door or
will then be held at a standstill. If you depress the
accelerator pedal, the parking or exiting proce-
The turn signal indicator is automatically switched the cargo compartment. dure is resumed.
on when exiting a parking space begins and # Apply the electric parking brake or activating
Check the area around your vehicle again before
switched off when it is completed. You are the HOLD function. resuming the parking or exiting procedure. Make
responsible for selecting the turn signal indicator # To resume the parking or exiting procedure: sure that persons, animals or objects are no lon-
in accordance with the traffic conditions. If neces- gently depress the accelerator pedal. ger in the vehicle's path. Also observe the system
sary, select the turn signal indicator accordingly. limitations of Active Parking Assist.
% If the electric parking brake was applied
After the parking space has been exited, a warn- before Active Parking Assist was activated,
ing tone and the Ø Active Parking Assist Fin- depress the accelerator pedal lightly to start
ished: Take Control of Vehicle message prompt Remote Parking Assist
the parking or exiting procedure.
you to take control of the vehicle. You have to ▌Function of Remote Parking Assist
accelerate, brake, steer and change gear yourself Check the area around your vehicle again before
resuming a paused parking procedure. Make sure % Remote Parking Assist is an additional func-
again. tion of Active Parking Assist. Comply with
that persons, animals or objects are no longer in
If you do not react to the prompt to take control the maneuvering range. Also observe the system local traffic laws and regulations when using
of the vehicle, the system will brake the vehicle to limitations of Active Parking Assist. Remote Parking Assist on public roads.
a standstill. If you are required to turn the wheels toward
the curb, you cannot use Remote Parking
Assist.
300 Driving and parking

Please note that you can only use Remote System limits Remote Parking Assist on level ground that allows
Parking Assist if you have a valid driving If the system detects a malfunction or a system good grip.
license and are in a fit state to drive. limit during the maneuvering or parking proce- During the parking procedure, you should not
Remote Parking Assist parks your vehicle or exits dure, the procedure will be canceled: stand more than approx. 10 ft (3.0 m) away from
the parking space while you are outside of your R The vehicle is brought to a standstill. the vehicle. At greater distances, the procedure
vehicle. You can monitor the maneuvering and will be interrupted and a corresponding message
R Transmission position j is selected and the
parking procedure on your mobile phone. will be displayed on the mobile phone. If you move
electric parking brake is applied. closer to the vehicle, you will be able to continue
With Remote Parking Assist, you can carry out all
R The vehicle is switched off. the procedure.
the parking procedures of Active Parking Assist.
You can also position the vehicle directly in front R The vehicle remains locked.
▌Operating Remote Parking Assist
of a garage or a driveway entrance and then use
If the parking maneuver is canceled, a corre- Requirements
Remote Parking Assist to enter or exit a parking
sponding message is displayed on the mobile For the Remote Parking Assist function, you
space.
phone. require a mobile phone and the current Remote
Remote Parking Assist manages pulling away,
Depending on the situation, you can then take Parking Assist app for your vehicle type.
braking and steering. While Remote Parking Assist
control of the procedure, maneuver the vehicle % A list of compatible phones can be found at:
is active, the vehicle is locked.
back to the starting position or manually take con- https://www.mercedes-benz-mobile.com/
Remote Parking Assist is only an aid. It is not a trol of the vehicle.
substitute for your attention to the surroundings. The following operating systems are supported:
The system limits of Active Parking Assist apply
The responsibility for safe maneuvering and park- R Android™
(/ page 294).
ing always rests with you. Interrupt or terminate
Certain environmental conditions, such as snow- R Apple® iOS
the parking procedure if necessary. Make sure
that no persons, animals or objects etc. are in the fall or heavy rain, may lead to a parking space
vehicle's path. Make sure to also pay attention to being measured inaccurately or to connection
other vehicles. problems with the mobile phone. Only use
 Driving and parking 301

& WARNING Danger due to insufficient view parking procedure. Always make sure that others
of the vehicle surroundings can access their vehicles.
# Activate the "Remote Parking Assist" service
If you maneuver, park or exit a parking space e.g. via the Mercedes me homepage.
with the vehicle using Remote Parking Assist, # Authorize the mobile phone using the Remote
observe the following: Parking Assist App in the vehicle
# Make sure that you have the best view (/ page 303).
possible of the vehicle and the vehicle's
surroundings. Selecting the parking maneuver in advance while
# Make sure that no persons, animals or
inside the vehicle
# Stop the vehicle and select transmission posi-
objects are in the path of your vehicle.
# Make sure that you maintain a suitable
tion j.
distance to the vehicle and that neither
you nor other road users could be
endangered.
# Be aware of the vehicle's surroundings at % Depending on the vehicle's equipment, button
all times and identify possible dangers. 1 may also be located in a different place in
# If necessary, cancel the parking proce- the center console.
dure. # Press button 1.

No persons or pets are permitted to remain in the

vehicle during the parking procedure. Observe the
system limits at all times. If necessary, cancel the
302 Driving and parking

% Alternatively, you can begin parking with % On completion of the parking procedure, the
Active Parking Assist (/ page 296) and con- vehicle is locked.
tinue with the Remote Parking Assist from any If you have started the parking procedure as
vehicle position. To do this, stop the parking described above, the vehicle is ready to connect
process and select transmission position j. to your mobile phone for a limited time.
# Switch off the vehicle and exit it with the # Start the Remote Parking Assist App on the
SmartKey. mobile phone and connect to the vehicle.
Starting the parking procedure without selecting # Follow the instructions of the Remote Parking
in advance Assist app.
# Stop the vehicle and select transmission posi-
% The turn signal indicator is automatically
tion j. switched on when starting parking and
# Switch off the vehicle and exit it with the switched off when it is completed.
SmartKey. % If the connection between the vehicle and the
Starting the parking procedure while outside the mobile phone is interrupted while a parking
# Select Parking Assistance menu 2. vehicle maneuver is being performed, the maneuver
can be continued if the connection is re-
# For further information on Remote Parking # Unlock the vehicle.
established within a short time.
Assist: select 3.
Carrying out a parking procedure with Remote
# If necessary, select another parking space 4 Parking Assist
or select 5 to drive straight ahead into a
% Keep the vehicle key with you during the park-
garage, forexample.
ing procedure. You can cancel the parking
# If necessary, change parking direction 6. procedure and bring the vehicle to a standstill
by pressing a button on the SmartKey.
 Driving and parking 303

& WARNING Risk of accident due to vehicle # Cancel the parking procedure in the Remote # Start the Remote Parking Assist app and addi-
swinging out while parking or pulling out Parking Assist app. tionally start the authorization process.
of a parking space or A connection prompt is displayed.
# Press a button on the vehicle key. # Scan the QR code on the central display.
While parking or pulling out of a parking The mobile phone is authorized.
space, the vehicle swings out and can drive or
onto areas of the oncoming lane. # Pull a door handle. De-authorizing mobile phones
This could cause you to collide with objects or # Select Remote Parking Assist.
other road users. ▌Authorizing/de-authorizing a mobile phone for
# In the window that opens, select the device to
# Pay attention to objects and other road
Remote Parking Assist
Multimedia system: be deauthorized.
users. # To de-authorize a mobile phone: select a
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
# Where necessary, stop the vehicle or mobile phone.
5 Parking
cancel the parking procedure with The mobile phone is deleted from the device
Remote Parking Assist. Authorizing a new mobile phone list.
In order to be able to use the Remote Parking # To de-authorize all mobile phones:
# When the parking procedure has been com- Assist function, you must authorize your mobile selectDeauthorize All Devices.
pleted, ensure that all vehicle doors, windows phone. You can authorize up to ten mobile All mobile phones are deleted from the device
and the trunk are closed. Secure the vehicle phones. list.
against rolling away. # Select Remote Parking Assist.
Canceling the parking procedure # Select Authorize a New Device in the window Maneuvering assistance
You can cancel the parking procedure of Remote that opens.
Parking Assist at any time and bring the vehicle to Remote Parking Assist is ready to connect. ▌Function of Drive Away Assist
a standstill. Drive Away Assist can reduce the severity of an
impact when pulling away. If the system detects
304 Driving and parking

an obstacle in the direction of travel, the vehicle's If a critical situation is detected, the following # Always pay careful attention to the traffic
speed is briefly reduced to approximately 1 mph symbol appears in red in the selected view in the situation; do not rely on Drive Away
(2 km/h). Camera & Parkingmenu: Assist alone.
A risk of collision may occur in the following situa- # Be prepared to brake or swerve as nec-
tions, forexample: essary, provided the traffic situation per-
R If the driver mixes up the accelerator and mits and that it is safe to take evasive
brake pedals. action.
R If the driver engages an incorrect gear.
% If Drive Away Assist is not available, the same
symbol appears in gray. If the Camera & Park- System limits
R If the driver depresses the accelerator pedal ing menu is not opened on the central display, Drive Away Assist is not available in the drive pro-
with too much force. the symbol and pop-up of Parking Assist gram F.
Drive Away Assist is active under the following PARKTRONIC both appear. The system limits of Active Parking Assist apply
conditions: Drive Away Assist is only an aid. It is not a substi- (/ page 294).
R If the vehicle was stationary and the transmis- tute for your attention to the surroundings. The On uphill gradients, the performance of Drive
sion position was changed to k or h. responsibility for safe maneuvering and parking Away Assist is restricted.
always rests with you. Make sure that no persons,
R If the vehicle has rolled less than approx- If transport equipment, e.g. a trailer or bicycle
animals or objects etc. are in the vehicle's path.
imately 3.3 ft (1.0 m) since being at a stand- carrier, is attached to the trailer hitch and the
still. & WARNING Risk of accident caused by limi- electrical connection is correctly established,
R If the detected obstacle is less than approx. ted detection performance of Drive Away Drive Away Assist is not available when backing
3.3 ft (1.0 m) away. Assist up.
The Drive-away Assist can be deactivated or acti- Drive Away Assist cannot always clearly iden- ▌Function of the cross traffic warning
vated in the Maneuvering Assistance menu tify objects and traffic situations. The cross traffic warning can warn you of crossing
(/ page 307). traffic when you are exiting a parking space. To
 Driving and parking 305

this end, the radar sensors in the bumper monitor Warning for Cross Traffic, Rear & WARNING Risk of accident caused by limi-
the area adjacent to the vehicle. R The vehicle can be braked automatically when ted detection performance of the cross
The cross traffic warning is active under the fol- crossing traffic is detected. traffic warning
lowing conditions: R If the menu Camera & Parking is not open and The cross traffic warning cannot always clearly
R Warning for Cross Traffic, Rear: the vehicle is a critical situation is detected, a warning identify objects and traffic situations.
driving in reverse at a speed slower than appears on the central display together with # Always pay careful attention to the traffic
approx. 6 mph (10 km/h). the Parking Assist PARKTRONIC pop-up.
situation; do not rely on the cross traffic
R Warning for Cross Traffic, Front: the vehicle is Warning for Cross Traffic, Front warning alone.
driving forwards at a speed slower than # Be prepared to brake or swerve as nec-
R If Active Parking Assist is active, the vehicle
approx. 6 mph (10 km/h) and the camera
can be braked automatically when crossing essary, provided the traffic situation per-
image is shown on the central display
traffic is detected. mits and that it is safe to take evasive
(/ page 289).
R If Active Parking Assist is not active but the action.
The Warning for Cross Traffic, Front can be deac- Camera & Parking menu is open, a warning
tivated or activated in the Maneuvering Assis- appears. System limits
tance menu (/ page 307). R If the Camera & Parking menu is not open,
% If the cross traffic warning is not available, the
If a critical situation is detected, the following the system cannot react to crossing traffic. L symbol appears in gray.
symbol appears in red in the selected view in the In the drive program F, the cross traffic warn-
Camera & Parkingmenu: The cross traffic warning is only an aid and not a ing is not available.
substitute for your attention to the surroundings.
The responsibility for safe maneuvering and park- The system limits of Active Parking Assist apply
ing remains with you. Make sure that no persons, (/ page 294).
animals or objects etc. are in the maneuvering If the radar sensors are obstructed by vehicles or
range. other objects, detection is not possible.
306 Driving and parking

In the following situations, the cross traffic warn- If the maneuvering brake function is triggered, the # Always pay careful attention to the traffic
ing is not available: following symbol appears in red in the selected situation; do not rely on the maneuvering
R On inclines view in the Camera & Parking menu: brake function alone.
R Warning for Cross Traffic, Rear: if transport # Be ready to brake.
equipment, e.g. a trailer or bicycle rack, is
attached to the trailer hitch and the electrical System limits
connection is correctly established. In the drive program F, the maneuvering brake
% If the maneuvering brake function is not avail- function is not available.
▌Maneuvering brake function able, the same symbol appears in gray.
The maneuvering brake function can prevent colli- Observe the system limits of the following func-
The maneuvering brake function is only an aid. It tions:
sions with pedestrians when the vehicle is revers- is not a substitute for your attention to the sur-
ing slowly. If the rear view camera detects a per- R Active Parking Assist (/ page 294)
roundings. The responsibility for safe maneuvering
son in the vehicle's path, the vehicle can be and parking always rests with you. Make sure that R 360° camera (/ page 284)
braked to a standstill. no persons, animals or objects etc. are in the R Rear view camera (/ page 282)
The maneuvering brake function can intervene vehicle's path.
under the following conditions: The maneuvering brake function is not available in
R The vehicle is reversing at a speed slower than & WARNING Risk of accident caused by limi- the following situations:
6 mph (10 km/h). ted detection by the maneuvering brake R On inclines
R The camera image is shown on the central dis-
function R If transport equipment, for example a trailer or
play (/ page 289). The maneuvering brake function cannot bicycle rack, is attached to the trailer hitch
always clearly detect people. Other obstacles and the electrical connection has been cor-
Depending on the country, you can activate and are not detected by the function. rectly established.
deactivate the maneuvering brake function in the
Maneuvering Assistance menu (/ page 307). In these cases, the function may brake unnec-
essarily or not brake at all.
 Driving and parking 307

▌Activating/deactivating the maneuvering assis- Within a radius of approx. 165 yds (150 m), only R The vehicle may not stop in front of these
tant one parking or exiting procedure can be recorded. objects.
Multimedia system: Only use Memory Parking Assist on private prop-
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance erty. Use on public roads, e.g. in public parking This result in a collision.
5 Parking areas, is not permitted. # In these situations, do not use Memory
Memory Parking Assist is only an aid. It is not a Parking Assist.
% This function is available on demand
(/ page 29). substitute for your attention to the surroundings.
The responsibility for safe maneuvering and park- Objects located above or below the detection
# Select Maneuvering Assistance. range of Memory Parking Assist may not be
ing always rests with you. Make sure that no per-
# Activate or deactivate the desired maneuver- sons, animals or objects etc. are in the vehicle's detected during the parking procedure.
ing assistant. path. Drawbars of parked trailers, among other objects,
that protrude into the parking space may not be
System limits detected.
Memory Parking Assist Observe the system limitations of Active Parking
Assist (/ page 294). Do not use Memory Parking Assist in the following
▌Function of Memory Parking Assist situations, for example:
Memory Parking Assist can park your vehicle R In extreme weather conditions such as ice,
using a previously stored parking space. You can & WARNING Risk of accident due to objects
store parking procedures with a total distance of located above or below the detection packed snow or in heavy rain.
up to 550 yds (500 m) (110 yds (100 m) per park- range of Memory Parking Assist R When transporting a load that protrudes
ing or exiting procedure). If there are objects above or below the detec- beyond the vehicle.
During parking or exiting, the system can travel a tion range, the following situations may arise: R If the parking space is on a steep downhill or
previously stored path of up to approximately R Memory Parking Assist may steer too uphill gradient.
110 yds (100 m) to or out of the desired parking early. R When snow chains are fitted.
space, for example, from the driveway entrance
into the garage.
308 Driving and parking

▌Recording a parking procedure using Memory

Parking Assist
Requirements
R The entire route is, forexample, within your
own property and not on public roads.
R The system needs reference points in the sur-
roundings to orient itself, suchas fences, walls
or trees. Therefore, after starting the vehicle, a
certain distance must first be driven. If not
enough reference points are detected in the
surrounding area, no new route can be recor-
ded.

# Press button 1. # Select 2 Memory Parking Assist menu.

The Camera & Parking view opens in the cen- # Brake the vehicle to a standstill at the desired
tral display. starting point of the assisted parking proce-
dure, e.g. a driveway entrance.
# To start recording: press3.
% If not all conditions for a recording are met,
symbol 3 is grayed out.
 Driving and parking 309

# Park the vehicle in the desired parking space. # Follow the instructions on the central display.
Do not exceed 5 mph (8 km/h). The vehicle drives into the selected parking
# To end recording: stop the vehicle and press space.
3 again. % The turn signal indicator is not switched on
The recording is stored. automatically. You are responsible for select-
% In the Memory Parking Assist settings you can ing the turn signal indicator in accordance
delete and rename stored parking proce- with the traffic conditions.
dures. # After completion of the parking procedure,

▌Parking with Memory Parking Assist safeguard the vehicle against rolling away.

Requirements ▌Exiting a parking space with Memory Parking

R A parking procedure has been recorded. Assist
# Press button 1. Requirements
R The exiting procedure was recorded together
The Camera & Parking view opens in the cen-
tral display. with the respective parking procedure and
# Select Memory Parking Assist 2 menu. stored separately within one driving cycle.
# Brake the vehicle to a standstill at the starting R The vehicle was parked using Memory Parking
point of the stored parking procedure. Assist.
# To start the parking procedure: press6. # Press button 1.
# Select the stored parking procedure from the The Camera & Parking view opens in the cen-
list. tral display.
# Select Memory Parking Assist 2 menu.
310 Driving and parking

Starting the exiting procedure Deleting a recording & WARNING Risk of accident due to unsuita-
# Press 6. # Select Manage Lanes. ble trailers
# Confirm the saved exiting procedure. # Select u next to the desired recording.
Trailers with a steered axle or a fifth wheel
# Follow the instructions on the central display. # Select Delete Entry. cannot be used with Trailer Maneuvering
The vehicle drives the recorded route. Assist.
Deleting all recordings
% The turn signal indicator is not switched on Due to this, the trailer cannot be maneuvered
# Select Manage Lanes.
automatically. You are responsible for select- in the desired direction and you can cause a
ing the turn signal indicator in accordance # u button next to one of the desired collision or the trailer can rollover.
with the traffic conditions. recordings. # Only use Trailer Maneuvering Assist with

# Take control of the vehicle after the exiting # Select Delete All. trailers with fixed drawbars and axles.
procedure has been completed. % Alternatively, you can delete all data in Mem-
ory Parking Assist by resetting the multimedia & WARNING Risk of accidents due to unsuit-
▌Setting Memory Parking Assist system (/ page 354). able trailer hitches
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Settings 5 Assistance
Trailer hitches without a ball head, such as a
Trailer Maneuvering Assist Hensley Hitch or a Pintle Hook Hitch, cannot
5 Parking 5 Memory Parking Assist
be guided by Trailer Maneuvering Assist.
▌Function of Trailer Maneuvering Assist
Renaming a recording This will prevent the trailer from being maneu-
# Select Manage Lanes.
% This function is an on-demand feature vered in the desired direction and you may
(/ page 29). cause a collision or the trailer may roll over.
# Select u next to the desired recording.
# Only use Trailer Maneuvering Assist with
# Enter a name and confirm with OK.
trailer hitches with a ball head.
 Driving and parking 311

# Only use Trailer Maneuvering Assist with # After changing the ball neck or changing cle and trailer and adjusts it to a specified value.
trailer hitches without additional attach- the ball head position, reset the taught-in Trailer Maneuvering Assist also limits your speed.
ments, such as a Weight Distribution values. For Trailer Maneuvering Assist to function prop-
System or Sway Control. # Then carry out a calibration drive to erly, a calibration drive must be carried out for the
# Only use Trailer Maneuvering Assist with teach in the values of the new ball head ball neck used and if the ball head position is
trailers whose drawbar has no additional position. changed. During the calibration drive, the current
attachments or superstructures. ball head position is taught (/ page 317).
Information on resetting the taught-in values for Trailer Maneuvering Assist is only an aid. It is not
& WARNING Risk of accidents due to incor- the ball head position and on the calibration drive a substitute for your attention to the surround-
rect taught values for the ball head posi- (/ page 317). ings. Responsibility for safe maneuvering and
tion parking remains with you. Make sure that there
* NOTE Damage due to overhanging loads are no persons, animals or objects in the maneu-
If after changing the ball neck or changing the in front or drawbar installations vering area while maneuvering and parking in/
ball head position the values for the ball head exiting parking spaces.
position are not reset and a calibration drive is The vehicle and the trailer may be damaged
during maneuvering due to overhanging loads You can either enter the articulation angle value
carried out again, Trailer Maneuvering Assist
at the front of the trailer or drawbar installa- directly via the multimedia system or use a
will not function properly. This will prevent the
tions. straightening maneuver or the 90° maneuver.
trailer from being maneuvered in the desired
# Pay attention to overhanging loads or
When carrying out a straightening maneuver, the
direction and you may cause a collision.
system calculates the articulation angle automati-
After changing the ball neck or changing the drawbar installations while maneuvering.
cally and straightens the vehicle/trailer combina-
ball head position, do not use Trailer Maneu- tion to the trailer's current direction.
vering Assist without a new calibration drive. Trailer Maneuvering Assist assists you when back-
ing up with a trailer. Using the rear view camera, it Observe the notes on towing a trailer
monitors the articulation angle between the vehi- (/ page 313).
312 Driving and parking

System limits R A calibration drive was performed with the ball

Observe the system limits of the following func- neck used and the current ball head position
tions: (/ page 317).
R Active Parking Assist (/ page 294) R The gradient is less than approximately 15%.
R 360° camera (/ page 284) R The tailgate is closed.
R Rear view camera (/ page 282) R The electric parking brake is not applied.
R The driver's seat belt is fastened.
The system may be impaired or may not function
in the following situations: Using Trailer Maneuvering Assist
R The gradient is greater than approximately % To ensure that Trailer Maneuvering Assist
15 %. works properly, the taught-in values for each
R The height of the ball head above level ground ball head position must be reset after chang-
is less than 13.8 in (0.35 m) or more than ing the ball neck and changing the ball head
21.6 in (0.55 m) position. A calibration drive must then be per-
formed again. Information on resetting and
▌Using Trailer Maneuvering Assist the calibration drive (/ page 317). # Engage reverse gear k.
Requirements
# Press button 1.
R The vehicle has been started and is stationary. The camera image is shown on the central dis-
play.
R A trailer is selected in the Vehicle menu
(/ page 317).
R A trailer has been detected.
 Driving and parking 313

# To activate the straightening maneuver: select % The maximum articulation angle depends on
1. the length of the trailer. This is calculated by
The system calculates the articulation angle in the system by driving the vehicle forwards,
such a way that the direction of the trailer at including cornering. Before the length of the
the time of activation is maintained. There is a trailer has been calculated, the maximum
short countersteering movement of the trailer articulation angle is approximately 23°. The
while the vehicle is reversed, which then longer the trailer is, the higher the maximum
guides it back to the desired line. In this way, articulation angle (max. approximately 60°).
the vehicle is aligned straight with the trailer % Pay attention to your surroundings and be
and, at the same time, the direction of the ready to brake at all times.
% The picture is only an example and is shown trailer is maintained.
without trailer. or
Trailer hitch
You can select various maneuvers in the Trailer # To activate the 90° maneuver:
Maneuvering Assist menu. The maneuvers availa- R Align the vehicle in the same direction Notes on trailer operation
ble depend on the current articulation angle and (line) as the trailer.
length of the trailer. & WARNING Risk of accident due to unsuita-
R Select (left or right) 2.
# To adjust the articulation angle: select 3. On
ble ball neck
the central display, swipe the entire area of The system calculates the articulation angle If you install an unsuitable ball neck, the trailer
the camera image to the left or right to change so that the trailer can be maneuvered into a hitch and the rear axle may be overloaded.
the bend angle. space perpendicular to the vehicle using the
smallest possible angle. After the maneuver, This can significantly impair the driving char-
or the vehicle is aligned again in the direction of acteristics and the trailer may become loose.
the trailer. There is a risk of fatal injury.
# Accelerate and brake as required. # Only install a ball neck that complies
with the permissible dimensions and is
314 Driving and parking

designed for the requirements of trailer # Brake if necessary. R Permissible rear axle load of the towing vehi-
operation. cle
# Do not modify the ball neck or the trailer Retrofitting a trailer hitch is permissible only if a R Permissible gross weight of the towing vehicle
hitch. trailer load is specified in your vehicle documents. R Permissible gross weight of the trailer
If this is not the case, the vehicle is not approved
for trailer operation. R Maximum permissible speed of the trailer
The values approved by the manufacturer can be
found on the identification plates and in the "Tech- Further information can be obtained at a qualified Ensure the following before starting a journey:
nical data" section under "Trailer hitch" for the specialist workshop. R The tire pressure on the rear axle of the tow-
towing vehicle (/ page 460). For a detachable trailer coupling, it is essential to ing vehicle is set for a maximum load
comply with the operating instructions of the R The lighting of the connected trailer is opera-
& WARNING Risk of accident due to vehi- trailer coupling manufacturer. tional
cle/trailer combination swerving
Couple and uncouple the trailer carefully. If you
If you drive too fast in trailer operation, the In the event of increased rear axle load, the car/
do not connect the trailer to the towing vehicle
vehicle/trailer combination may start to trailer combination must not exceed a maximum
correctly, the trailer may become detached.
swerve. speed of 62 mph (100 km/h) for reasons con-
Observe the following notes on the tongue weight: cerning the operating permit. This also applies in
This could cause you to lose control of the R Do not use a tongue weight that exceeds or countries in which the permissible maximum
vehicle/trailer combination. The vehicle/ falls below the permissible tongue weight speed for car/trailer combinations is above
trailer combination may even rollover. 62 mph (100 km/h).
R Use a tongue weight as close as possible to
# Under no circumstances should you try
the maximum tongue weight
to straighten the vehicle/trailer combi-
nation by increasing your speed. Do not exceed the following values:
# Reduce the speed and do not counter- R Permissible towing capacity
steer.
 Driving and parking 315

Attaching the ball neck Attaching the ball neck position. A calibration drive must then be per-
formed again. Information on resetting and
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due the calibration drive (/ page 317).
to incorrectly installed ball neck
If the ball neck is not properly mounted and Coupling up/uncoupling a trailer
secured, it may come loose along with the
trailer while the vehicle is in motion and & WARNING Risk of injury due to a change
endanger other road users. There is a risk of in vehicle level
fatal injuries.
The vehicle level may be changed unintention-
# Mount and secure the ball neck as
ally, e.g. by other persons. If you couple or
described in the installation instructions uncouple the trailer during this time, you may
of the ball neck manufacturer. # Secure the vehicle against rolling away. become trapped. In addition, other people
# With the ball neck mounted, always # Remove cover cap 1 from the ball neck could become trapped if their limbs are
make sure it is properly secured before mount in the direction of the arrow. between the vehicle body and the tires or
commencing a journey. underneath the vehicle.
# Store cover cap 1 such that it cannot move
around. Observe the following when coupling or
uncoupling:
# Comply with the installation instructions of the
# Do not open or close any doors or the
ball neck manufacturer.
tailgate.
Observe the notes on loading the vehicle. # Do not lock or unlock the vehicle.
% To ensure that Trailer Maneuvering Assist
works properly, the taught-in values for the
ball head position must be reset after chang-
ing the ball neck or changing the ball head
316 Driving and parking

The trailer will be correctly detected by the vehi- R AIRMATIC # Position the trailer on a level surface behind
cle only if the following conditions are met: the vehicle and couple it up to the vehicle.
Vehicles without level control system: the ball
R The trailer is connected correctly. # Establish the electrical connection between
head height will change depending on the vehi-
R The trailer lighting system is in working order. cle's load. In this case, use a trailer with a height- the vehicle and the trailer.
adjustable drawbar. % Accessories can be connected to the perma-
% Before using the Trailer Maneuvering Assist, a nent power supply up to 180 W and to the
calibration drive is required with the ball neck Coupling up a trailer power supply that is switched on via the igni-
being used (/ page 317). tion lock.
A correctly connected trailer influences, among * NOTE Damage to the starter battery due
other things, the functions of the following sys- to full discharge Uncoupling a trailer
tems: Charging the trailer battery using the power & WARNING Risk of being crushed and
R ESP® trailer stabilization supply of the trailer can damage the starter becoming trapped when uncoupling a
R Trailer Maneuvering Assist
battery. trailer
# Do not use the vehicle's power supply to
R Active Lane Keeping Assist When uncoupling a trailer with an engaged
charge the trailer battery.
R Parking Assist PARKTRONIC inertia-activated brake, your hand may
R Active Parking Assist Information about a suitable ball neck for become trapped between the vehicle and the
Mercedes-Benz vehicles can be obtained from a trailer drawbar.
R Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot Assist
qualified specialist workshop, e.g. an authorized # Do not uncouple trailers with an engaged
R Drive Away Assist Mercedes-Benz Center. overrun brake.
R Cross traffic warning # Secure the vehicle against rolling away.
R Maneuvering brake function # Remove the cover cap from the ball neck
R Reversing camera mount and store it in a safe place
R Surround view camera (/ page 315).
 Driving and parking 317

* NOTE Damage during uncoupling with an

# Uncouple the trailer. Calibrating a trailer coupling
engaged overrun brake # Disassemble the ball neck, following the ball # Select Trailer coupling has been changed to
neck manufacturer's installation instructions. start calibration for the new ball head position.
The vehicle may be damaged if you uncouple
with an engaged overrun brake. # Place the cover on the ball neck mount. # To save changes: select Confirm.

# Do not uncouple trailers with an engaged

overrun brake. Making settings for trailer operation Vehicle towing instructions
Multimedia system: The vehicle is not suitable for the use of tow bar
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when 4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle 5 Driving systems that are used for flat towing or dinghy
disconnecting the trailer cable 5 Trailer settings towing, for example. Attaching and using tow bar
The vehicle may lower when you disconnect systems can result in damage to the vehicle.
the trailer cable. Making settings for a trailer When you are towing a vehicle with tow bar sys-
The settings in this menu enable the energy fore- tems, safe driving characteristics cannot be guar-
This could result in other people becoming cast at the start of the trip to be calculated more anteed for the towing vehicle or the towed vehicle.
trapped if their limbs are between the vehicle accurately. Thus the amount of energy, charging The vehicle-trailer combination may swerve from
body and the tires or underneath the vehicle. station scheduling, charging time and arrival time side to side.
# Make sure nobody is underneath the are calculated more accurately. Observe the following information:
vehicle or in the immediate vicinity of the # Select the desired trailer type.
wheel arches when you disconnect the R Permitted towing methods (/ page 409)
# Enter the maximum permissible speed of the
trailer cable. R The notes on towing the vehicle with both
selected trailer. axles on the ground (/ page 410)
# Secure the vehicle against rolling away. # To save changes: select Confirm.

# Disconnect the electrical connection between

the vehicle and the trailer.
318 Driver's display

Notes on the driver's display R Indicator and warning lamps Range according to personal driving style
Additional functions available include the follow- R Your previous personal consumption will be
& WARNING Risk of accident if the driver ing: taken into account when the range is being
display fails calculated.
R Different menus, e.g. for assistance and navi-
If the driver display has failed or is malfunc- R While the navigation system or commuter
gation
tioning, function restrictions in systems rele- route is active, additional information about
R Status displays for the driving systems
vant to safety cannot be detected. the route ahead can be included in the range
R Display messages calculation.
The operating safety of your vehicle may be
impaired. Some menu content and settings can be custom- Range with low consumption
# Drive on carefully. ized. R The maximum range shows the potential range
# Have the vehicle checked immediately at when consumption is low, e.g. as a result of
a qualified specialist workshop. Notes on the range economical driving or having the air condition-
ing system turned off.
If the operating safety of your vehicle is impaired, The range in general
R All ranges shown are assumptions based on Range with high consumption
park the vehicle immediately and safely. Contact a
qualified specialist workshop. various calculation bases. The actual range R The minimum range shows the range when
achieved may differ from the range displayed. consumption is high, e.g. as a result of a
The driver's display shows the following basic
R Outside temperatures, climate control set- sporty driving style or having the air condition-
information:
tings, vehicle interior temperatures, road con- ing system turned on.
R Speed and power meter level
ditions, driving style etc. directly influence the R This range is determined based on past and
R Range according to average consumption, per- current consumption figures.
achievable range.
sonal driving style or high-consumption driving
R Pay attention to the charging prompts at all
style
times.
R Condition of charge of the high-voltage battery
 Driver's display 319

Electric energy consumption # If you cannot be sure of this, stop the Scrolling on the menu bar
R The From Start and From Reset consumption vehicle whilst paying attention to road
figures take into account all active consumer and traffic conditions and operate the
equipment when it comes to the drive sys- equipment with the vehicle stationary.
tem's operational readiness õ.
Observe the legal requirements for the country in
% If the range maximization function is switched which you are currently driving when operating
on, the range on the speedometer may the driver's display.
increase depending on the potential range
(/ page 205).

Operating the driver's display

& WARNING Risk of distraction from infor-
mation systems and communications
equipment
If you operate information systems and com-
1 Back button
munication devices integrated in the vehicle
when driving, you could be distracted from the 2 Main menu button
traffic situation. This could also cause you to 3 Touch Control
lose control of the vehicle.
The content on the driver's display is controlled
# Only operate this equipment when the
using the control elements on the left side of the
traffic situation permits. steering wheel. You can use Touch Control 3 to
navigate vertically and horizontally by swiping with
320 Driver's display

one finger. Confirm your selection by pressing the # Only operate this equipment when the On most of the menus, you can use Options to
Touch Control. traffic situation permits. configure further settings for the menu-specific
% To operate Touch Control 3 in the most display content.
# If you cannot be sure of this, stop the
effective way, use the tip of your thumb if pos- vehicle whilst paying attention to road You can find further information about the possi-
sible. You can also set the sensitivity of the and traffic conditions and operate the ble settings and selections on the menus in the
Touch Control on the central display . equipment with the vehicle stationary. Digital Operator's Manual.
# Briefly press main menu button 2.

# Select a menu by swiping to the left or right Observe the legal requirements for the country in
which you are currently driving when operating Head-up Display
on Touch Control 3. Function of the head-up display
the driver's display.
# To confirm: press Touch Control 3.
The following menus can be called up via the The head-up display projects various content into
menu bar on the driver's display: the driver's field of vision, for example.
Driver display menus R Understated You can use the head-up display menu bar to
Notes on menus on the driver's display R Sport select various contexts, e.g.:
R Classic R Minimal
& WARNING Risk of distraction from infor- R Sport
R Navigation
mation systems and communications
R Assistance R Standard
equipment
R Offroad (vehicles with 4MATIC) R Augmented reality
If you operate information systems and com-
munication devices integrated in the vehicle R Service R Offroad (vehicles with 4MATIC)
when driving, you could be distracted from the R ECO display (depending on model and equip-
traffic situation. This could also cause you to On some of these menus, you can choose ment) (/ page 201)
lose control of the vehicle. between different display content on the center
display area. R Settings
 Driver's display 321

R Head-up display on/off 3 Steer Assist status 3 Navigation status displays, such as remaining
% Depending on the equipment, the functions 4 Current speed distance to the destination, expected time of
may differ from the description and images in 5 Set speed in the driving system (e.g. cruise arrival
this Operator's Manual. For example, route control) 4 Active Lane Keeping Assist status
guidance with augmented reality is not availa- 6 Detected traffic signs (Traffic Sign Assist) 5 Steer Assist status
ble in all equipment variants. 6 Current speed
When you receive a call, the 6 Call Waiting
The following image shows an example of the 7 Set speed in the driving system (e.g. Active
message will appear on the head-up display and
head-up display. You can choose what content is the driver's display. Distance Assist DISTRONIC)
displayed (/ page 323). 8 Detected traffic signs (Traffic Sign Assist)
Head-up display with navigation and augmented 9 ECO Assist
Head-up display content with navigation (9x3°) reality (10x5°)
When you receive a call, the 6 Call Waiting
message will appear on the head-up display and
the driver's display.
System limits
Visibility is particularly influenced by the following
conditions:
R Seat position
R Image position setting
R Ambient light
1 Navigation instructions 1 Navigation instructions R Wet road surfaces
2 Navigation instructions (distance to the next 2 Augmented reality navigation instructions R Objects on the display cover
route event)
322 Driver's display

R Polarization in sunglasses System limits

The marker for the detected vehicle in front may
be inaccurate or may not be applied to the cor-
Function of the head-up display with augmented
rect vehicle in some situations. Always pay atten-
reality
tion to the actual driving situation.
% Augmented reality is available only in conjunc- Route guidance with augmented reality will not be
tion with the 10x5° head-up display. available in some situations, e.g. in the event of
The head-up display with augmented reality proj- poor satellite reception or roads that have not
ects content into the driver's field of vision, such been digitized.
as: Visibility is influenced by conditions including the
R Information from and visualization of the navi- Head-up display with augmented reality following:
gation system (example) R Driver camera and multifunction camera
R Information from and visualization of the driver 1 Marker for the detected vehicle in front recording
assistance systems, e.g. Active Distance (Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC) R The extent to which the windshield in the area
Assist DISTRONIC 2 Change-of-direction arrows for the route (nav- of the multifunction camera is dirty, or if the
R Information from the menus of the driver's dis- igation) camera is fogged up, damaged or obscured
play 3 Driver assistance system status bar
Further system limits of the head-up display
The marker for the detected vehicle in front and (/ page 320).
the change-of-direction arrows for the route are
dynamic displays. The vehicle marker stays with
the vehicle in front, and Active Distance Assist
regulates your speed based on this. The change-
of-direction arrows point the way calculated by
the navigation system.
 Driver's display 323

Operating the head-up display # To confirm: press the a button. tion made smaller. This may slightly affect the
area on which the augmented reality content
Selecting display content of the head-up display Switching back to the driver's display is displayed.
via the menu bar of the driver's display # Press the G or ò button.
# Press the ò main menu button on the left.
Setting the position and brightness Selecting the head-up display with augmented
# To select the menu bar of the head-up dis-
# Swipe to the left or right on the left-hand reality
play: swipe upwards on the left-hand Touch
Control. Touch Control and select Settings on the # Press the main menu button ò on the left.
menu bar of the head-up display. # To select the menu bar of the head-up dis-
# Press the left-hand Touch Control. play: swipe upwards on the left-hand Touch
The current position and brightness settings Control.
will be displayed as graphics on the head-up # To select the head-up display with augmented
display as well as on the driver's display. reality: swipe to the left or right on the left-
# To adjust the position: swipe upwards or hand Touch Control to activate the desired
downwards on the left-hand Touch Control. content.
# To adjust the brightness: swipe to the left or
right on the left-hand Touch Control. Switching the head-up display on/off
The settings configured for position and
brightness will be saved automatically. Driver's display:
Switching between display content on the head- 4 ©
up display # Press the G or a button to exit the set-

# Swipe to the left or right on the left-hand tings. Switching on

Touch Control. % Vehicles with augmented reality function: # Swipe upwards on the left-hand Touch Con-
A preview of the selected display content will when the position is adjusted, the status bar trol.
appear on the head-up display. will be moved upwards and the display sec-
324 Driver's display

# Press the left-hand a Touch Control. È Active Parking Assist has recognized a
parking space (/ page 296)
Switching off
é Parking Assist PARKTRONIC deactivated
# Swipe upwards on the left-hand Touch Con-
(/ page 294)
trol.
h Cruise control (/ page 245)
# Swipe on the left-hand Touch Control and
select Head-up Display. ç Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
# Press the left-hand a Touch Control.
(/ page 247)
Ò Specified distance for Active Distance
Assist DISTRONIC (/ page 247)
Overview of status displays on the driver's dis- æ Active Brake Assist switched off
play (/ page 267)
The status displays for the driving and driving Ä Active Brake Assist impaired or not func-
safety systems can be found in display sections tioning (/ page 267)
1 to 4.
Ø Active Steering Assist (/ page 256)
% The number, positions and presentation of the
± Active Lane Change Assist (/ page 260)
status indicators on the driver's display
depend on which systems are activated or ð Active Lane Keeping Assist (/ page 277)
deactivated. Z Active Blind Spot Assist (only on assistant
Y Pedestrian detection (only on assistant dis- display) (/ page 276)
play) ° Haptic accelerator pedal (/ page 205)
Ç Active Parking Assist is available ë HOLD function (/ page 241)
(/ page 296)
_ Adaptive Highbeam Assist (/ page 160)
 Driver's display 325

Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus

(/ page 161)
¬ Active Stop-and-Go Assist (/ page 254)
Ò Slippery road surface warning
Vehicles with Traffic Sign Assist: detected instruc-
tions and traffic signs (/ page 267)
326 MBUX multimedia system

Overview and operation images in this Operator's Manual. For example, Overview of the MBUX multimedia system
route guidance with augmented reality is not avail-
Notes on the MBUX multimedia system able in all equipment variants.
& WARNING Risk of distraction from infor- * NOTE Increased surface temperature due
mation systems and communications to direct sunlight on the central display/
equipment front passenger display
If you operate information systems and com- The surface of the display is very dark.
munication devices integrated in the vehicle
when driving, you could be distracted from the If the display is exposed to direct sunlight, the
traffic situation. This could also cause you to surface may heat up considerably.
lose control of the vehicle. # If the display has been exposed to direct

# Only operate this equipment when the sunlight, allow it to cool down before Vehicles with central display
traffic situation permits. touching it for a longer period of time. 1 Touch Control and control panel for the MBUX
# If you cannot be sure of this, stop the multimedia system
vehicle whilst paying attention to road MBUX stands for Mercedes-Benz User Experi-
and traffic conditions and operate the ence.
equipment with the vehicle stationary. • Operating Touch Control
2 Central display with touch functionality
You must observe the legal requirements for the • Home screen overview
country in which you are currently driving when
• Operating the touchscreen
operating the multimedia system.
Depending on the equipment, the scope of func- 3 Switch panel with:
tion and product designation of your MBUX multi- ú Fingerprint sensor
media system may differ from the description and
 MBUX multimedia system 327

Ü Switches the MBUX multimedia system 3 Front passenger display with touch functional- Front passenger display (only vehicles with MBUX
on or off ity Hyperscreen)
a Switches sound on or off • Home screen overview
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due
ø Adjusts the volume • Operating the touchscreen
to distraction when the driver is looking at
4 Switch panel with: the front passenger display
ú Fingerprint sensor
If you look at the front passenger display while
Ü Switches the MBUX multimedia system driving, you may be distracted from the traffic.
on or off This could also cause you to lose control of
a Switches sound on or off the vehicle. The front passenger display is
ø Adjusts the volume intended exclusively for the front passenger.
# Keep the actual traffic situation con-
Further operating options:
stantly in view.
R Conducting a dialog with the MBUX voice
# Avoid looking at the front passenger dis-
assistant.
play while driving.
Vehicles with MBUX Hyperscreen R Operating functions contact-free with the
1 Touch Control and control panel for the MBUX MBUX Interior Assistant. The front passenger display is an additional
multimedia system The interaction then follows intelligently, reac- touchscreen specifically for the front passenger.
• Operating Touch Control tively or with hand or head movements. Requirements for displaying content on the front
2 Central display with touch functionality for the % You can find further information about opera- passenger display while driving:
driver tion as well as about applications and serv- R The passenger is sitting on the passenger
• Home screen overview ices in the Digital Operator's Manual. seat.
• Operating the touchscreen R The driver camera is switched on
(/ page 345).
328 MBUX multimedia system

In the status line of the central display is R There is interaction with the MBUX multi- call up the applications are reduced. You can
shown as a è white symbol. media system. switch between the zero layer and the home
R The driver camera detects the driver's head screen with a classic menu.
If the driver has left the vehicle briefly, e.g. to
and line of sight. go shopping, the front passenger display can The applications can be hidden from the display
also be operated. area and shown again.
It displays content from the MBUX multimedia
system independently of the central display. % If no front passenger is present, a digital dec- The zero layer provides the following modules and
Depending on the application, operation is inde- orative image can be shown on the front applications:
pendent of the driver. Depending on the market, passenger display. R EQ module and navigation module
extended content, e.g. playback of media content, The EQ module is always shown on the digital
is also available while driving. Anti-theft protection
This device is equipped with technical provisions map. In the expanded view, charging settings
For the playback of certain content on the front to protect it against theft. Further information on and navigation functions are offered.
passenger display, e.g. moving images, the pairing anti-theft protection can be obtained at an author- R Entertainment (media, radio) and telephone
of Bluetooth® headphones is necessary. ized Mercedes-Benz Center. When the lower display area is shown, the
If the driver keeps their eyes on the front entertainment sources are always displayed.
passenger display for too long, content, e.g. mov- Zero layer A mobile phone must be connected to the
ing images, will be hidden. An intelligent, camera- MBUX multimedia system for the phone to be
based blocking concept is used for this purpose. ▌Function of the zero layer
displayed.
% When the vehicle is parked, the front The zero layer provides you with dynamic content
from the MBUX multimedia system and is used to R Active applications
passenger can use the front passenger dis-
play under the following conditions: quickly access and control the applications you The lower display area shows an active mas-
use. When you select © on the central display, sage program, for example.
R The passenger is sitting on the passenger
the digital map with the applications appears in R Suggestions
seat. the lower display area. Compared to the home
screen with a classic menu, the steps required to
 MBUX multimedia system 329

Suggestions are displayed on the lower display ▌Overview zero layer 9 Active application, e.g. massage program
area based on context and your user behavior. A ©
Here are a few examples: Digital map and user-specific applications (exam-
ple) Press briefly: displays all applications and the
- Latest calls global search (/ page 331)
- Active massage programs Press and hold: calls up the home screen with
- Vehicle functions classic menu
B Entertainment sources (media, radio) and
- Online voice applications
telephone
R Online voice applications
Requirement for phone: the mobile phone is
In the lower display area, context-dependent connected to the MBUX multimedia system.
services that can be executed via voice are
available for direct access. The zero layer shows the digital map and the user-
specific applications.
The applications are first displayed in a reduced
The following user-specific applications are dis-
view. By tapping on them, you can operate them 1 EQ module (reduced view) played in the lower display area:
or open the associated menu (expanded view).
2 Enters a destination R Suggestions 8
A long press on a suggestion opens a context 3 Searches for a charging station
menu in which further functions are available. R Active applications 9
4 Calls up the Control Center: pull the bar down
The learning function can be switched on and off R Entertainment sources and telephone B
5 Calls up user profile settings
for the options (/ page 347). R Online voice applications
6 Content sharing menu
7 Status line The lower display area can be hidden and shown
8 Suggestions (/ page 331).
Requirement: suggestions are activated
(/ page 347).
330 MBUX multimedia system

Information about entertainment sources R Display contacts and call list and call a con- R Operating the massage program
You can operate the applications in the reduced tact For example, the multimedia system suggests
view or in the menu (expanded view) R Use voice functions a program at a certain time.
(/ page 331).
R Suggest contacts R Operating an ENERGIZING COMFORT program
Examples:
The contacts are suggested for the mobile R Opening the tailgate
R Control a media source, e.g. pause/play, next phone connected to the MBUX multimedia
track, set a station Requirement: the vehicle is equipped with
system. No contacts are suggested for a trunk lid convenience closing.
R Select tracks from the current playlist or sta- mobile phone that is linked to another user
tions from the station list profile.
R Opening and closing the convenience doors
R Select a media source R Write messages to contacts (suggestion) Requirement: the vehicle is equipped with
comfort doors.
The media source must be connected to the R Connect a device via the device manager (sug-
MBUX multimedia system. gestion)
R Setting the vehicle level
R Making heating settings
Information about the telephone Information about active applications
To use the functions, your mobile phone must be
R Activating/deactivating Parking Assist
The following functions are available: PARKTRONIC
connected with the MBUX multimedia system.
R Operating the massage program
Requirement for suggestions: the Calls & Mes-
R Selecting previous destinations and destina-
R Operating an ENERGIZING COMFORT program tions from favorites
sages option is activated in the suggestions.
R Raising or lowering the vehicle level
Examples: Suggestions for online voice applications
R Answer a call and call a missed call Suggestions for comfort and vehicle functions as Requirement: the Online Voice Services option is
well as navigation activated in the suggestions.
The missed calls are displayed for the mobile
Requirement: the Comfort, Vehicle and Naviga- The suggested voice applications are made availa-
phone currently connected to the MBUX multi-
media system. tion options are activated in the suggestions. ble online and are based on your previous voice
inputs.
 MBUX multimedia system 331

Examples: # To answer a call or call a missed call: tap on # Press the © button on the steering wheel
R What will the weather be like tomorrow? the contact. on the right.
After the connection has been established,
R Play the messages. EQ module (expanded view)
the call functions are available.
R Start geoquiz. # To end a call: tap on the contact again.
R Open the garage door. # To reply to message: tap on a message and
▌Calling up and operating the zero layer dictate the message via the MBUX Voice
Assistant.
Calling up the zero layer # To start a massage program: tap on the appli-
When the vehicle has been switched on, the zero cation and start the massage program.
layer is displayed with the digital map. Navigation
is active. # To select a previous destination: tap on the
# From another application: press the © but-
application and select one of the previous
destinations.
ton on the right side of the steering wheel.
# To select a destination from the favorites: tap
or on the application and select the destination.
# Tap on ©.
Hiding and showing the display area with applica-
Operating applications in the reduced view (exam- tions
ples) # To hide: pull the applications down.
# Media: to play the previous or next track, tap # To show: pull the bar above © upwards. 1 Sets the charging program (/ page 227)
û or ü. or 2 Current state of charge of the high-voltage
# Select ©. battery
3 Maximum state of charge (depending on the
or setting)
332 MBUX multimedia system

4 Sets the next charging break (to use a less Makes settings for View, Messages & 2 Charging stop shows the charging time rec-
expensive tariff) Acoustic Signals and Route. ommended by the Navigation with Electric
5 Sets the departure time # To close the menu: select G. Intelligence as well as states of charge on
6 Opens the socket flap arrival and onward journey for an optimal
Navigation module (expanded view) travel time
7 Activates or deactivates ECO charging
3 Distance from current vehicle position and
# Tap on the EQ module (/ page 329). remaining driving time
The charging settings are displayed. 4 Searches for an additional charging station
Additional EQ and navigation functions are # Tap on the EQ module (/ page 329).
available in the lower menu bar:
R Symbol ª
# Select Route in the lower menu bar.
Enters a destination
R Route
The route shows charging stops and the
destination.
R Range
Switches range maximization on or off
(/ page 205).
R Consumption
The current and average fuel consumption Example: navigation module with active route
will be displayed. guidance
R Symbol Z 1 Arrival time at charging stop, type of charging
station
 MBUX multimedia system 333

Operating a menu in the lower display area (exam- Opening and closing the context menu for a sug- Home screen overview
ple: active massage program) gestion
# Press and hold on a suggestion.
The context menu opens and shows the No
Longer Suggest option, for example.
# To close: swipe downwards.

Removing a suggestion from the display area

# Swipe the suggestion upwards.

Showing all applications

# Press © briefly.
Available applications are displayed. The 1 Displays in the status line
1 Selects a massage program global search is available. 2 Calls up user profile settings and switches
2 Starts/stops a massage program for the # To hide applications: briefly press © again. user
driver 3 Calls up the Control Center: pull the bar down
3 Starts/stops a massage program for the front Switching between zero layer and home screen 4 Calls up favorites
passenger with classic menu 5 Displays in the status line
4 Sets the massage program intensity for the # Long press on ©.
6 Displays further applications
driver's or front passenger seat The home screen with classic menu is shown. 7 Calls up an application
Tap on the application. # To return to the zero layer: press and hold on 8
# Quick-access to application
The expanded view of the application is dis- ©. 9 Global menu
played. G Calls up previous menu
# To close the menu: select G.
334 MBUX multimedia system

© Press and hold: switches between home Content sharing menu in the Control Center 4 Displays animation for content sharing
screen and zero layer 5 Ä Bluetooth® headphones connected to
û Previous track or previous radio station the front passenger display on the right
ü Next track or next radio station
To share content, drag a display and drop it over
% During a telephone call, the call duration is another display.
displayed in global menu 9. To control media playback, tap a display.
The following functions are called up in the Con- % If the vehicle is equipped with the MBUX high-
trol Center: end rear seat entertainment system and
R Notifications Center MBUX rear tablet, the following is displayed
R Content sharing menu
under 2 and 3:
R The rear displays
R Favorites
R The MBUX rear tablet
R Vehicle quick-access

Example: content sharing menu

1 Calls up a menu
2 Central display with active content (cover dis-
play)
3 Front passenger display
 MBUX multimedia system 335

Operating the MBUX multimedia system 8 Switches off the sound: press Using the touchscreen
Using Touch Control 7 ß Calls up favorites (press briefly) or adds
favorites (press and hold)
8 £ Starts the MBUX Voice Assistant
You can navigate through menus and lists via the
touch-sensitive surface of Touch Control 2 using
a single-finger swipe, for example:
# To enter a character: select a character using
the keyboard and press on Touch Control 2.
# To select a menu option: scroll in a list and
press Touch Control 2.
# To move the digital map: swipe in any direc-
1 © Shows the home screen
tion.
2 Touch Control
=9Ì: swipe in the direction of
the arrow (navigate)
Example: control elements for vehicles with a
a Press (confirm) central display
3 G Returns to the previous display 1 Fingerprint sensor
4 6 Makes or accepts a call 2 Switches the MBUX multimedia system on or
5 ~ Rejects or ends a call off
6 To increase volume: swipe upwards 3 Switches the mute function on/off
To reduce volume: swipe down
336 MBUX multimedia system

4 Adjusts the volume 3 Switches the MBUX multimedia system on or # To move the digital map: touch the
Press ± or q or swipe over the button off touchscreen and move your finger in any
4 Switches the mute function on/off direction.
# To save the destination in the digital map:
# To select a menu item or entry: tap on a sym- touch the touchscreen and hold until a mes-
bol or an entry. sage is shown.
# To increase the map scale: tap twice quickly # To set the volume on a scale: touch the
with one finger. touchscreen and move the finger to the left or
# To reduce the map scale: tap with two fingers. right.
# To enter characters with the keypad: tap on a # To call up a global menu in the applications:
button. touch the touchscreen and hold until the
# To navigate in menus: swipe up, down, left or Options menu appears.
right.
# To use handwriting to enter characters: write Function of the MBUX voice assistant
the character with one finger on the
touchscreen. & WARNING Risk of distraction from infor-
# To zoom in and out of the map: move two fin- mation systems and communications
gers together or apart. equipment
Example: control elements for vehicles with
an MBUX Hyperscreen # To enlarge or reduce the size of a section of a If you operate information systems and com-
1 Adjusts the volume website: move two fingers together or apart. munication devices integrated in the vehicle
# To turn the digital map: turn counter-clockwise when driving, you could be distracted from the
Press ±, or q. traffic situation. This could also cause you to
2 Fingerprint sensor or clockwise using two fingers.
lose control of the vehicle.
 MBUX multimedia system 337

# Only operate this equipment when the operated from all seats. Further information and or
traffic situation permits. examples of voice commands can be found in the # Press the £ button on the multifunction
Digital Operator's Manual. steering wheel.
# If you cannot be sure of this, stop the
vehicle whilst paying attention to road You can use the MBUX voice assistant to operate A blue line appears in the MBUX multimedia
and traffic conditions and operate the the following functions depending on the vehicle system. The dialog can be started.
equipment with the vehicle stationary. equipment: For the dialog with the MBUX voice assistant, you
R Telephone can use complete sentences of colloquial lan-
For your own safety, always observe the following R Text message and e-mail
guage as voice commands. Voice activation can
points when operating mobile communications also be directly combined with a voice command,
R Navigation e.g. "Hey Mercedes, how fast can I drive?"
equipment and especially your voice control sys-
tem: R Radio and media
Calling up help
R Observe the legal requirements for the coun- R Vehicle functions
# For information about the MBUX voice assis-
try in which you are driving. R Online functions tant: say "Hey Mercedes, what can you do?"
R If you use the voice control system in an emer-
Full functionality of the voice control system is # Digital Operator's Manual: "Show me the
gency your voice can change and your tele- Operator's Manual". The full extent of the Dig-
only available for you with activation of online
phone call, e.g. an emergency call, can ital Operator's Manual is available when the
voice control.
thereby be delayed. vehicle is stationary.
R Familiarize yourself with the voice control sys-
tem functions before starting the journey. Conducting a dialog Operating functions (examples)
Using the MBUX voice assistant, vehicle functions Starting a dialog # To operate the navigation: "Search for an
and various areas of the MBUX multimedia system # Say "Hey Mercedes" to activate the MBUX Asian restaurant, but not Japanese, in South
can be operated by voice input. The MBUX voice voice assistant. Voice activation must be Manhattan."
assistant is operational approximately half a switched on in the multimedia system. # To operate the phone: "Call my father."
minute after switching on the vehicle and can be
338 MBUX multimedia system

# To change the system language to English # Always have maintenance work and % You can switch the Interior Assistant front and
(short command): "Change language to Eng- repairs carried out by a qualified special- rear camera on and off using Front and Rear .
lish". ist workshop. The selected camera settings (on/off) are not
# To operate the radio: "Show me the list of saved in the user profile and only apply to the
radio stations." This product complies with the requirements of current vehicle. If you change to another vehi-
the FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 with cle with the MBUX Interior Assistant, please
# To operate media: "Switch on random play- check the settings and adjust them if neces-
back." exception of the variations according to the FDA
Laser Notice No. 50 from 24 June 2007. sary.
# To operate vehicle functions: "Switch the The MBUX Interior Assistant is equipped with
seat heating to level 2." % The camera records image data for the appli-
cations, for example body, head and hand front and rear cameras.
# To operate online functions: "What's the time detection. % Alternatively, a configuration with front cam-
in Sydney?" The camera converts the image data directly era only is also available.
# To ask a question about the vehicle: "Do I into meta data. No image data is saved in the The front camera consists of two cameras that
have Blind Spot Assist?" process. The data is only processed in the support the driver and the front passenger.
vehicle and is not transmitted from the vehi-
cle. The rear camera consists of two cameras that
Overview of the MBUX Interior Assistant support the left and right rear seat passengers.
% When you start the vehicle, the MBUX Interior
Assistant is activated automatically. You can The MBUX Interior Assistant records the vehicle
& WARNING Risk of injury from the cam- occupants via 3D laser cameras. The cameras of
era's laser radiation switch the Interior Assistant on or off. The set-
ting is saved in your current user profile and is the front camera are located in the overhead con-
This product uses a classification 1 laser sys- seat-specific. Via the user profile this is also trol panel. The cameras of the rear camera are
tem. If the housing is opened or damaged, available in other vehicles with the MBUX Inte- located in the roof bows.
laser radiation may damage your retina. rior Assistant. This means that you only have The Assistant detects interactions of the vehicle
# Do not open the housing. to make the setting once and can take it with occupants via the cameras. It interprets the natu-
you to the other vehicle. ral hand, head and body movements of the vehi-
 MBUX multimedia system 339

cle occupants either in context or at their explicit The vehicle occupant actively requests a func-
request. The Assistant can thus automatically trig- tion using a hand movement or pose.
ger vehicle interior functions and assist appropri-
ately to the situation. The Assistant offers functions for the following:
R SAFETY
The Assistant supports vehicle occupants with
the use of restraint systems.
R COMFORT
The Assistant enhances comfort by automat-
ing functions inside the vehicle and supporting
1 Arrangement of the rear camera in the roof natural interaction with the vehicle.
bows
R INFOTAINMENT
The Assistant supports vehicle and infotainment The vehicle occupants can carry out a favorite
functions at three interaction levels: function with a hand pose.
1 Arrangement of the cameras of the front cam- R INTELLIGENT
era in the overhead control panel System limits, display messages and notes for
The Assistant recognizes vehicle occupants rectification
automatically and activates functions. The error messages are shown on the central dis-
R REACTIVE play, for example.
The Assistant recognizes the natural body lan- The system may be impaired or may not function
guage of a vehicle occupant and carries out in the following situations:
functions automatically, appropriate to the sit- R The cameras may heat up during operation. As
uation. a result the cameras may switch off tempora-
R CONTACTLESS
340 MBUX multimedia system

rily, particularly during longer periods of oper- camera view. Or the detection range of the To use the Interior Assistant in the rear
ation and at high outside temperatures. camera is restricted. passenger compartment, keep the center
Do not touch or cover the cameras. Wait until The Interior Assistant availability for the rear seat free.
the cameras have cooled down and are availa- driver is limited, see Operator's Manual mes- - The front passenger seat is positioned too
ble again. sage appears. far to the rear and is within the camera's
The Interior Assistant Unavailable Further Keep the camera's field of vision clear. field of vision.
Information to Follow message appears. Objects in the detection range of the camera Move the front passenger seat forwards.
You receive a message when the camera is can restrict the camera view. Please make - The 2nd seat row is not positioned fully to
available again. sure that no objects hang on the inside rear- the rear. Vehicle occupants sitting there
R The front or rear camera is covered, dirty, fog- view mirror, for example. are too near to the camera.
ged up or scratched. R The MBUX Interior Assistant is faulty. Move the 2nd seat row backwards.
Wait until the camera has cooled down before The Interior Assistant Not Available. Please - The vehicle is equipped with a 3rd seat
cleaning the camera cover. contact your Mercedes-Benz dealer. message row. The seat belt tongue of one of the
The Currently Unavailable See Operator's appears. seats is engaged in a seat belt buckle.
Manual message appears. Consult an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. To use the Interior Assistant in the rear
Clean the outside of the camera cover with a R The Interior Assistant in rear is currently passenger compartment, keep the seat or
dry or damp cotton cloth. Do not use micro- unavailable, see operator's manual message seat row free.
fiber cloths. Do not remove the cover when appears in the following circumstances: Ensure that seat belt tongue of the rear
cleaning. - Vehicles with rear bench seat: as soon as seat belt is not engaged in the seat belt
R A vehicle occupant is very large. Clothing the center rear seat is occupied, the rear buckle of the respective seat.
being worn (gloves, hat, scarf, color of cloth- seat functions are not supported.
ing) or objects carried on a person, for exam-
ple a watch with a large face, are affecting the
 MBUX multimedia system 341

Anticipatory exit warning (SAFETY/reactive) R The warning lamp in the outside mirror also their hand at the grab handle in front of the
flashes red for one of the front doors. reading lamp.
Requirements:
R The vehicle is equipped with Active Blind Spot
R When the door is opened, a warning tone R For the search light: the function is available in
sounds. the vehicle when it is dark.
Assist with exit warning.
R Active Blind Spot Assist is activated % The visual warning is thus already given The cameras are switched on:
(/ page 277). before the door is opened. The front camera records the interaction area
R The vehicle is equipped with active ambient % Further information on Active Blind Spot of the unoccupied front passenger seat.
lighting or ambient lighting. Assist with exit warning (/ page 274) and on The rear camera records the interaction area
R The cameras are switched on:
ambient lighting (/ page 164). of the unoccupied left or right rear seat.
R The seats covered are unoccupied or a child is
The front camera activates the front doors. sitting in a child restraint system.
Switching the reading light and search light and
The rear camera activates the rear doors. on or off
% Observe the information on the system limits
Requirements
of Active Blind Spot Assist with exit warning R For the reading light: the cameras are
(/ page 274). switched on:
The function can warn vehicle occupants about a The front camera activates the reading light
possible collision with an approaching vehicle or for driver and front passenger.
bicycle when they exit the vehicle.
The rear camera activates the reading light for
As soon as a vehicle occupant moves their hand the left and right rear seat passengers.
towards the door handle, depending on the vehi-
cle equipment, the following warnings are issued: R The driver's and front passenger's hand move-

R The active ambient lighting or ambient lighting

ment takes place under the inside rearview
mirror. Rear compartment passengers move
flashes red.
342 MBUX multimedia system

Switching the reading light on and off Switching the search light on and off

Carrying out operation of the reading light for rear

occupants
Carrying out operation of the reading light for the Interaction area for activating the search light
driver and front passenger # Move your hand up and down vertically under
the inside review mirror.
# To switch on: reach with your hand into the
area of an unoccupied seat.
or The search light is switched on automatically
# Move your hand vertically up and down in for the vehicle occupants.
front of the reading lamp. # To switch off: withdraw the hand from the area
The reading light is switched on or off. of the unoccupied seat.
The search light is switched off again.
 MBUX multimedia system 343

Automatic preselection of the outside mirrors Calling up favorites with the V pose (INFOTAIN- % If a favorite has not yet been saved and con-
(COMFORT/reactive) MENT/contactless) nected with the MBUX Interior Assistant, the
multimedia system will assist you.
Requirements: Requirements
R The front camera is switched on. R The front camera is switched on.
R At least one favorite has been saved in the
Until now, to set the outside mirrors the desired
mirror had to be selected using a preselection favorites list.
button in the driver's door. R The favorite has been connected with the

With the MBUX Interior Assistant, the mirror to be MBUX Interior Assistant.
set is preselected automatically by the natural R The area for detecting the favorites pose (V
movement of your head to the left or right. When pose) is above the center console in front of
the hand touches the button for adjusting the out- the central display.
side mirror, the LED under the button of the pre- R The V pose is held for a brief time.
selected mirror side lights up.
The V pose makes it easier to call up favorites.
Use the button to set the position of the active
outside mirror. The front vehicle occupants can associate their
own favorite with the V-pose. Some examples
% Preselection of the outside mirrors using but-
include a navigation destination, a radio station or
tons is still possible. Further information on a massage program for a seat.
adjusting the outside mirrors (/ page 170). Implementation of the V-pose above the stowage
If the vehicle is equipped with a front passenger
% The driver camera is also used for this appli- compartment of the center console at the height of
display, the front passenger can link the V-pose the central display
cation. directly to a favorite on the front passenger dis-
play. If the front passenger performs the V-pose # Position your hand above the stowage com-
as described, the favorite will open on the front partment of the center console at the height
passenger display. of the central display. The back of your hand is
344 MBUX multimedia system

facing upwards. In doing so, your index and % The driver camera records image data for Display messages
middle finger are spread to form a V. With your applications such as ATTENTION ASSIST and In the following situations display messages may
other fingers bent inwards. facial recognition, for example. be shown:
# Briefly hold the V pose. The camera converts the image data directly
R The driver camera is inoperative.
The favorite is called up. into meta data. No image data is saved in the
process. The data is only processed in the The camera is faulty.
vehicle and is not transmitted from the vehi- The Driver Camera Inoperative See Opera-
Function of the driver camera cle. tor's Manual message appears.
The driver camera is located in the driver display. The driver camera must be set up for face detec- R The driver camera cannot capture the position
The driver camera is available either as a mono or tion before use. Teaching-in biometric data of your head.
a stereo camera. (/ page 347).
The Change the steering wheel/ seat posi-
The driver camera detects the following character- System limits tion until 6 dots are visible on the upper
istics: The system may be impaired or may not function edge of the screen. message appears.
R Head position in the following situations: R The view of the driver camera is reduced or
R Viewing direction R The camera is covered or dirty, fogged up or restricted.
R Eyelid closure characteristics scratched. The A clear view of the driver is not currently
R The driver's face and/or eyes are covered. possible. Affected functions: see Operator's
R Driver's face
Manual. message appears.
R The driver is wearing glasses that block infra-
% The driver camera is automatically activated red. The message can appear, for example, in the
each time the vehicle is opened with the key. following cases:
The current status of the è driver camera - The camera's view is obstructed, e.g. due
is shown in the status line of the central dis- to a scarf or hat being worn.
play.
 MBUX multimedia system 345

- The driver is wearing glasses that block When the driver camera is switched off or the Information on users, suggestions and favorites
infrared. Driver Camera View Currently Restricted See
- If hair partially obstructs the eyes, e.g. as Operator's Manual message appears, the follow- & WARNING Risk of becoming trapped dur-
with a long fringe. ing functions are not available or limited: ing adjustment of the driver's seat after
R The 3D driver's display (only for stereo cam- calling up a driver profile
- In the event of strong direct sunlight. The
driver camera cannot detect the driver's era) Selecting a user profile may trigger an adjust-
eyes if the light-dark contrast is too strong. R The MBUX augmented reality head-up display ment of the driver's seat to the position saved
- When one or both hands are on top of the (only for stereo camera)(/ page 320) under the user profile. You or other vehicle
steering wheel (twelve o'clock position). R The microsleep and distraction detection of occupants could be injured in the process.
ATTENTION ASSIST (/ page 244) # Make sure that when the position of driv-
Notes on care er's seat is being adjusted using the mul-
Please comply with the notes on caring for the R The facial recognition
timedia system, no people or body parts
interior (/ page 397). This function serves as sensor input for are in the seat's range of movement.
authentication and unlocking of the user pro-
file and protected applications. (/ page 347) If a person is in danger of becoming trapped,
Switching the driver camera on or off immediately stop the adjustment process by:
R The mirror preselection
Multimedia system: # a) Tapping the warning message on the
This function allows the natural movement of
4 © 5 Settings 5 System central display.
the head to the left or right to automatically
5 Intelligent Assistance or
preselect the outside mirror to be adjusted.
The driver camera is automatically activated each (/ page 170) # b) Pressing a position button of the
time the vehicle is switched on. memory function or a seat adjustment
# Select On or Off. switch in the driver's door.
The adjustment process is stopped.
346 MBUX multimedia system

The driver's seat is equipped with an access pre- You can individualize a user profile in the vehicle If the user profile is activated when driving,
venter. using the set-up assistant or using the settings in the driver's seat position will not be adjusted.
If the driver's door is open, the driver's seat will your user profile. Some settings, e.g. the Depending on the vehicle equipment you can, as
not be set after calling up the driver's profile. Mercedes me PIN and a profile photo are made in a user, save the following settings, for example:
the Mercedes me App or in the Mercedes me Por-
R Driver's seat, steering wheel and mirror set-
User profiles and user-specific content tal.
tings
Prerequisites for the vehicle owner: User-specific content and applications with per-
R Climate control
R You have a Mercedes me user account. sonal data are protected by different levels of
security. To access protected content, the R Ambient lighting
R You have a Mercedes me PIN.
Mercedes me PIN and, depending on the vehicle R Radio (including station list)
R You have agreed to the terms of use. equipment, biometric sensors can be used. R Suggestions and favorites
R The vehicle is linked to a Mercedes me user % The security level is set by the multimedia sys-
account. tem and calculated from the combination of Suggestions
all sensor inputs. Some security levels cannot The vehicle can learn the habits of the driver. It
% If one of the pre-requisites listed is missing or then makes suggestions regarding navigation des-
if no user profile has been selected, the data be turned off.
% When a user profile is activated, the following tinations, phone numbers and music preferences.
described in the following section will be The requirements for that are the selection of a
saved in the vehicle as the standard setting. personalized comfort systems, for example,
user, your consent to the recording of data and
Standard settings can be changed by all vehi- can be adjusted or their settings loaded:
sufficient collected data.
cle users. R Seat
User profiles save personal settings. If the vehicle R Ambient light
Favorites
is used by several people, a person can change Favorites offer you quick access to frequently
R Outside mirrors used applications. 100 favorites are available in
their profile settings without changing the settings
of other users. R Roller blinds total.
R Climate control settings
 MBUX multimedia system 347

Configuring users, suggestions and favorites If more than one user profile is available, you radio stations, contacts and messages are
will be directed to the user selection. protected.
Requirements:
R To use the set-up assistant: the vehicle is sta- When the vehicle is stationary, the set-up R ENERGIZING COACH
tionary. assistant starts automatically after user selec- The recorded health data and their evaluation
tion. are protected.
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 f
Protecting user-specific content and applications R Mercedes me connect store
5 Change User If you add a new user, access protection is The purchase of services is protected.
Adding a user already activated for the user profile. The
Mercedes me PIN and, depending on the vehicle # Switch Protect Content on or off.
# Select f Add User . equipment, biometric sensors are available for
A QR code is loaded.
# Switch Access Protection on or off.
access. Biometric sensors must be taught in the
# Scan the displayed QR code with the % When access protection is switched off, your
vehicle. The authentication process then takes all
Mercedes me app or any QR code scanner on taught-in and available sensors into account. user profile can be viewed from any seat and
a mobile device. If the Mercedes me app is changes can be made.
The following user-specific content and applica-
not yet installed on your mobile device, you % Access protection is switched on or off on a
tions are protected, for example:
will be directed to the store of your mobile vehicle-specific basis.
R User selection and user profile settings
device.
R Biometric sensors
Teaching in, editing and deleting biometric data
# Follow the directions in the app.
The biometric data models are saved in the sen-
The vehicle is connected with your Mercedes The teaching-in of biometric sensors is protec- sors in the vehicle. If recognition has been taught-
me user account. This automatically creates ted. in, this sensor serves as a contributory factor for
your user profile in the vehicle. R Suggestions authentication on the multimedia system.
If only your user profile is available, it will be The data and determination of the most prob- # Select Protect Content.
loaded automatically. able navigation destinations, media sources, # Select Facial Recognition, Fingerprint Recog-
nition or Voice Recognition.
348 MBUX multimedia system

% If necessary, authenticate yourself on the mul- Authenticating using voice recognition for your user profile are pre-activated. The
timedia system. # Speak the sentence shown on the central dis- SmartKey you are currently using for unlock-
play and follow the voice assistant's instruc- ing is used.
Authenticating using face recognition
tions. The SmartKey is only stored for the driver and
# Close the driver's door or fasten the driver's If the voice recognition was successful, a mes- for one user profile.
seat belt. sage appears on the central display. You can
# Look at the driver's display for about five sec- unlock your user profile. Selecting a user
onds. % Avoid background or disturbing noises during % When you call up your driver profile, the driv-
Your face is scanned. A message in the driv- voice recognition. er's seat and the steering wheel can be set.
er's display shows whether facial recognition You can cancel the setting process with the
was successful or not. You can unlock your Deleting biometric data following actions:
user profile and protected applications with # Tap on E , for example, behind Facial Rec-
R Press Tap Here to Cancel message on the
the facial scan. ognition. central display.
Authenticating using fingerprints # Select Yes. R Press one of the seat operating buttons in
# Place and lift your finger several times on the Teaching in the vehicle SmartKey for profile selec- the driver's door.
fingerprint sensor under the touchscreen tion # Select Change User.
(/ page 326).
# Select Protect Content. # Select a user.
The finger is scanned. If the scanning proce-
dure is successful, a message appears on the # Select SmartKey Recognition. # When requested to do so, authenticate with
central display. You can unlock your user pro- # Have the SmartKey ready and follow the set- the Mercedes me PIN or a taught-in biometric
file and protected applications with your finger up assistant's prompts. characteristic.
print. The user profile is linked to the selected The user profile is loaded and activated.
SmartKey. If you open the vehicle with the
SmartKey, the light, mirror and seat settings
 MBUX multimedia system 349

% If you select Continue Without Selecting a Adding favorites from categories System settings
User, no specific settings for the user profile # Select ©.
are loaded. Overview of the system settings menu
# Select ß.
In the system settings menu, you can make set-
Configuring and deleting suggestions # Select r. tings in the following menus and control ele-
# Select ©. ments:
# Select W Create New Favorite.
# Select Settings. R Display
# Select the category.
# Select System. - Display brightness
# Select a favorite.
# Select Suggestions.
Linking favorites with the MBUX Interior Assistant - Decorative image for the front passenger
# Select Z.
V pose display (vehicles with MBUX Hyperscreen)
# Switch the options on or off individually. # Select ©. R Control elements
If an option is switched on and sufficient data # Select ß.
has been gathered, personalized suggestions - Keyboard language and handwriting recog-
based on your user behavior will be offered to # Select r. nition
you on the zero layer. These are, for example, # Select Driver or Passenger. - Sensitivity of the Touch Control
visited navigation destinations, dialed phone # Select the category. - Haptic operation for the touchscreen
numbers as well as suggestions based on your
# Select a favorite.
R MBUX Voice Assistant
music preferences.
# To delete collected suggestions: select Î.
R MBUX Interior Assistant
# Select Yes.
R Sound
The suggestions are reset. - Entertainment
- Navigation and traffic announcements
- Telephone
350 MBUX multimedia system

- Voice amplification If the Automatic Online Update option is active, ted with the Internet and a Mercedes me user
R Data protection software updates are downloaded automatically. If account.
the option is deactivated, you will be informed of % To complete software updates via Wi-Fi, the
R Connectivity new software updates once. The software updates vehicle must be connected to an external Wi-
- Wi-Fi, Bluetooth®, NFC are available for downloading for a limited period Fi hotspot.
R MBUX rear passenger compartment tablet of time.
A software update consists of three steps:
child safety lock Carrying out a software update:
R Downloading or copying of the data required
R Time & date R You can start software updates via the com- for installation
R Language munication module.
R Installation of the downloaded software
R Units for distance R You can start software updates via a Wi-Fi hot- update
spot.
R System PIN R Activation of the downloaded software update
R You can start map updates from an external
R Suggestions medium. % It may be necessary to restart the MBUX mul-
R Software update timedia system after completion of a software
% Online software updates cannot be performed update.
R System reset via external Wi-Fi hotspots that are encrypted
% While some software updates are being down-
via TKIP.
loaded, the multimedia system cannot be
Overview of software updates % If the Wi-Fi hotspot requires logging in via the operated and the vehicle functions may be
Important software updates may be necessary for browser, once the connection is successfully restricted.
the security of your multimedia system's data. established the browser will open in order to
% Some software updates require a safe vehicle
Install these updates, or else the security of your start the update. Follow the instructions in the
browser in order to start the download. status for the installation to be completed.
multimedia system cannot be ensured. They can only be carried out in a safely
The multimedia system displays a corresponding % To complete software updates via the commu- parked vehicle with the vehicle switched off.
message when a software update is available. nication module, the vehicle must be connec-
 MBUX multimedia system 351

For software updates requiring a safe vehicle sta- and have the vehicle checked at a qualified spe-
tus: when the last installation step is reached, a cialist workshop immediately (/ page 488).
message appears on the central display after the Further information about software updates can
vehicle is switched off. Follow the step-by-step be found at https://me.secure.mercedes-
instructions on the central display to complete the benz.com
installation.
There are software updates that can only be Failure of the central display
installed when the vehicle is safely parked, there If the central display fails or the display message
are no more people in the vehicle and the vehicle shown above is shown continuously, several sys-
is locked. tems such as the rear view camera, Parking Assist
% The display message does not appear every PARKTRONIC or climate control are no longer
Availability of the driver's and central display time a software update is installed. available. Drive on carefully and consult a special-
During the installation of software updates, it is ist workshop as soon as possible.
not possible to use the vehicle, central display In rare cases, an error can occur during the instal-
and driver's display. You may receive the following lation. The multimedia system automatically Front passenger display failure (only vehicles with
display message when an installation is running: attempts to restore the previous version. MBUX Hyperscreen)
If it is not possible to restore the previous version, If the front passenger display has failed or a dis-
the display message shown above appears every play message appears permanently, functions and
time the vehicle is started. systems are no longer available via the front
passenger display. Visit a qualified specialist work-
Failure of the driver's display shop.
If the driver's display fails or there is a malfunc-
tion, you may not recognize limitations in the
functions of systems relevant to safety or the
speed display, for example. The operating safety
of the vehicle may be impaired. Drive on carefully
352 MBUX multimedia system

Setting up a Wi-Fi hotspot Multimedia system: via the Mercedes me Store, which can be ter-
4 © 5 Settings 5 System minated at any time and for which there are
Requirements no costs. This contract is a prerequisite for
5 Internet and Bluetooth
R The Wi-Fi function is activated on the multime-
using the services from the previously pur-
dia system and the communication device to % The availability of the functions is dependent chased package. The availability of this option
be connected. on the country. is dependent on the country. If the data pack-
R The communication device to be connected # Select Wi-Fi. age option is not available or can be upgra-
supports at least one of the types of connec- The controller is to the right: Wi-Fi is switched ded, you can purchase data volume directly
tion described. on. from the mobile phone network provider for a
The connection types shown depend on the fee.
When the Wi-Fi function is switched on, you can
device to be connected. The function must be connect the multimedia system with external hot- % The use of the vehicle data tariff by external
supported by the multimedia system and by spots or make it available as a hotspot for external devices is not available in all countries.
the device to be connected. The type of con- devices.
nection established must be selected on the Using the multimedia system as a Wi-Fi hotspot
multimedia system and on the device to be When the Wi-Fi function is switched off, it is not # Select MBUX Hotspot.
connected. possible to establish a hotspot connection. # Select one of the following connection
When the Wi-Fi function is switched off, no con- options.
% Some functions may first need to be activated nection can be established with the MBUX rear
on the communication device being connec- passenger compartment tablet. Connecting using a QR code
ted. More detailed information can be found Requirement: an app for scanning the QR code is
in the manufacturer's operating instructions. % Depending on the vehicle equipment, you can
purchase a data package directly from a installed on the device being connected.
% The use of the vehicle data tariff by external mobile phone network provider via the Alternatively: the device being connected has an
devices is not available in all countries. Mercedes me Store. To be able to use the integrated QR code scanner (see manufacturer's
data package, you conclude a separate con- operating instructions).
tract with a mobile phone network provider
 MBUX multimedia system 353

# Scan the QR code shown. A connection will be established with the newly % With external Wi-Fi hotspots, which are
The Wi-Fi connection is established. created security key. encrypted via TKIP, online software updates
% When a new security key is generated, all cannot be carried out via the external Wi-Fi
Connecting using NFC hotspot.
# Activate NFC on the device to be connected.
existing Wi-Fi connections are then discon-
nected. If the Wi-Fi connections are being re-
# When the NFC icon is displayed in the MBUX established, the new security key must be System language
Hotspot menu, hold the device to be connec- entered.
ted to the NFC interface. ▌Notes on the system language
Using a mobile communication device as a Wi-Fi This function allows you to determine the lan-
# Follow the instructions on the device.
hotspot (tethering) guage for the menu displays and the navigation
The Wi-Fi connection is established.
% This function is country-dependent. announcements. The selected language affects
Connecting using a security key # Select the Manage Internet Access option in the characters available for entry. The navigation
# Select the vehicle from the device to be con- the Internet and Bluetooth menu. announcements are not available in all languages.
nected. The vehicle is displayed with the If a language is not available, the navigation
MBUX XXXXX network name. % The Wi-Fi function on the mobile phone and announcements will be in English.
Internet access via Wi-Fi must be activated
# Enter the security key which is shown in the
(see the manufacturer's operating instruc- ▌Setting the language
central display on the device to be connected. tions). Multimedia system:
# Confirm the entry. 4 © 5 Settings 5 System
# Select Search for Access.
5 Language
# Select the network.
Generating a new security key
# Select the Generate New Security Key option # Log in to the Wi-Fi network. Setting the system language
in the MBUX Hotspot menu. or A list of the available system languages is shown.
# Confirm the prompt with Yes. # Select the mobile phone with the ö Wi-Fi # Select a language.

A new security key is generated. symbol. The system language is switched to the selec-
ted language.
354 MBUX multimedia system

Resetting the multimedia system (reset function) R Vehicles with rear telephony: handset connec- AMG TRACK PACE
tion
& WARNING Risk of accident due to failure Function of AMG TRACK PACE
% The data used and saved in the multimedia
of central display functions % This function is an on-demand feature and
system by the driver assistance systems is
While the multimedia system is reset, its func- deleted. can be activated via Mercedes me after you
tions, such as the rear view camera, are not purchase your vehicle. The Digital Operator's
% Vehicles with rear telephony: the handset Manual contains further information on
available. must be in the cradle while the system is Mercedes me and on-demand features.
# Only reset the multimedia system when reset.
the vehicle is stationary. AMG TRACK PACE can be used to analyze and
# Select Reset.
optimize driving characteristics on race tracks.
A query appears asking if the system should You can drive previously saved race tracks (e.g.
Requirements really be reset.
R The vehicle is switched on. the Hockenheimring), or record and save new
# Select Yes. tracks. Your lap times will be stored for every
R Some settings can only be reset when the
The multimedia system is reset to the factory track. These can be analyzed and compared with
vehicle is stationary. settings. The multimedia system is restarted other lap times to achieve the best possible race
Multimedia system: after the system reset. results. Additionally, acceleration and braking
4 © 5 Settings 5 System 5 Reset % Due to data protection, as well as the function operations can be measured and stored.
of individual driving systems and driving safety Note: Use AMG TRACK PACE only on closed race
When resetting the system, personal data and set- tracks away from public roads. Adapt your driving
tings are deleted, for example: systems, it is a requirement to carry out a
complete system reset before selling the vehi- style to your personal skill level and environmental
R Connected devices cle or transferring it to a third party, or after conditions. As the driver, you are solely responsi-
R Individual user profiles use as a hire car. ble for driving your vehicle. Park your vehicle
R Biometric data
safely before operating the application.
 MBUX multimedia system 355

Setting Track Race # Press a to confirm. % When ¨ is selected, the track display can
The track will be saved under the name be switched to AR. In addition, it is possible to
Multimedia system:
entered. switch to the telemetry display by selecting
4 TRACK PACE 5 Track Race ò.
Searching by track name
Recording a new track # Select ð Stop timekeeping to end time-
# Select ª Search .
# keeping.
# Enter the track name.
# Confirm the prompt with OK.
Select New Track . Tracks with the name searched for will be dis-
# Select the weather.
# Select Ì Start Recording at the desired played.
# Select Yes to save the times driven for this
starting point. Measuring time on a saved track
Track recording wil start at this point. track.
#
Showing readings during Track Race
During track recording, you can set sectors to Select All tracks.
divide up the track. The following readings can be shown:
# Select the desired track.
# ö Select Set Sector. R Tire temperature
# Select u.
# Select É Stop Recording to end track R Miniature map
# Select Start Time Recording if you are already
recording or cross the finish line again. R Sector overview
at the start line.
# Confirm the prompt with Yes. R Engine data
or
# Select the weather. R G-force display
# Select Navigate to for navigation to the start
% The temperature will be determined automati- line. R Lap overview
cally. Timing will begin automatically when you cross # Select ï Start Time Recording .
# Enter a name. the start line.
356 MBUX multimedia system

# R Date
Select . R Weather
# Select Add Recording to use a different ses-
# Drag the desired display from the grid on the
sion as a reference value.
left or right edge of the central display.
The readings will be shown during the Track # Select % to return to the overview.
Race. # Select Diagram.
You can deactivate this by selecting ¨ on the # Set the desired parameters.
active display. The analysis will be displayed.
Displaying the analysis
#

Select All tracks.

An overview of all the tracks you have driven
will appear.
# Select a track. 1 Lap overview
# Select a session. 2 Parameter overview
The following data will be displayed: 3 Editing parameters
R Lap and sector times
4 Deleting parameters
5 Adding new parameters
R Average and top speed
R Driver % The following values can be set for the param-
R Vehicle
eters, for example:
R Speed
 MBUX multimedia system 357

R Longitudinal/lateral acceleration # Select a track. You can stop measurement early by interrupting
R Steering angle # Highlight the desired recording. the acceleration procedure.
R Engine speed # Select u options. Quarter-mile race
R Engine oil/tire temperature # Select Export to… or Delete. # Select Z Drag race options.

Based on the analysis, you can check and opti- # Select Quarter Mile.
mize driving characteristics for any position on Setting Drag Race # Set a target distance.
the track. Measurement will stop as soon as the speci-
Multimedia system:
Exporting tracks (USB) fied target distance has been reached.
4 TRACK PACE 5 Drag Race
# Select õ Tracks . # Start off and begin measurement.

An overview of all stored tracks will appear. Measuring acceleration Measurement will begin when the vehicle
# Select the desired track. # Select Z Drag race options. accelerates. Timing will run until the target
distance or a maximum of one mile has been
# Select options u for the desired track. # Select Acceleration.
traveled.
# Select Export Track to…. # Set a starting speed or select Automatic.
Measurement will begin as soon as the speci- You can stop measurement early by interrupting
The selected track can be exported to a USB the acceleration procedure.
storage device connected to the vehicle. fied starting speed has been reached.
# Set a target speed. Measuring braking
Editing tracks and recordings Measurement will stop as soon as the speci- # Z Drag Race options
# Select õ Tracks . fied target speed has been reached. # Select Braking.
# Select the desired track.
# Start off and begin measurement.
# Set a starting speed or select Automatic.
# Select options u for the desired track. Measurement will begin when the vehicle
accelerates. # Start off and begin measurement.
# Select Rename or Delete.

or
358 MBUX multimedia system

# Brake to a standstill. Calling up the telemetry display R The TRACK PACE app is installed on the
Measurement is incremental, in steps of mobile device.
6 mph (10 km/h) to a standstill. If the braking Multimedia system:
4 TRACK PACE 5 Telemetry
R The mobile device is connected to the multi-
procedure is started e.g. at a speed of 98 mph media system via Wi-Fi.
(157 km/h), measurement will start as soon The telemetry display shows current vehicle data
as 93 mph (150 km/h ) has been reached as a digital value and as a diagram. Up to four Multimedia system:
parameters can be selected to be shown on the 4 TRACK PACE 5 Z
Storing and calling up measured values
display.
If measurement is completed or canceled, a Connect mobile device via the TRACK PACE app
prompt will appear asking whether the measure- For example: The TRACK PACE app makes it possible to record
ment should be saved. R Engine speed videos and to synchronize them with stored
# Confirm the prompt with OK to save. R Wheel angle tracks.
R Speed # Select TRACK PACE App.
Calling up saved measurements
R Steering angle # Select Authorize a New Device.
# ± Select History.
# Start the TRACK PACE app on the device to be
# Select Acceleration, Quarter Mile or Braking. # Set the desired parameters.
# Select a measurement. connected.
# Set the time. # Select Next and confirm the authorization
The desired measurement will be displayed in The set parameters will be evaluated for the
detail. selected time on the diagram. prompt.
or A four-digit code will be shown on the central
display.
# Delete a measurement.
Configuring AMG TRACK PACE # Enter the code on your smartphone.

Requirements The device will be authorized.

To connect a mobile device to the TRACK PACE
app:
 MBUX multimedia system 359

De-authorizing the mobile device Displaying statistics # Select Dashcam.

# Select TRACK PACE App. # Select TRACK PACE Statistics. # Select Track Race or Drag Race and activate
# Select a device. Statistics on the current user profile will be Activate Recording.
# Confirm the message prompt with Yes.
displayed. # You can set which overlay is to be used in the
The device will be de-authorized. The following data will be displayed: recorded video under Video Overlay Content.
R Driving time
Setting the TRACK PACE display on the head-up
R Track driven Drive system settings
display and driver's display
# Select IC and HUD Contents. R Recorded tracks Calling up the energy flow display
# Activate or deactivate the desired content. R Recorded Track Races
Multimedia system:
The content on the head-up display and the R Laps recorded 4 © 5 Info
driver's display will be adapted. R Recorded Drag Races
# Select Energy Flow.
% For further information about the head-up dis- R Top speed The energy flow in the vehicle will be dis-
play (/ page 320).
Activating the ambient light played.
% Further information about the driver's display
(/ page 318). If this function is active, the vehicle interior will be
lit up in red or green depending on delta time.
Setting acoustic feedback # Select Ambient Light.
# Select Acoustic Feedback. # Activate or deactivate the function.
A scale from 0 to 10 will be shown.
# Select a setting.
Adjusting the dashcam
If the vehicle is equipped with a dashcam, it can
be used in AMG TRACK PACE.
360 MBUX multimedia system

Navigation and traffic # Always keep an eye on the actual traffic Navigation overview
Notes on navigation situation when carrying out all driving Digital map and user-specific applications
maneuvers.
Route guidance with augmented reality
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury as a Switching navigation on
result of distraction, incorrect depiction or Multimedia system:
wrong interpretation of the display 4 ©
The camera image of the augmented reality # Alternatively, press the © button on the
display is not suitable as a guide for driving.
steering wheel on the right (/ page 335).
# Always keep an eye on the actual traffic
The Zero Layer with the digital map is dis-
situation. played.
# Avoid extended observation of the cam-
1 Navigation module (reduced view) or EQ mod-
era image.
ule (reduced view)
Route guidance active:
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due
Reduced view of the navigation module shows
to imprecise positioning of additional information relevant to the route, e.g. the next
information charging stop, the destination and a delay
The additional information from the augmen- £ Ends the current route guidance
ted reality display may be inaccurate and is Tapping opens the navigation module in the
not a substitute for observing and assessing expanded view with the Route
the actual driving situation.
Route guidance not active:
EQ module is shown in the reduced view
 MBUX multimedia system 361

Tapping opens the EQ module in the expan- R 3D and direction of travel Navigation module (expanded view)
ded view with the charging functions R Map with complete route
2 Destination entry
% If the map is moved, the map switches
3 Calls up the Control Center in the status line between 3D direction of travel and 2D north
4 Current vehicle position (vehicle symbol or orientation.
arrow)
The following map types 6 are available:
5 Display area with entertainment sources,
phone, active applications and suggestions R Daytime display
6 Searches for POIs, e.g. charging stations R Night-time display
w and parking facilities j, as well as set- R Satellite map
ting map orientation and map type
7 Navigation window shows the next maneuver % If you notice a problem with the digital map
(zoomed out view) or the route monitor you can report this under https://
(zoomed in view) mapfeedback.here.com/#/report.
For example, with active route guidance, route
sections of the route list, representations of
upcoming driving maneuvers, lane recommen- 1 Arrival time at charging stop, type of charging
dations
station
. Switches off navigation announcements 2 Charging stop shows the charging time rec-
Ì Switches on navigation announcements ommended by the Navigation with Electric
The following map orientations 6 are available: Intelligence as well as conditions of charge on
arrival and onward journey for an optimal
R 2D and to the north travel time
R 2D and direction of travel
362 MBUX multimedia system

3 Distance from current vehicle position and 3 Maximum condition of charge (depending on In order to be able to use the toll system, it must
remaining driving time the setting) have been registered by the customer and activa-
4 Searches for an additional charging station 4 Sets the next charging break (to use a less ted by the service provider:
expensive tariff) R Activate the toll system in the settings of the
EQ module (expanded view) MBUX multimedia system or on the control
5 Sets the departure time
6 Opens the socket flap unit.
7 Activates or deactivates ECO charging R There are two ways to register and activate:
- In the Mercedes me App, register the unit
Overview of the toll system
identification number of the control unit
% The toll system is optional equipment and is and activate the toll system.
not available in all vehicles. - Alternatively, you can register and activate
Debiting of toll charges at freeway toll gates is via the Toll Service app.
facilitated with an electronic payment system.
The toll system uses RFID (Radio Frequency Iden- Activation of the toll system can take up to
tification) for data transfer between the control 48 hours after registration.
unit and the toll station. When the toll system is activated, the automatic
The toll system is initially switched off at the fac- detection of the number of vehicle occupants is
tory. initially switched off at the factory. The number of
The control unit is in the vehicle glove box. vehicle occupants is preset with one person.
In order to use the toll system, the device in the
1 Sets the charging program (/ page 227) glove box or in the MBUX multimedia system must
2 Current condition of charge of the high-volt- be switched on.
age battery
 MBUX multimedia system 363

The following applies for roads on which toll Notes on use Destination entry
charges are dependent on the number of vehicle R You can only use the toll system once registra-
occupants: Requirements
tion and activation are complete. R For online search: an Internet connection is
R If the automatic detection of the number of R Drive at the prescribed vehicle speed in the established.
vehicle occupants is switched off, the number toll lane. R Mercedes me connect is available.
of vehicle occupants must be selected man-
R Mercedes-Benz recommends operation using
ually. This ensures correct toll accounting. R You have set up a user account in the
the MBUX multimedia system. Alternatively, Mercedes me Portal.
R The number of vehicle occupants can be
this can also be done on the control unit in
transmitted automatically. In the process, the R The vehicle is connected with the user
the glove box.
number of seat belts worn is determined. account and you have accepted the terms of
R For safety reasons, entries should be made
If the number of detected persons does not use.
while the vehicle is stationary.
correspond with the number of persons Further information can be found at: https://
R For further information, please consult the
actually in the vehicle, the number of persons www.mercedes.me
must be manually selected. Mercedes me App or an authorized Mercedes-
R The service is available.
Benz Center.
The standard setting of one person does not need R The service has been activated at an author-
Or call 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the USA) or
to be changed for roads which require toll pay- 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada). ized Mercedes-Benz Center.
ment regardless of the number of vehicle occu-
pants. For information on how to register and activate
The toll system enables the payment of toll the toll system, see the Digital Operator's Manual.
charges in many states of the USA.
% In Mexico, for example, the toll system can be
registered and activated for journeys to the
USA.
364 MBUX multimedia system

Multimedia system: 5 Hides the keypad % Observe the notes on the MBUX multimedia
4 © 5 ª Where to? 6 Switches to handwriting recognition system (/ page 326).
7 Starts the MBUX voice assistant
8 Sets the written language Calculating a route with Electric Intelligence and
9 Switches to digits and special characters using settings for route guidance
A Switches to upper-case or lower-case letters Requirements:
R The destination has been entered.
# Enter the destination in 1. The entries can
be made in any order. R The destination address is shown.
The search results are displayed in a list. R For navigation with Electric Intelligence:
% Online search results for POIs may contain - Mercedes me connect is available.
additional information, for example opening - You have a Mercedes me connect user
times and prices. The information is provided account and the vehicle is connected with
by an online map service. the account.
This online function is not available in all - The "Navigation with Electric Intelligence"
countries.
service is available and activated in the
% You can enter a destination as a three-word Mercedes me Portal.
address from what3words. This option is not
Example: entering a POI or address The services "Navigation with Electric Intel-
available in all countries.
1 Input line ligence", "Display of charging stations" and
# Hide the keyboard with a.
2 POI search "Mercedes me Charge" are required for
# Select the destination in the list. optimal function.
3 Selects destination search, displays further
The route is calculated. - The Plan Charging Stops route option is
destination searches with double arrow
4 Deletes the last character entered switched on.
 MBUX multimedia system 365

3 Selects a point of interest in the vicinity of the Calling up the route overview
destination % When Plan Charging Stops is switched off,
4 Destination information, online content (e.g. this option is available instead of the favorites
weather information), three-word address function.
from what3words, saves destination as favor- # Select Routes.
ite, shares destination
# Select an alternative route.
After selecting a destination, Electric Intelligence
automatically and intelligently calculates the route Starting route guidance
to the destination. This is updated during route # Select ¥ Let's Go!.
guidance. The route with Electric Intelligence con-
tains the required charging stations as intermedi- Calling up the detailed display with destination
ate destinations. The charging stations are deter- address
mined taking account of the driving distance and # Pull the bar above the ¥ Let's Go! symbol
the estimated charging times. upwards.
# Select one of the options. Depending on the destination selection and
Example: detailed display availability, online content, for example rat-
% When the Plan Charging Stops route option is ings, prices and weather information, is
1 Saves destination as a favorite (Plan Charg- switched off, a route without charging stations shown.
ing Stops is switched on) is calculated.
Calls up alternative routes (Plan Charging If the destination is in a different time zone, a
Stops is switched off) Saving a destination as a favorite message is displayed.
# Select ß Favorite. # To share a destination: select Ç Share.
2 Calculates the route and starts route guid-
ance # Select an option. This option allows you to scan the displayed
QR code.
366 MBUX multimedia system

# To call up an Internet address: if a web Setting the condition of charge of the high-voltage % In the event of increased energy consumption
address is available, select www. battery when the charging station and destination while driving, e.g. with headwind, the following
# To call the destination: if a telephone number are reached options are available on the system side:
is available, select Call. # Select Z in the navigation module R The charging station is safely reached
(/ page 360). even at states of charge of less than 10 %.
Searching for POIs in the vicinity of the destina-
# Select Route. R Navigation with Electric Intelligence
tion shown
# Select State of Charge at Destination or selects a closer charging station for the
# Select In The Vicinity.
State of Charge at Charging Stations. route.
# Search using categories, enter a search entry
# Move the control knob to the left or right and
% If a charging facility is available at the destina-
or search for a personal POI . tion, the condition of charge can be lowered
set the preferred condition of charge in per-
Switching on the Electric Intelligence route option cent (%). below 10 %. The Min. message appears on
The destination or charging station along the the central display. Make sure that the range
# Select Z in the navigation module monitor is switched on.
(/ page 360). route is reached with the set condition of
# Select Route.
charge. Selecting a provider for charging stations
To reach a charging station, the system uses the # Select Z in the navigation module
# Activate Plan Charging Stops.
If the route has been calculated and the condi- battery capacity, e.g. up to 10% residual energy (/ page 360).
tion of charge of the high-voltage battery is content (condition of charge). You can increase # Select Route.
not sufficient to reach the destination, charg- this condition of charge on arrival at the charging # Activate or deactivate Mercedes me Charge.
ing stations are set automatically is intermedi- station and destination, e.g. to 25% at the charg- If the option is activated, only charging sta-
ate destinations. ing station and 50% at the destination. tions payable with Mercedes me Charge are
taken into account when selecting the charg-
ing station.
or
 MBUX multimedia system 367

# Activate All. Displaying a route overview with charging station 3 Distance from current vehicle position and
All charging stations known to the navigation remaining driving time
system are taken into account when calculat- 4 Searches for an additional charging station
ing routes with Electric Intelligence, regardless
of the type of payment. You can influence the route calculated by the nav-
It may be necessary to register with the pro- igation with Electric Intelligence using options 1
vider. and 4.
# Select one of the options.
Switching the range monitor on or off
The activated range monitoring assists with mes- Ignoring a charging station
sages on the driver and central display to ensure If you do not want to drive to the selected charg-
safe arrival at the destination. ing station, it can be removed for the current
# Select Z in the navigation module route guidance. The navigation with Electric Intelli-
(/ page 360). gence tries to plan the best possible alternative
charging station for the route.
# Select Route.
# Select 1.
# Activate or deactivate Range Monitor.
The expected charging power, the dynamic
To reach the destination with the condition of charge level display as well as the current con-
charge set by the driver, the range is perma- 1 Arrival time at charging stop, type of charging
dition of charge and the predicted charging
nently monitored when the option is switched station target are displayed, for example.
on. 2 Charging stop shows the charging time rec-
# Select Ignore.
% This function is not available in all countries. ommended by the navigation with Electric
Intelligence as well as states of charge on # Select Ignore during this journey.
arrival and onward journey for an optimal The charging station is removed from the cur-
travel time rent route.
368 MBUX multimedia system

% After selecting Details, the detailed informa- % Trailer mode and online routes are not availa- # Select Avoid Options.
tion about the charging station is displayed. ble in all countries and for all vehicles. # Activate or deactivate the avoid option.
Adding a charging station Activating a commuter route Activating route guidance with augmented reality
If you want to drive to a charging station earlier on % A user profile has been created and Allow # Select Z in the navigation module.
the route, for example, you can search for an Destination Suggestions has been activated
additional charging station. If the charging station # Select View.
in the user options (/ page 347). Route guid-
is suitable for the route, it will be accepted by the ance is not active. # Select Augmented Reality Video.
navigation with Electric Intelligence. # Activate or deactivate Augmented Reality
# Select Z in the navigation module.
# Select 4.
# Select Route. Video.
# Select a charging station. The AR camera's video image is shown on the
# Activate Activate Commuter Route.
% You can also search for a charging station central display before a turning maneuver. The
The navigation system automatically detects video image includes additional information.
using the w symbol on the digital map or that the vehicle is on a commuter route.
next to ª Where to?. Showing property information for route guidance
For the daily commuter route, traffic events on
Selecting a route type the route are also reported when driving with- with augmented reality
out active route guidance. Road guidance with augmented reality is activa-
# Select Z in the navigation module
ted.
(/ page 360). # To select or delete a commuter route:
# Select Z in the navigation module.
# Select Route. selectStart or ¨.
# Select View.
The route is calculated as a fast route with a Avoiding or using route sections, e.g. highways or
short journey time. Trailer mode is available if # Select Augmented Reality Video.
ferries
a trailer has been coupled with the vehicle. If # Select Z in the navigation module.
available, you can select online routes. Traffic
announcements for the route are taken into # Select Route.
account via Reroute Based on Traffic r.
 MBUX multimedia system 369

# Activate Street Names and House Numbers. # To reset the map to the current vehicle posi- R The vehicle is connected to a user account
During route guidance, the activated options tion: select \ Center . and you have accepted the conditions of use
are shown as additional information in the for the service.
camera image. Selecting map orientation
Further information can be found at: https://
# Tap repeatedly on the Ä compass symbol www.mercedes.me
on the map.
Using map functions R The service is available.
The map orientation changes in this order:
Multimedia system: R The service has been activated at an author-
R The 3D map view is aligned to the direc-
4 © ized Mercedes-Benz Center.
tion of travel.
Increasing map scale R The 2D map view is aligned to the direc- Multimedia system:
4 ©
# When the map is shown, tap twice quickly with tion of travel.
one finger on the central display. R The 2D map view is displayed so that north Showing traffic information
or is always at the top. # In the navigation module (expanded view),
# Move two fingers apart on the central display. R The map shows the complete route. select Z (/ page 360).
Decreasing map scale # Select View.
# Tap with two fingers on the central display. Using services # Activate Traffic.
or Requirements # Activate Traffic Incidents and Free Flowing
# Move two fingers together on the central dis- R There is an Internet connection. Traffic.
play. R Mercedes me connect is available. Traffic incidents, for example roadworks, local
area reports (e.g. fog) and warning messages,
Moving the map R You have set up a user account in the
are shown on the route.
# When the map is displayed, swipe in any direc- Mercedes me Portal.
tion with one finger on the central display.
370 MBUX multimedia system

The traffic delay is displayed for the current R Roadworks # Observe the signposted headroom clear-
route. The smallest value for the display for R Additional hazards (if available) ance.
traffic delays is a minute.
Displaying online map contents # If the vehicle height is greater than the
Displaying hazard warnings # In the navigation module (expanded view),
permitted headroom clearance, do not
If hazard warnings are available these can be enter.
shown as symbols on the map. The display select Z.
# Observe the changed vehicle height with
depends on the settings for the Traffic Incidents # Select View.
add-on roof equipment.
option. # Switch on an online service, e.g. Weather.
# In the navigation module (expanded view), Current weather information is displayed on * NOTE Vehicle damage due to failure to
select Z (/ page 360). the navigation map, e.g. temperature or cloud observe local information and parking
# Activate or deactivate Traffic Incidents. cover. conditions
If the option is activated, all of the symbols are The service information is not shown in all
map scales, e.g. weather symbols. The data is based on the information provided
shown.
by the respective service providers.
If the option is deactivated, the symbols are Parking service Mercedes-Benz does not guarantee the accu-
only shown when there is a hazard warning.
racy of the information provided in relation to
The following hazards may be shown on the * NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to not the car park or parking area.
map: observing the maximum permitted head-
# Always observe the local information and
R Accidents and breakdowns room clearance
conditions.
R Slippery roads, fog, crosswinds and heavy If the vehicle height is greater than the maxi-
rain mum permitted headroom clearance, the roof % This service is not available in all countries.
R Hazards reported manually
and other parts of the vehicle may be dam- # In the navigation module (expanded view),
aged. select Z and switch on Parking.
R Vehicle with active hazard warning light
 MBUX multimedia system 371

# Tap on j the map. for observation of the actual circumstan- on the country in which the dashcam is oper-
or ces. ated.
R Available payment options (Mercedes pay,
# In the route overview, select j Parking This function is not permitted in all countries.
Spaces. coins, bank notes, cards) # Before using the dashcam, read up on
# Select the search position and search filter, R Details on parking tariffs
the content of the legal regulations, in
e.g. Near destination and Parking garage. R Number of available parking spaces particular the data protection require-
The map shows car parks suited to the selec- R Payment method (e.g. at parking meters) ments in the respective country of use.
ted settings. # Observe the legal regulations, in particu-
R Services/facilities at the parking option
# Select a parking option. lar the data protection requirements.
The map shows the parking options in the R Telephone number
vicinity. # Calculate the route (/ page 364). % Observe the following instructions for safe
The following information is displayed (if avail- operation:
able): Notes on the dashcam R Only use FAT32 or exFAT formatted USB
R Destination address, distance from current storage devices.
vehicle position and arrival time * NOTE Risk of legal consequences due to R Use USB-IF certified USB storage devices.
R Information on the parking garage/car violation of legal regulations and data pro- USB-IF is a non-profit corporation and
park tection provisions stands for USB Implementers Forum.
For example, opening times, parking You are legally responsible for operation and Based on the USB specification, USB-IF
charges, current occupancy, maximum use of the dashcam functions. certifies, for example, USB versions, cor-
parking time, maximum access height. The legal requirements relating to operation responding cables and plugs as well as
The maximum access height shown by the and use of the dashcam can vary depending energy supply processes via the USB
parking service does not replace the need interface.
372 MBUX multimedia system

R USB storage devices may be damaged if Multimedia system: Multimedia system:

often or permanently overwritten at high 4 © 5 Apps 5 Dashcam 4 © 5 Apps 5 Dashcam
speed. Mercedes-Benz recommends a
# Select the USB symbol. # If several USB devices are connected with the
high-quality SSD drive.
# Select the USB device. multimedia system, select a USB device
The abbreviation SSD stands for Solid (/ page 372).
State Drive. % When USB devices contain multiple partitions,
If no USB device is selected, a selection is
% The file size and therefore the duration of sin- recorded video files are not always displayed made automatically when recording starts.
gle recording is limited by the limitations of in the recording list.
# To select a recording mode: select Loop
the USB flash drive format. So FAT32 format- Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use
USB devices with one partition. Recording or Individual Recording.
ted USB flash drives do not allow files larger Loop Recording records several short video
than 4 GB, for example. files. When the memory is full, recording is
When the file size is reached, the recording Starting or stopping video recording with the continued automatically. In doing so, other
stops and you receive a notification. dashcam files will be overwritten starting with the oldest
% The following functions are available in the file.
Requirements
Gallery app: R For recording and saving a video file: a USB Individual Recording stops recording when
R Switching write protection on or off device is connected with the multimedia sys- the memory limit is reached. An individual
R Deleting video files tem. recording is automatically protected against
R The vehicle is switched on. being overwritten.
# To start: select Start Recording.
Selecting a USB device for a video recording with
the dashcam The length of the recording is shown. The Do
not remove the storage medium during
Requirements recording. Before removing the storage
R At least one USB device is connected with the medium, eject it first. message appears. The
multimedia system . video file is stored on the USB device.
 MBUX multimedia system 373

# To end: select End Recording. Telephone & WARNING Risk of accident from operating
% In some countries, geo-coordinates (longitude Telephony mobile communication equipment while
and latitude) are shown in the video image. the vehicle is in motion
For technical reasons, the geo-coordinates ▌Notes on telephony
Mobile communication devices distract the
may show greater inaccuracies.
& WARNING Risk of distraction from operat- driver from the traffic situation. This can also
A report may appear in the following cases: cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
ing integrated communication equipment
R Individual Recording: the memory is full or while the vehicle is in motion # As a driver, only operate mobile commu-
there are only a few minutes recording time nication devices when the vehicle is sta-
available. The video recording stops or will be If you operate communication equipment inte-
tionary.
stopped imminently. grated in the vehicle when driving, you could
# As a vehicle occupant, use mobile com-
be distracted from the traffic situation. This
Change the USB device or delete a video file. could also cause you to lose control of the munication devices only in the designa-
R The camera is not functional, the Camera vehicle. ted area, e.g. in the rear passenger com-
Unavailable message appears. # Only operate this equipment when the
partment.
Have the camera checked in an authorized traffic situation permits.
You must observe the legal requirements for the
Mercedes-Benz Center. # If you cannot be sure of this, stop the country in which you are currently driving when
R If the country border indication has been vehicle whilst paying attention to road operating the multimedia system and mobile com-
switched on. and traffic conditions and operate the munication equipment in the vehicle.
R If an outdoor recording is started with the equipment with the vehicle stationary.
camera app during a dashcam recording, the & WARNING Risk of injury due to objects
dashcam recording pauses and resumes auto- being stowed incorrectly
matically after the camera recording is fin- If objects in the vehicle interior are stowed
ished. A notification to this effect is displayed. incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown around
374 MBUX multimedia system

and hit vehicle occupants. In addition, cup The menu view and the available functions in the For information on the range of functions of the
holders, open stowage spaces and mobile telephone menu are in part dependent on the mobile radio unit to be connected, see the manu-
phone receptacles cannot always retain all Bluetooth® profile of the connected mobile facturer's operating instructions.
objects within. phone. If the mobile phone supports all the fol- Network connection:
There is a risk of injury, particularly in the lowing Bluetooth® profiles, the full range of fea- The following cases can lead to the call being dis-
event of sudden braking or a sudden change tures is available: connected while the vehicle is in motion:
in direction. R PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile)
R You switch into a transmission/reception sta-
# Always stow objects so that they cannot - The contacts on the mobile phone are tion, in which no communication channel is
be thrown around in such situations. shown automatically on the multimedia free.
# Always make sure that objects do not system. R The SIM card used is not compatible with the
protrude from stowage spaces, parcel R MAP (Message Access Profile) network available
nets or stowage nets. - The mobile phone message functions can R A mobile phone with "Twincard" is logged into
# Close the lockable stowage spaces be used on the multimedia system. the network with the second SIM card at the
before starting a journey. R HFP (hands-free profile) same time
# Always stow and secure heavy, hard, - Wireless telephony is available on the mul- The multimedia system supports calls in HD
pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or bulky timedia system. Voice® for improved speech quality. A require-
objects in the trunk/cargo compart- R SAP (SIM Access Profile) ment for this is that the mobile phone and the
ment. mobile phone network provider of the person you
- The car telephone has access to the SIM
card data and dials into the mobile phone are calling support HD Voice®.
Observe the additional information on stowing
mobile communications devices correctly: network via the exterior antenna. Depending on the quality of the connection, the
R Loading the vehicle (/ page 132)
voice quality may fluctuate.
Irrespective of this, Bluetooth® audio functionality
Bluetooth® connection: can by used with any mobile radio unit.
 MBUX multimedia system 375

Further information can be obtained from an ▌Telephone menu overview 5 Options

authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or at: https:// 6 Messages
www.mercedes-benz.com/connect. 7 Calls up devices
8 Numerical pad
9 Starts contact search
▌Telephony operating modes overview
Depending on your equipment, the following tel-
ephony operating modes are available:
R A mobile phone is connected to the multime-
dia system via Bluetooth®.
R Two mobile phones are connected with the
multimedia system via Bluetooth® (two phone
mode).
- You can use all the functions of the multi-
media system with both mobile phones.
1 Bluetooth® device name of the currently con-
▌Connecting a mobile phone
nected mobile phone/of the mobile phone
2 Bluetooth® device name of the currently con- Requirements
nected mobile phone/of the mobile phone R Bluetooth® is activated on the mobile phone
(two phone mode) (see the manufacturer's operating instruc-
3 Signal strength of the mobile phone network tions).
4 Battery status of the connected mobile phone
376 MBUX multimedia system

R Bluetooth® is activated on the multimedia sys- - i Conference Mercedes me Apps

tem. - Accepting or rejecting a waiting call Mercedes me calls
Multimedia system: R Managing contacts, e.g.:
▌Making a call via the overhead control panel
4 © 5 Phone 5 Z 5 Devices - Downloading mobile phone contacts
5 Devices - Managing the format of a contact's name
Searching for a mobile phone - Deleting favorites
# Select Connect New Device. R Receiving and sending messages, e.g.:
- Using the read-aloud function
Connecting a mobile phone
- Dictating a new message
# Select a mobile phone.
A code is displayed in the multimedia system
and on the mobile phone.
# If both codes match, confirm the code on the
mobile phone.
▌Functions in the telephony menu
In the telephony menu you have the following
functions, for example:
R Making calls, e.g.:
1 me button for service or information calls
- R Accepting a call 2 SOS button cover
- k End Call 3 SOS button (emergency call system)
- Answering a call with a message Making a Mercedes me call
 MBUX multimedia system 377

# Press me button 1. You can find information on the following topics: Multimedia system:
R Activation of Mercedes me connect 4 © 5 Phone 5 ©
Making an emergency call
# To open the cover of SOS button 2 , press it R Operating the vehicle # Call Mercedes me connect.

briefly. R Nearest authorized Mercedes-Benz Center After confirmation, the multimedia system
sends the required vehicle data. The data
# Press and hold SOS button 3 for at least one R Other products and services from Mercedes-
transfer is shown in the display.
second. Benz
Then you can select a service and be connected
If a Mercedes me call is active, an emergency call Data is transferred during the connection to the to a specialist at the Mercedes-Benz customer
can still be triggered. This has priority over all Mercedes-Benz Customer Center (/ page 379). center.
other active calls. ▌Calling the Mercedes-Benz customer center ▌Calling the Mercedes-Benz Customer Center
▌Information about the Mercedes me call using using the multimedia system after automatic accident or breakdown detection
the me button Requirements
A call to the Mercedes-Benz Customer Center has Requirements
R Access to a GSM network is available.
been initiated via the me button in the overhead R The vehicle has detected an accident or break-
control panel or the multimedia system R The contract partner's GSM network coverage down situation.
(/ page 376). is available in the respective region. R The vehicle is stationary.
Using the voice dialog system you access the R The vehicle must be switched on so that vehi-
R The hazard warning lights are switched on.
desired service: cle data can be transferred automatically.
% This function is not available in all countries.
R Accident and Breakdown Management
R Mercedes-Benz Customer Center for general
The vehicle can detect accident or breakdown sit-
uations under certain circumstances.
information about the vehicle
378 MBUX multimedia system

Requirements for collision detection in the con- % The availability of collision detection depends of a breakdown. If you are already in contact
text of accident management: on the vehicle. with the Mercedes-Benz Customer Center or
R The vehicle is equipped with an anti-theft After quitting the emergency guide display on the have already received support, this prompt
alarm system (ATA) (code 551). multimedia system, a prompt appears asking can be ignored or declined.
R The vehicle is equipped with the interior pro- whether you would like to get support from the % If you answer the prompt for support from the
tection (code 882). Mercedes-Benz Customer Center. Mercedes-Benz Customer Center with Call
# Select Call. Later, the message will be hidden and appear
R The vehicle is equipped with the Anti-Theft
R After your agreement, or if the Mercedes again later.
Protection Package (code P54). The prompt triggered by the Mercedes me
me connect service "Accident and Break-
R The collision detection service with theft notifi- connect service "Telediagnostics", can either
down Management" is active, the vehicle
cation has been activated on Mercedes me data is transferred automatically be confirmed or declined. After being
connect. (/ page 380). declined, this will not be shown again.
If a collision is detected when the tow-away alarm R The Mercedes-Benz Customer Center ▌Arranging a service appointment via a
is armed on a locked vehicle, you will receive a takes your call and organizes the break- Mercedes me call
notification in the multimedia system when you down and accident assistance. If you have activated the maintenance manage-
switch the vehicle on. ment service, relevant vehicle data is transferred
You may be charged for these services.
The message informs you about the potentially automatically to the Mercedes-Benz Customer
affected area of the vehicle and the strength of % Depending on the severity of the accident, an Center. You will then receive individual recom-
the collision. automatic emergency call can be initiated. mendations regarding the maintenance of your
This has priority over all other active calls vehicle.
In the event an accident or breakdown is detec- (/ page 384).
ted, the emergency guide shows safety notes in Regardless of whether you have consented to the
the multimedia system display. This may take a % In addition, if the Mercedes me connect maintenance management service, the multime-
few seconds. service "Telediagnostics" is active, a similar dia system reminds you after a certain amount of
prompt can appear after a delay in the event
 MBUX multimedia system 379

time that a service is due. A prompt appears ask- R The quality of the mobile connection is suffi- R Confirmation of the data protection prompt
ing if you would like to make an appointment. cient. R Country indicator of the vehicle
# To arrange a service appointment: select Call.
Multi-stage transfer depends on the following fac- R Set language for the multimedia system
After your agreement, the vehicle data is tors:
transferred and the Mercedes-Benz Customer
R Telephone number of the communication plat-
R Reason for the initiation of the call form installed in the vehicle
Center takes your preferred appointment date.
The information is then sent to your desired R The available mobile phone transmission tech-
If a call is made for a service appointment via the
service outlet. nology. service reminder, the following data is also trans-
This will contact you to confirm the appoint- R The activated Mercedes me connect services. mitted:
ment and if necessary consult about the R The service selected in the voice control sys- R Current mileage and maintenance data
details. tem.
If a call is made after automatic accident or break-
% If you select Call Later after the service mes- % The scope of the data transmitted depends on down detection using the multimedia system, the
sage appears, the message is hidden and the vehicle model and equipment. For techni- following data is also transmitted:
reappears at a later time. cal reasons, not all data is available at all R Current mileage and maintenance data
▌Data transferred during a Mercedes me call times.
R Current vehicle location
If you initiate a service call using Mercedes me, Data transfer if Mercedes me connect services
data is transferred to enable targeted advice and are not activated If Accident and Breakdown Management is called
an efficient service. via the voice control system, the following data
If no Mercedes me connect services are activa- can also be called up from the vehicle by the
The following requirements must be fulfilled for ted, the following data is transferred:
the transfer of the data: Mercedes-Benz customer center:
R Vehicle identification number R Current vehicle location
R The vehicle is switched on.
R Time of the call
R The required data transfer technology is sup-
R Reason for the initiation of the call
ported by the mobile phone network provider.
380 MBUX multimedia system

Data processing You can use the following services via the multi- Mercedes-Benz emergency call system
The data transmitted within the scope of the call media system and the overhead control panel, for (/ page 384).
is deleted from the processing system after the example: Please note the Mercedes me connect terms of
call is finished, in so far as this data is not being R Accident and Breakdown Management (me use and the data protection information for
used for other activated Mercedes me connect button or situation-dependent display in the Mercedes me connect. You can find these in your
services. multimedia system) Mercedes me user account.
The incident-specific data is processed and stored R Mercedes-Benz Emergency Call System (auto- Further information about Mercedes me connect
in the Mercedes-Benz customer center and, if matic emergency call and SOS button) services can be obtained in the Mercedes me Por-
required to process the incident, forwarded to the tal: https://me.secure.mercedes-benz.com
service partner authorized by the Mercedes-Benz The Mercedes me connect Accident and Break-
customer center. Take note of the data protection down Management and the Mercedes-Benz emer- ▌Information on Mercedes me connect Accident
information on the Mercedes me Internet page gency call center are available to you around the and Breakdown Management
https://www.mercedes.me or in the recorded clock. % Accident and Breakdown Management is not
message immediately after calling the Mercedes- The me button and the SOS button can be found available in every country. Contact an author-
Benz customer center. on the vehicle's overhead control panel ized Mercedes-Benz Center to find out
% The recorded message is not available in (/ page 376). whether this function is available in your coun-
every country. You can also call the Mercedes-Benz Customer try.
Center using the multimedia system The Accident and Breakdown Management can
Mercedes me connect (/ page 377). include the following functions:
Please note that Mercedes me connect is a R Supplement to the Mercedes-Benz emergency
▌Information on Mercedes me connect
Mercedes-Benz service. In emergencies, first call call system (/ page 384)
Mercedes me connect consists of multiple serv- the national emergency services using the stand-
ices. If necessary, the contact person at the
ard national emergency service telephone num- Mercedes-Benz emergency call center for-
bers. In emergencies, you can also use the wards the call to Mercedes me connect Acci-
 MBUX multimedia system 381

dent and Breakdown Management. Forward- If your vehicle detects a breakdown or threat ▌Data transferred during Mercedes me connect
ing the call is however not possible in all coun- of a breakdown, you may be prompted via the call services
tries. multimedia system to contact the Mercedes- The data transferred during a Mercedes me con-
R Breakdown assistance by a technician on Benz Customer Center for further help. This nect call depends on:
location and/or the towing away of the vehicle prompt in the multimedia system only appears
R The reason for initiation of the call
to the nearest authorized Mercedes-Benz Cen- when the vehicle is stationary.
R The service that is selected in the voice con-
ter % These services are subject to technical trol system
You may be charged for these services. restrictions such as the mobile phone cover-
R The activated Mercedes me connect services
R Addition to the emergency guide after auto- age, mobile network quality and the ability of
matic accident or breakdown detection the processing systems to interpret the trans- You can find out which data is transferred when
(/ page 377) ferred data. In some circumstances, this can using the services in the currently valid Mercedes
result in delays or the failure of the informa- me connect terms of use and the data protection
In the event of a breakdown or accident, fur- tion to appear in the multimedia system.
ther vehicle data is sent which enables optimal information for Mercedes me connect. You can
support by the Mercedes-Benz Customer Cen- Please note that the service and breakdown call is find these in your Mercedes me user account.
ter and the authorized service partner or a Mercedes-Benz service. In emergencies, be
breakdown assistance. sure to contact the usual national emergency Overview of the Mercedes me & Apps menu
number first or use the Mercedes-Benz emer-
R Addition to the Mercedes me connect service gency call system (/ page 383). When you log in with a user account to the
Telediagnostics Mercedes me Portal, then services and offers
More information about Mercedes me connect
With the Telediagnostics function, specific services can be obtained in the Mercedes me Por- from Mercedes-Benz will be available to you.
wear and failure reports are recorded by the tal: https://me.secure.mercedes-benz.com For more information consult an authorized
service provider, in so far as these can be Mercedes-Benz Center or visit the Mercedes me
clearly interpreted and are available through Portal: https://me.secure.mercedes-benz.com
the monitoring of components that are subject
to diagnostics.
382 MBUX multimedia system

% Make sure you always keep the Mercedes me Web browser overview % Under Ä you have the following options:
Apps updated. R Tabs
You can call up the menu using Apps in the multi- R Bookmarks & Browsing History
media system.
R Reading Mode
In the Apps menu, the following options can be
R Share Link
available:
R Share Content
R Connecting the vehicle with the Mercedes me
user account R Request Mobile Website
R Deleting a connection between a user account % Websites cannot be shown while the vehicle is
Mercedes me and the vehicle in motion.
R Calling up the Mercedes me services
R Calling up apps such as In-Car Office or the Overview of Smartphone Integration
web browser depending on availability With Smartphone Integration, you can use certain
functions on your mobile phone via the multime-
dia system display.
1 Previous website Only one mobile phone at a time can be connec-
ted via Smartphone Integration to the multimedia
2 Next website system. Also for use with two phone mode with
3 Update Smartphone Integration, only one additional
4 URL mobile phone can be connected using Bluetooth®
5 Adds/removes bookmarks with the multimedia system.
6 Options The full range of functions for Smartphone Inte-
7 Settings gration is only possible with an Internet connec-
 MBUX multimedia system 383

tion. The appropriate application must be down- connecting cable only when the vehicle is sta- R Distinction between parked, standstill, rolling
loaded on the mobile phone to use Smartphone tionary. and driving
Integration. The mobile phone must be switched R Day/night mode of the driver's display
on and connected to the multimedia system via Overview of transferred vehicle data
the USB port using a suitable cable. When using Smartphone Integration, certain vehi- R Drive type
cle data is transferred to the mobile phone. This
Apps for Smartphone Integration: enables you to get the best out of selected mobile The transfer of this data is used to alter how con-
R Apple CarPlay® (wireless connection via Blue- phone services. Vehicle data is not directly acces- tent is displayed to correspond to the driving sit-
sible. uation.
tooth® also possible)
The following system information is transmitted: The following position data is transmitted:
R Android Auto (wireless connection via Blue-
R Coordinates
tooth® also possible) R Software release of the multimedia system
R Speed
% For safety reasons, the first activation of R System ID (anonymized)
R Compass direction
Apple CarPlay® or Android Auto on the multi- The transfer of this data is used to optimize com-
media system must be carried out when the R Acceleration direction
munication between the vehicle and the mobile
vehicle is stationary with the parking brake. phone. The mobile phone uses this data to improve the
You can start Smartphone Integration using the To do this, and to assign several vehicles to the accuracy of navigation, for example, when driving
Devices menu. mobile phone, a vehicle identifier is randomly gen- through a tunnel.
You can end Smartphone Integration via the Devi- erated.
ces or by disconnecting the connecting cable This has no connection to the vehicle identifica-
between the mobile phone and multimedia sys- Mercedes-Benz emergency call system
tion number (VIN) and is deleted when the multi-
tem. media system is reset (/ page 354). Information on the Mercedes-Benz emergency
% Mercedes-Benz recommends disconnecting call system
The following driving status data is transmitted:
the connection via the device manager or the R Transmission position engaged Your vehicle is equipped with the Mercedes-Benz
emergency call system (“eCall”). This feature can
384 MBUX multimedia system

help save lives in the event of an accident. eCall % eCall can be deactivated by an authorized Messages on the display
in no way replaces assistance provided from dial- Mercedes-Benz dealer. Please note that in the SOS NOT READY: the vehicle is not on or eCall not
ing 911. event ownership of the vehicle is transferred available.
Mercedes-Benz eCall only functions in areas to another owner in its deactivated state, During an active emergency call, <schar> appears
where mobile phone coverage is available from eCall will remain deactivated unless the new in the display.
the wireless service providers. Insufficient net- owner visits an authorized Mercedes-Benz
dealership to reactivate the system. You can find more information on the regional
work coverage from the wireless service providers availability of eCall at: https://www.mercedes-
may result in an emergency call not being trans- benz-mobile.com/extra/ecall/
mitted. Overview of the Mercedes-Benz emergency call % If there is a malfunction of the emergency call
eCall is a standard feature in your Mercedes-Benz system system, the loudspeakers, microphone, air
vehicle. In order to function as intended, the sys- eCall can help to reduce the time between an bag or the SOS button, for example, are
tem relies on the transmission of data detailed in accident and the arrival of emergency services at faulty.
the Transmitted Data section that follows. the site of the accident. It helps locate an acci- You can recognize a malfunction in the emer-
To disable eCall, a customer must visit an author- dent site in places that are difficult to access. gency call system by the following displays:
ized Mercedes-Benz Service department to deac- However, even if a vehicle is equipped with eCall, R A corresponding message will also appear
tivate the vehicle’s communication module. this does not mean the system is ON. As such, in the driver's display.
Deactivation of this module prevents the activa- eCall does not replace dialing 911 in the event of
an accident. R The SOS button lights up red continuously.
tion of any and all Mercedes me connect serv-
ices. After the deactivation of eCall, automatic An emergency call can be made automatically or
emergency call and manual emergency call will manually. Triggering an automatic Mercedes-Benz emer-
not be available. Only make emergency calls if you or others are in gency call
The vehicle must be switched on before an auto- need of rescue. Do not make an emergency call in Requirements:
matic emergency call can be made. the event of a breakdown or a similar situation. R The vehicle is switched on.
% eCall is activated at the factory.
 MBUX multimedia system 385

R The starter battery is sufficiently charged. If no connection can be made to the emergency # To use voice control: use the voice commands
services either, a corresponding message appears of the MBUX Voice Assistant.
The Mercedes-Benz emergency call system trig- in the media display.
gers an emergency call automatically in the fol- The emergency call has been made:
# Dial the local emergency number on your
lowing cases: R A voice connection is made to the Mercedes-
mobile phone. Benz emergency call center.
R After activation of the restraint systems such
as air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices If an emergency call has been initiated: R A message with accident data is transmitted
after an accident R Remain in the vehicle if the road and traffic to the Mercedes-Benz emergency call center.
R After an automatically initiated emergency conditions permit you to do so until a voice The Mercedes-Benz emergency call center
stop by Active Emergency Stop Assist connection is established with the emergency can transmit the vehicle position data to one
call center operator. of the emergency call centers.
The emergency call has been made: R Based on the call, the operator decides R Remain in the vehicle if the road and traffic
R A voice connection is made to the Mercedes- whether it is necessary to call rescue teams conditions permit you to do so until a voice
Benz emergency call center. and/or the police to the accident site. connection is established with the emergency
R A message with accident data is transmitted R If no vehicle occupant answers, an ambulance call center operator.
to the Mercedes-Benz emergency call center. is sent to the vehicle immediately. R Based on the call, the operator decides
The Mercedes-Benz emergency call center whether it is necessary to call rescue teams
can transmit the vehicle position data to one Triggering a manual Mercedes-Benz emergency and/or the police to the accident site.
of the emergency call centers. call If no connection can be made to the emergency
The SOS button in the overhead control panel # To use the SOS button in the overhead con- services, a corresponding message appears in the
flashes until the emergency call is finished. trol panel: press the SOS button at least one central display.
It is not possible to immediately end an automatic second long (/ page 376). # Dial the local emergency number on your
emergency call. or mobile phone.
386 MBUX multimedia system

Ending an unintentionally triggered manual Data transmitted is vehicle information. For any Standard sound system
Mercedes-Benz emergency call questions about the collection, use and sharing of The following functions are available:
# Select <schar> on the multifunction steering the eCall system data, please contact MBUSA's
R Equalizer
wheel. Depress button for several seconds. Customer Assistance Center at 800-FOR-MERC.
For Canada, please contact MBC's Customer - Treble, mid-range and bass
Assistance Center at 1-800-387-0100. R Balance and fader
Data transfer of the Mercedes-Benz emergency
call system Customer requests for covered information should R Volume

In the event of an automatic or manual emergency be submitted via the same channels. - Automatic adjustment
call the following data is transmitted, for example: For accident clarification purposes, the following
measures can be taken up to an hour after the Advanced sound system and Burmester® 3D sur-
R Vehicle's GPS position data round sound system
emergency call has been initiated:
R GPS position data on the route (a few hundred The following functions are available:
R The current vehicle position can be deter-
meters before the incident) R Equalizer
mined.
R Direction of travel
R A voice connection to the vehicle occupants - Treble, mid-range and bass
R Vehicle identification number can be established. R Balance and fader
R Vehicle drive type
R Sound focus
R Number of people detected in the vehicle
Sound settings R Sound profiles
R Whether Mercedes me connect is available or
Overview of functions in the sound menu R Volume
not
R Whether the emergency call was initiated The setting options and functions available - Automatic adjustment
manually or automatically depend on the sound system installed. You can
find out which sound system is installed in your
R Time of the accident
vehicle in the Digital Operator's Manual.
R Language setting on the multimedia system
 Maintenance and care 387

ASSYST PLUS service interval display Bear in mind the following related topic: # Always observe the warning messages
Function of the ASSYST PLUS service interval dis- R Operating the driver's display (/ page 319). about the high-voltage battery and
play immediately consult a qualified specialist
workshop.
The ASSYST PLUS service interval display on the Information on regular maintenance work
# Have the necessary maintenance work
driver's display informs you of the next regular on the high-voltage battery carried out at
service due date. * NOTE Premature wear through failure to
observe service due dates a qualified specialist workshop.
Depending on the operating conditions of the
vehicle, the remaining time or distance until the Maintenance work which is not carried out at
next service due date will be displayed. the right time or incompletely can lead to Notes on special service requirements
You can hide this service display using the G increased wear and damage to the vehicle.
The prescribed service interval is based on nor-
back button on the steering wheel. # Adhere to the prescribed service inter-
mal operation of the vehicle. Have the mainte-
You can obtain information concerning the servic- vals. nance work carried out more often than prescri-
ing of your vehicle from a qualified specialist # Always have the prescribed maintenance bed if operating conditions are difficult or the
workshop, e.g. an authorized Mercedes-Benz Cen- work carried out at a qualified specialist vehicle is subject to increased stress. This is the
ter (/ page 36). workshop. case for frequent operation in mountainous ter-
rain or on poor road surfaces, for example.
Displaying the service due date * NOTE Irreparable damage to the high-volt- In these or similar operating conditions, have the
age battery due to maintenance work not interior air filter changed more frequently. Check
Driver's display: being carried out the tires more frequently if the vehicle is operated
4 Service under increased stress. Further information can
The high-voltage battery is subject to wear. be obtained at a qualified specialist workshop.
The next service due date is displayed. Maintenance work which is not carried out in
# To exit the display: press the back button time can lead to irreparable damage to the The ASSYST PLUS service interval display is only
G on the steering wheel. high-voltage battery. an aid. It is the responsibility of the driver of the
388 Maintenance and care

vehicle to have maintenance work carried out ual recommendations regarding the maintenance required scope of maintenance as well as mal-
more often than prescribed due to actual operat- of your vehicle. function detection and malfunction rectification.
ing conditions and/or stresses. % The calculation of the optimal transmission Details on data transfer can be found in the data
time of the maintenance request to the protection information for the Mercedes me con-
Battery disconnection periods service partner is subject to technical limita- nect services. These can be found at: https://
tions that may cause the maintenance recom- www.mercedes.me under "My Mercedes me
The ASSYST PLUS service interval display can cal- mendation to be perceived as too early or too account", "Terms of use".
culate the service due date only when the battery late or not to be made at all. In this case, you
is connected. % Maintenance Management and the mainte-
can conveniently arrange a maintenance nance reminder in the multimedia system are
# Display and note down the service due date appointment with the customer center via the not available in every country.
on the driver display before disconnecting the maintenance reminder in the multimedia sys-
battery (/ page 387). tem.
% Maintenance Management and the mainte- Telediagnosis
nance reminder in the multimedia system are Notes about Telediagnosis
Maintenance Management not available in every country. Contact an
Notes about Maintenance Management authorized Mercedes-Benz Center to find out % This service is not available in all countries.
If the Maintenance Management service is activa- whether this function is available in your coun- The vehicle can detect if certain wear parts need
ted, relevant data is automatically transferred to try. to be replaced or if malfunctions have occurred in
the Mercedes-Benz customer center. vehicle systems. If the Telediagnosis service is
activated, relevant data is automatically transmit-
The customer center transmits the data to the Data transferred when using Maintenance Man- ted to the manufacturer. If fault conditions are
service partner that you have entered on the agement detected by the vehicle system self-diagnosis, the
Mercedes me website at: http:// When the service is activated, relevant data is system transmits recommendations for action to
www.mercedes.me. You will then receive individ- automatically transferred to determine the the Mercedes-Benz customer center depending
on the fault detected. The customer center trans-
 Maintenance and care 389

mits the data to the service partner that you have Data transferred when using Telediagnostics & DANGER Risk of fatal injuries when carry-
entered on the Mercedes me website at: http:// ing out maintenance work during the
www.mercedes.me. When the service is activated, relevant data is
automatically transferred to determine the charging process
For selected faults, the notification that a mal- required scope of maintenance as well as mal-
function has been detected may appear in the During the charging process, the high-voltage
function detection and malfunction rectification. on-board electrical system is under high volt-
multimedia system with a request to contact the
Mercedes-Benz customer center. From this mes- Details on data transfer can be found in the data age.
sage, a call can be made directly to the customer protection information for the Mercedes me con- # Do not perform any maintenance work

center for assistance. nect services. These can be found at: https:// during the charging process.
www.mercedes.me under "My Mercedes me
% The transmission of a notification to the multi- account", "Terms of use".
media system depends on the country, vehi- & WARNING Risk of accident due to driving
% The scope of the data transmitted depends on with the hood unlocked
cle model and equipment and requires a fast
data connection, over which the service pro- the vehicle model and equipment. For techni-
cal reasons, not all data is available at all The hood may open and block your view.
vider has no influence.
times. # Never release the hood when driving.
% Reliable fault detection is subject to technical
# Before every trip, ensure that the hood is
limitations. Therefore, only a limited selection
of faults can be detected and recommenda- Engine compartment locked.
tions for action transmitted to the customer Notes on the hood
center and the service partners. Mercedes- & WARNING Risk of accident and injury
Benz AG is continuously working on the Only the specialist personnel of a qualified spe- when opening and closing the hood
expansion of this service. The fault detection cialist workshop should open the hood. Access by
the customer is not permitted. The hood may suddenly drop into the end
depends on the country, vehicle model and position.
equipment. To open the hood, consult a qualified specialist
workshop. There is a risk of injury for anyone in the
hood's range of movement.
390 Maintenance and care

# Do not open or close the hood if there is & WARNING Risk of injury due to moving # Always switch off the windshield wipers
a person in the hood's range of move- parts and the vehicle first if you need to open
ment. the hood.
Components in the engine compartment may
continue to run or start unexpectedly even
& WARNING Risk of injury due to overheated when the drive system is switched off. Notes on the coolant level
vehicle Observe the following if you must open the
If you open the hood in the event of an over- hood: Checking or topping up coolant should be carried
heated vehicle or fire in the engine compart- out only by the trained personnel of a qualified
# Switch off the vehicle.
ment, the following situations may occur: specialist workshop. Access by the customer is
# Never touch the danger zones surround- not permitted.
R You may come into contact with hot gases.
ing moving components, e.g. the rotation To check or top up coolant, use a qualified spe-
R You may come into contact with other area of the fan. cialist workshop.
escaping hot operating fluids. # Remove jewelery and watches.

# In the event of overheating or fire in the # Keep items of clothing and hair away & WARNING Risk of scalding from hot cool-
engine compartment, keep the hood from moving parts. ant
closed and call the fire service. You may scald yourself if you open the cap
# Allow the overheated vehicle to cool & WARNING Risk of injury from using the when the drive system is at normal operating
down first if you need to open the hood. windshield wipers when the hood is open temperature.
# Allow the engine to cool down before
If the windshield wipers start moving when the
hood is open, you could be trapped by the opening the cap.
wiper linkage. # When opening the cap, wear protective
gloves and safety glasses.
# Open the cap slowly to release pressure.
 Maintenance and care 391

Keeping the air/water duct free Cleaning and care

# Keep the area between the hood and the Information on washing the vehicle in a car wash
windshield free of deposits, e.g. ice, snow or
leaves. & WARNING Risk of accident due to
reduced braking effect after washing the
vehicle
Filling the windshield washer system
The braking effect is reduced after washing
& WARNING Risk of fire and injury from the vehicle.
windshield washer concentrate # After the vehicle has been washed, brake

Windshield washer concentrate is highly flam- carefully while paying attention to the
mable. traffic conditions until the braking effect
has been fully restored.
# Avoid fire, open flames, smoking and the
creation of sparks when using windshield
washer concentrate. * NOTE Damage from automatic braking
# Press on the rear area of washer fluid filler flap If one of the following functions is activated,
Requirements 1. the vehicle will brake automatically in certain
R The vehicle is unlocked. Washer fluid filler flap 1 will open. situations:
# Add washer fluid. R Active Brake Assist
# Close washer fluid filler flap 1. R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
% Further information about windshield washer R HOLD function
fluid (/ page 456) R Active Parking Assist
392 Maintenance and care

To avoid damage to the vehicle, deactivate R The 360° Camera or the reversing camera is % If, after the car wash, you remove the wax
these systems in the following or similar situa- switched off. from the windshield and wiper blades, this will
tions: R The vehicle is locked and the door handles are prevent smearing and reduce wiper noise.
# During towing. retracted. Automatic car wash mode
# In a car wash. R The side windows and sliding sunroof are com- In car wash mode, the vehicle is prepared for driv-
pletely closed. ing into an automatic car wash. Car wash mode
R The outside mirrors are folded in. can be activated at a speed of up to 12 mph
* NOTE Damage due to unsuitable car wash (20 km/h) (/ page 393).
R The blower for the ventilation and heating is
# Before driving into a car wash make sure switched off. When car wash mode is activated, the Automatic
that the car wash is suitable for the vehi- Car Wash Mode Active message will appear on
cle dimensions. R The windshield wiper switch is in position g.
the driver's display. The following adjustments will
# Ensure there is sufficient ground clear- R The key is at a minimum distance of 20 ft be made:
ance between the underbody and the (6 m) away from the vehicle. Otherwise, the R The outside mirrors will be folded in.
guide rails of the car wash. tailgate or a door could open unintentionally.
R To prevent the windshield washer system from
# Ensure that the clearance width of the This also applies to the Digital Vehicle Key. starting up automatically, the rain sensor will
car wash, in particular the width of the R For car washes with a conveyor system: be deactivated.
guide rails, is sufficient. - Neutral i is engaged. R The rear window wiper will be deactivated.

To avoid damage to your vehicle when using a car - The vehicle is locked from the inside. R The comfort doors will be deactivated.
wash, ensure the following beforehand: R Do not make any hand movements in the area R Parking Assist PARKTRONIC will be deactiva-
R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is deactiva- of the overhead control panel or deactivate ted.
ted. (/ page 338) the Sliding Sunroof and Roller R Vehicles with 360° Camera: the front image
Sunblind option in the settings for the MBUX will be activated after approximately eight sec-
R The HOLD function is switched off.
interior assistant. onds.
 Maintenance and care 393

R Vehicles with HANDS-FREE ACCESS: kick R Vehicles with HANDS-FREE ACCESS: kick % The automatic car wash mode is automatically
detection will be deactivated. detection will be activated. deactivated as soon as a speed of 12 mph
(20 km/h) is exceeded.
If one of the settings cannot be selected, this will
be shown by the % symbol next to the respec- Activating/deactivating automatic car wash mode
tive setting. Information on using a power washer
Requirements
Pressing Switch Off will cancel car wash mode. R The vehicle is stationary.
& WARNING Risk of an accident when using
Above a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h), car wash R The vehicle is switched on.
mode will be deactivated automatically. power washers with round-spray nozzles
You can also switch off car wash mode via the Multimedia system: The water jet can cause externally invisible
MBUX multimedia system (/ page 393). 4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle 5 Driving damage.
The following settings will be reset when car wash Components damaged in this way may unex-
Activating automatic car wash mode pectedly fail.
mode is deactivated:
# Select Automatic Car Wash Mode. # Do not use a power washer with round-
R The outside mirrors will be folded out.
# Select Activate. spray nozzles.
R The rain sensor will be activated.
# Have damaged tires or chassis parts
R The rear window wiper will be activated. If one of the settings cannot be selected, this is
shown by an % next to the respective setting. replaced immediately.
R The comfort doors will be activated.
% For an overview of the settings made when To avoid damage to your vehicle, observe the fol-
R Parking Assist PARKTRONIC will be reset to
activating automatic car wash mode lowing when using a power washer:
the previously selected setting.
(/ page 391).
R Vehicles with 360° Camera: the front image R The key is at a minimum distance of 10 ft
will be deactivated at speeds above 11 mph Deactivating automatic car wash mode (3 m) away from the vehicle. Otherwise, the
(18 km/h). # Select Deactivate. tailgate or a door could open unintentionally.
The automatic car wash settings are reset. This also applies to the Digital Vehicle Key.
394 Maintenance and care

R Maintain a distance of at least 11.8 in (30 cm) # Wash the vehicle with lukewarm water using a R Tar stains: use tar remover.
to the vehicle. soft car sponge. When doing so, do not R Wax: use silicone remover.
R Vehicles with decorative films: parts of your expose the vehicle to direct sunlight.
R Do not attach stickers, films or similar materi-
vehicle are covered with a decorative film. # Carefully hose the vehicle off with water and
als. Have film attached to the bumper only at
Maintain a distance of at least 27.6 in (70 cm) dry using a chamois. a qualified specialist workshop.
between the film-covered parts of the vehicle % Observe the notes on the care of car parts
and the nozzle of the power washer. Move the
R Remove dirt immediately, where possible.
(/ page 395).
power washer nozzle around while cleaning. Matt finish
The water temperature of the power washer R Use only care products approved for
must not exceed 140°F (60°C). Notes on paintwork/matt finish paintwork care Mercedes-Benz.
R Observe the information on the correct dis- To avoid damaging the paintwork and interfering R Do not attach stickers, films or similar materi-
tance in the equipment manufacturer's oper- with the driving assistance systems, please als. Have film attached to the bumper only at
ating instructions. observe the following notes: a qualified specialist workshop.
R Do not direct the nozzle of the power washer Paint R Do not polish the vehicle and alloy wheels.
directly at sensitive parts, e.g. tires, gaps, R Insect remains: soak with insect remover and R Use only car washes that correspond to the
electrical components, batteries, illuminants rinse off the treated areas afterwards. latest engineering standards.
or louvers.
R Bird droppings: soak with water and rinse off R Do not use any car wash program with a final
afterwards. hot wax treatment.
Washing the vehicle by hand R Tree resin, oils, fuels and greases: remove by R Do not use paint cleaners, buffing or polishing
Observe the relevant legal requirements (e.g. in rubbing gently with a cloth soaked in petro- products or gloss preservers, e.g. wax.
some countries, washing by hand is permitted leum ether or lighter fluid.
only in specially designated wash bays). R Coolant and brake fluid: remove with a damp
In the event of paintwork damage:
# Use a mild cleaning agent (e.g. car shampoo). cloth and clean water. R Always have paintwork repairs carried out at a
qualified specialist workshop.
 Maintenance and care 395

R Make sure the radar sensors function R Bird droppings: soak with water and rinse off cannot always be completely repaired. In this
(/ page 236). afterwards. case, contact a qualified specialist workshop.
R To prevent water stains, dry a film-wrapped You can obtain more information on care and
Notes on cleaning decorative films vehicle with a soft, absorbent cloth after every cleaning agents from the manufacturer.
car wash. In the case of film-wrapped surfaces, visual differ-
Observe the "Notes on paintwork/matte finish
paintwork care" (/ page 394). They also apply to Avoiding damage to the decorative film ences may occur between the surfaces that were
matte decorative films. R The service life and color of decorative films not protected by a decorative film after a decora-
are impaired by: tive film has been removed.
Observe the notes on cleaning decorative films to
- Sunlight % Have work or repairs to decorative films car-
avoid damage.
ried out at a qualified specialist workshop
Cleaning
- Temperature (e.g. hot air blower) (e.g. at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center).
R For cleaning, use plenty of water and a mild - Weather conditions
cleaning agent without additives or abrasive - Stone chippings and dirt Notes on care of car parts
substances (e.g. a car shampoo approved for - Chemical cleaning agents
Mercedes-Benz). & WARNING Risk of entrapment if the wind-
- Oily products
R Remove dirt as soon as possible. Avoid rub- shield wipers are switched on while the
bing too hard in order not to damage the dec- R Do not use polish on matte decorative film.
windshield is being cleaned
orative film irreparably. Polishing will have the effect of shining the
film-wrapped surface. If the windshield wipers are set in motion
R If there is dirt on the finish or if the decorative
R Do not treat matte or structured decorative while you are cleaning the windshield or wiper
film is dull: use the paint cleaner recommen- blades, you can be trapped by the wiper arm.
ded and approved for Mercedes-Benz. films with wax. Permanent stains may occur.
# Always switch off the windshield wipers
R Insect remains: soak with insect remover and Scratches, corrosive deposits, areas affected by and the drive system before cleaning the
rinse off the treated areas afterwards. corrosion and damage caused by incorrect care windshield or wiper blades.
396 Maintenance and care

To avoid damage to the vehicle, observe the notes # Immediately absorb any excess fluids. R With the wiper arms folded out, clean the
on cleaning and care of the following car parts: wiper blades with a damp cloth.
Wheels and rims R Clean the windows inside and outside with a % Make sure that the wiper blades are coated.
R Use water and acid-free alloy wheel cleaners. damp cloth and with a cleaning agent recom- The coating may leave residue on a cloth. Do
mended for Mercedes-Benz. not rub the wiper blades excessively or clean
R Do not use acidic alloy wheel cleaners to
remove brake dust. This could damage wheel R Do not use dry cloths or abrasive or solvent- them too often.
bolts and brake components. based cleaning agents to clean the insides of
windows. Exterior lighting
R To avoid corrosion of the brake discs and R Clean the lenses with a wet sponge and mild
pads, drive the vehicle for a few minutes after % After changing the wiper blades or treating cleaning agent (e.g. car shampoo).
cleaning before parking it. The brake discs and the vehicle with wax, clean the windshield R Use only cleaning agents or cleaning cloths
pads will warm up and dry out. thoroughly with cleaning agents recommen- that are suitable for plastic lenses.
ded for Mercedes-Benz. Failure to observe the
Windows application instructions may result in damage, Vehicle socket (high-voltage battery)
smear marks or glare spots. R Use clean water and a soft cloth to clean the
* NOTE Damage to electronic components vehicle socket.
due to excess fluids % Remove external fogging or dirt on the wind-
shield in front of the multifunction camera. R Do not use power washers or cleaning agents
When cleaning the windows from the inside, Otherwise, driving systems and driving safety such as soap.
fluids such as cleaning agents or water may systems may be impaired or unavailable
run down and get behind trim parts of the Sensors
(/ page 236). R Clean the sensors in the front and rear bump-
vehicle interior and cause damage to elec-
tronic components. Wiper blades ers with a soft cloth and car shampoo
R Move the wiper arms into the replacement (/ page 236).
# Use cleaning agents as sparingly as pos-
position (/ page 167). R When using a power washer, maintain a mini-
sible.
mum distance of 11.8 in (30 cm).
 Maintenance and care 397

Reversing camera and 360° Camera Notes on care of the interior Seat belts
R Open the camera cover with the multimedia R Clean with lukewarm soapy water.
system (/ page 290). & WARNING Risk of injury from plastic parts R Do not use chemical cleaning agents.
R Use clean water and a soft cloth to clean the breaking off after the use of solvent-based R Do not dry by heating them to over 176°F
camera lens. care products
(80°C) or exposing them to direct sunlight.
R Do not use a power washer. Care and cleaning products containing sol-
vents can cause surfaces in the cockpit to Display
Trailer hitch become porous. When the airbags are R Switch off the display and let it cool down.
R Observe the notes on care in the trailer hitch deployed, plastic parts may break away. R Clean the surface carefully with a microfiber
manufacturer's operator manual. # Do not use any care or cleaning products cloth and a suitable display care product (TFT-
R Do not clean the ball neck with a power containing solvents to clean the cockpit. LCD).
washer or solvent. R Do not use any other agents.
R Remove traces of rust on the ball (e.g. using a & WARNING Risk of injury or fatal injuries
wire brush). Head-up display
from bleached seat belts R Clean with a soft, non-static, lint-free cloth.
R Remove dirt with a lint-free cloth.
Bleaching or dyeing seat belts can severely R Do not use cleaning agents.
R After cleaning, lightly oil or grease the ball weaken them.
head. Plastic trim
This can, for example, cause seat belts to tear R Clean with a damp microfiber cloth.
% Before using trailers with anti-torsional cou- or fail in an accident.
R For heavy soiling: use a cleaning agent recom-
pling, observe the manufacturer's operating # Never bleach or dye seat belts.
instructions. mended for Mercedes-Benz.
R Do not attach stickers, films or similar materi-
To avoid damage to the vehicle, observe the fol-
lowing notes on cleaning and care: als.
398 Maintenance and care

R Do not allow cosmetics, insect repellent or cleaner; neither should you use polishes cloth and wipe down with a dry cloth. Regu-
sun cream to come into contact with the plas- or waxes. Otherwise you may damage larly clean the seat covers.
tic trim. the finish. R For heavy soiling: use a leather care agent rec-
Real wood and trim elements ommended for Mercedes-Benz aftercare.
R Clean with a microfiber cloth. R Clean with a damp cloth and 1% soapy water R Leather care: use a leather care agent that
solution and then wipe with a dry cloth. has been recommended for Mercedes-Benz.
R Black piano-lacquer look: clean with a damp
cloth and soapy water. R For heavy soiling: use a cleaning agent recom- R Do not use a microfiber cloth.
mended for Mercedes-Benz.
R For heavy soiling: use a cleaning agent recom- R Do not allow the leather to become too damp.
mended for Mercedes-Benz. R Leather care: use a leather care agent that
has been recommended for Mercedes-Benz. R Do not use oil-based cleaning and care prod-
R Do not use solvent-based cleaning agents, pol- ucts.
ishes or waxes. R Do not allow the leather to become too damp.
R Do not use a microfiber cloth. % Leather is a natural product. It exhibits natural
Headliner surface properties such as differences in
R Clean with a brush or dry shampoo. % Leather is a natural product. It exhibits natural structure, marks caused by growth and injury
surface properties such as differences in or subtle color differences. These surface
Carpet structure, marks caused by growth and injury properties are characteristics of leather and
R Use a carpet and textile cleaning agent recom- or subtle color differences. These surface not material defects. Leather is also subject
mended for Mercedes-Benz. properties are characteristics of leather and to a natural aging process during which the
Steering wheel made of genuine leather or DINA- not material defects. Leather is also subject surface properties change.
MICA to a natural aging process during which the Waves or wrinkling in the seat cover may
surface properties change. occur due to the stress on the seat; this is
* NOTE Damage caused by wrong cleaners caused by the natural leather material.
Genuine leather seat covers
# Do not use solvent-based cleaning R Vacuum up dirt such as crumbs or dust and
agents such as tar remover or wheel then clean the seat covers with a damp cotton
 Maintenance and care 399

Regular cleaning and care of the leather R Do not use oil-based cleaning and care prod-
reduces soiling, wear marks and aging dam- ucts.
age and thus significantly extends its life
span. Clothing that can leave stains (e.g.
jeans) may discolor the leather.
Imitation leather seat covers
R Vacuum up dirt such as crumbs or dust and
then use a damp cotton cloth and a 1% soap
solution to clean the entire seat cover. Do not
spot clean.
R Use cleaning and care products recommen-
ded for Mercedes-Benz.
R Do not use a microfiber cloth.
R Do not use oil-based cleaning and care prod-
ucts.
Fabric seat covers
R Vacuum up dirt such as crumbs or dust and
then use a damp microfiber cloth and a 1%
soap solution to clean the entire seat cover.
Do not spot clean.
R Use cleaning and care products recommen-
ded for Mercedes-Benz.
400 Breakdown assistance

Emergency Replace the safety vest in the following cases:

Removing the safety vest R the reflective strips are damaged or dirt on the
reflective strips can no longer be removed
The safety vests are located in stowage spaces in R the maximum number of washes is exceeded
the front door.
R The fluorescence has faded

Warning triangle
▌Removing the warning triangle
1 Maximum number of washes
2 Maximum wash temperature
3 Do not bleach
4 Do not iron
5 Do not tumble dry
# Take the safety vest 1 bag out of stowage 6 Do not dry clean
space. 7 This is a class 2 vest
# Open the safety vest bag 1 and pull out the
safety vest. The requirements defined by the legal standard
are only fulfilled in the following cases:
% Safety vests can also be stored in the rear # Open the cargo floor.
R the safety vest is the correct size
door stowage spaces. # Remove warning triangle 1.
R the safety vest is fully closed whilst being
worn
 Breakdown assistance 401

▌Setting up the warning triangle First-aid kit (soft sided) Vehicles with three rows of seats
Vehicles with two rows of seats

# Fold side reflectors 1 upwards to form a tri- First-aid kit (soft-sided) 1 is located on the left-
angle and attach at the top using upper press- hand side of the cargo compartment in the as-
stud 2. First-aid kit (soft-sided) 1 is located on the left- delivered condition.
hand side of the cargo compartment in the as-
# Fold legs 3 down and out to the side. delivered condition.
Flat tire
Notes on flat tires

& WARNING Risk of accident due to a flat

tire
A flat tire severely affects the driving charac-
teristics as well as the steering and braking of
the vehicle.
402 Breakdown assistance

Tires without run-flat characteristics: R Vehicles with Mercedes me connect: you can R Banging noise
# Do not drive with a flat tire.
make a call for breakdown assistance via the
overhead control panel in the case of a break-
R Vehicle vibration
# Change the flat tire immediately with an down (/ page 376). R Smoke which smells like rubber
emergency spare wheel or spare wheel. R All vehicles: change the wheel (/ page 441). R Continuous ESP® intervention
Alternatively, consult a qualified special-
ist workshop. % The emergency spare wheel is only available R Cracks in the tire side walls
in certain countries. # After driving in emergency mode, have
Tires with run-flat characteristics: the rims checked by a qualified specialist
# Observe the information and warning workshop with regard to their further
Notes on MOExtended tires (run-flat tires)
notes on MOExtended tires (run-flat use.
tires). & WARNING Risk of accident when driving in # The defective tire must be replaced in
limp-home mode every case.
In the event of a flat tire, the following options are
available depending on your vehicle's equipment: When driving in emergency mode the handling
With MOExtended tires (run-flat tires), you can
R Vehicles with MOExtended tires: it is possible characteristics are impaired.
continue to drive your vehicle even if there is a
to continue the journey for a short period of # Do not exceed the specified maximum
total loss of pressure in one or more tires. How-
time. Make sure you observe the notes on speed of the MOExtended tires. ever, the affected tire must not show signs of
MOExtended tires (run-flat tires) # Avoid any abrupt steering and driving clearly visible damage.
(/ page 402). maneuvers as well as driving over obsta- You can recognize MOExtended tires by the
R Vehicles with a TIREFIT kit: you can seal the cles (curbs, pot holes, off-road). This MOExtended marking which appears on the side
tire so that it is possible to continue the jour- applies, in particular, to a loaded vehicle. wall of the tire.
ney for a short period of time. To do this, use # Stop driving in the emergency mode if
Vehicles with a tire pressure monitoring system:
the TIREFIT kit (/ page 403). you notice: MOExtended tires may only be used in conjunc-
 Breakdown assistance 403

tion with an activated tire pressure monitoring TIREFIT kit storage location Vehicles with three rows of seats
system.
Vehicles with two rows of seats
If a pressure loss warning message appears in the
driver's display, proceed as follows:
R Check the tire for damage.
R If driving on, observe the following notes.

Driving distance possible in emergency mode

after the pressure loss warning:
Load condition Driving distance possi-
ble in emergency mode
1 TIREFIT kit
Partially laden 50 miles (80 km)
1 Tire inflation compressor TIREFIT kit is located on the left-hand side of the
Fully laden 19 miles (30 km) cargo compartment.
2 Tire sealant bottle
The driving distance possible in emergency mode The TIREFIT kit is located under the cargo floor.
may vary depending on the driving style. Observe Using the TIREFIT kit
the maximum permissible speed of 50 mph
(80 km/h). Requirements
If a tire has gone flat and cannot be replaced with R Tire sealant bottle and tire inflator compressor
an MOExtended tire, you can use a standard tire are ready for use (/ page 403).
as a temporary measure. R TIREFIT sticker is present.
R Gloves are present.
404 Breakdown assistance

You can use TIREFIT tire sealant to seal perfora- the skin, eyes or clothing, and do not swallow * NOTE Overheating due to the tire inflation
tion damage of up to 0.16 in (4 mm), particularly it. Do not inhale tire sealant fumes. Keep the compressor running too long
those in the tire tread. You can use TIREFIT in out- tire sealant away from children.
side temperatures down to -4 °F (-20 °C). # Do not run the tire inflation compressor
If you come into contact with the tire sealant, for longer than ten minutes without inter-
& WARNING Risk of accident when using observe the following: ruption.
tire sealant # Rinse off the tire sealant from your skin
immediately using water. Comply with the manufacturer's safety notes on
The tire sealant may be unable to seal the tire the sticker on the tire inflation compressor.
# If tire sealant gets into your eyes, thor-
properly, especially in the following cases:
R There are large cuts or punctures in the
oughly rinse out the eyes using clean Have the tire sealant bottle replaced in a qualified
water. specialist workshop every five years.
tire (larger than damage previously men-
# If tire sealant has been swallowed, imme- # Do not remove any foreign objects that have
tioned)
R The wheel rims have been damaged
diately rinse out the mouth thoroughly entered the tire.
and drink plenty of water. Do not induce
R After journeys with very low tire pressure vomiting and seek medical attention
or with flat tires immediately.
# Do not continue driving. # Change out of any clothes contaminated

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop. with tire sealant immediately.

# If allergic reactions occur, seek medical

& WARNING Risk of injury and poisoning attention immediately.

from tire sealant
The tire sealant is harmful and causes irrita-
tion. Do not allow it to come into contact with
 Breakdown assistance 405

# Affix part 1 of the TIREFIT sticker to the # Push the plug of hose 5 into flange 6 of tire # Switch on the tire inflation compressor using
instrument cluster within the driver's field of sealant bottle 1 until the plug engages. On/Off switch 3.
vision. # Place tire sealant bottle 1 head downwards The tire is inflated. First, tire sealant is pum-
# Affix part 2 of the TIREFIT sticker near the into recess 2 of the tire inflation compressor. ped into the tire. The pressure may briefly rise
valve on the wheel with the defective tire. to approximately 500 kPa (5.0 bar/73 psi).

Do not switch off the tire inflation compressor

during this phase!
# Let the tire inflation compressor run for a max-
imum of ten minutes.
The tire should then have attained a tire pres-
sure of at least 200 kPa (2.0 bar/29 psi).
If tire sealant leaks out, make sure you clean the
affected area as quickly as possible. It is prefera-
ble to use clean water.
# Remove the valve cap from valve 7 on the If you get tire sealant on your clothing, have it
faulty tire. cleaned as soon as possible with perchloroethy-
# Screw filling hose 8 onto valve 7. lene.
# Insert plug 4 into a 12‑V‑socket in your vehi- If, after ten minutes, a tire pressure of 200 kPa
cle. (2.0 bar/29 psi) has not been attained:
# Switch on the vehicle. # Switch off the tire inflation compressor.
# Pull plug 4 with the cable and hose 5 out
of the tire inflation compressor housing. # Unscrew the filling hose from the valve of the
defective tire.
406 Breakdown assistance

Please note that tire sealant may leak out when # Unscrew the filling hose from the valve of the # Therefore, place the filling hose in the
unscrewing the filling hose. defective tire. plastic bag that contained the TIREFIT
# Drive forwards or in reverse very slowly for kit.
approximately 33 ft (10 m). & WARNING Risk of accident from driving
# Pump up the tire again. with sealed tires + ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental
After a maximum of ten minutes the tire pres- A tire temporarily sealed with tire sealant pollution caused by environmentally irre-
sure must be at least 200 kPa (2.0 bar/ impairs the handling characteristics and is not sponsible disposal
29 psi). suitable for higher speeds. Tire sealant contains pollutants.
# Adapt your driving style accordingly and
& WARNING Risk of accident due to the # Have the tire sealant bottle disposed of
drive carefully. professionally, e.g. at an authorized
specified tire pressure not being achieved
# Do not exceed the maximum speed limit Mercedes-Benz Center.
If the specified tire pressure is not achieved with a tire that has been repaired using
after the specified time, the tire is too badly tire sealant. # Stow the tire sealant bottle and the tire infla-
damaged. The tire sealant cannot repair the tion compressor.
tire in this instance. # Observe the maximum permissible speed of # Pull away immediately.
The braking characteristics as well as the driv- 50 mph (80 km/h) for a tire sealed with tire
ing characteristics may be greatly impaired. sealant. # Stop driving after approximately ten minutes
# Do not continue driving.
and check the tire pressure using the tire
inflation compressor.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop. * NOTE Staining caused by leaking tire seal-
The tire pressure must now be at least
ant
130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi).
If, after ten minutes, a tire pressure of 200 kPa After use, excess tire sealant may leak out
(2.0 bar/29 psi) has been attained: from the filling hose.
# Switch off the tire inflation compressor.
 Breakdown assistance 407

& WARNING Risk of accident due to the Battery (vehicle)

specified tire pressure not being attained Notes on the 12 V battery
If the specified tire pressure is not reached,
the tire is too badly damaged. The tire sealant & WARNING Risk of explosion due to elec-
cannot repair the tire in this instance. trostatic charge
The braking and driving characteristics may be Electrostatic charge can ignite the highly
greatly impaired. explosive gas mixture in the battery.
# Do not continue driving. # To discharge any electrostatic charge

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop. that may have built up, touch the metal
# To reduce the tire pressure: press pressure vehicle body before handling the battery.
In cases such as the one mentioned above, con- release button 1 next to manometer 2.
tact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. Or call # When the tire pressure is correct, unscrew the The highly flammable gas mixture is created while
1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the USA) or filling hose from the valve of the sealed tire. the battery is charging and during starting assis-
1-800-387-0100 (in Canada). tance.
# Screw the valve cap onto the valve of the
# Correct the tire pressure if it is still at least sealed tire. For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recommends
130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi). For values, see tire that you only use batteries which have been tes-
# Pull the tire sealant bottle out of the tire infla- ted and approved for your vehicle by Mercedes-
and load data plate or tire pressure table on tion compressor.
the driver-side B‑pillar. Benz.
The filling hose stays on the tire sealant bottle.
# To increase the tire pressure: switch on the
# Drive to the nearest qualified specialist work- & WARNING Danger of chemical burns from
tire inflation compressor. shop and have the tire, tire sealant bottle and the battery acid
filling hose replaced there.
Battery acid is caustic.
408 Breakdown assistance

# Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or Take discharged batteries to a qualified Wear safety glasses.
clothing. specialist workshop or to a collection
# Do not lean over the battery. point for used batteries.
# Do not inhale battery gases. If you have to disconnect the 12 V battery, con- Keep children away.
# Keep children away from the battery. tact a qualified specialist workshop.
# Immediately rinse battery acid off thor- Comply with safety notes and take protective
oughly with plenty of clean water and measures when handling batteries.
seek medical attention immediately. Observe this Operator's Manual.
Risk of explosion.

+ ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Environmental

damage due to improper disposal of bat-
teries Fire, naked flames and smoking are If you do not want to use the vehicle for a long
prohibited when handling the battery. period of time, consult a qualified specialist work-
Avoid creating sparks. shop.

Batteries contain pollutants. It is Electrolyte or battery acid is corrosive. Notes on the high-voltage battery
illegal to dispose of them with the household Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or
rubbish. clothing. Wear suitable protective & DANGER Risk of fire and explosion from
# clothing, in particular gloves, an apron excessive internal pressure of the high-
and a face mask. Immediately rinse voltage battery
electrolyte or acid splashes off with
clean water. Consult a doctor immedi- In the event of a vehicle fire, flammable gas
Dispose of batteries in an can escape and ignite.
environmentally responsible manner. ately.
 Breakdown assistance 409

# If there is an unusual smell, smoke or clean water. Consult a doctor immedi- Replacing the 12 V battery
burn marks, stop the charging process ately. # Only have the battery replaced at a qualified
immediately. Wear safety glasses. specialist workshop, e.g. at an authorized
# Leave the danger zone immediately. Mercedes-Benz Center.
Secure the danger area at a sufficient
distance.
Keep children away. Tow starting or towing away
# Call the fire service.
Overview of the permitted towing methods
Observe the notes on charging the high-voltage
battery (/ page 211). * NOTE Damage from automatic braking
Observe this Operator's Manual.
Risk of explosion. If one of the following functions is activated,
the vehicle will brake automatically in certain
situations:
R Active Brake Assist
Fire, naked flames and smoking are R Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
prohibited when handling the battery. Starting assistance and charging the 12 V battery
Avoid creating sparks. R HOLD function
# Only have starting assistance provided by a
R Active Parking Assist
qualified specialist workshop, e.g. an author-
Electrolyte or battery acid is corrosive. ized Mercedes-Benz Center.
Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or To avoid damage to the vehicle, deactivate
clothing. Wear suitable protective
# Only have the battery charged at a qualified these systems in the following or similar situa-
clothing, in particular gloves, an apron specialist workshop, e.g. an authorized tions:
and a face mask. Immediately rinse Mercedes-Benz Center. # During towing.

electrolyte or acid splashes off with # In a car wash.

410 Breakdown assistance

Mercedes-Benz recommends transporting your Vehicles with rear-wheel drive Towing the vehicle with both axles on the ground
vehicle in the case of a breakdown, rather than Permitted towing methods
towing it away.
# Observe the notes on the permitted towing
methods (/ page 409).
For towing with both axles on the ground, use a Both axles on the Yes, for a maximum of
tow rope or tow rod. Do not use tow bar systems. ground 30 miles (50 km) at # Make sure that the 12 V battery is connected
30 mph (50 km/h), and charged
If you notice that the vehicle has lost coolant, do
not have it towed away. Have the vehicle transpor- only forwards with the Observe the following points when the 12 V bat-
ted instead. driver in the cockpit tery is disconnected or discharged
Front axle raised No R The drive system cannot be started
* NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to tow- R The electric parking brake cannot be released
ing away incorrectly Rear axle raised Yes, for a maximum of
30 miles (50 km) at or applied
# Observe the instructions and notes on 30 mph (50 km/h) R The selector lever cannot be put into position
towing away. i or j.
4MATIC vehicles
Only one transportation operation is permitted
Permitted towing methods when at least one of the following conditions
occur:
Both axles on the Yes, for a maximum of
ground 30 miles (50 km) at R If the selector lever cannot be put into position
30 mph (50 km/h), i.
only forwards with the R If the 12 V battery is disconnected or dis-
driver in the cockpit charged.
Front axle raised No R If the display on the instrument cluster is not
working
Rear axle raised No
 Breakdown assistance 411

R If the á Towing Not Permitted See Oper- & WARNING Risk of accident when towing a # Fasten the towing device.
ator's Manual message is displayed vehicle which is too heavy
R If the + Check Coolant Level See Opera- * NOTE Damage due to incorrect connec-
If the vehicle to be tow-started or towed away tion of the tow bar
tor's Manual message is displayed is heavier than the permissible gross mass of
R If the d Stop Switch Off Vehicle message your vehicle, the following situations can # Only connect the tow rope or tow bar to
is displayed occur: the towing eyes.
# In such cases, transport the vehicle R The towing eye may become detached.
# Deactivate the automatic locking mechanism
(/ page 412). R The vehicle/trailer combination may
(/ page 88).
swerve or rollover.
# Do not activate the HOLD function.
* NOTE Damage due to towing away at # Before tow-starting or towing away,
excessively high speeds or over long dis- # Deactivate the tow-away alarm (/ page 109).
check if the vehicle to be tow-started or
tances towed away exceeds the permissible # Deactivate Active Brake Assist (/ page 267).
The drivetrain could be damaged when towing gross mass. # Put the selector lever into position i.
at excessively high speeds or over long distan- # Release the electric parking brake.
ces. If a vehicle must be tow-started or towed away, its
permissible gross mass must not exceed the per- # Remain in the cockpit during towing and
# A towing speed of 30 mph (50 km/h)
missible gross mass of the towing vehicle. observe the display messages.
must not be exceeded.
# Information on the permissible gross mass of
# Do not switch off the vehicle while it is being
# A towing distance of 30 miles (50 km)
the vehicle can be found on the vehicle identi- towed.
must not be exceeded.
fication plate (/ page 452). # Do not open the driver's door or front
passenger door, because the selector lever
Towing away the vehicle will otherwise automatically switch to position
# Install the towing eye (/ page 415). j.
412 Breakdown assistance

& WARNING Risk of accident due to limited R The energy supply or the on-board electri- # If necessary, set the system language
safety-related functions during the towing cal system is malfunctioning. (/ page 353).
process # Observe the notes on towing away
# In such cases, do not tow the vehicle. (/ page 410).
Safety-related functions are limited or no lon-
ger available in the following situations: # Connect the towing device to the towing eye
* NOTE Damage due to excessive tractive in order to load the vehicle.
R The vehicle is switched off. power
R The brake system or power steering sys- % Vehicles with a trailer hitch: you can also
If you pull away sharply, the tractive power attach the tow bar to the trailer hitch.
tem is malfunctioning. may be too high and the vehicles could be
R The energy supply or the on-board electri- # Switch on the power supply (/ page 192).
damaged.
cal system is malfunctioning. # Pull away slowly and smoothly. # Put the selector lever into position i.

# In such cases, do not tow the vehicle. % The selector lever may be locked in position
j in the event of electrical malfunctions. To
# Transport the vehicle (/ page 412). Loading the vehicle for transport shift to i, provide the on-board electrical
Requirements system with power (/ page 409).
* NOTE Damage to the drive system due to R The vehicle is stationary.
incorrect towing * NOTE Possible damage to the vehicle
R The vehicle is switched off.
when loading or unloading
The vehicle may not be towed in the following R The driver's display is in the initial state with
situations: no menus open (/ page 319). Transport is When loading or unloading, the vehicle must
R The vehicle is switched off. be raised to transport level.
also possible with a warning message visible.
R The brake system or power steering sys- R The 12‑V‑battery is charged.
If the transport settings are not shown or the
tem is malfunctioning. Vehicle Not Ready for Loading message is
 Breakdown assistance 413

displayed, the vehicle may not be loaded or ted availability and the view from the vehicle is It restricts the drive power of the vehicle and
unloaded. restricted. must not be used in customer operation.
# If required, raise the vehicle to transport Driving safety is severely restricted and there # Switch on the vehicle(/ page 193).
level again. is a risk of an accident! The transport settings are displayed.
# A vehicle that cannot be raised to trans- # Do not use transport level in normal road # Swipe downward to select Transport Level
port level may not be loaded or unloaded operation. and press a.
using a ramp. Consult a qualified special- # Only activate and use transport level to
The vehicle is raised and the Vehicle raising...
ist workshop. Do not drive onto ramp yet message is dis-
load the vehicle and when not on public
roads. played for 5 seconds. The raising process can
last up to 60 seconds and can be canceled
# Ensure that no persons or obstacles are
with the G button.
located in the area surrounding the vehi-
cle.
# When raising, do not switch off the vehicle.

While the vehicle is being raised, you can maneu-

Raising the vehicle to transport level
ver at a maximum speed of 25 mph (40 km/h).
# Press the G button for at least five sec-
onds.
# Immediately press and hold the a button
for at least one second.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to activa- The For Transport Level Switch On Vehicle
ted transport level message is displayed.
# Select vehicle transport.
If the vehicle is raised to transport level, driv-
ing and driving safety systems have only limi- % The noise certification mode is intended
exclusively for the technical test organization.
414 Breakdown assistance

Transporting the vehicle Vehicles with adaptive damping adjustment

& WARNING Risk of accident when trans- & WARNING Risk of an accident when trans-
porting vehicles porting vehicles with adaptive damping
When you transport vehicles, the vehicle/ adjustment
trailer combination may begin to sway and When transporting vehicles with adaptive
start to skid. damping adjustment, the vehicle/trailer com-
# Secure the vehicle at all four wheels with bination may begin to rock and start to skid.
suitable retaining straps. # Load the vehicle correctly onto the
transporter.
# Before loading the vehicle, wait until the trans-
* NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to it # Secure the vehicle on all four wheels
port level has been reached and the Trans-
port Level status is shown. being secured incorrectly with suitable tensioning straps.
% If the vehicle is raised to transport level, the # After loading, the vehicle must be
transport settings will continue to be shown secured at all four wheels. Otherwise, * NOTE Damage to the vehicle from secur-
even after a restart. Operation of the driver's the vehicle could be damaged. ing it incorrectly
display is restricted. # After loading, the vehicle must be
When the vehicle is at transport level, it is lowered
# Load the vehicle onto the transporter. secured on all four wheels. Otherwise,
again in the following situations: # Put the selector lever into position j. the vehicle could be damaged.
R When driving faster than 25 mph (40 km/h). # Use the electric parking brake to secure the # A minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm)
R The 12‑V‑battery is discharged. vehicle against rolling away. upwards and 4 in (10 cm) downwards
# Switch off the vehicle and the power supply. must be kept to the transport platform.
The vehicle is adjusted to the height of the last
active level.
# Only secure the vehicle by the wheels.
 Breakdown assistance 415

# Secure the vehicle on all four wheels after Towing eye storage location Installing and removing the towing eye
loading.
Unloading the vehicle
# Make sure that the vehicle is raised to trans-
port level before unloading (/ page 281).
Lowering the vehicle after unloading
# Switch on the power supply.
# Switch on the vehicle.

# In Transport Settings, swipe up to select the

Standard Level and press a.
The vehicle is adjusted to the height of the last Towing eye 1 is located under the cargo floor.
active level and the Lowering Vehicle… mes-
sage is displayed.
# After the vehicle has been lowered, press the
G button for at least two seconds.
Transport Settings closes.
416 Breakdown assistance

* NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to incor- Tow-starting the vehicle

rect use of the towing eye # If the drive system does not start, have the
When recovering the vehicle by towing it out vehicle transported to a qualified specialist
using the towing eye, the vehicle may be dam- workshop, e.g. an authorized Mercedes-Benz
aged. Center.
# Use the towing eye only for towing or
# You cannot start the drive system by tow-
unhooking the vehicle. starting the vehicle. Do not make any
attempts to tow-start the vehicle.
# Do not use the towing eye for towing out
during recovery.
# Press cover 1 at top 2 inwards and Electrical fuses
remove. * NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to incor- Notes on electrical fuses
# Screw in the towing eye clockwise as far as it rect use of the towing eye or trailer hitch
will go and tighten. & WARNING Risk of accident and injury due
When a towing eye or trailer hitch is used to
recover a vehicle, the vehicle may be damaged to overloaded lines
Vehicles with a trailer hitch: vehicles with a trailer
hitch do not have a rear bracket for the towing in the process. If you manipulate or bridge a faulty fuse or if
eye. Fasten the tow bar to the trailer hitch. # Only use the towing eye or trailer hitch to you replace it with a fuse with a higher amper-
# After removing the towing eye, snap cover 1 tow away or tow start the vehicle. age, the electric line could be overloaded.
into the bumper. # Do not use the towing eye or trailer hitch This could result in a fire.
to tow the vehicle during recovery. # Always replace faulty fuses with speci-
fied new fuses containing the correct
amperage.
 Breakdown assistance 417

* NOTE Damage due to incorrect fuses # When closing the fuse box, make sure The fuse box is on the driver's side on the side of
that the seal of the lid is positioned cor- the cockpit under a cover.
Using incorrect fuses can result in damage to rectly on the fuse box. # Mercedes-Benz recommends you have the
electrical components or systems or their fuse box opened at an authorized Mercedes-
functions being considerably restricted. If the newly inserted fuse also blows, have the Benz Center.
# Use only fuses approved for Mercedes- cause traced and rectified at a qualified specialist
Benz with the respective specified fuse workshop.
rating. Opening and closing the fuse box in the front
Ensure the following before replacing a fuse: passenger footwell
R The vehicle is secured against rolling away.
Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses of the Requirements
same rating, which you can recognize by the color R All electrical consumers are switched off. R Observe the notes on electrical fuses
and the label. The fuse ratings and further infor- R The vehicle is switched off. (/ page 416).
mation to be observed can be found in the fuse
assignment diagram. The electrical fuses are located in various fuse Right-hand drive vehicles: the fuse box is on the
Fuse assignment diagram: on the fuse box under boxes: left side.
the cargo floor (/ page 418) R Fuse box on the driver's side of the cockpit
(/ page 417)
* NOTE Damage or malfunctions caused by R Fuse box in the front passenger footwell
moisture (/ page 417)
Moisture may cause damage to the electrical R Fuse box under the cargo floor (/ page 418)
system or cause it to malfunction.
# When the fuse box is open, make sure
Opening and closing the fuse box in the cockpit
that no moisture can enter the fuse box.
R Observe the notes on electrical fuses
(/ page 416).
418 Breakdown assistance

# To open: fold cover 1 up in the direction of

the arrow.

The fuse assignment diagram is on the side of the

fuse box.
# To close: fold down cover 1.
# To open the fuse box: remove cover 1.
# To close the fuse box: reinsert cover 1.

Opening and closing the fuse box in the cargo

compartment
Observe the notes on electrical fuses
(/ page 416).
# Open the cargo floor .
 Wheels and tires 419

Notes on noise or unusual handling characteris- & WARNING Risk of hydroplaning due to R Visually inspect wheels and tires for damage.
tics insufficient tire tread R Check the valve caps.
Make sure there are no vibrations, noises or Insufficient tire tread will result in reduced tire R Visual check of the tire tread depth and the
unusual handling characteristics when the vehicle grip. tire contact surface across the entire width.
is in motion. This may indicate that the wheels or The minimum tread depth for summer tires is
tires are damaged. Hidden tire damage could also In heavy rain or slush the risk of hydroplaning
is increased, in particular where speed is not â in (3 mm) and for winter tires ã in (4 mm).
be causing the unusual handling characteristics.
adapted to suit the conditions.
If you suspect that a tire is defective, reduce your # Thus, you should regularly check the
speed immediately and have the tires and wheels
checked at a qualified specialist workshop. tread depth and the condition of the
tread across the entire width of all tires.
Minimum tread depth for:
Notes on regularly inspecting wheels and tires
R Summer tires: â in (3 mm)
& WARNING Risk of injury through damaged R M+S tires: ãin (4 mm)
tires
# For safety reasons, replace the tires
Damaged tires can cause tire pressure loss. before the legally-prescribed limit for the
# Check the tires regularly for signs of minimum tread depth is reached. Six marks 1 show where the bar indicators
damage and replace any damaged tires (arrow) are integrated into the tire tread. They are
immediately. Carry out the following checks on all wheels regu- visible once a tire tread depth of approximately
larly, at least once a month or as required, for á in (1.6 mm) has been reached.
example, prior to a long journey or driving off-
road:
R Check the tire pressure (/ page 421).
420 Wheels and tires

Notes on snow chains * NOTE Damage to wheel trims due to snow R Vehicles with Active Parking Assist: do not use
chains being installed Active Parking Assist when snow chains are
& WARNING Risk of accident due to incor- installed.
rectly installed snow chains If you install snow chains on aluminum wheels R Vehicles with AIRMATIC: if snow chains are
you could damage the wheel trims. installed, only drive at raised vehicle level
If you have installed snow chains on the front # Remove the wheel trims from the alumi-
wheels, they may drag against the vehicle (/ page 281).
num wheels before installing snow Vehicles with rear axle steering: if snow chains
body or chassis components. R
chains. are installed, only drive with snow chain mode
# Never install snow chains on the front
wheels. active (/ page 420).
Observe the following notes when using snow
# Only install snow chains on the rear chains: % You can deactivate ESP® to pull away
wheels in pairs. R Snow chains are only permissible for certain (/ page 240). This allows the wheels to spin,
wheel/tire combinations. You can obtain infor- achieving an increased driving force.
* NOTE Damage to components of the vehi- mation about this from an authorized
cle body or chassis due to mounted snow Mercedes-Benz Service Center.
Activating or deactivating snow chain mode
chains R For safety reasons, only use snow chains that
have been specifically approved for your vehi- Multimedia system:
If you mount snow chains to the front wheels 4 © 5 ß 5 y
of 4MATIC vehicles, you may damage compo- cle by Mercedes-Benz, or snow chains with
nents of the vehicle body or chassis. the same quality standard. # Activate or deactivate Snow Chain Mode.
R Comply with the installation instructions of the
# Only mount snow chains to the rear When the function is active, the vehicle behaves
wheels of 4MATIC vehicles. snow chain manufacturer.
as if snow chains were mounted. For example, the
R If snow chains are installed, the maximum per-
maximum steering movement of the rear wheels
missible speed is 30 mph (50 km/h). is limited and the turning circle is thus increased.
 Wheels and tires 421

Additionally, parts of the driving and driving safety R Monthly Tire pressure which is too low can cause:
systems are not available when snow chain mode R Tire defects as a result of overheating
is active.
R When the load changes
R Impaired handling characteristics
R Before embarking on a longer journey
R Irregular wear
R If operating conditions change, e.g. off-
Tire pressure road driving R Increased energy consumption
Notes on tire pressure
# Adjust the tire pressure, if necessary. & WARNING Risk of accident due to too high
& WARNING Risk of accident due to insuffi- a tire pressure
cient or excessive tire pressure Tire pressure which is too high or too low can:
R Shorten the service life of the tires. Tires with excessively high pressure can burst.
Underinflated or overinflated tires pose in par- In addition, they also suffer from irregular
ticular the following risks: R Cause increased tire damage.
wear, which can significantly impair the brak-
R The tires can burst. R Adversely affect driving characteristics and ing properties and the handling characteris-
R The tires can wear excessively and/or
thus driving safety, e.g. due to hydroplaning. tics.
unevenly. & WARNING Risk of accident due to too low # Avoid excessively high tire pressures.

R The driving characteristics as well as the a tire pressure

steering and braking characteristics may Tire pressure which is too high can cause:
be greatly impaired. Tires with pressure that is too low can over- R Increased braking distance
heat and burst as a consequence.
R Impaired handling characteristics
# Comply with the recommended tire pres- In addition, they also suffer from irregular
sures and check the tire pressure of all wear, which can significantly impair the brak- R Irregular wear
tires, including the spare wheel, regu- ing properties and the handling characteris- R Impaired driving comfort
larly: tics. R Susceptibility to damage
# Avoid excessively low tire pressure.
422 Wheels and tires

& WARNING Risk of accident due to repea- permit any reliable conclusion about the tire pres- malfunction, which can cause tire pressure
ted pressure drop in the tires sure. loss.
Only correct tire pressure when the tires are cold. # Only screw standard valve caps or valve
The wheels, valves or tires could be damaged. Conditions for cold tires: caps specifically approved by Mercedes-
Too low a tire pressure can lead to the tires R The vehicle has been parked with the tires out Benz for your vehicle onto the tire valve.
bursting. of direct sunlight for at least three hours.
# Examine the tires for foreign objects. Notes on trailer operation
R The vehicle has traveled less than 1 mile
# Check whether the tire has a puncture or (1.6 km). Always inflate the rear axle tires to the recommen-
the valve has a leak. ded tire pressure on the tire pressure table for
# If you are unable to rectify the damage,
The vehicle's tires heat up when driving. As the increased load.
temperature of the tires increases, so too does
contact a qualified specialist workshop. the tire pressure.
Tire pressure table
You can find information on tire pressure for the Vehicles with a tire pressure monitoring system:
vehicle's factory-installed tires on the following you can also see the tire pressure in the driver's The tire pressure table is on the B-pillar on the
labels on the B-pillar on the driver's side: display (/ page 425). driver's side.
R Tire and Loading Information placard The tire pressure recommended for increased % The data shown in the images is example
(/ page 426) load/speed in the tire pressure table can affect data.
R Tire pressure table (/ page 422).
the ride comfort.

Observe the maximum tire pressure & WARNING Risk of accident due to unsuita-
(/ page 432). ble accessories on tire valves
Use a suitable pressure gage to check the tire If you mount unsuitable accessories onto tire
pressure. The outer appearance of a tire does not valves, the tire valves may be overloaded and
 Wheels and tires 423

R Maximum tire pressure (/ page 432)

Checking the tire pressure manually

# Read the tire pressure recommended for the
current operating conditions from the tire and
loading information placard or the tire pres-
sure table. Observe the notes on tire pressure.
# Remove the valve cap of the tire to be
checked.
The tire pressure table shows the recommended # Press the tire pressure gauge securely onto
tire pressure for all tires approved for this vehicle. the valve.
The recommended tire pressures apply for cold
tires under various operating conditions, i.e. load-
# Read the tire pressure.
ing and/or speed of the vehicle. # If the tire pressure is lower than the recom-
If one or more tire sizes precede a tire pressure, mended value, increase the tire pressure to
Some tire pressure tables only show the rim diam- the recommended value.
the tire pressure information following is only valid eter instead of the complete tire size, e.g. R18.
for those tire sizes. # If the tire pressure is higher than the recom-
The rim diameter is part of the tire size and can
The load conditions "partially laden" and "fully mended value, release air. To do so, press
be found on the tire side wall (/ page 433).
laden" are defined in the table for different num- down the metal pin in the valve, e.g. using the
Be sure to also observe the following further rela- tip of a pen. Then check the tire pressure
bers of passengers and amounts of luggage. The ted subjects:
actual number of seats may differ from this. again using the tire pressure gauge.
R Notes on tire pressure (/ page 421) # Screw the valve cap onto the valve.
R Tire and Loading Information placard
(/ page 426)
424 Wheels and tires

Further related subjects: As an added safety feature, your vehicle has detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for
R Notes on tire pressure (/ page 421) been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring approximately one minute and then remain
R Tire pressure table (/ page 422) system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pres- continuously illuminated. This sequence will
sure telltale when one or more of your tires is continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as
R Tire and loading information placard
significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when long as the malfunction exists.
(/ page 426) the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you When the malfunction indicator is illuminated,
should stop and check your tires as soon as the system may not be able to detect or signal
Tire pressure monitoring system possible, and inflate them to the proper pres- low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunc-
sure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tions may occur for a variety of reasons,
▌Function of the tire pressure monitor tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead including the installation of replacement or
to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that
& DANGER Risk of accident due to incorrect efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect
tire pressure prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. #
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute
should be checked monthly when cold and for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driv-
er’s responsibility to maintain correct tire The system checks the tire pressure and the tem-
inflated to the inflation pressure recommen- perature of the tires fitted to the vehicle by means
ded by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehi- pressure, even if under-inflation has not
reached the level to trigger illumination of the of a tire pressure sensor.
cle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If
your vehicle has tires of a different size than TPMS low tire pressure telltale. The tire pressure and tire temperature appear in
the size indicated on the vehicle placard or Your vehicle has also been equipped with a the driver's display.
tire inflation pressure label, you should deter- TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when If there is a substantial pressure loss or if the tire
mine the proper tire inflation pressure for the system is not operating properly. The temperature is excessive, you will be warned with
those tires.) TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with display messages (/ page 534) or the h
the low tire pressure telltale. When the system warning lamp in the driver's display
(/ page 552).
 Wheels and tires 425

The tire pressure monitor is only an aid. It is the Driver's display: # Compare the current tire pressure with the
driver's responsibility to set the tire pressure to 4 © 5 Service recommended tire pressure for the current
the recommended cold tire pressure suitable for operating condition (/ page 422). Addition-
# Press a to confirm.
the operating situation. ally, observe the notes on cold tires
In most cases, the tire pressure monitor will auto- One of the following displays appears: (/ page 421).
matically update the new reference values after R Current tire pressure of each wheel: % The values displayed in the driver's display
you have changed the tire pressure. You can, may deviate from those of the tire pressure
however, also update the reference values by gauge as they refer to sea level. At high eleva-
restarting the tire pressure monitor manually tions, the tire pressure value indicated by a
(/ page 425). tire pressure gauge is higher than that shown
in the driver's display.
System limits
Bear in mind the following related topic:
The system may be impaired or may not function
particularly in the following situations: R Notes on tire pressure (/ page 421)

R Incorrect reference values were taught in ▌Restarting the tire pressure monitoring system
R Sudden pressure loss caused by a foreign
Requirements
object penetrating the tire, for example R The recommended tire pressure is correctly
R Tire pressure displayed after driving for a
R Malfunction caused by another radio signal set for the respective operating status on each
few minutes.: current values are not yet
source known to the system. The pressure/tempera- of the four wheels (/ page 421).
▌Checking the tire pressure with the tire pres- ture values of each tire are displayed as soon Restart the tire pressure monitoring system in the
sure monitoring system as they are known to the system. following situations:
R Tire Pressure Monitor Active: the teach-in R The tire pressure has changed.
Requirements process of the system is not yet complete. The
R The vehicle is switched on.
tire pressures are already being monitored.
426 Wheels and tires

R The wheels or tires have been changed or Bear in mind the following related topic:
newly fitted. R Notes on tire pressure (/ page 421)
Driver's display:
4 © 5 Service
Loading the vehicle
# Select Tire Pressure and confirm with a.
Notes on Tire and Loading Information placard
# Swipe downwards on Touch Control on the
steering wheel. & WARNING Risk of accident from overloa-
The Use current pressures as new reference ded tires
values? message is shown in the driver's dis-
play. Overloaded tires may overheat and burst as a
1 Tire and Loading Information placard
consequence. Overloaded tires can also
# Select Yes and confirm the restart with a.
impair the steering and handling characteris-
The Tire Pressure Monitor Restarted message tics and lead to brake failure.
is shown in the driver's display. # Observe the load rating of the tires.
Current warning messages are deleted and # The load rating must be at least half the
the yellow h warning lamp goes out.
permissible axle load of the vehicle.
After you have been driving for a few minutes, # Never overload the tires by exceeding
the system checks whether the current tire
pressures are within the specified range. The the maximum load.
current tire pressures are then accepted as
The Tire and Loading Information placard is on the
reference values and monitored.
B-pillar on the driver's side of the vehicle.
If the tire pressure levels are not within the
specified range, the Please Correct Tire Pres-
sure message appears.
 Wheels and tires 427

R Maximum permissible load 3 comprises the the "National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act
gross weight of all vehicle occupants, load and of 1966".
luggage. # (1): Locate the statement “The combined
R Recommended tire pressure 1 for cold tires. weight of occupants and cargo should never
The recommended tire pressures are valid for exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle's
the maximum permissible load and up to the placard.
maximum permissible vehicle speed. # (2): Determine the combined weight of the

Please also note: driver and passengers that will be riding in

your vehicle.
R Information on permissible weights and loads
# (3): Subtract the combined weight of the
on the vehicle identification plate
(/ page 452). driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
# (4): The resulting figure equals the available
R Information on tire pressure in the tire pres-
sure table (/ page 422). amount of cargo and luggage load capacity.
For example, if the "XXX" amount equals
Further related subjects: 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb pas-
% The data shown in the illustration is example sengers in your vehicle, the amount of availa-
R Determining the maximum permissible load
data. ble cargo and luggage load capacity is
(/ page 427)
The Tire and Loading Information placard shows 650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
R Notes on tire pressure (/ page 421).
the following information: # (5): Determine the combined weight of lug-
R Maximum number of seats 2 according to gage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle.
the maximum number of people permitted to Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit That weight may not safely exceed the availa-
travel in the vehicle. The following steps have been developed as ble cargo and luggage load capacity calcula-
required of all manufacturers under Title 49, Code ted in Step 4.
of U.S. Federal Regulations, Part 575, pursuant to
428 Wheels and tires

# (6): If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load # Have your loaded vehicle – including driver, Calculation example for determining the maximum
from your trailer will be transferred to your occupants and load – weighed on a vehicle load
vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how weighbridge.
this reduces the available cargo and luggage The measured values may not exceed the The following table shows examples of how to cal-
load capacity of your vehicle. maximum permissible values stated on the culate total and load capacities with varying seat-
vehicle identification plate. ing configurations and different numbers and
% Not all vehicles are permitted to tow a trailer. sizes of occupants. The following examples use a
Towing a trailer is only permitted if a trailer- Further related subjects: maximum load of 1500 lbs (680 kg). This is for
hitch is installed. Please consult an authorized R Calculation example for determining the maxi- illustration purposes only. Make sure you are
Mercedes-Benz dealer if you have any ques- mum load (/ page 428) using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated
tions about towing a trailer with your vehicle. R Tire and Loading Information placard on your vehicle's Tire and Loading Information
Even if you have calculated the total load carefully, (/ page 426) placard (/ page 426).
you should still make sure that the maximum per- R Tire pressure table (/ page 422) The higher the weight of all the occupants, the
missible gross weight and the maximum gross smaller the maximum load for luggage.
R Vehicle identification plate (/ page 452)
axle weight rating of your vehicle are not excee-
ded. Details can be found on the vehicle identifi-
cation plate.

Step 1

Example 1 Example 2
Combined maximum weight of occupants and 1500 lbs (680 kg) 1500 lbs (680 kg)
load (data from the Tire and Loading Information
placard)
 Wheels and tires 429

Step 2

Example 1 Example 2
Number of people in the vehicle (driver and occu- 5 1
pants)
Distribution of the occupants Front: 2 Front: 1
Rear: 3
Weight of occupants Occupant 1: 150 lbs (68 kg) Occupant 1: 200 lbs (91 kg)
Occupant 2: 180 lbs (82 kg)
Occupant 3: 160 lbs (73 kg)
Occupant 4: 140 lbs (63 kg)
Occupant 5: 120 lbs (54 kg)
Total weight of all occupants 750 lbs (340 kg) 200 lbs (91 kg)

Step 3

Example 1 Example 2
Permissible load (maximum gross vehicle weight 1500 lbs (680 kg) Ò 750 lbs (340 kg) = 750 lbs 1500 lbs (680 kg) Ò 200 lbs (91 kg) = 1300 lbs
rating from the Tire and Loading Information plac- (340 kg) (589 kg)
ard minus the gross weight of all occupants)
430 Wheels and tires

Tire labeling 5 Manufacturer

Overview of tire labeling 6 Characteristics of the tire (/ page 433)
7 Tire size designation, load-bearing capacity,
speed rating and load index (/ page 433)
8 Tire name
% The data shown in the illustration is example
data.

Tire Quality Grading

1 Tread wear grade
In accordance with the US Department of Trans- 2 Traction grade
portation's "Uniform Tire Quality Grading Stand-
3 Temperature grade
ards", tire manufacturers are required to grade
their tires on the basis of the following three per- % The data shown in the illustration is example
formance factors: data.
% The classification is not legally stipulated for
Canada, but it is generally stated.
1 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards Tread wear grade
2 DOT (Department of Transportation), (TIN) The treadwear grade is a comparative rating
Tire Identification Number based on the wear rate of the tire when tested
3 Maximum tire load (/ page 432) under controlled conditions on a specified govern-
ment test course. For example, a tire graded 150
4 Maximum tire pressure (/ page 432) would wear one and one-half (1\1/2\) times as
 Wheels and tires 431

well on the government course as a tire graded The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are high temperature can cause the material of the
100. AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tire's tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and exces-
The relative performance of tires depends upon ability to stop on wet pavement as measured sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure.
the actual conditions of their use, however, and under controlled conditions on specified govern- The grade C corresponds to a level of perform-
may depart significantly from the norm due to var- ment test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire ance which all passenger car tires must meet
iations in driving habits, service practices and dif- marked C may have poor traction performance. under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No.
ferences in road characteristics and climate. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of
Temperature grade performance on the laboratory test wheel than
Traction grade the minimum required by law.
& WARNING Risk of accident from tire over-
& DANGER Risk of accident due to inade- heating and tire failure
quate traction DOT, Tire Identification Number (TIN)
Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive
The traction grade assigned to this tire is loading, either separately or in combination, US tire regulations stipulate that every tire manu-
based on straight-ahead braking traction can cause excessive heat build-up and possi- facturer or retreader must imprint a TIN in or on
tests. ble tire failure. the side wall of each tire produced.
# Always adapt your driving style and drive # Observe the recommended tire pressure.

at a speed to suit the prevailing traffic # Regularly check the pressure of all the
and weather conditions. tires.
# Adjust the tire pressure, if necessary.
* NOTE Damage to the drivetrain from
wheelspin The temperature grades are A (the highest), B,
and C, representing the tire's resistance to the
# Avoid wheelspin. generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled conditions on a
specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained
432 Wheels and tires

% The data shown in the image is example data. Information on the maximum tire load Specifications for maximum tire pressure
The TIN is a unique identification number to iden-
tify tires and comprises the following:
R DOT (Department of Transportation): tire sym-
bol marks 1 indicating that the tire complies
with the requirements of the US Department
of Transportation.
R Manufacturer identification code: manufac-
turer identification code 2 contains details of
the tire manufacturer. New tires have a code
with two symbols. Retreaded tires have a code
with four symbols. Further information on % The data shown in the illustration is example % The data shown in the illustration is example
retreaded tires (/ page 437). data. data.
R Tire size: identifier 3 describes the tire size. Maximum tire load 1 is the maximum permissi- Never exceed maximum tire pressure 1 speci-
R Tire type code: tire type code 4 can be used ble weight for which the tire is approved. fied for the tire. Always observe the recommen-
by the manufacturer as a code to describe Do not overload the tires by exceeding the speci- ded tire pressure for your vehicle when adjusting
specific characteristics of the tire. fied load limit. The maximum permissible load can the tire pressure (/ page 422).
R Manufacturing date: manufacturing date 5 be found on the vehicle's tire and loading informa-
provides information about the age of a tire. tion placard on the B-pillar on the driver's side
The 1st and 2nd positions represent the cal- (/ page 426).
endar week and the 3rd and 4th positions
state the year of manufacture (e.g. "3208"
represents the 32nd week of 2008).
 Wheels and tires 433

Information on tire characteristics Tire size designation, load-bearing capacity, speed

rating and load index

& WARNING Risk of injury through exceed-

ing the specified tire load-bearing capa-
city or the permissible speed rating
Exceeding the specified tire load rating or the
permissible speed rating may lead to tire dam-
age and to the tires bursting.
# Therefore, only use tire types and sizes
approved for your vehicle model. 1 First letter(s)
% The data shown in the image is example data. # Observe the tire load rating and speed
2 Nominal tire width in millimeters
rating required for your vehicle. 3 Aspect ratio in %
This information describes the type of tire cord
and the number of layers in side wall 1 and 4 Tire code
under tire tread 2. 5 Rim diameter
6 Load-bearing index
7 Speed rating
8 Load index
% The data shown in the illustration is example
data.
Information about reading tire data can be
obtained from any qualified specialist workshop.
434 Wheels and tires

First letter(s) 1: Rim diameter 5: % An electronic speed limiter prevents your

R Without: passenger vehicle tires according to The diameter of the bead seat (not the diameter vehicle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph
European manufacturing standards. of the rim flange). The rim diameter is specified in (210 km/h).
R "P": passenger vehicle tires according to US inches (in). Make sure that your tires have the required speed
manufacturing standards. Load-bearing index 6: rating. You can obtain information on the required
R "LT": light truck tires according to US manu- Numerical code that specifies the maximum load- speed rating from an authorized Mercedes-Benz
facturing standards. bearing capacity of a tire (e.g. "91" corresponds Service Center.
R "T": compact emergency spare wheels with to 1,356 lbs (615 kg)). Summer tires
high tire pressure that are only designed for The load-bearing capacity of the tire must be at Index Speed rating
temporary use in an emergency. least half the gross axle weight rating of your vehi-
cle. Do not overload the tires by exceeding the Q up to 100 mph (160 km/h)
Aspect ratio 3: specified load limit.
Ratio between tire height and tire width in percent R up to 106 mph (170 km/h)
(tire height divided by tire width). See also:
R Maximum permissible load on the tire and S up to 112 mph (180 km/h)
Tire code 4 (tire type): loading information placard (/ page 426)
R "R": radial tire T up to 118 mph (190 km/h)
R Maximum tire load (/ page 432)
R "D": bias ply tire H up to 130 mph (210 km/h)
R Load index
R "B": bias radial tires
Speed rating 7: V up to 149 mph (240 km/h)
R "ZR": radial tire with a maximum speed above
149 mph (240 km/h) (optional) Specifies the approved maximum speed of the W up to 168 mph (270 km/h)
tire.
Y up to 186 mph (300 km/h)
 Wheels and tires 435

Index Speed rating All-weather tires and winter tires R "C", "D", "E": a load range that depends on the
Index Speed rating maximum load that the tire can carry at a cer-
ZR...Y1 up to 186 mph (300 km/h) tain pressure
Q M+S2 up to 100 mph (160 km/h)
ZR...(..Y)1 over 186 mph (300 km/h)
T M+S2 up to 118 mph (190 km/h) Definition of terms for tires and loading
ZR1 over 149 mph (240 km/h) Tire structure and characteristics: describes the
H M+S2 up to 130 mph (210 km/h) number of layers or the number of rubber-coated
R Specifying the speed rating as the "ZR" index
V M+S2 up to 149 mph (240 km/h) belts in the tire contact surface and the tire wall.
in tire code 4 is optional for tires up to
These are made of steel, nylon, polyester and
186 mph (300 km/h). other materials.
Winter tires bear the i snowflake symbol and
R If your tire code 4 includes "ZR" and there is fulfill the requirements of the Rubber Manufactur- Bar: metric unit for tire pressure. 14.5038 pounds
no speed rating 7, find out what the maxi- ers Association (RMA) and the Rubber Association per square inch (psi) and 100 kilopascal (kPa) is
mum speed is from the tire manufacturer. of Canada (RAC) regarding the tire traction on the equivalent of one bar.
R If load-bearing index 6 and speed rating 7 snow. DOT (Department of Transportation): DOT-marked
are in brackets, the maximum speed rating of tires fulfill the requirements of the
your tire is above 186 mph (300 km/h). To Load index 8:
R No specification given: standard load (SL) tire U.S. Department of Transportation.
find out the maximum speed, ask the tire man-
ufacturer. R "XL" or "Extra Load": extra load tire or rein- Average weight of the vehicle occupants: the
forced tire number of vehicle occupants for which the vehicle
is designed, multiplied by 150 lb (68 kg).
R "Light Load": light load tire
Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards: a uniform
standard to grade the quality of tires with regard
1 "ZR" stated in the tire code.
2 Or "M+Si" for winter tires.
436 Wheels and tires

to tread quality, tire traction and temperature GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating): the GAWR is Maximum weight of the laden vehicle: the maxi-
characteristics. The quality grading assessment is the maximum gross axle weight rating. The actual mum weight is the sum of the curb weight of the
made by the manufacturer following specifications load on an axle must never exceed the gross axle vehicle, the weight of the accessories, the maxi-
from the U.S. government. The quality grade of a weight rating. The gross axle weight rating can be mum load and the weight of optional equipment
tire is printed on the side wall of the tire. found on the vehicle identification plate on the installed at the factory.
Recommended tire pressure: the recommended B‑pillar on the driver's side. Kilopascal (kPa): metric unit for tire pressure.
tire pressure is the tire pressure specified for the Speed rating: the speed rating is part of the tire 6.9 kPa corresponds to 1 psi. Another unit for tire
tires mounted on the vehicle at the factory. identification. It specifies the speed range for pressure is bar. 100 kilopascal (kPa) equals 1 bar.
The tire and information placard contains the rec- which a tire is approved. Load index: in addition to the load-bearing index,
ommended tire pressure for cold tires, the maxi- GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight): the gross vehicle the load index may also be printed on the side
mum permissible load and the maximum permissi- weight comprises the weight of the vehicle includ- wall of the tire. This specifies the load-bearing
ble vehicle speed. ing fuel, tools, the spare wheel, any accessories capacity of the tire more precisely.
The tire pressure table contains the recommen- installed, occupants, luggage and the trailer nose- Curb weight: the weight of a vehicle with standard
ded tire pressure for cold tires under various oper- weight, if applicable. The gross vehicle weight equipment including the maximum capacity of
ating conditions, i.e. loading and/or speed of the must not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating fuel, oil and coolant. It also includes the air condi-
vehicle. GVWR as specified on the vehicle identification tioning system and optional equipment if these
plate on the B‑pillar on the driver's side. are installed on the vehicle, but does not include
Increased vehicle weight due to optional equip-
ment: the combined weight of all standard and GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating): the GVWR is passengers or luggage.
optional equipment available for the vehicle, the maximum permitted gross weight of the fully Maximum tire load: the maximum tire load is the
regardless of whether it is actually installed on the laden vehicle (weight of the vehicle including all maximum permissible weight in kilograms or lbs
vehicle or not. accessories, occupants, fuel, luggage and the for which a tire is approved.
trailer drawbar noseweight if applicable). The
Rim: the part of the wheel on which the tire is gross vehicle weight rating is specified on the Maximum permissible tire pressure: maximum
installed. vehicle identification plate on the B‑pillar on the permissible tire pressure for one tire.
driver's side.
 Wheels and tires 437

Maximum load on one tire: maximum load on one Side wall: the part of the tire between the tread tire tread is level with the bars, the wear limit of
tire. This is calculated by dividing the maximum and the tire bead. 1/16 in (1.6 mm) has been reached.
axle load of one axle by two. Weight of optional equipment: the combined Distribution of vehicle occupants: distribution of
PSI (pounds per square inch): standard unit of weight of the optional equipment weighing more vehicle occupants over designated seat positions
measurement for tire pressure. than the replaced standard parts and more than in a vehicle.
Aspect ratio: ratio between tire height and tire 5 lbs (2.3 kg). This optional equipment, such as Maximum permissible payload weight: nominal
width in percent. high-performance brakes, level control system, a load and luggage load plus 150 lb (68 kg) multi-
roof luggage rack or high-performance batteries, plied by the number of seats in the vehicle.
Tire pressure: the pressure inside the tire which is not included in the curb weight and the weight
applies an outward force to every square inch of of the accessories.
the tire. The tire pressure is specified in pounds
TIN (Tire Identification Number): a unique identifi- Changing a wheel
per square inch (psi), in kilopascals (kPa) or in bar.
The tire pressure should only be corrected when cation number which can be used by a tire manu- Notes on selecting, installing and replacing tires
the tires are cold. facturer to identify tires, for example, in a product
recall, and thus identify the purchasers. The TIN is & WARNING Risk of accident due to incor-
Cold tire pressure: the tires are cold when the made up of the manufacturer's identity code, tire
vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours with- rect wheel and tire dimensions
size, tire type code and the manufacturing date.
out direct sunlight on the tires or the vehicle has If wheels and tires of the wrong size are instal-
been driven for less than 1 mile (1.6 km). Load-bearing index: the load-bearing index is a led, the service brakes or components in the
code that contains the maximum load-bearing brake system and in the wheel suspension
Tire contact surface: the part of the tire that capacity of a tire.
comes into contact with the road. may be damaged.
Traction: traction is the grip resulting from friction # Always replace wheels and tires with
Tire bead: the purpose of the tire bead is to between the tires and the road surface.
ensure that the tire sits securely on the wheel rim. ones that fulfill the specifications of the
There are several wire cores in the tire bead to Wear indicator: narrow bars (tread wear bars) that original part.
prevent the tire from changing length on the are distributed over the tire contact surface. If the
wheel rim.
438 Wheels and tires

For wheels, pay attention to the following: * NOTE Vehicle and tire damage caused by Only use tires, wheels and accessories that
R Designation non-approved tire types and sizes have been checked and recommended by
Mercedes-Benz.
R Type For safety reasons, only use tires, wheels and
accessories which have been specially
For tires, pay attention to the following: approved by Mercedes-Benz for your vehicle. * NOTE Risk to driving safety from retrea-
R Designation ded tires
These tires are specially adapted to the active
R Manufacturer safety systems, such as ABS, ESP® and Retreaded tires are neither tested nor recom-
R Type 4MATIC, and marked as follows: mended by Mercedes-Benz, since previous
R MO = Mercedes-Benz Original damage cannot always be detected on retrea-
ded tires.
& WARNING Risk of injury through exceed- R MOE = Mercedes-Benz Original Extended
(run-flat tires only for certain wheels) For this reason driving safety cannot be guar-
ing the specified tire load-bearing capa- anteed.
city or the permissible speed rating R MO1 = Mercedes-Benz Original (only cer-
# Do not use used tires if you have no
Exceeding the specified tire load rating or the tain AMG tires)
information about their previous usage.
permissible speed rating may lead to tire dam- Otherwise, certain properties, such as han-
age and to the tires bursting. dling characteristics, vehicle noise emissions, * NOTE Possible wheel and tire damage
# Therefore, only use tire types and sizes consumption, etc. could be adversely affec- when driving over obstacles
approved for your vehicle model. ted. Furthermore, other tire sizes could result
# Observe the tire load rating and speed in the tires rubbing against the body and axle Large wheels have a smaller section width. As
rating required for your vehicle. components when loaded. This could result in the section width decreases, the risk of
damage to the tire or the vehicle. wheels and tires being damaged when driving
over obstacles increases.
 Wheels and tires 439

# Avoid obstacles or drive especially care- If tire-installing tools are positioned in the area R Legal stipulations
fully. of the valve, the electronic components could R Factory recommendations
# Reduce your speed when driving over be damaged.
curbs, speed bumps, manhole covers # Tire-installing tools should not be applied & WARNING Risk of accident with high per-
and potholes. in the area of the valve. formance tires
# Avoid particularly high curbs. # Always have tires change at a qualified The special tire tread in combination with the
specialist workshop. optimized tire compound means that the risk
of skidding and hydroplaning on wet roads is
* NOTE Possible wheel and tire damage
increased.
when parking on curbs or in potholes * NOTE Damage to summer tires at low
ambient temperatures In addition, the tire grip is greatly reduced at a
Parking on curbs or in potholes can damage low outside temperature and tire running tem-
the wheels and tires. At low ambient temperatures, tears could form perature.
# Only park on as level a surface as possi- when driving with summer tires, causing per- # Switch on the ESP® and adapt your driv-
ble. manent damage to the tires.
ing style accordingly.
# Avoid curbs and potholes when parking. # At temperatures below 45 °F (7 °C) use
# Use i M+S tires at outside tempera-
i M+S tires.
tures of less than 50 °F (10 °C).
* NOTE Damage to electronic component Accessory parts which are not approved for your # Only use the tires for their intended pur-
parts due to the use of tire-installing tools vehicle by Mercedes-Benz, or which are not used pose.
Vehicles with tire pressure monitoring sys- correctly, can impair the operating safety.
tem: There are electronic component parts in Before purchasing and using non-approved acces-
the wheel. sories, visit a qualified specialist workshop and
inquire about:
R Suitability
440 Wheels and tires

Observe the following when selecting, installing R For M+S tires, only use tires with the same R Tire and loading information placard
and replacing tires: tread. (/ page 426)
R Furthermore, the use of certain tire types in R Observe the maximum permissible speed for R Tire size designation, load-bearing capacity,
certain regions and areas of operation can be the M+S tire which is installed. speed rating and load index (/ page 433)
highly beneficial. If the tire's maximum speed is below that of R Tire pressure table (/ page 422)
R Only use tires and wheels of the same type the vehicle, this must be indicated by an R Notes on the emergency spare wheel
(summer tires, winter tires, MOExtended tires) appropriate label in the driver's field of vision. (/ page 448)
and the same make. R Break in new tires at moderate speeds for the
R Only install wheels of the same size (left and first 60 miles (100 km).
right) on each axle. Notes on rotating wheels
R Replace the tires after six years at the latest,
It is only permissible to install a different regardless of wear. & WARNING Risk of injury through different
wheel size in the event of a flat tire in order to R When replacing with tires that do not feature wheel sizes
drive to the specialist workshop. run-flat characteristics: vehicles with
R Vehicles with a tire pressure monitoring sys-
Rotating the front and rear wheels can
MOExtended tires are not equipped with a
severely impair the driving characteristics.
tem: all installed wheels must be equipped TIREFIT kit at the factory. Equip the vehicle
with functioning sensors for the tire pressure with a TIREFIT kit after replacing with tires that The wheel brakes or suspension components
monitoring system. do not feature run-flat characteristics, e.g. may also be damaged.
R At temperatures below 45°F (7°C) use winter winter tires. # Rotate front and rear wheels only if the

tires or all-season tires marked i M+S for wheels and tires are of the same dimen-
For more information on wheels and tires, contact
all wheels. sions.
a qualified specialist workshop.
Winter tires provide the best possible grip in Be sure to also observe the following further rela- Observe the instructions and safety notes on
wintry road conditions. ted subjects: "Changing a wheel" (/ page 437)
R Notes on tire pressure (/ page 421)
 Wheels and tires 441

The wear patterns on the front and rear wheels Overview of the tire-change tool kit
differ:
Apart from some country-specific variants, vehi-
R Front wheels wear more on the tire shoulder cles are not equipped with a tire-change tool kit.
R Rear wheels wear more in the center of the Consult a qualified specialist workshop to find out
tire which wheel change tools are necessary and
approved for changing the wheel on your vehicle.
Do not drive with tires that have too little tread
depth. This significantly reduces traction on wet You require the following tools, forexample, to
roads (hydroplaning). change a wheel:
R Jack
On vehicles that have the same size front and rear
wheels, rotate the wheels according to the inter- R Chock The tool bag contains:
vals in the tire manufacturer's warranty book in R Lug wrench R Jack
your vehicle documents. If this is not available, R Alignment bolt R Gloves
rotate the tires every 3,000 to 6,000 miles
(5,000 to 10,000 km), depending on the wear. R Lug wrench
The tire-change tool kit is located in tool bag 1
Ensure that the direction of rotation is main- in the cargo compartment. R Alignment bolt
tained. % When stowing the tool bag, make sure that it R Folding chock
is adequately secured. R Ratchet for jack
Notes on storing wheels
When storing wheels, observe the following notes: Preparing the vehicle for a wheel change
R After removing wheels, store them in a cool,
Requirements
dry and preferably dark place. R The vehicle is not on a slope.
R Protect the tires from contact with oil, grease
or fuel.
442 Wheels and tires

R The vehicle is on solid, non-slippery and level Removing and installing the wheel trim/hub caps Raising the vehicle when changing a wheel
ground.
Requirements Requirements
R The required tire-change tool kit is available. R The vehicle is prepared for a wheel change R There are no persons in the vehicle.
% If your vehicle is not equipped with the tire- (/ page 441). R The vehicle has been prepared for a wheel
change tool kit, consult a qualified specialist Wheel trim change (/ page 441).
workshop to find out about suitable tools. The wheel trim covers the wheel bolts on vehicles
# Apply the electric parking brake manually.
Important notes on using the jack:
with aluminum wheels. Before unscrewing the
R Use only a vehicle-specific jack that has been
# Move the front wheels to the straight-ahead wheel bolts, remove the wheel trim.
approved by Mercedes-Benz to raise the vehi-
position. cle.
# Shift the transmission to position j.
R The jack is only designed for raising and hold-
# Set the raised vehicle level for greater ground ing the vehicle for a short time while a wheel
clearance (/ page 281). is being changed and not for maintenance
# Switch off the vehicle. work under the vehicle.
# Make sure that the vehicle cannot be started. R The jack must be placed on a firm, flat and

# Place chocks or other suitable items under the

non-slip surface. If necessary, use a large, flat,
load-bearing, non-slip underlay.
front and rear of the wheel that is diagonally
opposite the wheel you wish to change. R The foot of the jack must be positioned verti-

# Unload the vehicle. # To remove: using both hands, carefully reach cally under the jack support point.
into two wheel trim openings and remove the
wheel trim.
# To install: place the wheel trim in position and
press firmly until it engages.
 Wheels and tires 443

Rules of conduct when the vehicle is raised: Position of the jack support points
# Using the lug wrench, loosen the wheel bolts
R Never place your hands or feet under the vehi-
on the wheel you wish to change by about one
cle. full turn. Do not unscrew the screws com-
R Never lie under the vehicle. pletely.
R Do not start the vehicle and do not release the
electric parking brake.
R Do not open or close any doors or the tailgate.
444 Wheels and tires

# Remove the cover.

# Insert retaining clip 1 into the cover, as

shown in the illustration, until you hear it
engage in the floor bush.
Make sure that the floor bush in the vehicle is
correctly aligned to the cover.
Cover of the jack support points
& WARNING Risk of injury from incorrect
Before positioning the jack, you must remove the Cover of the jack support points positioning of the jack
covers for the jack support points.
# To install: insert tabs 3 of the cover into the If you do not position the jack correctly at the
# To remove: turn clip 1 on the cover one
recesses of the longitudinal member panel appropriate jacking point of the vehicle, the
quarter turn and remove. jack could tip with the vehicle raised.
and press the covers closed.
# Pull the cover downwards using handle 2 # Only position the jack at the appropriate
until the cover releases at the top of the longi- jacking point of the vehicle. The base of
tudinal member panel.
 Wheels and tires 445

the jack must be positioned vertically # Take the ratchet out of the tire-change tool kit # Turn ratchet 3 until the tire is raised a maxi-
under the jacking point of the vehicle. and place it on the hexagon nut of the jack so mum of 1.2 in (3 cm) from the ground.
that the letters "AUF" are visible. # Loosen and remove the wheel (/ page 445).
* NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to using
an unsuitable jack Removing a wheel
You can damage the vehicle and, in particular, Requirements
the high-voltage battery if you use a jack that R The vehicle is raised.
is not specifically designed for the jack sup-
port points of the vehicle. When changing a wheel, avoid applying any force
# Only use jacks that are specifically to the brake discs, as this could impair the level of
designed for the jack support points, or comfort when braking.
use an appropriate adapter.
* NOTE Damage to the wheels' plastic ele-
ments when changing a wheel
* NOTE Risk of damage to the vehicle due
to incorrect positioning of the jack Plastic elements on wheels may be damaged
when removing and repositioning the wheel.
If you do not position the jack at the designa- # Do not raise the wheels by the plastic
ted jack support points, you could damage
your vehicle and, in particular, the high-voltage elements when removing and reposition-
battery.
# Position support 2 of jack 4 on jack sup- ing.
port point 1.
# Only position the jack at the designated
jack support points. # Turn ratchet 3 clockwise until support 2
sits completely on jack support point 1 and
the base of the jack lies evenly on the ground.
446 Wheels and tires

* NOTE Damage to threading from dirt on Installing a new wheel For tires with a specified direction of rotation, an
wheel bolts arrow on the side wall of the tire indicates the cor-
Requirements rect direction of rotation. Observe the direction of
Do not place wheel bolts in sand or on a R The wheel to be changed is removed and the
# rotation when installing.
dirty surface. alignment bolt is screwed in (/ page 445).
* NOTE Damage to the wheels' plastic ele-
# Unscrew the uppermost wheel bolt com- & WARNING Risk of accident from losing a ments when changing a wheel
pletely. wheel
Plastic elements on wheels may be damaged
Oiled, greased or damaged wheel bolt/wheel when removing and repositioning the wheel.
nut threads or wheel hub/wheel mounting
# Do not raise the wheels by the plastic
bolt threads can cause the wheel bolts/wheel
nuts to come loose. elements when removing and reposition-
ing.
# Never oil or grease the threads.

# In the event of damage to the threads, # Slide the wheel to be mounted onto the align-
contact a qualified specialist workshop ment bolt and push it on.
immediately.
# Have the damaged wheel bolts or dam- & WARNING Risk of injury from tightening
aged hub threads replaced. wheel bolts and nuts
# Do not continue driving. If you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts
# Screw centering pin 1 into the thread when the vehicle is raised, the jack could tip.
instead of the wheel bolt. # Observe the information on the choice of tires # Only tighten wheel bolts or wheel nuts
Unscrew the remaining wheel bolts com- (/ page 437).
# when the vehicle is on the ground.
pletely.
# Remove the wheel.
 Wheels and tires 447

# Be sure to observe the instructions and safety Lowering the vehicle after a wheel change
notes on "Changing a wheel" (/ page 437).
Requirements
# For safety reasons, only use wheel bolts which R The new wheel has been installed
have been approved by Mercedes-Benz and (/ page 446).
for the wheel in question.
* NOTE Risk of vehicle jack becoming trap-
* NOTE Damage to paintwork of the wheel ped by the AIRMATIC system
rim when screwing in the first wheel bolt
If the AIRMATIC system has released air when
If the wheel has too much play when screwing raising the vehicle, the jack can become trap-
in the first wheel bolt, the wheel rim paint can ped when the vehicle is lowered. # Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a diagonal
be damaged. # Start the drive system. This adapts the pattern in the order indicated 1 to 5 with
# Press the wheel firmly against the wheel vehicle level. an initial maximum force of 59 lb-ft (80 Nm).
hub when screwing in the first wheel # Remove the jack from under the vehicle. # Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a diagonal
bolt. pattern in the order indicated 1 to 5 with
# To lower the vehicle: place the ratchet onto the specified tightening torque of 111 lb-ft
# Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a diagonal the hexagon nut of the jack so that the letters (150 Nm).
pattern in the order indicated until they are "AB" are visible and turn counter-clockwise.
finger-tight.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to incor-
# Unscrew and remove the alignment bolt. rect tightening torque
# Tighten the last wheel bolt until it is finger-
The wheels could come loose if the wheel
tight.
bolts or wheel nuts are not tightened to the
# Lower the vehicle (/ page 447). prescribed torque.
448 Wheels and tires

# Ensure that the wheel bolts or wheel Emergency spare wheel shop. The new wheel must have the cor-
nuts are tightened to the prescribed Notes on the emergency spare wheel rect dimensions.
tightening torque.
# If you are not sure, do not move the vehi- & WARNING Risk of accident caused by % The emergency spare wheel is fastened in the
cle. Contact a qualified specialist work- incorrect wheel and tire dimensions cargo compartment on the cargo floor.
shop and have the tightening torque Observe the following notes on installing an emer-
The wheel or tire sizes and the tire type of the gency spare wheel:
checked immediately.
emergency spare wheel or spare wheel and
the wheel to be replaced may differ. The emer- R The maximum permissible speed with an
# Check the tire pressure of the newly installed emergency spare wheel installed is 50 mph
wheel and adjust it if necessary. gency spare wheel or spare wheel can signifi-
cantly impair driving characteristics of the (80 km/h).
% The following does not apply if the new wheel vehicle. R Do not install the emergency spare wheel with
is an emergency spare wheel. To prevent hazardous situations: snow chains.
# Vehicles with a tire pressure monitoring sys- # Drive carefully. R Replace the emergency spare wheel after six
tem: restart the tire pressure monitoring sys- # Never install more than one emergency
years at the latest, regardless of wear.
tem (/ page 425). R Use the wheel bolts that are included with the
spare wheel or spare wheel that differs
in size. emergency spare wheel.
# Only use an emergency spare wheel or R Check the tire pressure of the emergency
spare wheel briefly. spare wheel installed. Correct the pressure as
# Do not deactivate ESP®.
necessary.
# Have the emergency spare wheel or % The specified tire pressure is stated on the
spare wheel of a different size replaced label of the emergency spare wheel.
at the nearest qualified specialist work-
 Wheels and tires 449

% Vehicles with a tire pressure monitoring sys-

tem: if an emergency spare wheel is installed,
the tire pressure monitoring system cannot
function reliably. For a few minutes after an
emergency spare wheel is installed, the sys-
tem may still display the tire pressure of the
removed wheel. Only restart the system again
when the emergency spare wheel has been
replaced with a new wheel.
Be sure to also observe the following further rela-
ted subjects:
R Notes on tire pressure (/ page 421)
R Tire and Loading Information placard
(/ page 426)
R Tire pressure table (/ page 422)
R Notes on installing tires (/ page 437)
R Installing an emergency spare wheel
(/ page 441)
450 Technical data

Notes on technical data & WARNING Risk of accident due to * NOTE Invalidation of the operating permit
The data stated only applies to vehicles with improper operation of two-way radios due to failure to comply with the instruc-
standard equipment. You can obtain further infor- If you use two-way radios in the vehicle tions for installation and use
mation from an authorized Mercedes-Benz Cen- improperly, their electromagnetic radiation The operating permit may be invalidated if the
ter. can disrupt the vehicle's electronics. This is instructions for installation and use of two-way
the case in the following situations, in particu- radios are not observed.
lar: # Only use approved frequency bands.
Vehicle electronics
R The two-way radio is not connected to an # Observe the maximum permissible out-
Two-way radios exterior antenna. put power in these frequency bands.
▌Notes on installing two-way radios R The exterior antenna is installed incor- # Only use approved antenna positions.
rectly or is not a low-reflection antenna.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to
improper work on two-way radios This could jeopardize the operating safety of
the vehicle.
If two-way radios are manipulated or retrofit-
# Have the low-reflection exterior antenna
ted incorrectly, the electromagnetic radiation
from the two-way radios can interfere with the installed at a qualified specialist work-
vehicle electronics and jeopardize the operat- shop.
ing safety of the vehicle. # When operating two-way radios in the

# You should have all work on electrical vehicle, always connect them to the low-
and electronic components carried out reflection exterior antenna.
at a qualified specialist workshop.
 Technical data 451

If your vehicle has two-way radio equipment Frequency band Maximum transmis-
installed, use the power supply and antenna con- sion output
nectors provided in the pre-installation. Observe
the manufacturer's supplements when installing. Two-way radio 2W
▌Two-way radio transmission output 2G
The maximum transmission output (PEAK) at the Two-way radio 0.5 W
base of the antenna must not exceed the values in
the following table. 3G/4G/5G
Frequency band and maximum transmission out- The following devices can be used in the vehicle
put without restrictions:
Frequency band Maximum transmis- R two-way radios with a maximum transmission
sion output output of up to 100 mW
R two-way radios with transmitter frequencies in
2‑m‑ frequency band 50 W the 380 - 420 MHz frequency band and a
1 Rear roof area 144 - 174 MHz maximum transmission output of up to 2 W
(TETRA)
On vehicles with a panoramic sliding sunroof, Terrestrial Trunked 10 W
Radio (TETRA) R mobile phones (2G/3G/4G/5G)
installing an antenna is not permitted.
Use Technical Specification ISO/TS 21609 (Road 380 - 460 MHz There are no restrictions regarding the position of
Vehicles – "EMC guidelines for installation of the antenna on the outside of the vehicle for the
70‑cm‑ frequency 35 W following frequency bands:
aftermarket radio frequency transmitting equip- band
ment") when retrofitting two-way radios. Comply R TETRA
with the legal requirements for detachable parts. 430 - 470 MHz
R 2G/3G/4G/5G
452 Technical data

Regulatory radio identification and notes Information on installation clearances Vehicle identification plate, VIN and engine num-
Regulatory radio identification of small compo- Information on installation clearances of wireless ber overview
nents vehicle components can be found using the key Vehicle identification plate
phrase "Installation clearances" in the Digital
Manufacturer information about radio-based vehi- Operator's Manual in the vehicle.
cle components can be found using the key
phrase "Regulatory radio identification" in the Dig-
ital Operator's Manual in the vehicle, on the Inter- Further component-specific information
net and in the app. Further component-specific information can be
found using the key phrase "further component-
Regulatory radio identification – Indonesia and specific information" in the Digital Operator's
Israel Manual in the vehicle, on the internet and in the
app.
Manufacturer information about radio-based vehi-
cle components for Indonesia and Israel can be
found using the key phrase "Regulatory radio iden-
tification – Indonesia and Israel" in the Digital
Operator's Manual in the vehicle, on the Internet
and in the app.
% These are not small components. Information
about small components can be found using
the key phrase "Regulatory radio identification
of small components".
 Technical data 453

Do not exceed the maximum permissible gross

vehicle weight or the maximum gross axle weight
rating for the front or rear axle.
VIN below the front right-hand seat

Vehicle identification plate (USA only) Vehicle identification plate (Canada only)
1 Maximum permissible gross vehicle weight 1 Maximum permissible gross vehicle weight
2 Maximum permissible front axle load 2 Maximum permissible front axle load
3 Maximum permissible rear axle load 3 Maximum permissible rear axle load
4 Paint code 4 Paint code
5 VIN (vehicle identification number) 5 VIN (vehicle identification number)
The permissible gross vehicle weight is made up
of the vehicle weight, all vehicle occupants and
the load. The maximum gross axle weight rating is
the maximum weight that can be carried on one 1 Imprinted VIN (vehicle identification number)
axle (front or rear axle).
2 Floor covering
454 Technical data

VIN at the lower edge of the windshield # Always keep operating fluids in the not been approved in the vehicle is not covered by
sealed original container. the Mercedes-Benz warranty or goodwill gestures.
# Always keep children away from operat- You can identify operating fluids approved by
ing fluids. Mercedes-Benz by the following inscriptions on
the container:
R MB-Freigabe (e.g. MB-Freigabe 229.51)
+ ENVIRONMENTAL NOTE Pollution of the
environment due to irresponsible disposal R MB-Approval (e.g. MB-Approval 229.51)
of operating fluids
Further information on approved operating fluids
Incorrect disposal of operating fluids can is available at the following locations:
cause considerable damage to the environ- R in the Mercedes-Benz Specifications for Oper-
ment. ating Fluids by entering the designation
1 VIN (vehicle identification number) as label
# Dispose of operating fluids in an environ-
- at https://operatingfluids.mercedes-
mentally responsible manner. benz.com
Operating fluids R at a qualified specialist workshop
Notes on operating fluids Operating fluids include the following:
R lubricants
& WARNING Risk of injury due to harmful R coolant
Notes on brake fluid
operating fluids R brake fluid Observe the notes on operating fluids
Operating fluids can be toxic. R windshield cleaning agent
(/ page 454).
# When using, storing and disposing of R climate control system refrigerant
operating fluids, observe the imprints on
the respective original containers. Only use products approved by Mercedes-Benz.
Damage caused by the use of products that have
 Technical data 455

& WARNING Risk of an accident due to & WARNING Risk of fire‑ and injury from - At https://operatingfluids.mercedes-
vapor pockets forming in the brake system antifreeze benz.com
The brake fluid constantly absorbs moisture If antifreeze comes into contact with hot com- R At a qualified specialist workshop
from the air. This lowers the boiling point of ponent parts in the engine compartment, it
the brake fluid. If the boiling point is too low, may ignite. * NOTE Overheating at high outside temper-
vapor pockets may form in the brake system # Allow the drive system to cool down atures
when the brakes are applied hard. before you add antifreeze.
This causes the braking effect to be impaired. If an inappropriate coolant is used, the cooling
# Make sure that no antifreeze spills out
system is not sufficiently protected against
# Have the brake fluid renewed at the next to the filler opening. overheating and corrosion at high outside
specified intervals. # Thoroughly clean the antifreeze from temperatures.
component parts before starting the # Only use coolant approved for
Have the brake fluid regularly replaced at a quali- vehicle.
fied specialist workshop. Mercedes-Benz.
Only use a brake fluid approved by Mercedes- # Observe the instructions in the
Benz according to MB-Freigabe or MB-Approval * NOTE Damage caused by incorrect cool- Mercedes-Benz Specifications for Oper-
331.0. ant ating Fluids 320.1.
# Only use coolant that has been premixed
with the required antifreeze protection. Have the coolant regularly replaced at a qualified
Coolant specialist workshop.
Information on coolant is available at the fol-
▌Notes on coolant Proportion of antifreeze concentrate in the cool-
lowing locations:
Observe the notes on operating fluids ing system:
R In the Mercedes-Benz Specification for
(/ page 454). R A minimum of 50% (antifreeze protection down
Operating Fluids 320.1
to about -35°F (-37°C))
456 Technical data

R A maximum of 55% (antifreeze protection & WARNING Risk of fire and injury from Do not use distilled or de-ionized water. Other-
down to -49°F (-45°C)) windshield washer concentrate wise, the fill level sensor may be triggered errone-
ously.
▌Coolant filling capacity Windshield washer concentrate is highly flam- Recommended windshield washer fluid:
Coolant (drive system cooling circuit) mable. If it comes into contact with hot com-
ponents, it may ignite. R above freezing point: e.g. MB SummerFit
Model Capacity # Make sure that windshield washer con- R below freezing point: e.g. MB WinterFit

EQS 450+ 11.6 US qt centrate is not spilled near to the filler For the correct mixing ratio, refer to the informa-
(11.0 liters) opening. tion on the antifreeze container.
EQS 450 4MATIC 12.7 US qt Mix washer fluid with windshield washer fluid all
* NOTE Damage to the exterior lighting due year round.
EQS 580 4MATIC (12.0 liters) to unsuitable windshield washer fluid
Coolant (high-voltage battery cooling circuit) Unsuitable windshield washer fluid may dam- Refrigerant
age the plastic surface of the exterior lighting.
Model Capacity ▌Notes on refrigerant
# Only use windshield washer fluid which is
also suitable for use on plastic surfaces, Observe the notes on operating fluids
EQS 450+ 15.9 US qt (15.0 l)
e.g. MB SummerFit or MB WinterFit. (/ page 454).
EQS 450 4MATIC
EQS 580 4MATIC * NOTE Damage due to incorrect refrigerant
* NOTE Blocked spray nozzles caused by
mixing windshield washer fluids If a non-approved refrigerant is used, the cli-
Notes on windshield washer fluid mate control system may be damaged.
# Do not mix MB SummerFit and MB Win- # Use only R‑1234yf refrigerant.
Observe the notes on operating fluids terFit with other windshield washer flu-
(/ page 454). ids.
 Technical data 457

* NOTE Damage to the climate control sys- ▌Filling capacity for refrigerant and PAG oil
tem due to incorrect refrigerant compres- Refrigerant filling capacity
sor oil
Model Refrigerant
# Only use refrigerant compressor oil that
has been approved by Mercedes-Benz. EQS 450+ 33.5 ± 0.4 oz
# Do not mix the approved refrigerant EQS 450 4MATIC (950 ± 10 g)
compressor oil with a different refriger- EQS 580 4MATIC
ant compressor oil.
Filling capacity for PAG oil
Work on the climate control system may be car- Information label Model PAG oil
ried out only at a qualified specialist workshop. All 1 Hazard and service warning symbols
applicable regulations as well as SAE standard EQS 450+ 5.6 ± 0.4 oz
J639 must be adhered to. 2 Refrigerant filling capacity
EQS 450 4MATIC (160 ± 10 g)
3 Applicable standards
The information label for the climate control sys-
4 PAG oil part number EQS 580 4MATIC
tem regarding the refrigerant type and the refrig-
erant compressor oil (PAG oil) is located on the 5 GWP (global warming potential) of the refriger-
inside of the hood. ant used
6 Refrigerant type Vehicle data
Vehicle dimensions
Symbols 1 indicate the following:
The heights specified may vary as a result of the
R Possible dangers
following factors:
R Having maintenance work carried out at a
R tires
qualified specialist workshop
R load
458 Technical data

R condition of the suspension Vehicle-specific weight information can be found # Do not exceed the maximum permissible
R optional equipment on the vehicle identification plate. fording depth and drive slowly through
the water.
Vehicle dimensions
Off-road driving
All models The specified value indicates the maximum per-
Also observe the notes on driving off-road, on hills missible fording depth for vehicles that are in
Vehicle length 201.8 in (5125 mm) and fording (/ page 198). roadworthy condition and for slow driving through
Vehicle width includ- 84.9 in (2157 mm) standing water.
Fording
ing outside mirrors Driving through flowing water reduces the permis-
* NOTE Damage caused by water when sible fording depth due to the accumulation of
Vehicle height 67.8 in (1723 mm) water.
fording
Wheelbase 126.4 in (3210 mm) In the following cases water can penetrate into
Turning circle 39.0 ft (11.9 m) the engine compartment and vehicle interior:
R The maximum permissible fording depth is
Maximum ground 8.7 in (222 mm) exceeded when driving through standing
clearance water.
Minimum ground 6.4 in (163 mm) R When driving through the water a bow
clearance wave forms.
R Water accumulates when driving through
running water.
Weights and loads
Bear in mind that items of optional equipment
increase the curb weight and reduce the payload.
 Technical data 459

Fording depth Angle of approach/departure EQS 450+

Model 1 Fording depth All models 1 Front 2 Rear EQS 450 4MATIC
All models 11.8 in (30 cm) Standard level 17.2° 18.8° EQS 580 4MATIC

Notes on the angle of approach/departure Raised level 21.2° 21.7° Charging time – mode Approx. 31 min
The specified values are maximum values for vehi- 4
cles that are in roadworthy condition. with up to 200 kW
High-voltage battery peak charging capa-
On vehicles with AIRMATIC, loads up to the maxi-
mum payload have no influence on the approach/ Missing values were not available at the time of city
departure angles. going to press.
Charging time – mode
Energy content and charging times 3
EQS 450+ with 9.6 kW charging
EQS 450 4MATIC capacity
EQS 580 4MATIC Charging time – mode 3 applies to AC charging
from 0% to 100% of the usable energy content.
Type Lithium-ion Charging time – mode 4 applies to DC charging
Usable energy content 107.8 kWh from 10% to 80% of the usable energy content.
The time taken to charge the battery depends on
Range in all-electric the state of charge of the battery, the ambient
mode temperature and the charging capacity of the bat-
tery. The charging capacity, in turn, depends on
460 Technical data

the supply voltage, the current intensity and the Missing values were not available at the time of
type of power supply. going to press.
The nominal voltage range for your vehicle can be Overhang dimension length
found on the information label on the socket
cover (/ page 211). Model 2 Overhang dimen-
sion

Trailer hitch All models

General notes on the trailer hitch
Modifications to the cooling system may be nec- Towing capacity
essary, depending on the vehicle model. Retrofit- % The drawbar load is not included in the towing
ting a trailer hitch is permissible only if a towing capacity.
capacity is specified in your vehicle documents. Missing values were not available at the time of
Further information can be obtained at a qualified going to press.
specialist workshop.
Towing capacity, braked (at a minimum start-off
gradeability of 12%)
Mounting dimensions of the trailer hitch
Model Towing capacity,
The overhang dimension and fastening points are braked
valid for a trailer hitch installed at the factory.
1 Fastening points All models
2 Overhang dimension
3 Rear axle center line
 Technical data 461

Towing capacity, unbraked # Do not exceed the permissible load Load capacity
Model Towing capacity, capacity. All models Maximum load capa-
unbraked city
Observe the additional notes on the maximum
All models load capacity . When attaching the
Missing values were not available at the time of bicycle rack to the ball
going to press. head
Maximum tongue weight and load capacity
Tongue weight When attaching the
* NOTE Damage caused by the trailer com- bicycle rack to the ball
ing loose Model Maximum tongue head and additionally
weight to the guide pins
If the tongue weight used is too low, the trailer
may come loose. All models
# The tongue weight must not be below Permissible rear axle load (trailer operation)
110.2 lbs (50 kg). Missing values were not available at the time of
# Use a tongue weight that is as close as going to press.
possible to the maximum permissible
tongue weight. Axle load when towing trailer
Model Axle load
* NOTE Damage caused by the bicycle rack All models
coming loose
When using a bicycle rack, both the maximal
tongue weight and the maximal load capacity
should be observed.
462 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Display messages to be acknowledged can be hid-

den by pressing the back button G or with the
Introduction left-hand Touch Control. The display messages will
▌Information about display messages then be stored in the message memory.
Display messages appear on the driver's display. Rectify the cause of a display message as quickly
Display messages with graphical symbols are sim- as possible.
plified in the Operator's Manual and may differ High-priority display messages cannot be hidden.
from the symbols on the driver's display. The driv- The driver's display will show these display mes-
er's display shows high-priority display messages sages continuously until the cause of the display
in red. Certain display messages are accompa- message has been rectified.
nied by a warning tone.
▌Calling up saved display messages
Please act in accordance with the display mes-
Driver's display:
sages and follow the additional notes in the Oper-
4 Service
ator's Manual.
For some display messages, symbols will also be The Message Memory: XXmessage appears on
shown: the driver's display.
R Õ Further information # Scroll through the display messages by swip-

R ¨ Hide display message

ing upwards or downwards on the left-hand
Touch Control.
With the left-hand Touch Control, you can select # To exit the display: press the G back but-
the respective symbol by swiping to the left or ton.
right. Pressing Õ displays further information on
the central display. Press the ¨ symbol to hide
the display message.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 463

Occupant safety
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
* The restraint system is malfunctioning (/ page 47).
6 & DANGER Risk of death due to the restraint system malfunctioning
Restraint System Malfunc- Components in the restraint system may be activated unintentionally or not deploy as intended in an accident. In
tion Service Required the event of an accident, the high-voltage on-board electrical system may not be deactivated as intended.
You may receive an electric shock if you touch the damaged components of the high-voltage on-board electrical
system.
# Have the restraint system checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.

# After an accident, switch off the vehicle immediately.

* The restraint system is malfunctioning (/ page 47).

6 & DANGER Risk of death due to the restraint system malfunctioning
Front Left Malfunction Components in the restraint system may be activated unintentionally or not deploy as intended in an accident. In
Service Required (example) the event of an accident, the high-voltage on-board electrical system may not be deactivated as intended.
You may receive an electric shock if you touch the damaged components of the high-voltage on-board electrical
system.
# Have the restraint system checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.

# After an accident, switch off the vehicle immediately.

464 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* The restraint system is malfunctioning (/ page 47).
6 & WARNING Risk of injury or fatal injury due to a malfunction in the window curtain airbag
Left Window Airbag Mal- The window curtain airbag might be triggered unintentionally or might not be triggered at all in the event of an
function Service accident.
Required (example) # Have the window curtain airbag checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.

Front Passenger Airbag Dis- * The front passenger air bag and the front passenger knee air bag have been disabled even though an adult or a person
abled See Operator's Man- of adult build is on the front passenger seat. If additional forces are applied to the seat, the weight the system detects
ual may be too low.
& WARNING Risk of injury or fatal injury due to a disabled front passenger airbag
If the front passenger airbag is disabled, the front passenger airbag will not be deployed in the event of an accident
and cannot perform its intended protective function.
A person in the front passenger seat could then, for example, come into contact with the vehicle's interior, espe-
cially if the person is sitting too close to the cockpit.
# Make sure, both before and during the journey, that the status of the front passenger airbag is correct.

# Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the traffic conditions.

# Make sure that no objects are trapped under the front passenger seat.
# Check the status of the automatic front passenger air bag shutoff (/ page 49).
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 465

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

# If necessary, consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
Front Passenger Airbag * The front passenger air bag and the front passenger knee air bag will be enabled while the vehicle is in motion in the
Enabled See Operator's following situations:
Manual R even when a child, a small adult or an object weighing less than the system weight threshold is located on the front
passenger seat
R even when the front passenger seat is not occupied

The system may detect objects or forces that are adding to the weight applied to the seat.
& WARNING Risk of injury or death when using a child restraint system while the front passenger airbag is ena-
bled
If you secure a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat and the front passenger airbag is ena-
bled, the front passenger airbag can deploy in the event of an accident.
The child could be struck by the airbag.
# Ensure, both before and during the journey, that the status of the front passenger airbag is correct.

NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or
SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.
# Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the traffic conditions.
# Make sure that no objects are trapped under the front passenger seat.
466 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

# Check the status of the automatic front passenger air bag shutoff (/ page 49).
# If necessary, consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
Occupant Presence * The occupant presence reminder is malfunctioning
Reminder Inoperative # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

æ
* The occupant presence reminder suspects that there are persons or animals in the rear passenger compartment of
the vehicle.
# Do not leave any persons or animals behind when leaving the vehicle.

Do Not Leave People or

Animals in the Vehicle

SmartKey
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

®
* Have the SmartKey replaced.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Obtain a New Key

 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 467

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

®
* The SmartKey battery is discharged.
# Replace the battery (/ page 80).

Replace Key Battery

®
* The SmartKey is currently undetected.
# Change the location of the SmartKey in the vehicle.

# Try to start the vehicle.

Key Not Detected (white # If the SmartKey is still not detected, place it in the marked space for starting with the SmartKey (/ page 195).
display message)
# Start the vehicle.

®
* The SmartKey can no longer be detected during a journey and may no longer be in the vehicle.
If the SmartKey is no longer in the vehicle and you switch off the vehicle:
R You can no longer start the vehicle.
Key Not Detected (red dis- R You cannot centrally lock the vehicle.
play message)
# Ensure that the SmartKey is in the vehicle.

If the SmartKey is in the vehicle and is still not detected:

# Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.
# Place the SmartKey in the marked space for starting the engine with the SmartKey (/ page 195).
468 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

The SmartKey battery is weak or discharged.
# Check the battery using the indicator lamp (/ page 78).
# Replace the SmartKey battery, if necessary (/ page 80).

®
* The vehicle is processing in order to teach in the new SmartKey.
# Wait until processing is complete.

Initializing Key Please Wait

®
* A warning tone will also sound. This message reminds you to take your SmartKey with you when you leave the vehicle.

Don't Forget Your Key

Place the Key in the * SmartKey detection is malfunctioning.
Marked Space See Opera- # Change the location of the SmartKey in the vehicle.
tor's Manual
# Place the SmartKey in the slot for starting the engine with the SmartKey (/ page 195).

Place SmartKey in Cup * The SmartKey was not detected.

Holder or Digital Vehicle # Place the SmartKey in the marked space (/ page 195).
Key in Mobile Phone Cra-
dle See Operator’s Manual If the SmartKey is still not detected:
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 469

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
* The Digital Vehicle Key has not been detected.
# Place the Digital Vehicle Key in the marked space (/ page 194).

If the Digital Vehicle Key is still not detected:

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

õ
* The SmartKey or the Digital Vehicle Key is currently undetected.
# Change the location of the SmartKey or the Digital Vehicle Key in the vehicle.

# Try to start the vehicle.

Key Not Detected # If the SmartKey is still not detected, place the SmartKey in the marked space (/ page 195).

# If the Digital Vehicle Key is still not detected, place the Digital Vehicle Key in the marked space (/ page 194).

# Start the vehicle.

õ
* The SmartKey or the Digital Vehicle Key are no longer detected during a journey and may no longer be in the vehicle.
If the SmartKey or the Digital Vehicle Key is no longer in the vehicle and you switch off the vehicle:
R You can no longer start the vehicle.
Key Not Detected Place R You cannot centrally lock the vehicle.
Digital Vehicle Key in
Mobile Phone Cradle # Ensure that the SmartKey or the Digital Vehicle Key is in the vehicle.

If the SmartKey or the Digital Vehicle Key is in the vehicle and is still not detected:
470 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

# Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the traffic conditions.
# Place the SmartKey in the marked space (/ page 195).
# Place the Digital Vehicle Key in the stowage space (/ page 194).

The SmartKey battery is weak or discharged.

# Check the battery using the indicator lamp (/ page 78).
# Replace the SmartKey battery, if necessary (/ page 80).

The condition of charge of the rechargeable battery of the end device with the Digital Vehicle Key is too low.
# Immediately charge the rechargeable battery of the Digital Vehicle Key end device.

Otherwise, it may not be possible to restart the vehicle after it has been switched off.
If the SmartKey or the Digital Vehicle Key is still not detected:
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

í
* If the Digital Vehicle Key is not renewed, the vehicle cannot be unlocked/locked or started.
# The system automatically renews the Digital Vehicle Key.
When the renewal is complete, the message disappears and the Digital Vehicle Key is available again.
Replace SmartKey See
Operator's Manual
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 471

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

õ
* A warning tone will also sound. This message reminds you to take your SmartKey with you when you leave the vehicle.
This also applies to the Digital Vehicle Key.

Take SmartKey With You

í
* The condition of charge of the rechargeable battery of the end device with the Digital Vehicle Key is too low.
# Immediately charge the rechargeable battery of the Digital Vehicle Key end device.

Digital Vehicle Key Charge

Device

õ
* The vehicle is processing in order to teach in the new Digital Vehicle Key.
# Wait until processing is complete.

Initializing Key Please Wait

í
* The vehicle cannot be unlocked/locked or started.
# Use the Digital Vehicle Key belonging to the vehicle.

Key Does Not Belong to

Vehicle
472 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Lights
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

:
* The corresponding light source is malfunctioning.
# Drive on carefully.

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

Check Left Low % LED light sources: the display message for the corresponding light appears only when all the light-emitting diodes
Beam (example) in the light are faulty.

:
* The exterior lighting is malfunctioning.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Malfunction See Opera-

tor’s Manual

:
* The light sensor for automatic driving lights is malfunctioning.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Automatic Driving Lights

Inoperative
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 473

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

:
* You are driving without low-beam headlamps.
# Turn the light switch to the L or à position.

Switch On Headlights

:
* You are leaving the vehicle and the lights are still switched on.
# Turn the light switch to the à position.

Switch Off Lights

DIGITAL LIGHT Functions * The DIGITAL LIGHT system is malfunctioning. The lighting system will continue to work even without the functions of
Limited the DIGITAL LIGHT system.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Adaptive Highbeam Assist * Adaptive Highbeam Assist is temporarily unavailable.

Currently Unavailable See The system limits have been reached (/ page 160).
Operator's Manual
Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again. The Adaptive Highbeam
Assist Now Available display message will appear.
# Drive on

# Operate the high beam manually until Adaptive High Beam Assist is available again.
474 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Adaptive Highbeam Assist * Adaptive Highbeam Assist is malfunctioning.
Inoperative # Drive on

or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.

# Until then, operate the high beam manually.

Adaptive Highbeam Assist * Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus is temporarily unavailable.

Plus Currently Unavailable The system limits have been reached (/ page 161).
See Operator's Manual
Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again. The Adaptive Highbeam
Assist Plus Now Available display message will appear.
# Drive on.

# Operate the high beam manually until Adaptive High Beam Assist Plus is available again.

Adaptive Highbeam Assist * Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus is malfunctioning.

Plus Inoperative # Drive on

or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.

# Until then, operate the high beam manually.

 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 475

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Hazard Warning Light Mal- * The hazard warning lamp switch is malfunctioning.
function # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Climate control
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
* The high-voltage battery is charging. Pre-entry climate control cannot be switched on.
& # Wait until the charging process has achieved a minimum condition of charge.

Currently Not Available

Charging of the High-volt-
age Battery Not Completed
* The charge of the high-voltage battery is too low. Pre-entry climate control cannot be switched on.
& # Charge the high-voltage battery (/ page 211).

Currently Not Available

Charge High-voltage Bat-
tery
476 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* You have attempted to switch on pre-entry climate control more than three times with the vehicle switched off.
& # Start the vehicle for ten seconds.
Pre-entry climate control is operational again.
Pre-entry Climate Control
Available Again via Smart-
Key after Vehicle Start
* The charge of the high-voltage battery is too low. Pre-entry climate control cannot be switched on.
& # Charge the high-voltage battery (/ page 211).
When the high-voltage battery is sufficiently charged, pre-entry climate control will be operational again.
Pre-entry Climate Control
via SmartKey Currently Not
Available. High-voltage Bat-
tery Low
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 477

Drive system
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

v
* The drive system is malfunctioning.
# Have the vehicle transported only using a transporter or trailer (/ page 409).

Towing Not Permitted See

Operator's Manual

ò
* The sound generator (acoustic vehicle warning system) is malfunctioning. No vehicle noises are being produced. The
vehicle may not be heard by other road users.
# Drive with particular care.

Acoustic Presence Indica- # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

tor Inoperative
To Switch Off Vehicle * You have pressed the start/stop button while the vehicle is in motion.
Press and Hold Start/Stop # To switch off the drive system while the vehicle is in motion (/ page 193).
Button for at Least 3 Sec-
onds or Press 3 Times
Cannot Start Vehicle See * It is not possible to start the vehicle.
Operator's Manual A malfunction has occurred in the drive system.
# Switch the vehicle off and lock it.
478 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

# After waiting for a short time, unlock the vehicle and start it again.
# If the display message appears again and the vehicle does not start, consult a qualified specialist workshop.
* The coolant level is too low.
+ * NOTE Damage to the drive system due to insufficient coolant
Check Coolant Level See # Avoid long journeys with insufficient coolant.
Operator's Manual
# Have the cooling system of the drive system checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

ÿ
* The coolant is too hot.
# Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the traffic conditions and switch off the drive system.

Coolant Stop Switch Off & WARNING Risk of injury due to overheated vehicle
Vehicle
If you open the hood in the event of an overheated vehicle or fire in the engine compartment, the following situa-
tions may occur:
R You may come into contact with hot gases.
R You may come into contact with other escaping hot operating fluids.

# In the event of overheating or fire in the engine compartment, keep the hood closed and call the fire service.
# Allow the overheated vehicle to cool down first if you need to open the hood.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 479

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

# Wait until the drive system has cooled down.
# Make sure that the air supply to the vehicle radiator is not obstructed.
# Avoiding high loads on the drive system, drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop.

ÿ
* The cooling system has detected a component malfunction.
# Avoiding high loads on the drive system, drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop.

Socket Flap Blocked Open * The socket flap is not opening automatically. An obstruction may be hindering the opening process.
Manually # Make sure that no objects are in the opening area.

# Open the socket flap again.

Close Socket Flap Man- * The socket flap is not closing automatically. An obstruction may be hindering the closing process.
ually Anti-Trap Protection # Make sure that no objects are in the closing area.
Active
# Close the socket flap again.

Close Socket Flap Man- * The socket flap is not closing automatically. The motor of the socket flap may be defective.
ually Automatic Not Func- # Close the socket flap manually.
tioning
# Visit a qualified specialist workshop.
480 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* You cannot pull away while the charging cable is connected.
è # Disconnect the charging cable from the vehicle.

Charger Cable Connected

Not Possible to Unlock * The charging cable connector cannot be removed from the charging station's socket.
Charging Cable See Opera- # Press the EMERGENCY OFF switch on the charging station.
tor's Manual
If the charging cable connector cannot be removed after that:
# Request service personnel from the operator of the charging station via the emergency call button or the emer-
gency numbers attached to the charging station.
Vehicle Currently Not * A malfunction has occurred in the charging station or the RFID card is not recognized.
Charging… Charging Sta- # Start the charging process at a different charging station.
tion Fault
or
# Have the RFID card checked to ensure it is functioning.

Charging Fault Change * A temporary malfunction has occurred in the charging station.
Charging Mode See Opera- # Wait until the malfunction has passed.
tor's Manual
or
# Start the charging process at a different charging station.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 481

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

AC Charging Inoperative * The charging process cannot be started due to a malfunction.
Service Required # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

DC Charging Inoperative * The charging process cannot be started due to a malfunction.

Service Required # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Reduced Drive System Per- * The drive system is outside the normal operating temperature range, e.g. due to extremely low or high outside temper-
formance See Operator's atures.
Manual Drive system power output is reduced. The yellow _ reduced-power warning lamp is on.
Once the operating temperature of the drive system returns to normal (e.g. after a short trip), the full output will be
available again. The display message and the yellow _ reduced-power warning lamp will go out.
# Drive on carefully.

* The high-voltage battery is not charged sufficiently.

Drive system power output is reduced. The yellow _ reduced-power warning lamp is on.
# Drive on carefully.

# Charge the high-voltage battery immediately.

* If the drive system power output is still reduced, there is a malfunction in the drive system.
# Drive on carefully.

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

482 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Charge High-Voltage Bat- * Due to a possible decrease in the temperature of the high-voltage battery, the starting ability or the range may
tery Vehicle Starting Ability decrease significantly until the vehicle is restarted.
Otherwise Not Guaranteed # Charge the high-voltage battery (/ page 211).

Wait in READY State Bat- * Operational readiness is established õ and the transmission position j is engaged.
tery Is Warming Up See The high-voltage battery is warmed up to the operating temperature. This process can take a few minutes and may be
Operator's Manual prolonged if defrosting of the windshield ¬ is activated.
The heating process ends when transmission position h is engaged. However, when driving, the output is significantly
limited until the high-voltage battery has reached its operating temperature.
Preparing Drive System… * The insulation of the drive system is being tested. This process can last for up to ten seconds.
* The condition of charge of the high-voltage battery is so low that it is no longer possible to drive the vehicle. The drive
Û system can no longer be restarted.
When the drive system is restarted, the message Battery Too Low Stop Vehicle Charge Immediately will appear
Battery Too Low Stop Vehi- again.
cle Charge Immediately # Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the traffic conditions.

# Charge the high-voltage battery (/ page 211).

 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 483

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* The high-voltage battery has overheated. There is a risk of fire.
Û # Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the traffic conditions.

# If possible, stop the vehicle in the open air and ensure that all vehicle occupants get out.
Battery Overheated Stop!
Everyone Get Out! Out- % Supporting vehicle functions may activate automatically, e.g. air-recirculation mode as part of climate control.
doors if Possible # Do not continue driving.

# If smoke is present, leave the danger zone and call the fire service immediately.

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop even if there are no external signs of a fire.

* The drive system is malfunctioning. A warning tone will also sound.

Û # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Malfunction
* The drive system is malfunctioning.
Û # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Malfunction Service
Required
484 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* A function restriction has occurred in the drive system.
Û # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Have High-Voltage System

Checked See Operator's
Manual
Do Not Restart Vehicle * It is not possible to restart the drive system due to a malfunction.
Service Required # Do not switch off the drive system; drive on to the nearest qualified specialist workshop.

* A malfunction has occurred in the high-voltage battery.

Û Output and range will be severely restricted.
# Switch the vehicle off and lock it.
Drive Power and Range # After waiting for a short time, unlock the vehicle and start it again.
Reduced See Operator's
Manual If the display message appears again:
# Drive on carefully.
# Fully charge the high-voltage battery (/ page 211).

If the output and range are still reduced, there is a malfunction in the drive system.
# Drive on carefully.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 485

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Cannot Start Vehicle See * It is not possible to start the vehicle.
Operator's Manual A malfunction has occurred in the drive system.
# Switch the vehicle off and lock it.

# After waiting for a short time, unlock the vehicle and start it again.

# If the display message appears again and the vehicle does not start, consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Drive Malfunction Achieva- * The drive system is malfunctioning.

ble Speed Limited Stop The maximum vehicle speed is restricted. The drive system will shut off within a few kilometers.
Soon
# Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the traffic conditions and switch off the drive system. Do not con-
tinue driving.
# Do not tow the vehicle; stop towing if necessary.

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Drive Malfunction Achieva- * The drive system is malfunctioning.

ble Speed Severely Limited The maximum vehicle speed is restricted.
See Operator's Manual
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
486 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

ô
* The condition of charge of the high-voltage battery has dropped into the reserve range.
# Charge the high-voltage battery (/ page 211).

Reserve Level Charge High-

Voltage Battery
* The drive system is malfunctioning. The output of your vehicle is restricted.
d # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Malfunction
* The drive system is malfunctioning.
d # Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the traffic conditions and switch off the drive system. Do not con-
tinue driving.
Stop Switch Off Vehicle # Do not tow the vehicle; stop towing if necessary.

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

* The drive system is malfunctioning.

d # Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Malfunction Service
Required
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 487

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* A malfunction has occurred in the high-voltage battery.
d Output and range are severely restricted.
# Switch the vehicle off and lock it.
Performance Extremely # After waiting for a short time, unlock the vehicle and start it again.
Limited
If the display message appears again:
# Drive on carefully.
# Fully charge the high-voltage battery (/ page 211).

If the output and range are still reduced, there is a malfunction in the drive system.
# Drive on carefully.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

High-Voltage Battery Fault * A malfunction has occurred in the high-voltage battery.

No Start in Approx. XXX mi It will no longer be possible to start the electric drive system after the distance displayed has been covered.
Service Required (yellow # Have the necessary maintenance work on the high-voltage battery carried out at a qualified specialist workshop.
display message)
High-Voltage Battery Fault * A malfunction has occurred in the high-voltage battery.
No Start in Approx. XXX mi It will no longer be possible to start the electric drive system after the distance displayed has been covered.
Service Required (red dis- # Have the necessary maintenance work on the high-voltage battery carried out immediately at a qualified specialist
play message)
workshop.
488 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Hight-Voltage Battery Fault * A malfunction has occurred in the high-voltage battery.
Do Not Restart Service It will no longer be possible to restart the drive system once it has been switched off.
Required
# Do not switch off the drive system; drive on to the nearest qualified specialist workshop.

Vehicle
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
* The driver's display is inoperative due to a failed software update.
The display message will be shown every time the engine is started.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to failure of the driver display
In the event that the driver display fails or malfunctions, you will not recognize function restrictions affecting sys-
tems relevant to safety. This may impair operating safety.
# Park the vehicle safely as soon as possible and notify a qualified specialist workshop.

If the driver's display fails, you may not recognize function restrictions affecting systems relevant to safety or the
speed display, for example. The operating safety of the vehicle may be impaired (/ page 350).
# Have the vehicle checked by a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 489

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* You are leaving the vehicle in a ready-to-drive state.
d # Get out of the vehicle, secure it against rolling away and take the key with you.

# If you do not leave the vehicle, switch off the electrical consumers, e.g. the seat heating. Otherwise, the 12‑V bat-
Vehicle Ready to Drive tery may discharge and starting the engine may be possible only with the help of a second battery (jump start).
Shutdown Occurs When
Locked or After a Few
Minutes
Restricted Mode Activated * When the beginner driver mode is activated, the drive power is reduced (/ page 243).
Drive Power Reduced
Head-up Display Currently * The head-up display is temporarily unavailable. Possible causes:
Unavailable See Operator's R Malfunctions in the power supply
Manual
R Signal interference

# Stop in accordance with the traffic conditions and switch the vehicle off and on again.
# If the display message still appears, consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Head-up Display Inopera- * The head-up display has an internal error.
tive # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
490 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Head-up Display Bright- * The brightness of the head-up display is reduced. Possible causes:
ness Currently Reduced R Dirt on the windshield in the camera's field of vision
See Operator's Manual
R Faulty exterior brightness signals

# Switch on the windshield wipers.

# Clean the windshield if necessary.
# Switch the vehicle off and switch it back on
# If the display message still appears, consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Ù
* A power steering malfunction has occurred. Steering characteristics may be impaired as a result.
# Drive on carefully.

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Steering Malfunction Drive
Carefully Service Required

Ù
* The power steering assistance is malfunctioning.
& WARNING Risk of an accident due to altered steering characteristics
Steering Malfunction If the power assistance of the steering fails partially or completely, you will need to use more force to steer.
Increased Physical Effort # If safe steering is possible, drive on carefully.
See Operator's Manual # Visit or consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 491

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Ù
* The steering is malfunctioning. Steering capability is significantly impaired.
& WARNING Risk of accident if steering capability is impaired
Steering Malfunction Stop If the steering does not function as intended, the vehicle's operating safety is jeopardized.
Immediately See Opera- # Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do
tor's Manual not continue driving under any circumstances.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Ù
* The rear axle steering is temporarily unavailable. The turning radius may become wider.
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.

Rear Axle Steering Cur- If the display message does not disappear:
rently Malfunctioning # Drive on carefully.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Ù
* The rear axle steering is malfunctioning.
The rear axle has no steering capability.
The steering wheel may be at an angle when you drive in a straight line.
Rear Axle Steering Malfunc- # Adapt your speed and drive on carefully.
tion Service Required
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
492 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Ù
* The rear axle steering is malfunctioning.
The rear axle has no steering capability.
The steering wheel may be tilted considerably when you drive in a straight line.
Rear Axle Steering Malfunc- Depending on the steering wheel's tilted position, the steering wheel will also vibrate and a continuous warning tone
tion Stop Immediately will sound.
& WARNING Risk of accident if steering capability is impaired
If the steering does not function as intended, the vehicle's operating safety is jeopardized.
# Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do
not continue driving under any circumstances.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

# When stopping, bear the enlarged vehicle width in mind.

Snow Chain Mode Maxi- * The maximum permissible speed for snow chain mode has been exceeded.
mum Speed Exceeded # Drive more slowly.

Ambient Lighting Warning * The ambient lighting may not provide full visual warning support.
Support Inoperative # Lock the vehicle and unlock it again after a few minutes.

# If the display message appears regularly, contact a qualified specialist workshop.

 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 493

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* At least one door is open.
C # Close all doors.

* The hood is open.

? & WARNING Risk of accident due to driving with the hood unlocked
The hood may open and block your view.
# Never release the hood when driving.
# Before every trip, ensure that the hood is locked.

# Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the traffic conditions.

# Do not continue driving.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
* The tailgate is open.
A # Close the tailgate.
494 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* The seat backrest of the corresponding seat is not engaged.
_ # Fold the seat backrest back until it engages.

Rear Left Backrest Not

Latched (example)
* The left-hand seat or the seat backrest in the second row of seats is not engaged.
_ # Fold the corresponding seat backrest back until it engages and push the row of seats back (/ page 117).

# Make sure that the seat is engaged (/ page 117).

2nd Seat Row, Left Not
Locked
* The right-hand seat or the seat backrest in the second row of seats is not engaged.
_ # Fold the corresponding seat backrest back until it engages and push the row of seats back (/ page 117).

# Make sure that the seat is engaged (/ page 117).

2nd Seat Row, Right Not
Locked
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 495

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* The seat backrest of the corresponding seat is not engaged.
_ # Fold the seat backrest back until it engages.

2nd Seat Row, Center Not

Locked
* The seat backrest of the corresponding seat is not engaged.
_ # Fold the seat backrest back until it engages.

Rear Center Backrest Not

Locked
* The seat backrests on the second row of seats cannot be folded forward.
_ # Check the requirements for folding forward the seat backrests on the second row of seats (/ page 117).

Cannot Fold 2nd Seat Row

See Operator's Manual
496 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* The left seat backrests on the second row of seats cannot be folded forward.
_ # Adjust the corresponding front seat.

Cannot Fold Forward 2nd

Seat Row, Left Adjust
Front Seat
* The right seat backrests on the second row of seats cannot be folded forward.
_ # Adjust the corresponding front seat.

Cannot Fold Forward 2nd

Seat Row, Right Adjust
Front Seat
* The left-hand seat or the seat backrest in the third row of seats is not engaged.
_ # Fold the corresponding seat backrest back until it engages and push the row of seats back (/ page 117).

# Make sure that the seat is engaged (/ page 117).

3rd Seat Row, Left Not
Locked
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 497

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* The right-hand seat or the seat backrest in the third row of seats is not engaged.
_ # Fold the corresponding seat backrest back until it engages and push the row of seats back (/ page 117).

# Make sure that the seat is engaged (/ page 117).

3rd Seat Row, Right Not
Locked
* The washer fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir has dropped below the minimum.
¥ # Add washer fluid (/ page 391).

Add Washer Fluid

* The washer fluid filler flap is open.
¥ # Close washer fluid filler flap (/ page 391).

Washing Fluid Flap Open

Windshield Wiper Malfunc- * The windshield wiper is malfunctioning.
tion # Restart the vehicle.

If the display message still appears:

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
498 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Transmission
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Shift to P Only When Vehi- * It is possible to select the park position j only if the vehicle is stationary.
cle Is Stationary # Depress the brake pedal to stop.

# Shift the transmission to park position j when the vehicle is stationary.

Depress Brake to Shift * You have attempted to shift the transmission out of park position j and into another transmission position.
from P # Depress the brake pedal.

# Select transmission position h, k or neutral i.

To Deselect P or N * You have attempted to shift the transmission out of park position j or neutral i and into another transmission posi-
Depress Brake and Start tion.
Vehicle # Depress the brake pedal.

# Start the vehicle.

# Change the transmission position.

Depress Brake to Shift to D * You have attempted to select transmission position h or k.

or R # Depress the brake pedal.

# Select transmission position h or k.

Depress Brake to Shift to R * You have attempted to select transmission position k.

# Depress the brake pedal.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 499

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

# Select transmission position k.
Service Required Apply * A malfunction has occurred in the emergency power supply to park position j.
Parking Brake to Park # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

# Until then, always select park position j manually before you switch off the vehicle.

# Before leaving the vehicle, apply the electric parking brake.

Risk of Vehicle Rolling * The driver's door is not fully closed and transmission position h, k or neutral i is selected.
Away Driver's Door Open The vehicle may roll away.
Position P Not Selected
# Select park position j when switching off the vehicle.

Risk of Vehicle Rolling * The transmission is malfunctioning. Park position j cannot be selected.
Away Apply Parking Brake # Park the vehicle safely.
When Parking
# Use the electric parking brake to secure the vehicle against rolling away.

# On gradients, turn the front wheels so that the vehicle will roll towards the curb if it starts moving.

Risk of Vehicle Rolling * While the vehicle was at a standstill or driving at very low speed, neutral i was engaged with the drive system or the
Away N Activated Manually vehicle switched on.
No Automatic Change to P
* NOTE Damage to the vehicle due to rolling away
When the vehicle is switched off or the driver's door is opened, automatic engagement of park position j is deac-
tivated.
500 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

The vehicle may roll away.
# Be ready to brake.

# Do not leave the vehicle unattended.

# Depress the brake pedal until the vehicle comes to a standstill.

# Engage park position j when the vehicle is stationary with the brake pedal depressed.
# To continue driving with the brake pedal depressed, select transmission position h or k.
N Automatically Activated * Neutral i was automatically engaged when the vehicle was rolling or being driven.
Please Shift to Transmis- % When you open the driver's door in neutral i, park position j will be engaged automatically.
sion Position Again
# Engage park position j when the vehicle is stationary with the brake pedal depressed.

# To continue driving with the brake pedal depressed, select transmission position h or k.

N is Engaged Shift to * The accelerator pedal was depressed while the vehicle was rolling or moving in neutral i.
Desired Gear # To accelerate the vehicle, select transmission position h or k.

Reversing Not Possible * The transmission is malfunctioning. It is not possible to select transmission position k.
Service Required # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Transmission Malfunction * The transmission is malfunctioning. The transmission shifts to neutral i automatically.
Stop # Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the traffic conditions.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 501

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

# Depress the brake pedal.
# Engage park position j.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Service Required Do Not * The transmission is malfunctioning. It is no longer possible to change the transmission position.
Change Transmission Posi- # If transmission position h is selected, consult a qualified specialist workshop and do not change the transmission
tion position.
# For all other transmission positions, park the vehicle safely.

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop or breakdown service.

Auxiliary Battery Malfunc- * There is a malfunction in the auxiliary battery.

tion (white display message) # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

# Until then, always select park position j manually before you switch off the vehicle.

# Before leaving the vehicle, apply the electric parking brake.

502 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Brakes
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
* The yellow ! indicator lamp is lit. The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.
F To apply:
# Switch the vehicle off and switch it back on
(USA only) # Apply the electric parking brake manually (/ page 233).

! If it is not possible to apply the electric parking brake:

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
(Canada only) # Where necessary, also secure the parked vehicle against rolling away.

Parking Brake See Opera- * The yellow ! indicator lamp and the red F (USA only) or ! (Canada only) indicator lamp are lit. The electric
tor's Manual parking brake is malfunctioning.
To release:
# Switch the vehicle off and switch it back on

# Release the electric parking brake manually (/ page 233).

or
# Release the electric parking brake automatically (/ page 233).
If it is still not possible to release the electric parking brake:
# Do not continue driving. Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 503

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* The yellow ! indicator lamp is lit and the red F (USA only) or ! (Canada only) indicator lamp is flashing.
The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.
The electric parking brake could not be applied or released.
# Switch the vehicle off and switch it back on

To apply:
# Release and then apply the electric parking brake manually (/ page 233).

To release:
# Apply and then release the electric parking brake manually.

If the electric parking brake cannot be applied or the red F (USA only) or ! (Canada only) indicator lamp con-
tinues to flash:
# Do not continue driving. Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

# Where necessary, also secure the parked vehicle against rolling away.

* The yellow ! indicator lamp is lit and the red F (USA only) or ! (Canada only) indicator lamp flashes for
approximately ten seconds after the electric parking brake has been applied or released. It then remains lit or goes
out. The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.
If the condition of charge is too low:
# Charge the 12 V battery.
504 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

To apply:
# Apply the electric parking brake manually.

If it is not possible to apply the electric parking brake:

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
# Where necessary, also secure the parked vehicle against rolling away.

To release:
# If the conditions for automatic release are fulfilled and the electric parking brake is not released automatically,
release the electric parking brake manually (/ page 233).

If it is still not possible to release the electric parking brake:

# Do not continue driving. Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 505

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* The red F indicator lamp (USA only) or ! indicator lamp (Canada only) is flashing.
F The electric parking brake is applied while you are driving:
R A condition for automatic release of the electric parking brake has not been fulfilled (/ page 233).
(USA only) R You are performing emergency braking using the electric parking brake (/ page 234).

! #

#
Check the conditions for automatic release of the electric parking brake.
Release the electric parking brake manually.
(Canada only)
Release Parking Brake
* The red F (USA only) or ! (Canada only) indicator lamp is lit.
F You have attempted to release the electric parking brake with the vehicle switched off.
# Switch on the vehicle.
(USA only)

!
(Canada only)
Switch on Vehicle to
Release the Parking Brake
506 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* A malfunction has occurred while the HOLD function was activated.
$ A horn may also sound at regular intervals.
You cannot start the vehicle system.
(USA only) # Immediately depress the brake pedal firmly until the display message disappears.

J
You cannot start the vehicle system again.

(Canada only)
Brake Immediately
* The brake force boosting function is impaired.
$ Hill Start Assist may be impaired.
& WARNING Risk of an accident due to a brake system malfunction
(USA only)
If the brake system is malfunctioning, braking characteristics may be impaired.
J # Drive on carefully.

# Have the brake system checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.

(Canada only)
Malfunction See Opera-
tor's Manual
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 507

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* The brake force boosting function is impaired and the braking characteristics may be affected.
$ & WARNING Risk of accident and injury if brake force boosting is malfunctioning
(USA only) If brake force boosting is malfunctioning, increased brake pedal force may be necessary for braking. The braking
characteristics may be impaired. The braking distance can increase in emergency braking situations.

J # Stop in a safe location immediately. Do not continue driving.

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

(Canada only)
Malfunction Stop
* There is insufficient brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir.
$ & WARNING Risk of an accident due to low brake fluid level
(USA only) If the brake fluid level is too low, the braking effect and the braking characteristics may be impaired.
# Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do

J not continue driving under any circumstances.

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

(Canada only) # Do not add brake fluid.

Check Brake Fluid Level

508 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Check Brake Pads See * The brakepads have reached the wear limit.
Operator's Manual # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Driving and driving safety systems

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
* ABS and ESP® are temporarily unavailable.
! Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be temporarily unavailable.
The brake system will continue to operate normally. Braking distance may increase in an emergency braking situation.

÷ & WARNING Risk of skidding if ABS and ESP® are malfunctioning

The wheels may lock during braking and ESP® does not perform any vehicle stabilization.
Currently Unavailable See
Operator's Manual The steerability and braking characteristics are heavily impaired and the braking distance may increase. In addi-
tion, other driving safety systems are switched off.
# Drive carefully on a suitable stretch of road, making slight steering movements at a speed above 19 mph
(30 km/h).
# If the display message does not disappear, consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately. Drive care-
fully.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 509

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* ABS and ESP® are malfunctioning.
! Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.
The brake system will continue to operate normally. Braking distance may increase in an emergency braking situation.

÷ & WARNING Risk of skidding if ABS and ESP® are malfunctioning

The wheels may block during braking and ESP® does not perform any vehicle stabilization.
Inoperative See Operator's
Manual The steerability and braking characteristics are heavily impaired and the braking distance may increase. In addi-
tion, other driving safety systems are switched off.
# Drive on carefully.

# Have ABS and ESP® checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.

* ESP® is temporarily unavailable.

÷ Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.

Currently Unavailable See & WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP is malfunctioning®

Operator's Manual
If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® cannot carry out vehicle stabilization. In addition, other driving safety systems are
switched off.
# Drive carefully on a suitable stretch of road, making slight steering movements at a speed above 19 mph
(30 km/h).
510 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

# If the display message does not disappear, consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately. Drive care-
fully.

* ESP® is malfunctioning.
÷ Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.
The brake system will continue to operate normally. Braking distance may increase in an emergency braking situation.
Inoperative See Operator's
Manual & WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP® is malfunctioning
If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® cannot carry out vehicle stabilization. In addition, other driving safety systems are
switched off.
# Drive on carefully.

# Have ESP® checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 511

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* EBD, ABS and ESP® are malfunctioning.
T Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.

!
& WARNING Risk of skidding if EBD, ABS and ESP® are malfunctioning
The wheels may block during braking and ESP® does not perform any vehicle stabilization.
The steerability and braking characteristics are heavily impaired and the braking distance may increase. In addi-
÷ tion, other driving safety systems are switched off.
# Drive on carefully.

Inoperative See Operator's # Have the brake system checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.
Manual
* The HOLD function is deactivated because the vehicle is slipping or a condition for activation is not fulfilled.
ë # Reactivate the HOLD function later or check the activation conditions for the HOLD function (/ page 241).

Off

é
* ATTENTION ASSIST has detected fatigue or an increasing lack of concentration on the part of the driver
(/ page 244).
# If necessary, take a break.

ATTENTION ASSIST: Take a

Break!
512 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

h
* Cruise control cannot be activated as not all activation conditions are fulfilled.
# Observe the activation conditions for cruise control (/ page 246).

- - - mph
Cruise Control Inoperative * Cruise control is malfunctioning.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Cruise Control Off * Cruise control has been deactivated.

If there is an additional warning tone, cruise control has been deactivated automatically (/ page 245).
Traffic Sign Assist Cur- * Traffic Sign Assist is temporarily unavailable.
rently Unavailable See Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again.
Operator's Manual
# Continue driving in compliance with traffic regulations.

Traffic Sign Assist Inopera- * Traffic Sign Assist is malfunctioning.

tive # Continue driving in compliance with traffic regulations.

or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 513

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

ä
* AIRMATIC is functioning only to a limited extent. The vehicle's handling characteristics may be affected.

* NOTE The tires on the front axle or the fenders could be damaged by large steering movements
Malfunction Drive at Max. # Avoid large steering movements while driving and listen for scraping sounds.
50 mph # If you hear scraping sounds, pull over and stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions, and set a
higher vehicle level if possible.
# Drive in a manner appropriate for the current level, but do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
* You have pulled away despite the vehicle level being too low.
Á # Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.
The vehicle will be raised to the selected vehicle level.
STOP Vehicle Level Too # Wait until the display message disappears before pulling away.
Low
If the display message does not disappear and a warning tone also sounds, AIRMATIC is malfunctioning:
# No faster than 50 mph (80 km/h) and consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

* NOTE The tires on the front axle or the fenders could be damaged by large steering movements
# Avoid large steering movements while driving and listen for scraping sounds.
514 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

# If you hear scraping sounds, pull over and stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions, and set a
higher vehicle level if possible.
# Set a higher vehicle level (/ page 281).
Depending on the malfunction, the vehicle will be raised.
* The vehicle level will lower for the following reasons:
 R You have selected a different drive program.
R You have exceeded the speed limit.
Lowering R You have changed the vehicle level by pressing the button.
R Operation with a trailer or bicycle rack: if an electrical connection has been correctly made, you have exceeded
the speed limit.
* Your vehicle is adjusting to the level you have selected.
Á
Rising
* The vehicle level is too low. The vehicle will be raised to the selected vehicle level.
Á # Wait until the display message disappears before pulling away.

Vehicle Rising Please Wait

 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 515

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* AIRMATIC is functioning only to a limited extent.
Á The current level is too high. The vehicle's handling characteristics may be affected.
# No faster than 12 mph (20 km/h).
Drive at Max. 12mph # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

* Due to frequent level changes within a short space of time, the compressor first needs to cool down in order to set the
Á selected vehicle level.
When the compressor has cooled down, the vehicle will continue rising to the selected vehicle level.
Compressor Is Cooling # Drive on in a manner appropriate for the current level. Make sure that there is sufficient ground clearance.

î
* The Downhill Speed Regulation is malfunctioning.
# Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Inoperative

î
* The Downhill Speed Regulation is not available in the currently selected drive program.
# Change the drive program.

Not in Curr. Drive Prog.

516 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

î
* The maximum speed of 25 mph (40 km/h) for the Downhill Speed Regulation has been exceeded.
# Drive more slowly.

Max. Speed 25 mph

Driver assistance systems

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

ç
* Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC cannot be activated as not all activation conditions are fulfilled.
# Comply with the activation conditions of Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC (/ page 250).

- - - mph

ç
* If you depress the accelerator pedal beyond the setting of Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC, the system will switch to
passive mode (/ page 247).

Suspended
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 517

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

ç
* Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC was deactivated. If a warning tone also sounds, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
has deactivated automatically (/ page 250).

Off
Active Distance Assist Cur- * Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is temporarily unavailable.
rently Unavailable See The ambient conditions are outside the system limits (/ page 247).
Operator's Manual
As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.
# Drive on carefully.

or
# If the display message does not disappear, stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart
the vehicle.
Active Distance Assist Inop- * Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is malfunctioning.
erative Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also be malfunctioning.
# Drive on carefully.

or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.
518 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Active Distance Assist Now * Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is operational again.
Available # Switch on Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC (/ page 250).

Active Brake Assist Func- * For vehicles with the Driving Assistance Package, the following functions may be temporarily unavailable or only parti-
tions Limited See Opera- ally available:
tor's Manual R Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic function
R Evasive Steering Assist
R PRE‑SAFE® PLUS

Vehicles without the Driving Assistance Package: Active Brake Assist is temporarily unavailable or only partially availa-
ble.
# Drive on carefully.

or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Active Steering Assist Cur- * Active Steering Assist is temporarily unavailable.

rently Unavailable See The ambient conditions are outside the system limits (/ page 256).
Operator's Manual
As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.
# Drive on

# Check the tire pressure if necessary.

 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 519

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Active Steering Assist Inop- * Active Steering Assist is malfunctioning. Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC remains available.
erative # Drive on

or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Ø
* Active Steering Assist has reached the system limits (/ page 256).
You have not steered independently for a considerable period of time.
# Take over the steering and drive on in accordance with the traffic conditions.

Active Steering Assist Cur- * Active Steering Assist is temporarily unavailable due to multiple emergency stops.
rently Unavailable Due to # Take over the steering and stop in accordance with the traffic conditions.
Multiple Emergency Stops
# Switch the vehicle off and switch it back on
Active Steering Assist is available once more.

Ø
* Your hands are not on the steering wheel. Active Steering Assist will initiate an emergency stop (/ page 256).
# Put your hands on the steering wheel.

Information on canceling an emergency stop (/ page 259).

Initiating Emergency Stop
520 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Active Emergency Stop * Active Emergency Stop Assist is temporarily unavailable.
Assist Currently Unavaila- The ambient conditions are outside the system limits (/ page 259).
ble See Operator's Manual
As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.
# Drive on

or
# If the display message does not disappear, stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart
the vehicle.
* Vehicles without the Driving Assistance Package: Active Emergency Stop Assist is temporarily unavailable due to multi-
ple emergency stops.
# Take over the steering and stop in accordance with the traffic conditions.

# Switch the vehicle off and switch it back on

Active Emergency Stop Assist is available once more.
Active Emergency Stop * Active Emergency Stop Assist is malfunctioning.
Assist Inoperative # Drive on

or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 521

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Active Lane Change Assist * Active Lane Change Assist is temporarily unavailable.
Currently Unavailable See The ambient conditions are outside the system limits (/ page 260).
Operator's Manual
As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.
# Drive on

or
# If the display message does not disappear, stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart
the vehicle.
Active Lane Change Assist * Active Lane Change Assist is malfunctioning.
Inoperative # Drive on

or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Automatic Lane Change * Active Lane Change Assist is temporarily unavailable.

Currently Unavailable See The ambient conditions are outside the system limits (/ page 260).
Operator's Manual
As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.
# Drive on

or
# If the display message does not disappear, stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart
the vehicle.
522 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Automatic Lane Change * Active Lane Change Assist is malfunctioning.
Inoperative # Drive on

or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Active Stop & Go Assist * Active Stop-and-Go Assist is temporarily unavailable. Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC and Active Steering Assist are
Currently Unavailable See still available.
Operator's Manual The ambient conditions are outside the system limits (/ page 247).
As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.
# Drive on.

Active Stop & Go Assist * Active Stop-and-Go Assist is malfunctioning.

Inoperative See Operator's Active Stop-and-Go Assist has been deactivated. Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC and Active Steering Assist are still
Manual available.
# Drive on

or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 523

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Blind Spot Assist Currently * Blind Spot Assist is temporarily unavailable.
Unavailable See Operator's The system limits have been reached (/ page 274).
Manual
Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again.
# Drive on

or
# If the display message does not disappear, stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart
the vehicle.
Blind Spot Assist Inopera- * Blind Spot Assist is malfunctioning.
tive # Drive on

or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Blind Spot Assist Not Avail- * When you establish the electrical connection to the trailer, Blind Spot Assist will be unavailable.
able When Towing Trailer # Press the left-hand Touch Control and acknowledge the display message.
See Operator's Manual
Active Blind Spot Assist * Active Blind Spot Assist is temporarily unavailable.
Currently Unavailable See The system limits have been reached (/ page 274).
Operator's Manual
Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again.
524 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

# Drive on
or
# If the display message does not disappear, stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart
the vehicle.
Active Blind Spot Assist * Active Blind Spot Assist is malfunctioning.
Inoperative # Drive on

or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Active Blind Spot Assist * When you establish the electrical connection to the trailer, Active Blind Spot Assist will be unavailable.
Not Available When Towing # Press the left-hand Touch Control and acknowledge the display message.
Trailer See Operator's Man-
ual
Active Lane Keeping Assist * Active Lane Keeping Assist is temporarily unavailable.
Currently Unavailable See The ambient conditions are outside the system limits (/ page 277).
Operator's Manual
As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.
# Drive on

Active Lane Keeping Assist * Active Lane Keeping Assist is malfunctioning.

Inoperative
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 525

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

# Drive on
or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Active Lane Keeping Assist * Active Lane Keeping Assist is available but restricted.
Limited Range of Functions # Drive on
See Operator's Manual
or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Ø
* Your hands are not on the steering wheel. The Active Lane Keeping Assist will initiate an emergency stop
(/ page 277).
# Put your hands on the steering wheel.

Initiating Emergency Stop Information on canceling an emergency stop (/ page 259).

526 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

¸
* Front and corner radar sensors (hereafter "sensors") are malfunctioning. Possible causes:
R The sensors are dirty
R Heavy rain or snow

ð R Extended country driving without other traffic, e.g. in the desert

Driving systems and driving safety systems may be malfunctioning or temporarily unavailable. The brake system, steer-

ç ing and drive system will continue to function normally.

# Drive on carefully.

Ä
Once the causes of the problem are no longer present, the driving systems and driving safety systems will be available
again and the corresponding symbols will be switched off.
If the display message does not disappear:
Temporarily Unavailable # Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.
Sensors Dirty # Clean all sensor covers from outside (/ page 236).

# Restart the vehicle.

 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 527

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

á
* The view of the multifunction camera is restricted. Possible causes:
R Dirt on the windshield in the field of vision of the multifunction camera
R Heavy rain, snow or fog

ð R Fog on the inside of the windshield: in certain weather conditions, fog can form on the inside of the windshield
during cold times of year in particular.

Ä
% This fog on the windshield will be removed automatically within a short time with the aid of a heater. The restric-
tion is temporary.
Driving systems and driving safety systems may be malfunctioning or temporarily unavailable. The brake system, steer-

¬ ing and drive system will continue to function normally.

# Drive on carefully.

Ø Once the causes of the problem are no longer present, the driving systems and driving safety systems will be available
again and the corresponding symbols will be switched off.
If the display message does not disappear:

Ô # Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

# Clean the windshield, especially in the position of the multifunction camera (/ page 236).

# Restart the vehicle.

Camera View Reduced See
Operator's Manual
528 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

ð
* When the trailer socket is occupied, some driving systems will be available only to a limited extent.
# Drive carefully if you are towing a trailer or have the bicycle rack mounted.

¸
Ø
Functions Limited When
Towing Trailer
Driver Camera View Cur- * The view of the driver camera is reduced. Possible causes:
rently Restricted See Oper- R Objects or stickers are projecting into the driver camera’s field of vision.
ator's Manual
R The driver camera is dirty.

# Keep the driver camera's field of vision free.

# Clean the driver camera if necessary. Please comply with the notes on caring for the interior relating to the display
(/ page 397).
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 529

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Change the steering * The driver camera cannot capture your line of sight.
wheel/ seat position until # Change the steering wheel and seat position until six dots are visible on the top edge of the screen.
6 dots are visible on the The display message will appear again if the driver camera is again unable to detect your line of sight after
upper edge of the screen. 30 minutes.
The display message will no longer appear if you confirm the display message and the driver camera cannot detect
your line of sight during the entire journey.
Driver Camera Inoperative * The driver camera is malfunctioning.
See Operator's Manual # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Active Brake Assist Func- * For vehicles with the Driving Assistance Package, the following functions may be temporarily unavailable or only parti-
tions Currently Limited See ally available:
Operator's Manual R Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic function
R Evasive Steering Assist
R PRE‑SAFE® PLUS

Vehicles with Blind Spot Assist: PRE‑SAFE® PLUS is temporarily unavailable.

The ambient conditions are outside the system limits (/ page 262).
Vehicles without the Driving Assistance Package: Active Brake Assist is temporarily unavailable.
# Drive on carefully.
As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.
or
530 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

# If the display message does not disappear, stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart
the vehicle.
PRE-SAFE Inoperative See * The PRE‑SAFE® functions are malfunctioning.
Operator's Manual # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

PRE-SAFE Pulse Side Inop- * The PRE‑SAFE® Impulse Side system is malfunctioning or inoperative after having already been triggered.
erative See Operator's # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Manual
PRE-SAFE PLUS Inopera- * There is a malfunction in the PRE‑SAFE® PLUS system.
tive See Operator's Manual # Drive on

or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Parking assistance systems

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
PARKTRONIC Inoperative * Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is malfunctioning.
See Operator's Manual Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 531

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

# Continue driving while paying attention to the vehicle's surroundings.
or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.
# If the display message still appears, consult a qualified specialist workshop.
PARKTRONIC and Maneu- * If transport equipment, e.g. a trailer or bicycle rack, is attached to the trailer hitch and the electrical connection is
vering Assistance Unavaila- correctly established, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is not available when backing up. The maneuvering assistant is also
ble at Rear When Towing unavailable for the rear area in this situation.
Trailer # Press the left-hand Touch Control and acknowledge the display message.

Active Parking Assist and * Active Parking Assist and Parking Assist PARKTRONIC are malfunctioning.
PARKTRONIC Inoperative Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again.
See Operator's Manual
# Continue driving while paying attention to the vehicle's surroundings.

or
# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions and restart the vehicle.

# If the display message still appears, consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Active Parking Assist Limi- * Active Parking Assist’s maneuvering assistant is temporarily unavailable or only partially available.
ted Availability of Maneu- # Clean all sensors of the parking and camera system (/ page 395).
vering Assistance See
# If the display message still appears, consult a qualified specialist workshop.
Operator's Manual
532 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Mercedes-Benz emergency call system

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
* The Mercedes-Benz emergency call system is malfunctioning. The Mercedes me connect system is also malfunction-
G ing.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Inoperative

Battery
Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
* The 12 V on-board electrical system is malfunctioning.
# # Consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

12 V On-board Electrical
System Service Required
* The 12 V battery is no longer being charged and the condition of charge is too low.
# * NOTE Possible damage to the drive system if you continue driving
Stop Vehicle See Opera- # Do not continue driving.
tor's Manual
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 533

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
# Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circum-
stances.
# Switch off the vehicle.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
* The vehicle is off and the condition of charge of the 12 V battery is too low.
# # Switch off electrical consumers that are not required.
# Drive for 30–60 mins.

Switch on vehicle to or
charge the 12 V battery # Charge the vehicle at a charging station (/ page 211).

* The 12 V battery charge level is too low.

# # Stop the vehicle immediately in accordance with the traffic conditions. Do not continue driving under any circum-
stances.
Stop Vehicle To Charge the # Leave the vehicle running
12 V Battery Do Not # If the display message disappears: drive on.
Switch Off Vehicle
# If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualified specialist workshop.
534 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Tire pressure monitor

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Tire Pressure Monitor Cur- * There is interference from a powerful radio signal source As a result, no signals from the tire pressure sensor are
rently Unavailable being received. The tire pressure monitoring system is temporarily unavailable.
The tire pressure monitoring system will restart automatically as soon as the cause has been rectified.
# Drive on

Tire Pressure Monitor Inop- * The tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning.
erative
& WARNING There is a risk of an accident if the tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning
The tire pressure monitoring system cannot issue a warning if there is pressure loss in one or more of the tires.
Tires with insufficient tire pressure may impair the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking.
# Have the tire pressure monitoring system checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

Tire Pressure Monitor Inop- * The wheels installed do not have suitable tire pressure sensors. The tire pressure monitoring system is deactivated.
erative Tire Pressure Sen- # Install wheels with suitable tire pressure sensors.
sors Missing

é
* There is no signal from the tire pressure sensor in at least one wheel. No pressure value is displayed for the affected
tire.
# Have the faulty tire pressure sensor replaced at a qualified specialist workshop.

Wheel Sensor(s) Missing

 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 535

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

é
* The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly.
The wheel position is displayed. A warning tone will also sound.

Check Tires & WARNING Risk of an accident due to insufficient tire pressure
R The tires can burst.
R The tires can wear excessively and/or unevenly.
R The driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking may be greatly impaired.
You could then lose control of the vehicle.
# Observe the recommended tire pressures.
# Adjust the tire pressure if necessary.

# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions.

# Check the tire pressure (/ page 421) and the tires.

é
* The tire pressure is too low in at least one of the tires, or the difference in tire pressure between the individual wheels
is too great.
# Check the tire pressure and add air, if necessary.

Please Correct Tire Pres- # When the tire pressure is correct, restart the tire pressure monitor (/ page 425).
sure
536 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

é
* The pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly. The wheel position is displayed.
& WARNING Risk of an accident from driving with a flat tire
Warning Tire Malfunction R The tires can overheat and be damaged.
R The driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking characteristics may be greatly impaired.
You could then lose control of the vehicle.
# Do not drive with a flat tire.

# Do not exceed the maximum permissible driving distance in emergency mode and the maximum permissible
speed with a flat MOExtended tire.
# Observe the notes on flat tires.

Notes on flat tires (/ page 401).

# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions.
# Check the tires.

é
* At least one tire is overheating. The affected tires are displayed in red. At temperatures close to the limit value, the
tires are displayed in yellow.
& WARNING Risk of an accident from driving with overheated tires
Tires Overheated
Overheated tires can burst.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 537

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

# Reduce speed so that the tires cool down.

é
* At least one tire is overheating. The affected tires are displayed in red. At temperatures close to the limit value, the
tires are displayed in yellow.
& WARNING Risk of an accident from driving with overheated tires
Reduce Speed
Overheated tires can burst.
# Reduce speed so that the tires cool down.

Warning and indicator lamps Driver's display Driver's display with driver camera
Overview of indicator and warning lamps
Some systems will perform a self-test when the
vehicle is switched on. Some indicator and warn-
ing lamps may briefly light up or flash. This behav-
ior is non-critical. These indicator and warning
lamps indicate a malfunction only if they light up
or flash after the vehicle has been started or dur-
ing a journey.
538 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Indicator and warning lamps Braking ê Active Brake Assist (/ page 547)
Occupant safety ! Electric parking brake (yellow) Æ Active Brake Assist (/ page 547)
6 Restraint system (/ page 539) (/ page 544) ä AIRMATIC (/ page 547)
ü Seat belt (/ page 539) F USA: electric parking brake (red)
(/ page 544) Mercedes-Benz emergency call system
p Occupant presence reminder (white) H Mercedes-Benz emergency call system
(/ page 539) ! Canada: electric parking brake (red)
(/ page 544) (/ page 552)
p Occupant presence reminder (yellow)
(/ page 539) é USA: Recuperative Brake System Tire pressure monitor
(/ page 544) h Tire pressure monitor (/ page 552)
Drive system J Canada: brakes (yellow)(/ page 544)
_ Reduced power (/ page 541) Exterior lighting
$ USA: brakes (red) (/ page 544)
Ú System error (/ page 541) T Standing lights (/ page 154)
J Canada: brakes (red) (/ page 544)
# Electrical malfunction (/ page 541) L Low beam (/ page 154)
Driving and driving safety systems K High-beam headlamps (/ page 155)
Vehicle ! ABS (/ page 547) #! Turn signal lights (/ page 155)
Ù Power steering (yellow) (/ page 542) ÷ ESP® (/ page 547) R Rear fog light (/ page 154)
Ù Power steering (red) (/ page 542)
å ESP® OFF (/ page 547)
Ù Rear axle steering (yellow) (/ page 542) Symbols on the central display
Û ATTENTION ASSIST (/ page 547) É Drive Away Assist (/ page 303)
Ù Rear axle steering (red) (/ page 542)
ê Traffic Sign Assist (/ page 547) L Rear cross traffic warning (/ page 304)
L Distance warning (/ page 547) º Maneuvering brake function (/ page 306)
Ó Active Brake Assist (/ page 547)
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 539

Occupant safety
Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
* The restraint system red warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is on.
6 The restraint system is malfunctioning (/ page 47).

& DANGER Risk of death due to the restraint system malfunctioning

Restraint system warning
lamp Components in the restraint system may be activated unintentionally or not deploy as intended in an accident. In the
event of an accident, the high-voltage on-board electrical system may not be deactivated as intended.
You may receive an electric shock if you touch the damaged components of the high-voltage on-board electrical
system.
# Have the restraint system checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.

# After an accident, switch off the vehicle immediately.

# Drive on carefully.
# Note the messages on the driver's display.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop immediately.
* The red seat belt warning lamp flashes and an intermittent warning tone sounds.
ü The driver or front passenger has not fastened his/her seat belt while the vehicle is in motion.
# Fasten your seat belt (/ page 47).

Seat belt warning lamp There are objects on the front passenger seat.
flashes # Remove the objects from the front passenger seat.
540 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* The red seat belt warning lamp lights up for six seconds once the vehicle has started.
ü In addition, an intermittent warning tone may sound.
The red seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and front passenger to fasten their seat belts.
Seat belt warning lamp # Fasten your seat belt (/ page 47).
lights up
If you have placed objects on the front passenger seat, the red seat belt warning lamp may remain lit.

p
* The white occupant presence reminder warning lamp is lit.
The occupant presence reminder is deactivated.
# Switch on the occupant presence reminder, see (/ page 77).

Occupant presence
reminder warning lamp
(white)

p
* The yellow occupant presence reminder warning lamp is lit.
The occupant presence reminder is malfunctioning
# Note the messages on the driver's display.

Occupant presence
reminder warning lamp (yel-
low)
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 541

Drive system
Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

_
* The yellow reduced-power warning lamp is on.
Drive system power output is reduced.
# Note the messages on the driver's display.

Reduced warning lamp

power
*The red system error warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is in a state of operational readiness õ.
Ú There is a malfunction in the drive system.
# Note the messages on the driver's display.

System malfunction warning

lamp
* The red electrical malfunction warning lamp is lit.
# There is a malfunction with the electrics.
# Note the messages on the driver's display.

Electrical malfunction warn-

ing lamp
542 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Vehicle
Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Ù
* The yellow power steering warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is running.
The power assistance or the steering itself is malfunctioning.
# Note the messages on the driver's display.

Power steering warning

lamp (yellow)

Ù
* The red power steering warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is running.
The power assistance or the steering itself is malfunctioning.
& WARNING Risk of accident if steering capability is impaired
Power steering warning
lamp (red) If the steering does not function as intended, the vehicle's operating safety is jeopardized.
# Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not
continue driving under any circumstances.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

# Note the messages on the driver's display.

 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 543

Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Ù
* The yellow rear axle steering warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is running.
The rear axle steering is malfunctioning.
# Note the messages on the driver's display.

Rear axle steering warning

lamp (yellow)

Ù
* The red rear axle steering warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is running.
The rear axle steering is malfunctioning.
& WARNING Risk of accident if steering capability is impaired
Rear axle steering warning
lamp (red) If the steering does not function as intended, the vehicle's operating safety is jeopardized.
# Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not
continue driving under any circumstances.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

# Note the messages on the driver's display.

544 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Brakes
Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
* The red electric parking brake indicator lamp flashes or is lit.
F The yellow electric parking brake indicator lamp is also lit in the event of a malfunction.
# Note the messages on the driver's display.

Electric parking brake indi-

cator lamp (red) (USA only)

!
Electric parking brake indi-
cator lamp (red) (Canada
only)

!
Electric parking brake indi-
cator lamp (yellow)
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 545

Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

*The yellow é warning lamp (USA only) or the yellow J brake warning lamp (Canada only) is lit while the vehicle is
é running.
& WARNING Risk of an accident due to a brake system malfunction
RBS warning lamp (USA
only) If the brake system is malfunctioning, braking characteristics may be impaired.

J # Drive on carefully.

# Have the brake system checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.

Brakes warning lamp (yel- The Hill Start Assist may be malfunctioning.
low) (Canada only) # Adjust your speed and drive on carefully, leaving a suitable distance to the vehicle in front.
# If the driver's display shows a display message, observe it.

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

546 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* The red brake warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is running.
$ Possible causes are:
R The brake force boosting is malfunctioning and the braking characteristics may be affected.
Brakes warning lamp (USA R There is insufficient brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir.
only)
Note the messages on the driver's display.
J
#

& WARNING Risk of accident and injury if brake force boosting is malfunctioning
Brakes warning lamp (Can- If brake force boosting is malfunctioning, increased brake pedal force may be necessary for braking. The braking
ada only) characteristics may be impaired. The braking distance can increase in emergency braking situations.
# Stop in a safe location immediately. Do not continue driving.

# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

& WARNING Risk of an accident due to low brake fluid level

If the brake fluid level is too low, the braking effect and the braking characteristics may be impaired.
# Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not
continue driving under any circumstances.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

# Do not add brake fluid.

 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 547

Driving and driving safety systems

Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
* The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is running.
! ABS is malfunctioning.
If an additional warning tone sounds, EBD is malfunctioning.
ABS warning lamp Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also be malfunctioning.
# Note the messages on the driver's display.

& WARNING There is a risk of skidding if EBD or ABS is malfunctioning

The wheels may lock during braking.
The steerability and braking characteristics are heavily impaired and the braking distance may increase. In addition,
other driving safety systems are switched off.
# Drive on carefully.

# Have the brake system checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.

* The yellow ESP® warning lamp flashes while the vehicle is in motion.
÷ One or more wheels have reached their grip limit (/ page 239).
# Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions.

ESP® warning lamp flashes

548 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* The yellow ESP® warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is running.
÷ ESP® is malfunctioning.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.
ESP® warning lamp lights up # Note the messages on the driver's display.

& WARNING Risk of skidding if ESP® is malfunctioning

If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® cannot carry out vehicle stabilization. In addition, other driving safety systems are
switched off.
# Drive on carefully.

# Have ESP® checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

* The yellow ESP® OFF warning lamp is lit while the vehicle is running.
å ESP® is deactivated.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also be inoperative.
ESP® OFF warning lamp
& WARNING Risk of skidding when driving with ESP® deactivated
ESP® does not act to stabilize the vehicle. The availability of further driving safety systems is also limited.
# Drive on carefully.

# Deactivate ESP® only for as long as the situation requires.

 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 549

Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

If ESP® cannot be activated, ESP® is malfunctioning.

# Have ESP® checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.

# Observe the notes on deactivating ESP® (/ page 239).

L
* The red distance warning lamp lights up while the vehicle is in motion.
The distance to the vehicle in front is too small for the speed selected.
If there is an additional warning tone, you are approaching an obstacle at too high a speed.
Distance warning lamp # Be prepared to brake immediately.

# Increase the distance.

Function of Active Brake Assist (/ page 262).

Ó
* The Active Brake Assist warning lamp is on.
Due to dirty sensors or a malfunction, the system is not available or the range of functions is restricted.
# Note the messages on the driver's display.

Active Brake Assist warning

lamp
550 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

ê
* The Active Brake Assist warning lamp is on.
The system is switched off or the range of functions has been automatically restricted.
This may be the case if the driver is not wearing a seat belt or another driving system has been activated.
Active Brake Assist warning # Observe the notes on Active Brake Assist (/ page 262).
lamp

Æ
* The Active Brake Assist warning lamp is on.
After you drive off, the system's range of functions will be restricted due to the teach-in process.
Depending on the ambient conditions, the teach-in process may take a few minutes.
Active Brake Assist warning # Observe the notes on Active Brake Assist (/ page 262).
lamp

ä
* The yellow AIRMATIC warning lamp is lit.
A malfunction has occurred in AIRMATIC.
# Note the messages on the driver's display.

Suspension warning lamp

(yellow)

ä
* The red AIRMATIC warning lamp is lit.
A malfunction has occurred in AIRMATIC.

* NOTE The vehicle's driving characteristics will have changed significantly.

Suspension warning lamp
(red) # Consult a qualified specialist workshop.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 551

Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

# Note the messages on the driver's display.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Û
* The ATTENTION ASSIST warning lamp is lit.
ATTENTION ASSIST is malfunctioning.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

ATTENTION ASSIST warning

lamp

ê
* The Traffic Sign Assist warning lamp is lit.
Traffic Sign Assist is malfunctioning.
# Note the messages on the driver's display.

Traffic Sign Assist warning

lamp
552 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps

Mercedes-Benz emergency call system

Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

H
*The Mercedes-Benz emergency call system is malfunctioning. The Mercedes me connect system is also malfunctioning.
# Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Mercedes-Benz emergency
call system warning lamp

Tire pressure monitor

Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
*The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp (pressure loss/malfunction) flashes for approximately one minute and
h then remains lit.
The tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning.
Tire pressure monitoring & WARNING There is a risk of an accident if the tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning
system warning lamp flashes
The tire pressure monitoring system cannot issue a warning if there is pressure loss in one or more of the tires.
Tires with insufficient tire pressure may impair the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking.
# Have the tire pressure monitoring system checked at a qualified specialist workshop.
 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 553

Warning/indicator lamp Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

* The yellow tire pressure monitoring system warning lamp (pressure loss/malfunction) is lit.
h The tire pressure monitoring system has detected tire pressure loss in at least one of the tires.
& WARNING Risk of an accident due to insufficient tire pressure
Tire pressure monitoring
system warning lamp lights R The tires can burst.
up R The tires can wear excessively and/or unevenly.
R The driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking may be greatly impaired.
You could then lose control of the vehicle.
# Observe the recommended tire pressures.

# Adjust the tire pressure if necessary.

# Stop the vehicle in accordance with the traffic conditions.

# Check the tire pressure and the tires.
554 Index

1, 2, 3 ... Exit warning........................................... 274 Towing a trailer...................................... 277

Function................................................ 274 Active light function..................................... 157
(SmartKey) battery......................................... 80 Trailer operation..................................... 276
4MATIC........................................................ 211 Active Parking Assist
Active Brake Assist Automatic braking function.................... 299
Function................................................ 262 Cross traffic warning.............................. 304
A Setting................................................... 267 Drive Away Assist................................... 303
A/C function Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC Exiting a parking space.......................... 298
Activating/deactivating (operating Activating/deactivating.......................... 250 Function................................................ 294
unit)....................................................... 177 Active Emergency Stop Assist................ 259 Maneuvering brake function................... 306
MBUX.................................................... 178 Active Lane Change Assist..................... 260 Memory Parking Assist.......................... 307
ABS............................................................. 238 Calling up a speed................................. 250 Parking.................................................. 296
Acceleration increase Function................................................ 247 Pausing.................................................. 299
Notes..................................................... 196 Increases/decreases the speed............. 250 Remote Parking Assist........................... 299
Route-based speed adaptation............... 253 Active Service System PLUS......................... 387
Accelerator pedal......................................... 205 Storing a speed...................................... 250
Accident prevention..................................... 303 Active Speed Limit Assist............................. 252
Active Emergency Stop Assist...................... 259
Accident, emergency call............................. 384 Active Steering Assist
Active headlamps......................................... 157 Activating/deactivating.......................... 258
Acoustic presence indicator......................... 190 Active Lane Change Assist Active Emergency Stop Assist................ 259
Acoustic vehicle alerting system................... 190 Activating/deactivating.......................... 262 Active Lane Change Assist..................... 260
Activating/deactivating the acoustic lock- Function................................................ 260 Function................................................ 256
ing verification signal...................................... 79 Active Lane Keeping Assist Active Stop-and-Go Assist............................ 254
Active Blind Spot Assist Activating/deactivating.......................... 279 Adaptive cruise control................................. 253
Activating/deactivating.......................... 277 Function................................................ 277
Brake application................................... 276 Setting the sensitivity............................. 279
 Index 555

Adaptive Highbeam Assist Air freshener system Track Race............................................. 355

Activating/deactivating.......................... 161 Perfume vial........................................... 182 Animals.................................................... 52, 57
Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus Air inlet........................................................ 391 Anti-collision
Activating/deactivating.......................... 163 Air pressure................................................. 421 Drive Away Assist................................... 303
After-sales service........................................ 387 Air suspension............................................. 280 Anti-lock braking system.............................. 238
Air bag Air vents Anti-theft alarm system................................ 108
Front air bag............................................ 61 Adjusting............................................... 187
Inflating................................................... 55 Anti-theft protection
Overview.................................................. 61 Air/water duct............................................. 391 Immobilizer............................................ 107
PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps...... 49 Airflow Approval numbers........................................ 452
Warning lamp........................................... 47 Setting........................................... 174, 175 Apps, Mercedes me
Air conditioning menu AIRMATIC Mercedes me calls................................. 377
Air distribution....................................... 179 Setting the vehicle level......................... 281 Mercedes me connect........................... 380
Calling up.............................................. 177 Vehicle levels......................................... 280 Assistance system....................................... 237
Climate control...................................... 178 Alarm system............................................... 108 ASSYST PLUS
Fragrance system.................................. 181
All-wheel drive.............................................. 211 Battery disconnection periods................ 388
Front air conditioning............................. 177
Alternative route.......................................... 364 Service interval display.......................... 387
Ionization............................................... 181
Service requirements............................. 387
Rear passenger compartment climate Ambient lighting........................................... 164
control................................................... 180 ATA
AMG TRACK PACE Deactivating the alarm........................... 108
Selecting climate modes........................ 178 Configuring............................................ 358 Function................................................ 108
Air distribution Drag Race.............................................. 357 Interior protection.................................. 110
Adjusting............................................... 179 Function................................................ 354 Interior protection function..................... 109
Setting........................................... 174, 175 Telemetry display................................... 358 Tow-away alarm function........................ 109
556 Index

Tow-away protection.............................. 109 Automatic transmission................................ 206 Function................................................ 243

ATTENTION ASSIST Autonomous braking.................................... 262 Bicycle rack
Function................................................ 244 AVAS........................................................... 190 Load capacity........................................ 461
Setting................................................... 245 Blind Spot Assist
Axle load
Attention assistant....................................... 244 Towing a trailer...................................... 461 Activating/deactivating.......................... 277
Augmented reality Function................................................ 274
Head-up display..................................... 322 B Bluetooth®
Authorized Mercedes-Benz Service Center..... 36 Back seat, Rear seat.................................... 116 Connecting a mobile phone.................... 375
Authorized workshop...................................... 36 Bag hook..................................................... 142 Brake Assist
Active Brake Assist................................. 262
Automatic car wash...................................... 391 Ball neck Brake Assist System............................... 238
Automatic car wash mode............................ 393 Installing................................................ 315
Brake Assist System..................................... 238
Automatic climate control............................ 178 BAS............................................................. 238
Brake disks.................................................. 195
Automatic distance control........................... 247 Basic information........................................... 44
Brake fluid.................................................... 454
Automatic driving lights................................ 155 Battery (12 V battery)
Charging................................................ 409 Brake force distribution................................ 241
Automatic emergency call............................ 384 Jump-starting......................................... 409 Brake pads................................................... 195
Automatic front passenger air bag shutoff Notes..................................................... 407 Brakes
Function.................................................. 52 Replacing............................................... 409 ABS (Anti-lock Braking System).............. 238
PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps...... 49 Battery (high-voltage on-board electrical Active Brake Assist................................. 262
Automatic measures after an accident............ 55 system)........................................................ 459 BAS (Brake Assist System)..................... 238
Automatic mirror folding function................. 173 Beginner driver mode Driving tips............................................ 196
Automatic seat adjustment........................... 123 Activating/deactivating.......................... 243 EBD (Electronic Brakeforce Distribu-
tion)....................................................... 241
 Index 557

Electric parking brake............ 232, 233, 234 Calls Car-to-X-Communication

Handbrake............................. 232, 233, 234 Mercedes me......................................... 376 Hazard warnings.................................... 369
HOLD function....................................... 241 Telephone menu.................................... 376 Care
Limited braking effect (salt-treated Using overhead control panel................. 376 Air/water duct....................................... 391
roads).................................................... 196 Camera Automatic car wash............................... 391
New/replaced brake pads/brake discs.. 195 360° camera................................. 284, 288 Camera.................................................. 395
Notes on breaking in a new vehicle........ 195 Activating using GPS (reversing cam- Car parts............................................... 395
Parking brake......................... 232, 233, 234 era)........................................................ 290 Decorative foil........................................ 395
Post-collision brake.................................. 55 Button................................................... 289 Display................................................... 397
Recuperation......................................... 201 Cleaning................................................ 395 Exterior lighting...................................... 395
Braking assistance Driver camera........................................ 344 Head-up display..................................... 397
Brake Assist System............................... 238 Function................................................ 284 Headliner............................................... 397
Breakdown Information............................................ 236 Paint...................................................... 394
Changing a wheel................................... 441 Managing activation points..................... 290 Plastic trim............................................ 397
Flat tire.................................................. 401 Off-road function.................................... 288 Power washer........................................ 393
Overview of aids...................................... 24 Opening the camera cover (rear view Real wood/trim elements...................... 397
Tow-starting........................................... 416 camera)................................................. 290 Seat belts.............................................. 397
Towing away.......................................... 410 Rear view camera................................... 282 Steering wheel....................................... 397
Transporting the vehicle......................... 412 Select view............................................ 290 Trailer hitch............................................ 395
Transparent Hood.................................. 288 Vehicle interior....................................... 397
Breakdown (Roadside Assistance).................. 30 Vehicle socket for the high-voltage
Car key.......................................................... 78
battery................................................... 395
C Car wash Washing by hand.................................... 394
Calling the customer center for Automatic car wash............................... 391 Wheels/rims.......................................... 395
Mercedes-Benz............................................ 377 Power washer........................................ 393
Washing by hand.................................... 394
558 Index

Cargo compartment cover Charging Wirelessly charging a mobile phone........ 149

Extending/retracting.............................. 140 12 V battery........................................... 409 Charging cable
Notes..................................................... 139 At time of departure............................... 227 Control panel......................................... 218
Removing/installing............................... 140 Charge level display............................... 226 Stowing................................................. 213
Cargo tie-down rings.................................... 142 Charging cable control panel.................. 218
Charging station, mode 3....................... 215 Charging settings......................................... 227
Caring for plastic trim................................... 397 Configuring weekly profile...................... 227 Checking the coolant level........................... 390
Caring for rims............................................. 395 Ending the charging process (alternat- Child safety lock
Central display ing current, mode 2/3).......................... 222 Rear door................................................. 75
Operating.............................................. 335 Ending the charging process (direct Side windows (rear passenger com-
current, mode 4).................................... 225 partment)................................................ 76
Central locking system
Indicator lamps on vehicle socket........... 219
Button..................................................... 84 Child seat
Mains socket, mode 2............................ 214
SmartKey................................................. 79 Adjusting the vehicle seat........................ 69
Maximum charging current (mains
Change of address......................................... 30 Basic instructions.................................... 63
socket).................................................. 217
Front passenger seat............................... 66
Change of ownership...................................... 30 Notes on charging the high-voltage
Installing ISOFIX....................................... 71
Changing a wheel battery................................................... 211
Rearward-facing....................................... 68
Installing a new wheel............................ 446 Notes on the high-voltage battery........... 408
Risks/dangers......................................... 64
Preparation............................................ 441 Rapid charging station, mode 4.............. 216
Securing on the rear seat with the
Raising the vehicle................................. 442 Starting the charging process (alter-
seat belt.................................................. 74
Removing/installing hub caps................ 442 nating current, mode 2/3)..................... 219
Securing to the front passenger seat
Removing/installing wheel trim.............. 442 Starting the charging process (direct
with the seat belt..................................... 74
current, mode 4).................................... 223
Charge level display..................................... 226 The most important information in brief.... 62
Stowing the charging cable.................... 213
Top Tether................................................ 72
Charge level/charge display......................... 226 USB port........................................ 134, 149
Wallbox, mode 3.................................... 215
 Index 559

Children Activating/deactivating (rear operat- Pre-entry climate control for depar-

Avoiding dangers in the vehicle................ 64 ing unit)................................................. 177 ture time................................................ 185
Basic instructions.................................... 63 Activating/deactivating the A/C func- Pre-entry climate control when the
Special seat belt retractor........................ 70 tion (control panel)................................. 177 vehicle is unlocked................................. 184
Chock.......................................................... 441 Adjusting............................................... 177 Rear operating unit.................................. 22
Air conditioning menu............................ 177 Rear passenger compartment operat-
Clean varnish............................................... 394 Air distribution............................... 174, 175 ing unit.................................................. 176
Cleaning Air vents (front)...................................... 187 Rear window defroster................... 174, 175
Air/water duct....................................... 391 Air vents (rear passenger compart- Refrigerant............................................. 456
Automatic car wash............................... 391 ment)..................................................... 188 Switching air-recirculation mode
Car parts............................................... 395 Airflow........................................... 174, 175 on/off................................................... 181
Decorative foil........................................ 395 Automatic control.................................. 178 Synchronization function........................ 180
Paint...................................................... 394 Defrosting a window.............................. 178 Temperature.................................. 174, 175
Power washer........................................ 393 Defrosting the windshield............... 174, 175 Ventilating with convenience opening..... 102
Real wood/trim elements...................... 397 Defrosting windows................................ 180 Windshield heater.................................. 183
Sensors................................................. 395 Filling capacity for refrigerant and COC papers, CERTIFICATE OF CONFORM-
Vehicle interior....................................... 397 PAG oil................................................... 457 ITY............................................................... 450
Vehicle socket for the high-voltage Fine particle status display..................... 177
battery................................................... 395 Fragrance system.......................... 181, 182 Cockpit
Washing by hand.................................... 394 Immediate pre-entry climate control....... 187 Overview (central display).......................... 6
Inserting/removing the flacon (fra- Overview (MBUX Hyperscreen)................... 8
Cleaning carpets.......................................... 397
grance system)...................................... 182 Collision detection (parked vehicle)
Cleaning seat covers.................................... 397 Setting........................................... 234, 235
Ionization............................................... 181
Climate control Notes..................................................... 174 Combination switch
A/C function......................................... 178 Operating unit................................ 174, 175 Lights.................................................... 155
Activating/deactivating.......................... 177
560 Index

Windshield wipers.................................. 166 Calling up a speed................................. 246 Event Data Recorder................................ 42

Commuter route........................................... 364 Function................................................ 245 MBUX multimedia system/Mercedes
Requirements:....................................... 246 me connect............................................. 41
Component-specific information................... 452 Setting a speed...................................... 246 Online services........................................ 41
Content sharing menu Storing a speed...................................... 246 Daytime running lamps, Daytime running
Overview................................................ 333 Cup holder lamp mode
Control elements:.......................................... 29 Rear passenger compartment................ 147 Activating/deactivating.......................... 163
Convenience closing.................................... 102 Customer Assistance Center (CAC)................ 37 Deactivating the alarm................................. 108
Convenience opening................................... 102 Customer Relations Department..................... 37 Dealership..................................................... 36
Coolant Declaration of conformity
Capacity................................................ 456 D Wireless vehicle components................... 34
Cooling................................................ 174, 175 Damage Decorative foil.............................................. 395
Copyright Limited protection.................................... 57
Definitions
License.................................................... 43 Damping system ADS PLUS Tires and loading.................................... 435
Copyrights AIRMATIC.............................................. 280
Defrost function........................................... 178
Trademarks.............................................. 43 Dashcam
Selecting a USB device.......................... 372 Deployed components
Correct use.................................................... 36 Limited protection.................................... 57
Starting/stopping a video recording....... 372
Cover........................................................... 104 Deployment situations.................................... 55
Data processing in the vehicle........................ 38
Cross traffic (warning).................................. 304 Destination entry......................................... 363
Data protection rights.................................... 41
Crosswind Assist.......................................... 240 Diagnostics connection.................................. 34
Data storage
Cruise control Data protection rights.............................. 41 DIGITAL LIGHT
Activating/deactivating.......................... 246 Electronic control units............................ 38 Activating/deactivating.......................... 160
 Index 561

Active headlamps................................... 157 Display (driver's display) : Automatic Driving Lights Inop-
Assistance functions.............................. 157 Overview of displays............................... 324 erative................................................... 472
Intelligent Light System.......................... 157 Display message
Overview................................................ 157 Û Battery Overheated Stop!
Calling up on driver display..................... 462
Topographical compensation.................. 157 Notes..................................................... 462 Everyone Get Out! Outdoors if Possible.. 483
Digital Operator's Manual............................... 26 Display messages Û Battery Too Low Stop Vehicle
Digital Vehicle Key ç - - - mph....................................... 516 Charge Immediately............................... 482
Locking the vehicle.................................. 82 h - - - mph....................................... 512 $ Brake Immediately....................... 506
Problem................................................... 83
_ 2nd Seat Row, Center Not á Camera View Reduced See
Starting the vehicle................................ 194
Unlocking the vehicle............................... 82 Locked................................................... 495 Operator's Manual................................. 527
Dinghy towing _ 2nd Seat Row, Left Not Locked.... 494 _ Cannot Fold 2nd Seat Row See
Pulling/towing....................................... 317 _ 2nd Seat Row, Right Not Locked.. 494 Operator's Manual................................. 495
DIRECT SELECT lever _ 3rd Seat Row, Left Not Locked..... 496 _ Cannot Fold Forward 2nd Seat
Engages neutral..................................... 210 Row, Left Adjust Front Seat.................... 496
Engaging drive position.......................... 211 _ 3rd Seat Row, Right Not Locked... 497
Engaging park position automatically...... 210 # 12 V On-board Electrical Sys- _ Cannot Fold Forward 2nd Seat
Engaging reverse gear............................ 209 tem Service Required............................. 532 Row, Right Adjust Front Seat.................. 496
Function................................................ 209 ò Acoustic Presence Indicator è Charger Cable Connected............ 480
Selecting park position........................... 210 $ Check Brake Fluid Level............... 507
Inoperative............................................. 477
Disconnect device (high-voltage on-board + Check Coolant Level See Oper-
electrical system)......................................... 190 ¥ Add Washer Fluid......................... 497
é ATTENTION ASSIST: Take a ator's Manual......................................... 478
Display
Care...................................................... 397 Break!.................................................... 511 : Check Left Low Beam (example).. 472
562 Index

é Check Tires................................. 535 6 Front Left Malfunction Service ® Key Not Detected (white dis-
Á Compressor Is Cooling................. 515 Required (example)................................ 463 play message)........................................ 467
ÿ Coolant Stop Switch Off Vehicle... 478 ð Functions Limited When Towing õ Key Not Detected Place Digital
& Currently Not Available Charge Trailer.................................................... 528 Vehicle Key in Mobile Phone Cradle........ 469
High-voltage Battery............................... 475 Û Have High-Voltage System õ Key Not Detected......................... 469
& Currently Not Available Charg- Checked See Operator's Manual............ 484 6 Left Window Airbag Malfunc-
ing of the High-voltage Battery Not ® Initializing Key Please Wait........... 468 tion Service Required (example)............. 464
Completed............................................. 475 õ Initializing Key Please Wait........... 471 Â Lowering...................................... 514
! Currently Unavailable See Ø Initiating Emergency Stop..... 519, 525 ä Malfunction Drive at Max. 50
Operator's Manual................................. 508 ! Inoperative See Operator's mph....................................................... 513
÷ Currently Unavailable See Manual.................................................. 509 $ Malfunction See Operator's
Operator's Manual................................. 509 ÷ Inoperative See Operator's Manual.................................................. 506
í Digital Vehicle Key Charge Manual.................................................. 510 : Malfunction See Operator’s
Device................................................... 471 T Inoperative See Operator's Manual.................................................. 472
æ Do Not Leave People or Ani- Manual.................................................. 511 d Malfunction Service Required....... 486
mals in the Vehicle................................. 466 G Inoperative.................................. 532 Û Malfunction Service Required....... 483
® Don't Forget Your Key.................. 468 î Inoperative.................................. 515 $ Malfunction Stop......................... 507
Á Drive at Max. 12mph................... 515 í Key Does Not Belong to Vehicle... 471 d Malfunction................................. 486
Û Drive Power and Range ® Key Not Detected (red display Û Malfunction................................. 483
Reduced See Operator's Manual............ 484 message)............................................... 467 î Max. Speed 25 mph..................... 516
 Index 563

î Not in Curr. Drive Prog................. 515 _ Rear Center Backrest Not d Stop Switch Off Vehicle................ 486
® Obtain a New Key........................ 466 Locked................................................... 495 Á STOP Vehicle Level Too Low......... 513
ç Off............................................... 517 _ Rear Left Backrest Not # Stop Vehicle See Operator's
ë Off............................................... 511 Latched (example)................................. 494 Manual.................................................. 532
F Parking Brake See Operator's é Reduce Speed............................. 537 # Stop Vehicle To Charge the 12
Manual.................................................. 502 F Release Parking Brake.................. 505 V Battery Do Not Switch Off Vehicle....... 533
d Performance Extremely Limited.... 487 ® Replace Key Battery..................... 467 ç Suspended.................................. 516
é Please Correct Tire Pressure........ 535 í Replace SmartKey See Opera- : Switch Off Lights.......................... 473
& Pre-entry Climate Control Avail- tor's Manual........................................... 470 : Switch On Headlights................... 473
able Again via SmartKey after Vehicle ô Reserve Level Charge High- # Switch on vehicle to charge the
Start...................................................... 476 Voltage Battery...................................... 486 12 V battery........................................... 533
& Pre-entry Climate Control via 6 Restraint System Malfunction F Switch on Vehicle to Release
SmartKey Currently Not Available. Service Required.................................... 463 the Parking Brake................................... 505
High-voltage Battery Low........................ 476 Á Rising.......................................... 514 õ Take SmartKey With You............... 471
Ù Rear Axle Steering Currently Ù Steering Malfunction Drive ¸ Temporarily Unavailable Sen-
Malfunctioning....................................... 491 Carefully Service Required..................... 490 sors Dirty............................................... 526
Ù Rear Axle Steering Malfunction Ù Steering Malfunction Increased é Tires Overheated.......................... 536
Service Required.................................... 491 Physical Effort See Operator's Manual.... 490 v Towing Not Permitted See
Ù Rear Axle Steering Malfunction Ù Steering Malfunction Stop Operator's Manual................................. 477
Stop Immediately................................... 492 Immediately See Operator's Manual....... 491
564 Index

d Vehicle Ready to Drive Shut- Active Distance Assist Currently Active Parking Assist and
down Occurs When Locked or After a Unavailable See Operator's Manual........ 517 PARKTRONIC Inoperative See Opera-
Few Minutes.......................................... 489 Active Distance Assist Inoperative.......... 517 tor's Manual........................................... 531
Á Vehicle Rising Please Wait............ 514 Active Distance Assist Now Available...... 518 Active Parking Assist Limited Availa-
é Warning Tire Malfunction............. 536 Active Emergency Stop Assist Cur- bility of Maneuvering Assistance See
¥ Washing Fluid Flap Open.............. 497 rently Unavailable See Operator's Operator's Manual................................. 531
é Wheel Sensor(s) Missing.............. 534 Manual.................................................. 520 Active Steering Assist Currently
AC Charging Inoperative Service Active Emergency Stop Assist Inoper- Unavailable Due to Multiple Emer-
Required................................................ 481 ative...................................................... 520 gency Stops........................................... 519
Active Blind Spot Assist Currently Active Lane Change Assist Currently Active Steering Assist Currently
Unavailable See Operator's Manual........ 523 Unavailable See Operator's Manual........ 521 Unavailable See Operator's Manual........ 518
Active Blind Spot Assist Inoperative........ 524 Active Lane Change Assist Inoperative... 521 Active Steering Assist Inoperative........... 519
Active Blind Spot Assist Not Available Active Lane Keeping Assist Currently Active Stop & Go Assist Currently
When Towing Trailer See Operator's Unavailable See Operator's Manual........ 524 Unavailable See Operator's Manual........ 522
Manual.................................................. 524 Active Lane Keeping Assist Inoperative... 524 Active Stop & Go Assist Inoperative
Active Brake Assist Functions Cur- Active Lane Keeping Assist Limited See Operator's Manual.......................... 522
rently Limited See Operator's Manual..... 529 Range of Functions See Operator's Adaptive Highbeam Assist Currently
Active Brake Assist Functions Limited Manual.................................................. 525 Unavailable See Operator's Manual........ 473
See Operator's Manual.......................... 518 Adaptive Highbeam Assist Inoperative.... 474
 Index 565

Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus Cur- Change the steering wheel/ seat Depress Brake to Shift to R.................... 498
rently Unavailable See Operator's position until 6 dots are visible on the DIGITAL LIGHT Functions Limited........... 473
Manual.................................................. 474 upper edge of the screen....................... 529 Do Not Restart Vehicle Service
Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus Inop- Charge High-Voltage Battery Vehicle Required................................................ 484
erative................................................... 474 Starting Ability Otherwise Not Guar- Drive Malfunction Achievable Speed
Ambient Lighting Warning Support anteed................................................... 482 Limited Stop Soon................................. 485
Inoperative............................................. 492 Charging Fault Change Charging Drive Malfunction Achievable Speed
Automatic Lane Change Currently Mode See Operator's Manual................. 480 Severely Limited See Operator's Man-
Unavailable See Operator's Manual........ 521 Check Brake Pads See Operator's ual......................................................... 485
Automatic Lane Change Inoperative....... 522 Manual.................................................. 508 Driver Camera Inoperative See Opera-
Auxiliary Battery Malfunction (white Close Socket Flap Manually Anti-Trap tor's Manual........................................... 529
display message).................................... 501 Protection Active.................................... 479 Driver Camera View Currently Restric-
Blind Spot Assist Currently Unavaila- Close Socket Flap Manually Auto- ted See Operator's Manual..................... 528
ble See Operator's Manual..................... 523 matic Not Functioning............................ 479 Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See
Blind Spot Assist Inoperative.................. 523 Cruise Control Inoperative...................... 512 Operator's Manual................................. 464
Blind Spot Assist Not Available When Cruise Control Off.................................. 512 Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See
Towing Trailer See Operator's Manual..... 523 DC Charging Inoperative Service Operator's Manual................................. 465
Cannot Start Vehicle See Operator's Required................................................ 481 Hazard Warning Light Malfunction.......... 475
Manual.......................................... 477, 485 Depress Brake to Shift from P................ 498 Head-up Display Brightness Currently
Depress Brake to Shift to D or R............. 498 Reduced See Operator's Manual............ 490
566 Index

Head-up Display Currently Unavaila- PARKTRONIC and Maneuvering Assis- Restricted Mode Activated Drive
ble See Operator's Manual..................... 489 tance Unavailable at Rear When Tow- Power Reduced...................................... 489
Head-up Display Inoperative................... 489 ing Trailer............................................... 531 Reversing Not Possible Service
High-Voltage Battery Fault No Start in PARKTRONIC Inoperative See Opera- Required................................................ 500
Approx. XXX mi Service Required   tor's Manual........................................... 530 Risk of Vehicle Rolling Away Apply
(red display message)............................ 487 Place SmartKey in Cup Holder or Digi- Parking Brake When Parking................... 499
High-Voltage Battery Fault No Start in tal Vehicle Key in Mobile Phone Cra- Risk of Vehicle Rolling Away Driver's
Approx. XXX mi Service Required  (yel- dle See Operator’s Manual..................... 468 Door Open Position P Not Selected........ 499
low display message)............................. 487 Place the Key in the Marked Space Risk of Vehicle Rolling Away N Activa-
Hight-Voltage Battery Fault Do Not See Operator's Manual.......................... 468 ted Manually No Automatic Change to
Restart Service Required........................ 488 PRE-SAFE Inoperative See Operator's P........................................................... 499
N Automatically Activated Please Shift Manual.................................................. 530 Service Required Apply Parking Brake
to Transmission Position Again............... 500 PRE-SAFE PLUS Inoperative See to Park................................................... 499
N is Engaged Shift to Desired Gear......... 500 Operator's Manual................................. 530 Service Required Do Not Change
Not Possible to Unlock Charging PRE-SAFE Pulse Side Inoperative See Transmission Position............................. 501
Cable See Operator's Manual................. 480 Operator's Manual................................. 530 Shift to P Only When Vehicle Is Sta-
Occupant Presence Reminder Inoper- Preparing Drive System…....................... 482 tionary................................................... 498
ative...................................................... 466 Reduced Drive System Performance Snow Chain Mode Maximum Speed
See Operator's Manual.......................... 481 Exceeded............................................... 492
Socket Flap Blocked Open Manually....... 479
 Index 567

Tire Pressure Monitor Currently Displays Drag Race

Unavailable............................................ 534 Home screen......................................... 333 Setting................................................... 357
Tire Pressure Monitor Inoperative........... 534 Distance control.......................................... 247 Drinking and driving..................................... 196
Tire Pressure Monitor Inoperative Tire Distance warning......................................... 262 Drive Away Assist......................................... 303
Pressure Sensors Missing...................... 534 DISTRONIC.................................................. 247 Drive position............................................... 211
To Deselect P or N Depress Brake and Door Drive program display.................................. 207
Child safety lock (rear door)..................... 75 Drive programs
Start Vehicle.......................................... 498
Closing the convenience doors................. 88 Selecting............................................... 207
To Switch Off Vehicle Press and Hold Emergency key......................................... 94
Start/Stop Button for at Least 3 Sec- Opening (from the inside)......................... 84 Drive system
Opening the convenience doors............... 88 Manual switch-off................................... 190
onds or Press 3 Times............................ 477 Starting (emergency operation mode).... 195
Power closing function............................. 93
Traffic Sign Assist Currently Unavaila- Recessed door handles............................ 85 Driver camera
ble See Operator's Manual..................... 512 Setting convenience doors....................... 93 Activating/deactivating.......................... 345
Traffic Sign Assist Inoperative................. 512 Unlocking (inside).................................... 84 Function................................................ 344
Transmission Malfunction Stop............... 500 Door handles Driver's display
Vehicle Currently Not Charging… Extending/retracting................................ 85 Driver camera.......................................... 14
Door operating unit Head-up display..................................... 320
Charging Station Fault............................ 480 Menus................................................... 320
Function seat........................................... 20
Wait in READY State Battery Is Warm- Notes..................................................... 318
Door operating unit (rear passenger com- Operating.............................................. 319
ing Up See Operator's Manual................ 482
partment)....................................................... 22 Service due date.................................... 387
Windshield Wiper Malfunction................ 497
DOT, Tire Identification Number (TIN)............ 431 Status displays....................................... 324
Displaying road names/house numbers....... 364 Downhill Speed Regulation........................... 255 Warning/indicator lamps........................ 537
568 Index

Driver's seat Your responsibility.................................. 235 Displaying vehicle data........................... 208

Adjusting electrically.............................. 112 Driving system............................................. 237 Drive program display............................ 207
Easy entry and exit feature..................... 129 Drive programs...................................... 206
Seat heating.......................................... 125 Driving tips Function................................................ 206
Acoustic presence indicator (sound Selecting the drive program................... 207
Driving off-road............................................ 198 generator).............................................. 190
Driving safety system Drinking and driving............................... 196 E
ABS (Anti-lock Braking System).............. 238 Electric mode......................................... 190
Active Brake Assist................................. 262 General driving tips................................ 196 Easy entry feature................................ 129, 130
ATTENTION ASSIST................................ 244 Notes on breaking in a new vehicle........ 195 Easy exit feature................................... 129, 130
BAS (Brake Assist System)..................... 238 Off-road driving...................................... 198 EBD, Electronic Brakeforce Distribution........ 241
Blind Spot Assist/Active Blind Spot Rear axle steering.................................. 198
Assist.................................................... 274 Recuperation......................................... 201 ECO Assist
Cameras................................................ 236 Activating/deactivating.......................... 205
Drowsiness detection................................... 244 Function................................................ 202
Cruise control........................................ 245
EBD (Electronic Brakeforce Distribu- DSR ECO display................................................. 201
tion)....................................................... 241 Activating/deactivating.......................... 256
Changing the target speed..................... 256 Electric Intelligence
ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)........ 239 Route with charging stations.................. 364
Function................................................ 255
Hill Start Assist...................................... 242 Electric mode, Notes.................................... 190
Notes..................................................... 255
HOLD function....................................... 241
Off-road ABS.......................................... 238 Duplicate key................................................. 82 Electric parking brake
Overview................................................ 237 Dynamic handling control system................. 239 Applying automatically........................... 232
Radar and ultrasonic sensors................. 236 Emergency braking................................ 234
DYNAMIC SELECT Manually applying/releasing.................. 233
STEER CONTROL................................... 241 Calling up the fuel consumption indi-
Traffic Sign Assist................................... 267 Releasing automatically.......................... 233
cator...................................................... 209
Trailer Maneuvering Assist...................... 310 Configuring drive program I............ 207, 208 Electrical fuses............................................. 416
 Index 569

Electronic Stability Program......................... 239 Engine F

Emergency Engine number....................................... 452
Parking (start/stop button).................... 228 Factory settings
First-aid kit (soft sided).......................... 401 MBUX reset function.............................. 354
Overview of aids...................................... 24 Starting (Digital Vehicle Key).................. 194
Reflective safety vest............................. 400 Engine number............................................. 452 Fatigue detection......................................... 244
Warning triangle..................................... 401 Environmentally friendly driving...................... 27 Favorites...................................................... 347
Emergency braking ESC, Electronic Stability Control................... 239 Fine particle status display........................... 177
Active Brake Assist................................. 262 First aid
Brake Assist System............................... 238 ESP®
Crosswind Assist.................................... 240 First-aid kit (soft sided).......................... 401
Carrying out........................................... 234
Function................................................ 239 First-aid kit (soft sided)................................. 401
Electric parking brake/handbrake.......... 232
Setting................................................... 240 Fitting accessories
Emergency key Trailer stabilization................................. 240 Limited protection.................................... 57
Door........................................................ 94
Tailgate.................................................. 100 Event Data Recorder...................................... 42 Flacon.......................................................... 182
Emergency operation mode Exit warning Flat tire
Starting the vehicle................................ 195 MBUX Interior Assistant......................... 341 Changing a wheel................................... 441
Exiting a parking space MOExtended.......................................... 402
Emergency shutoff (high-voltage on-board
Active Parking Assist.............................. 294 Notes..................................................... 401
electrical system)......................................... 190
Drive Away Assist................................... 303 TIREFIT kit.............................................. 403
Emergency start (drive system).................... 416 PARKTRONIC......................................... 290 Flat towing
Emergency stop assistant............................. 259 Exterior lighting Pulling/towing....................................... 317
Emergency Tensioning Devices Care...................................................... 395 Floor mats................................................... 152
Inflating................................................... 55 Exterior mirrors Fog lamp...................................................... 155
Energy flow display....................................... 359 Parking position..................................... 172
570 Index

Foil covering Adjusting from driver's seat.................... 114 Glove box

On camera/sensors............................... 236 Fuel consumption indicator.......................... 209 Opening/closing.................................... 135
Radar and ultrasonic sensors................. 236 GPS-based vehicle level
Function in the event of an accident............... 56
Fragrance............................................ 181, 182 AIRMATIC.............................................. 282
Function seat................................................. 20 Setting................................................... 282
Fragrance system
Activating/deactivating.......................... 181 Function seat (rear passenger compart- Grab handles
Inserting/removing the flacon................ 182 ment)............................................................. 22 Notes..................................................... 111
Perfume vial........................................... 182 Fuses
Setting................................................... 181 Cargo compartment............................... 418 H
Free software................................................. 43 Cockpit.................................................. 417 Handbrake................................................... 232
Front passenger footwell........................ 417
Frequencies Fuse assignment diagram....................... 416 Handling characteristics
Mobile phone......................................... 451 Notes..................................................... 416 Unusual................................................. 419
Two-way radio........................................ 451 HANDS-FREE ACCESS................................... 98
Front air bag G Haptic accelerator pedal, Pressure point...... 205
Inflating................................................... 55 Garage door opener Hazard warning lights................................... 156
Front headlamps.......................................... 154 Clearing the memory.............................. 232
Opening/closing a door......................... 232 Hazard warnings
Front license plate, mounting......................... 34 Car-to-X-Communication........................ 369
Problem................................................. 231
Front passenger air bag Head restraint
Disabling/enabling.................................. 51 Garage door openers
Programming buttons............................. 230 Adjusting (rear passenger compart-
Front passenger air bag shutoff, Synchronizing the rolling code................ 231 ment)..................................................... 120
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF.............................. 52 Adjusting manually (front, 4-way)............ 119
General driving tips...................................... 196 Attaching/removing the additional
Front passenger seat
Adjusting electrically.............................. 112 Genuine parts................................................ 27 cushion (front)....................................... 120
 Index 571

Attaching/removing the additional Windshield............................................. 183 Starting the charging process (alter-
cushion (rear passenger compartment).. 122 Help call nating current, mode 2/3)..................... 219
Folding into position/folding back Mercedes-Benz emergency call system.. 384 Starting the charging process (direct
manually (rear passenger compart- current, mode 4).................................... 223
ment)..................................................... 122 High beam................................................... 155 Stowing the charging cable.................... 213
Removing/installing (rear passenger High-voltage battery Type....................................................... 459
compartment)........................................ 121 Charge level display............................... 226 Wallbox, mode 3.................................... 215
Head-up display Charging at time of departure................ 227 High-voltage on-board electrical system
Augmented reality.................................. 322 Charging cable control panel.................. 218 Charging cable control panel.................. 218
Care...................................................... 397 Charging duration.................................. 459 Disconnect device................................. 190
Function................................................ 320 Charging station, mode 3....................... 215 Indicator lamps on vehicle socket........... 219
Memory function................................... 132 Configuring weekly profile...................... 227 Manual switch-off................................... 190
Operating.............................................. 323 Disconnect device................................. 190
Ending the charging process (alternat- Hill descent control...................................... 255
Selecting (with augmented reality).......... 323
Switching on/off.................................... 323 ing current, mode 2/3).......................... 222 Hill Start Assist............................................ 242
Ending the charging process (direct HOLD function
Headlamp flashing........................................ 155 current, mode 4).................................... 225 Function................................................ 241
Headlamps................................................... 154 Energy flow display................................. 359 Switching on/off.................................... 241
Heating Function/notes...................................... 408
General notes on charging..................... 211 Home screen
Activating/deactivating.......................... 177 Central display....................................... 333
Center console...................................... 176 Mains socket, mode 2............................ 214
Climate control.............................. 174, 175 Maximum charging current (mains Hood
Rear passenger compartment window.... 175 socket).................................................. 217 Opening/closing.................................... 389
Seat....................................................... 125 Range.................................................... 459
Steering wheel....................................... 129 Range maximization............................... 205
Rapid charging station, mode 4.............. 216
572 Index

I Assistance functions.............................. 157 K

Overview................................................ 157
Identification plate Topographical compensation.................. 157 Key
Engine................................................... 452 Acoustic locking verification signal........... 79
Refrigerant............................................. 456 Interior lighting Problem................................................... 82
Vehicle.................................................. 452 Adjusting............................................... 164 Replacement key...................................... 82
Ambient lighting..................................... 164
Immediate pre-entry climate control............. 187 MBUX reading light................................ 341 KEYLESS-GO
Immobilizer.................................................. 107 Switch-off delay time.............................. 166 Deactivating............................................. 79
Locking/unlocking the vehicle................. 85
Inattentiveness detection............................. 244 Interior protection........................................ 110 Problem................................................... 87
Incorrect behavior by vehicle occupants Internet Unlocking setting..................................... 79
Limited protection.................................... 57 Mercedes me connect........................... 380 Knee air bag................................................... 61
Indicator/warning lamp................................ 537 Setting up a Wi-Fi hotspot...................... 352
Web browsers........................................ 382 L
Individual drive program
Configuring.................................... 207, 208 Ionization..................................................... 181 Lane change assist....................................... 260
Inside rearview mirror.................................. 171 ISOFIX child seat anchor Lane Keeping Assist..................................... 277
Installing.................................................. 71
Installing Lane recognition
Snow chains.......................................... 420 Active Lane Change Assist..................... 260
J
Tires/wheels......................................... 446 Lane recognition (automatic)
Intelligent Light System Jack
Storage location..................................... 441 Active Lane Keeping Assist..................... 277
Activating/deactivating.......................... 160 Language
Active headlamps................................... 157 Jump-start connection.................................. 409
Notes..................................................... 353
Adaptive Highbeam Assist...................... 160 Jump-starting............................................... 409 Setting................................................... 353
Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus............... 161
 Index 573

Level control Switching on the daytime running Locking/unlocking

AIRMATIC.............................................. 280 lamps.................................................... 163 Automatic locking (MMS)......................... 88
Light switch................................................. 154 Switching the Intelligent Light System Digital Vehicle Key................................... 82
on/off................................................... 160 Doors (from the inside)............................ 84
Lighting Topographical compensation.................. 157 Emergency key......................................... 94
Intelligent Light System.......................... 157 Turn signals............................................ 155 KEYLESS-GO............................................ 85
Interior lighting....................................... 164
Limited Warranty............................................ 38 Loud sound
Lights
Live Traffic Information................................. 369 PRE-SAFE® Sound................................... 53
Active headlamps................................... 157
Adaptive Highbeam Assist...................... 160 Load capacity Low-beam headlamps
Adaptive Highbeam Assist Plus............... 161 Bicycle rack........................................... 461 Activating/deactivating.......................... 154
Assistance functions.............................. 157 Load index Lubricants.................................................... 454
Automatic driving lights.......................... 155 Tires...................................................... 433 Luggage....................................................... 132
Combination switch............................... 155
DIGITAL LIGHT....................................... 157 Load-bearing capacity Luggage rack............................................... 132
Hazard warning lights............................. 156 Tires...................................................... 433 Lumbar support........................................... 116
High beam............................................. 155 Loading
Intelligent Light System.......................... 157 Bag hook............................................... 142 M
Interior lighting....................................... 164 Cargo tie-down rings.............................. 142 Maintaining safe distance
Locator lighting...................................... 163 Definitions............................................. 435 Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC......... 250
Off-road light.......................................... 157 Roof luggage rack.................................. 143
Reading lamp......................................... 164 Maintaining the headliner............................. 397
Loading guidelines....................................... 132
Rear fog light......................................... 155 Maintaining the steering wheel..................... 397
Loading information table............................. 426
Responsibility for lighting systems.......... 154 Maintenance
Switch-off delay time.............................. 163 Loads........................................................... 132 Vehicle..................................................... 30
Locator lighting............................................ 163
574 Index

Maintenance Management Setting the map scale............................ 369 MBUX multimedia system
Notes..................................................... 388 Map functions.............................................. 369 Activating/deactivating DSR.................. 256
Transferred data..................................... 388 Calling up the Zero Layer........................ 331
Massage program................................ 124, 125 Drive programs.............................. 207, 208
Malfunction
Restraint system...................................... 47 Maximum full-stop braking........................... 238 Factory setting....................................... 354
Maximum load rating.................................... 432 Home screen......................................... 333
Malfunction message Language settings.................................. 336
Driver's display...................................... 462 Maximum permissible load
MBUX Interior Assistant......................... 338
Maneuvering Calculation example............................... 428
Memory Park Assist............................... 310
Drive Away Assist................................... 303 Determining........................................... 427
Mercedes me & Apps............................. 381
Maneuvering brake function................... 306 Maximum tire pressure................................. 432 Notes..................................................... 326
Maneuvering assistance MBUX Operating the Zero Layer........................ 331
Activating/deactivating.......................... 307 Air conditioning menu............................ 177 Overview................................................ 326
Snow chain mode.................................. 420 Set collision detection.................... 234, 235
Maneuvering assistant
MBUX Interior Assistant Setting route-based speed adaptation.... 254
Cross traffic warning.............................. 304
Camera & parking.................................. 344 Steering wheel heater/seat heating....... 129
Drive Away Assist................................... 303
Driver camera........................................ 344 Telephone.............................................. 373
Maneuvering brake function................... 306
Exit warning........................................... 341 Touchscreen.......................................... 335
Maneuvering brake function......................... 306 Zero layer.............................................. 328
Favorites................................................ 343
Maneuvering support................................... 304 Overview................................................ 338 MBUX reading light...................................... 341
Map Preselection outside mirrors................... 343 MBUX search light........................................ 341
Displaying online map contents.............. 369 Reading light.......................................... 341
MBUX voice assistant
Displaying weather information.............. 369 Search light........................................... 341
Function................................................ 336
Moving................................................... 369 Using the favorites pose......................... 343
Voice prompting..................................... 337
Selecting the map orientation................ 369
 Index 575

Mechanical key Calls via the overhead control panel....... 376 Maximum transmission output............... 451
Inserting/removing.................................. 80 Information............................................ 377 Notes on wireless charging.................... 149
Medical aids................................................... 36 Mercedes-Benz customer center............ 377 Wireless charging (front)........................ 150
Transferred data..................................... 379 Wireless charging (rear passenger
Memory function compartment).................................. 22, 151
Head-up display..................................... 132 Mercedes me connect
Outside mirrors...................................... 132 Accident/Breakdown Management........ 380 Model type................................................... 452
Seat....................................................... 132 Information............................................ 380 Modification
Steering wheel....................................... 132 Transferred data..................................... 381 Limited protection.................................... 57
Memory Parking Assist Mercedes-Benz emergency call system MOExtended tires........................................ 402
Exiting a parking space.......................... 309 Automatic emergency call...................... 384
Data transfer......................................... 386 Mounting license plate, front.......................... 34
Function................................................ 307
Parking.................................................. 309 Information............................................ 383
Manual emergency call.......................... 385 N
Recording.............................................. 308
Setting................................................... 310 Overview................................................ 384 Navigation
Mercedes-Benz GenuineParts......................... 27 Activating............................................... 360
Menus (driver's display) Announcements..................................... 360
Notes..................................................... 320 Message memory......................................... 462 Destination entry................................... 363
Mercedes me App Mirror heater................................................ 184 Electric Intelligence................................ 364
Activating on-demand features................. 29 Mirrors Notes..................................................... 360
Mercedes me Apps...................................... 381 Mirror folding function............................ 173 Route with charging stations.................. 364
Mercedes me calls Outside mirrors...................................... 170 Near Field Communication (NFC)
Arranging a service appointment............ 378 Rearview mirror..................................... 171 Locking the vehicle (Digital Vehicle Key)... 82
Calling the Mercedes-Benz customer Mobile phone Unlocking the vehicle (Digital Vehicle
center after automatic accident/ Authorizing, Remote Parking Assist......... 303 Key)......................................................... 82
breakdown detection............................. 377 Frequencies........................................... 451
576 Index

Near-field communication (NFC) Off-road light................................................ 157 Operator's Manual digital............................... 26

Starting the vehicle (Digital Vehicle On-board diagnostics interface....................... 34 Outside mirrors
Key)....................................................... 194 Automatic anti-glare mode..................... 171
On-board electronics
Neutral........................................................ 210 Two-way radios...................................... 450 Automatic mirror folding function........... 173
Notes on breaking in a new vehicle............... 195 Blind Spot Assist/Active Blind Spot
On-demand feature........................................ 29 Assist.................................................... 274
O Online services.............................................. 41 Folding in/out........................................ 170
Open Source Software................................... 43 Memory function................................... 132
Objects in the vehicle interior Preselection MBUX................................ 343
Limited protection.................................... 57 Opening angle
Setting................................................... 170
Occupant presence reminder Limiting (tailgate)................................... 100
Warning lamp......................................... 274
Activating/deactivating............................ 77 Opening the tailgate using your foot
Overhead control panel.................................. 18
Function.................................................. 76 HANDS-FREE ACCESS............................. 98
Overview of air bags....................................... 61
Occupant safety Opening/closing a door............................... 232
Air bag..................................................... 61 Opening/closing a garage door.................... 232 P
Basic information..................................... 44 Operating fluids
Child seat................................................ 63 Paint code................................................... 452
Brake fluid............................................. 454
Information on the child restraint sys- Coolant.................................................. 455 Panic alarm, Alarm
tem.......................................................... 51 Notes..................................................... 454 Activating/deactivating............................ 79
Information on the correct seat position... 45 Refrigerant (air conditioning system)...... 456 Park position................................................ 210
Pets in the vehicle.............................. 52, 57 Windshield washer fluid.......................... 456 Parking
PRE-SAFE®.............................................. 53
Operating safety Active Parking Assist.............................. 294
Off-road ABS................................................ 238 Information.............................................. 31 PARKTRONIC......................................... 290
Off-road driving............................................ 198 Operator's manual......................................... 28
 Index 577

Parking Assist PARKTRONIC............................................... 290 when the vehicle is unlocked.................. 184

Active Parking Assist.............................. 294 PASSENGER AIR BAG When vehicle is unlocked....................... 184
Memory Parking Assist.......................... 307 Status display, front passenger air bag..... 49 Pre-heating
PARKTRONIC......................................... 290 Pre-entry climate control........................ 184
Remote Parking Assist........................... 299 Payload
Calculation example............................... 428 PRE-SAFE®, Anticipatory occupant protection
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC Determining the maximum..................... 427 Function.................................................. 53
Activating/deactivating.......................... 294 PRE-SAFE® Sound................................... 53
Adjusting warning tones......................... 294 Permitted towing methods............................ 409
Personalization Reverting measures................................. 53
Function................................................ 290
Parking assistance systems User profiles.......................................... 345 PRE-SAFE® Impulse Side
Active Parking Assist.............................. 294 Pets in the vehicle.................................... 52, 57 Function.................................................. 54
Drive Away Assist................................... 303 Inflating................................................... 55
Post-collision brake........................................ 55
Maneuvering brake function................... 306 PRE-SAFE® PLUS
Power closing function Backing up measures............................... 53
Memory Parking Assist.......................... 307
Door........................................................ 93 Function.................................................. 54
PARKTRONIC......................................... 290
Remote Parking Assist........................... 299 Power supply Preventative occupant protection system
Start/stop button.................................. 192 ................................................................ 53, 54
Parking brake............................................... 232
Switching on (start/stop button)............ 192
Parking lamps.............................................. 154 Profile
Power washer.............................................. 393 Notes..................................................... 345
Parking lights............................................... 154
Pre-entry climate control Program....................................................... 206
Parking position activating/deactivating for departure
Exterior mirrors...................................... 172 time....................................................... 186 Protection
Storing the position of the front- At time of departure............................... 185 Limited.................................................... 57
passenger outside mirror using For departure time................................. 186 Protection against collision
reverse gear........................................... 172 immediate.............................................. 187 Maneuvering brake function................... 306
578 Index

Protection of the environment Reading lamp Rearward-facing child seat

Driving style............................................. 27 Interior lighting....................................... 164 Information.............................................. 68
Pulling away Rear axle steering........................................ 198 Recuperation
Drive Away Assist................................... 303 Rear door (child safety lock) Function................................................ 201
Hill Start Assist...................................... 242 Securing.................................................. 75 Setting................................................... 202
Rear fog light............................................... 155 Reflective safety vest.................................... 400
Q
Rear passenger compartment climate Refrigerant................................................... 456
QR code rescue card...................................... 38
control......................................................... 180 Regulatory radio identification
Qualified specialist workshop......................... 36 Indonesia............................................... 452
Rear passenger compartment seat belt
Status display.......................................... 48 Israel..................................................... 452
R Small components................................. 452
Rear view camera
Radar and ultrasonic sensors....................... 236 360° Camera......................................... 282 Regulatory radio information
Radio equipment approval numbers.............. 452 Function................................................ 282 Installation clearances........................... 452
Rain closing function Opening the camera cover..................... 290 Remote Parking Assist
Sliding sunroof....................................... 106 Rear window Authorizing a mobile phone.................... 303
Rain sensor Replacing wiper blade............................ 169 Function................................................ 299
Sliding sunroof....................................... 106 Operating.............................................. 300
Rear window defroster.......................... 174, 175
Windshield wipers.................................. 166 Replacement key............................................ 82
Rear window wiper
Range Activating/deactivating.......................... 167 Reporting safety defects................................. 37
Notes..................................................... 318 Rearview mirror Resetting
Range maximization Automatic anti-glare mode..................... 171 MBUX reset function.............................. 354
Activating/deactivating.......................... 205 Responsibility
Function................................................ 205 Driving safety systems........................... 235
 Index 579

Restraint system Route Adjusting electrically (rear passenger

Basic information..................................... 44 Alternative route.................................... 364 compartment)........................................ 116
Basic instructions for children.................. 63 Commuter route..................................... 364 Automatic adjustment............................ 123
Deployment situations.............................. 55 Electric Intelligence................................ 364 Configuring settings............................... 123
Functionality............................................ 47 Navigation............................................. 360 Correct driver's seat position................. 111
Information on function............................ 56 Selecting a type..................................... 364 Folding back the backrest (rear
Information on the correct seat position... 45 Route guidance with augmented reality passenger compartment)....................... 137
Limited protection.................................... 57 Activating............................................... 364 Folding back the backrest on the third
Malfunction............................................. 47 Activating/deactivating the traffic row of seats........................................... 139
Protection................................................ 45 light view............................................... 271 Folding the backrest (rear passenger
Self-test................................................... 47 Displaying road names/house num- compartment) forwards to get in............ 117
Warning lamp........................................... 47 bers....................................................... 364 Folding the backrest on the third row
Reverse gear................................................ 209 Head-up display..................................... 322 of seats forwards................................... 138
Switching video on or off........................ 364 Lumbar support..................................... 116
Reversing camera Massage program.................................. 124
Activating via GPS.................................. 290 Route-based speed adaptation Memory function................................... 132
Care...................................................... 395 Function................................................ 253 Resetting the settings............................ 125
Managing activation points..................... 290 Setting................................................... 254 Settings................................................... 20
Roadside Assistance (breakdown).................. 30 Run-flat characteristics................................ 402 Side impact air bag.................................. 61
Roll away protection..................................... 241 Workout program................................... 124
S Seat (rear passenger compartment)
Roller sunblind
Sliding sunroof....................................... 104 Safety system.............................................. 237 Settings................................................... 22
Roof luggage rack Seat Seat belt
Loading.................................................. 143 Adjusting electrically.............................. 112 Adjusting the height................................. 47
Securing................................................ 143 Automatic tightening................................ 54
580 Index

Fastening................................................. 47 Self-test Size designation

Notes on wearing correctly...................... 46 Automatic front passenger air bag shu Tires...................................................... 433
Rear passenger compartment seat toff.......................................................... 49 Skid chains.................................................. 420
belt status display.................................... 48 Restraint system...................................... 47
Releasing................................................. 60 Sliding sunroof
Sensors Automatic functions............................... 106
Warning lamp........................................... 48 Cleaning................................................ 395 Closing with SmartKey........................... 102
Seat belt adjustment Service........................................................ 387 Opening with the SmartKey.................... 102
Activating/deactivating............................ 55 Opening/closing.................................... 104
Function.................................................. 54 Service center................................................ 36
Problem................................................. 107
Seat belt warning........................................... 48 Service due date.......................................... 387 Rain closing function.............................. 106
Seat belts Service interval display................................. 387 SmartKey
Activating/deactivating seat belt Shortening the braking distance Battery..................................................... 80
adjustment.............................................. 55 Brake Assist System............................... 238 Deactivating a function............................ 79
Care...................................................... 397 Shunting assistant........................................ 310 Function.................................................. 78
Seat heating Key ring attachment................................. 80
Side impact air bag........................................ 61
Activating/deactivating.......................... 125 Mechanical key........................................ 80
Side windows Panic alarm.............................................. 79
Seat height.................................................. 112 Child safety lock (rear passenger Power consumption................................. 79
Seat ventilation...................................... 22, 126 compartment).......................................... 76 Unlocking setting..................................... 79
Seats, Rear seat, Through-loading feature Closing with SmartKey........................... 102
Convenience closing.............................. 102 Smartphone Integration, iPhone®
Folding the backrest forwards (rear Android Auto.......................................... 382
passenger compartment)....................... 136 Convenience opening............................. 102
Opening with the SmartKey.................... 102 Apple CarPlay®...................................... 382
Selector lever............................................... 209 Opening/closing.................................... 100 Snow chain mode
Problem................................................. 103 Activating/deactivating.......................... 420
 Index 581

Snow chains................................................ 420 Speed control Steer Assist

Socket Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC......... 247 Active Steering Assist............................. 256
12 V (front passenger footwell)............... 148 Cruise control........................................ 245 STEER CONTROL................................... 241
Socket flap................................................... 211 Speed rating STEER CONTROL......................................... 241
Tires...................................................... 433 Steering
Software update........................................... 350
Start-off assist Rear axle steering.................................. 198
SOS button.................................................. 376 Drive Away Assist................................... 303 Steering wheel
Sound Hill Start Assist...................................... 242 Adjusting electrically.............................. 128
Menu..................................................... 386 Start/stop button Driver's air bag........................................ 61
PRE-SAFE® Sound................................... 53 Parking the vehicle................................. 228 Manually adjusting................................. 127
Wheels/tires.......................................... 419 Starting the vehicle................................ 193 Memory function................................... 132
Sound generator.......................................... 190 Switching on the power supply / vehi- Steering wheel adjustments......................... 128
Sound settings............................................. 386 cle......................................................... 192
Steering wheel heater
Spare parts.................................................... 27 Starting Linking to seat heating........................... 129
Start/stop button.................................. 193
Spare wheel Stopping
Emergency spare wheel......................... 448 Starting the engine Parking the vehicle................................. 228
Start/stop button.................................. 193
Special seat belt retractor.............................. 70 Stowage areas............................................. 134
Starting-off aid
Specialist workshop....................................... 36 Drive Away Assist................................... 303 Stowage space
speed Hill Start Assist...................................... 242 Center console (front)............................ 134
Save, cruise control............................... 250 Status display Stowage spaces
Save, DISTRONIC................................... 250 Front passenger air bag............................ 49 Armrest................................................. 134
Speed adaptation, Route-based.................... 253 Rear passenger compartment seat belt.... 48 Center console (front)............................ 134
Door...................................................... 134
582 Index

Glove box............................................... 134 Component-specific information............ 452 Menu..................................................... 376

Substances hazardous to health..................... 31 Fastening points of the trailer hitch........ 460 Notes..................................................... 373
High-voltage battery............................... 459 Notes on wireless charging (mobile
Suspension Information............................................ 450 phone)................................................... 149
AIRMATIC.............................................. 280 Mounting dimensions of a trailer hitch.... 460 Operating modes................................... 375
Setting the suspension level (AIR- Overhang dimension of the trailer hitch.. 460 Secure Simple Pairing............................ 375
MATIC)................................................... 281 Radio frequencies.................................. 451 Telephone menu overview...................... 375
Switch-off delay time Regulatory radio identification................ 452 Wireless charging (mobile phone, rear
Exterior.................................................. 163 Regulatory radio identification – Indo- passenger compartment)....................... 151
Interior................................................... 166 nesia and Israel...................................... 452 Wirelessly charging a(mobile phone,
Switching air-recirculation mode on/off....... 181 Regulatory radio information.................. 452 front)..................................................... 150
Tongue weight........................................ 461 Telephony operating modes
System settings
Towing capacity..................................... 460 Bluetooth® telephony............................. 375
MBUX reset function.............................. 354
Vehicle dimensions................................ 457
Overview................................................ 349 Temperature
Telediagnosis Setting........................................... 174, 175
T Diagnostic data...................................... 388
Temperature grade....................................... 430
Tailgate, Trunk lid Telediagnostics
Transferred data..................................... 389 THERMATIC
Closing.................................................... 96 Air conditioning control panel................. 174
Emergency key....................................... 100 Telemetry display......................................... 358
HANDS-FREE ACCESS............................. 98 THERMOTRONIC
Telephone Air conditioning control panel................. 175
Limiting the opening angle..................... 100 Authorizing a mobile phone, Remote
Opening................................................... 95 Parking Assist........................................ 303 Third row of seats
Technical data Bluetooth®............................................. 375 Folding back the backrest on the third
Axle load (trailer operation).................... 461 Connecting a mobile phone.................... 375 row of seats........................................... 139
 Index 583

Folding the backrest on the third row Tire pressure table................................. 422 Labeling................................................. 430
of seats forwards................................... 138 TIREFIT kit.............................................. 403 Load index............................................. 433
TIN (Tire Identification Number).................... 431 Tire pressure monitor Load-bearing capacity............................ 433
Function................................................ 424 Maximum pressure................................ 432
Tire and Loading Information placard............ 426 Maximum tire load................................. 432
Tire characteristics....................................... 433 Tire pressure monitoring system MOExtended.......................................... 402
Restarting.............................................. 425 Noise..................................................... 419
Tire information table................................... 426
Tire pressure table....................................... 422 Notes on installing................................. 437
Tire labeling
Tire Quality Grading...................................... 430 Removing............................................... 445
Characteristics....................................... 433
Removing/installing hub cap.................. 442
DOT, Tire Identification Number (TIN)..... 431 Tire sealant.................................................. 403
Removing/installing wheel trim.............. 442
Load index............................................. 433 Tire tread..................................................... 419 Replacing....................................... 437, 441
Load-bearing capacity............................ 433
Tire-change tool........................................... 441 Rotating................................................. 440
Maximum tire load................................. 432
Tire-change tool kit Selection............................................... 437
Maximum tire pressure.......................... 432
Overview................................................ 441 Size designation..................................... 433
Size designation..................................... 433
Snow chains.......................................... 420
Speed rating.......................................... 433 TIREFIT kit, Tire inflation compressor Speed rating.......................................... 433
Temperature grade................................. 430 Storage location..................................... 403 Storing................................................... 441
Tire Quality Grading............................... 430
Tires Temperature grade................................. 430
Traction grade........................................ 430
Breakdown............................................. 401 Tire and Loading Information placard..... 426
Tread wear grade................................... 430
Characteristics....................................... 433 Tire pressure table................................. 422
Tire pressure Checking............................................... 419 Tire Quality Grading............................... 430
Checking............................................... 425 Checking the tire pressure manually....... 423 TIREFIT kit.............................................. 403
Checking manually................................. 423 Definitions............................................. 435 Traction grade........................................ 430
Maximum............................................... 432 DOT, Tire Identification Number (TIN)..... 431 Tread wear grade................................... 430
Notes..................................................... 421 Installing................................................ 446 Unusual handling characteristics............ 419
584 Index

Toll system Notes..................................................... 313 Trailer hitch

Debiting toll fees.................................... 360 Towing away Attaching the ball neck.......................... 315
Windshield............................................. 173 Both axles on the ground....................... 410 Axle load................................................ 461
Tongue weight.............................................. 461 Care...................................................... 395
Towing eye................................................... 415 Coupling up/uncoupling a trailer............ 315
Top Tether...................................................... 72 Towing methods........................................... 409 Fastening points.................................... 460
Topographical compensation Track Race................................................... 355 General notes........................................ 460
DIGITAL LIGHT....................................... 157 Mounting dimensions............................. 460
Intelligent Light System.......................... 157 Traction grade.............................................. 430
Overhang dimension.............................. 460
Touch Control Traffic information Tongue weight........................................ 461
Driver's display...................................... 319 Activating............................................... 369 Towing capacity..................................... 460
MBUX.................................................... 335 Traffic Jam Assistant..................................... 254 Trailer Maneuvering Assist...................... 310
Touch-sensitive controls................................. 29 Traffic light data service Trailer Maneuvering Assist
Display in the driver's display................. 272 Function................................................ 310
Touchscreen................................................ 335
Traffic light view Using..................................................... 312
Tow bar system
Activating/deactivating.......................... 271 Trailer operation
Towing away.......................................... 317
Information............................................ 271 Active Blind Spot Assist.......................... 276
Tow-away protection.................................... 109 Traffic light data service......................... 272 Attaching the ball neck.......................... 315
Tow-starting................................................. 416 Traffic light warning/display......................... 267 Coupling up/uncoupling a trailer............ 315
Towing Setting................................................... 317
Traffic Sign Assist
Towing methods..................................... 409 Function................................................ 267 Trailer stabilization....................................... 240
Towing a trailer Setting................................................... 271 Transmission
Active Lane Keeping Assist..................... 277 Trailer drawbar, Pulling/towing..................... 317 DIRECT SELECT lever............................. 209
Axle load................................................ 461 Drive programs...................................... 206
 Index 585

DYNAMIC SELECT button....................... 206 USB port Maintenance............................................ 30

Engages neutral..................................... 210 Rear passenger compartment................ 149 Medical aids............................................ 36
Engaging drive position.......................... 211 Stowage compartments (front)............... 134 Parking.................................................. 228
Engaging reverse gear............................ 209 User profiles Problem notification................................. 37
Selecting park position........................... 210 Adding a user......................................... 347 Pulling................................................... 317
Transmission position display................. 209 Note...................................................... 345 QR code rescue card............................... 38
Transmission positions........................... 209 Selecting options................................... 347 Raising................................................... 442
Transmission position display....................... 209 Set collision detection.................... 234, 235
V Starting (Digital Vehicle Key).................. 194
Transporting Starting (emergency operation mode).... 195
Vehicle.................................................. 412 Valet service mode Starting (start/stop button)................... 193
Tread wear grade......................................... 430 Activating/deactivating.......................... 243 Stopping................................................ 228
Function................................................ 243 Switching off (start/stop button)............ 228
Turn signal indicator..................................... 155
Vehicle Switching on (start/stop button)............ 192
Turn signals.................................................. 155 Correct use.............................................. 36 Towing away.......................................... 409
Two-way radios Data storage............................................ 38 Transporting.......................................... 412
Frequencies........................................... 451 Diagnostics connection............................ 34 Unlocking (Digital Vehicle Key)................. 82
Installation............................................. 450 Emergency key......................................... 94 ventilating / convenience opening......... 102
Transmission output............................... 451 Equipment............................................... 28 Vehicle cameras........................................... 236
KEYLESS-GO............................................ 85
U Limited Warranty...................................... 38 Vehicle data
lock automatically (MMS)......................... 88 Angle of approach/departure................. 458
Unfastening................................................... 60 Display, MBUX....................................... 208
Locking (Digital Vehicle Key)..................... 82
Unlocking setting........................................... 79 Displaying, DYNAMIC SELECT................ 208
Locking/unlocking (from inside)............... 84
Updates....................................................... 350 Locking/unlocking emergency key........... 94 Fording depth........................................ 458
Lowering................................................ 447 Turning circle......................................... 457
586 Index

Vehicle height........................................ 457 Vehicle start Warning/indicator lamp

Vehicle length........................................ 457 Start/stop button.................................. 193 ! ABS warning lamp........................ 547
Vehicle width......................................... 457 Vehicle tool kit Ó Active Brake Assist warning
Weights................................................. 458 TIREFIT kit.............................................. 403
Wheelbase............................................. 457 lamp.............................................. 549, 550
Towing eye............................................. 415
Vehicle dimensions...................................... 457 Û ATTENTION ASSIST warning
Ventilating.................................................... 102
Vehicle equipment......................................... 28 lamp...................................................... 551
Ventilation................................................... 187
Vehicle identification number....................... 452 J Brakes warning lamp (Canada
Vents
Vehicle identification plate Air vents................................................ 187 only)...................................................... 546
Model type............................................ 452 VIN $ Brakes warning lamp (USA only)... 546
Paint code............................................. 452 Engine compartment.............................. 452 J Brakes warning lamp (yellow)
VIN........................................................ 452 Identification plate................................. 452 (Canada only)......................................... 545
Vehicle key..................................................... 78 Seat....................................................... 452
L Distance warning lamp................. 549
Vehicle level Vision
! Electric parking brake indicator
AIRMATIC.............................................. 281 Defrosting windows................................ 180
Setting (AIRMATIC)................................ 281 Windshield heater.................................. 183 lamp (red) (Canada only)........................ 544
Vehicle operation outside the USA or Can- Voice Control System................................... 336 F Electric parking brake indicator
ada................................................................ 30 lamp (red) (USA only)............................. 544
Vehicle sensors............................................ 236 W ! Electric parking brake indicator
Vehicle socket Warning system............................................ 108 lamp (yellow).......................................... 544
Care...................................................... 395 Warning triangle................................... 400, 401 # Electrical malfunction warning
Indicator lamps...................................... 219
lamp...................................................... 541
 Index 587

å ESP® OFF warning lamp............... 548 ü Seat belt warning lamp flashes..... 539 Wear
ü Seat belt warning lamp lights up... 540 Limited protection.................................... 57
÷ ESP® warning lamp flashes.......... 547
ä Suspension warning lamp (red).... 550 Weather information..................................... 369
÷ ESP® warning lamp lights up........ 548
ä Suspension warning lamp (yel- Web browsers
H Mercedes-Benz emergency call Overview................................................ 382
system warning lamp............................. 552 low)....................................................... 550
Wedge......................................................... 441
p Occupant presence reminder Ú System malfunction warning
Weight information....................................... 452
warning lamp (white).............................. 540 lamp...................................................... 541
Wheel change
p Occupant presence reminder h Tire pressure monitoring sys- Lowering the vehicle.............................. 447
warning lamp (yellow)............................. 540 tem warning lamp flashes....................... 552 Removing a wheel.................................. 445
Ù Power steering warning lamp h Tire pressure monitoring sys- Wheel rotation............................................. 440
(red)...................................................... 542 tem warning lamp lights up.................... 553 Wheels
ê Traffic Sign Assist warning lamp... 551 Breakdown............................................. 401
Ù Power steering warning lamp
Care...................................................... 395
(yellow).................................................. 542 Warning/indicator lamps Checking............................................... 419
é RBS warning lamp (USA only)....... 545 Driver's display...................................... 537 Checking the tire pressure manually....... 423
PASSENGER AIR BAG............................... 49 Definitions............................................. 435
Ù Rear axle steering warning
Washer fluid DOT, Tire Identification Number (TIN)..... 431
lamp (red).............................................. 543 Topping up............................................. 391 Installing................................................ 446
Ù Rear axle steering warning Windshield washer fluid.......................... 456 Load index............................................. 433
lamp (yellow).......................................... 543 Washing by hand.......................................... 394 Load-bearing capacity............................ 433
Maximum tire load................................. 432
_ Reduced warning lamp power...... 541 Water tank................................................... 391 Maximum tire pressure.......................... 432
6 Restraint system warning lamp..... 539 MOExtended.......................................... 402
588 Index

Noise..................................................... 419 Window curtain air bag................................... 61 Wiper blades

Notes on installing................................. 437 Windows Care...................................................... 395
Removing............................................... 445 Care...................................................... 395 Replacing (windshield)............................ 167
Removing/installing hub cap.................. 442 De-icing................................................. 178 Wipers......................................................... 166
Removing/installing wheel trim.............. 442 Opening/closing.................................... 100
Replacing....................................... 437, 441 Wireless charging
Removing mist....................................... 180 Mobile phone (front).............................. 150
Rotating................................................. 440
Selection............................................... 437 Windshield Mobile phone (rear passenger com-
Size designation..................................... 433 De-icing................................................. 178 partment).............................................. 151
Snow chains.......................................... 420 Defrosting...................................... 174, 175 Overview................................................ 149
Speed rating.......................................... 433 Infrared reflective................................... 173 Wireless vehicle components
Storing................................................... 441 Radio waves........................................... 173 Declaration of conformity......................... 34
Temperature grade................................. 430 Replacing the wiper blades..................... 167
Toll system............................................. 173 Workout program......................................... 124
Tire and Loading Information placard..... 426
Windshield heater................................ 175, 183 Workshop....................................................... 36
Tire characteristics................................ 433
Tire labeling........................................... 430 Windshield washer fluid................................ 456 Z
Tire pressure.......................................... 421
Windshield washer system............................ 391 Zero layer
Tire pressure monitor............................. 424
Tire Quality Grading............................... 430 Windshield wipers Calling up.............................................. 331
TIREFIT kit.............................................. 403 Activating/deactivating.......................... 166 Function................................................ 328
Traction grade........................................ 430 Replacing the windshield wiper blades.... 167 Operating.............................................. 331
Tread wear grade................................... 430 Replacing the wiper blades..................... 167 Overview................................................ 329
Unusual handling characteristics............ 419 Winter operation
Wi-Fi Activating/deactivating snow chain
Setting up a hotspot............................... 352 mode..................................................... 420
Snow chains.......................................... 420